Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE (RAN15.0 - 11) PDF

WCDMA RAN
Interoperability Between UMTS and

LTE Feature Parameter Description
Issue
11
Date
2014-11-08
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.
Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.

No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or representations
of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address:
Huawei Industrial Base

Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website:
http://www.huawei.com
Email:
support@huawei.com
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE Feature Parameter
Description
Contents
Contents
1 About This Document..................................................................................................................1
1.1 Scope..............................................................................................................................................................................1
1.2 Intended Audience..........................................................................................................................................................2
1.3 Change History...............................................................................................................................................................2
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types.....................................................................................................................20
2 Overview.......................................................................................................................................23
2.1 Background...................................................................................................................................................................23
2.2 Function Classification.................................................................................................................................................23
2.3 Application Scenarios...................................................................................................................................................25
3 Cell Reselection Between UMTS and LTE.............................................................................29

3.1 Overview......................................................................................................................................................................29
3.2 LTE-to-UMTS Cell Reselection...................................................................................................................................29
3.3 UMTS-to-LTE Cell Reselection...................................................................................................................................29
3.3.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................30
3.3.2 Criteria for Starting Measurements...........................................................................................................................30
3.3.3 Criteria for Triggering Cell Reselection....................................................................................................................32
3.4 UMTS-to-LTE Quick Cell Reselection........................................................................................................................36
4 PS Redirections and Handovers Between UMTS and LTE.................................................39

4.1 Overview......................................................................................................................................................................39
4.2 LTE-to-UMTS PS Redirections and Handovers..........................................................................................................39
4.3 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers..........................................................................................................40
4.3.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................40
4.3.2 Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers.............................................................................43
4.3.3 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers................................................................................53
4.3.4 Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers....................................................................................65
4.3.5 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection and Handover Procedures........................................................................................71
4.3.6 Measures to Prevent Ping-Pong Blind Redirections Between UMTS and LTE.......................................................73
4.3.7 Data Forwarding During UMTS-to-LTE Handovers................................................................................................73
4.3.8 DC-HSDPA Compatibility Switch............................................................................................................................74
5 CSFB...............................................................................................................................................76
5.1 Overview......................................................................................................................................................................76
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

ii
WCDMA RAN
Description
Contents
5.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return..........................................................................................................................................77

5.2.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................77
5.2.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.......................................................................................................................................78
5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.......................................................................................................................79
5.2.4 Selecting Frequencies to Be Carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE Message..........................................79
5.3 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls.......................................................................................................81
5.3.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................81
5.3.2 Policy.........................................................................................................................................................................81
5.4 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Common Calls..........................................................................................................82
5.4.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................82
5.4.2 Policy.........................................................................................................................................................................82
5.5 CSFB Delay Reduction................................................................................................................................................83
6 SRVCC...........................................................................................................................................85
6.1 Overview......................................................................................................................................................................85
6.2 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover.........................................................................................................86
7 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE.................................................................89

7.1 Overview......................................................................................................................................................................90
7.2 RIM-based Reporting of UMTS Cell Load Status.......................................................................................................90
7.2.1 RIM Procedure..........................................................................................................................................................90
7.2.2 Reporting of UMTS Cell Load Status.......................................................................................................................91
8 Related Features...........................................................................................................................93
8.1 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE........................................................................................................93
8.1.1 Prerequisite Features..................................................................................................................................................93
8.1.2 Mutually Exclusive Features.....................................................................................................................................93
8.1.3 Impacted Features......................................................................................................................................................93
8.2 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE........................................................................93
8.3 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE...........................................................................94
8.4 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE..............................................................94
8.5 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE..............................................................................94
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

iii
WCDMA RAN
Description
Contents

8.6 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE...............................................................................95
8.7 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE..................................................................................95
8.8 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover................................................................................95
8.9 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE.............................................................................96
9 Impact on the Network...............................................................................................................97

9.1 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE........................................................................................................97
9.1.1 System Capacity........................................................................................................................................................97
9.1.2 Network Performance................................................................................................................................................97
9.2 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE........................................................................97
9.2.1 System Capacity........................................................................................................................................................97
9.3 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE...........................................................................97
9.3.1 System Capacity........................................................................................................................................................98
9.4 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE..............................................................98
9.4.1 System Capacity........................................................................................................................................................98
9.5 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE..............................................................................98
9.5.1 System Capacity........................................................................................................................................................98
9.6 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE...............................................................................99
9.6.1 System Capacity........................................................................................................................................................99
9.7 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE..................................................................................99
9.7.1 System Capacity........................................................................................................................................................99
9.8 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls...........................................................................100
9.8.1 System Capacity......................................................................................................................................................100
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

iv
WCDMA RAN
Description
Contents
9.8.2 Network Performance..............................................................................................................................................100

9.9 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover..............................................................................100
9.9.1 System Capacity......................................................................................................................................................100
9.9.2 Network Performance..............................................................................................................................................100
9.10 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE.........................................................................100
9.10.1 System Capacity....................................................................................................................................................100
9.10.2 Network Performance............................................................................................................................................100
10 Engineering Guidelines.........................................................................................................101
10.1 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1...................................................................................101
10.1.1 When to Use Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1....................................................................................101
10.1.2 Deployment...........................................................................................................................................................101
10.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE....................................................................................................106
10.2.1 When to Use Fast Return from UMTS to LTE.....................................................................................................106
10.2.2 Required Information............................................................................................................................................106
10.2.3 Planning.................................................................................................................................................................106
10.2.4 Deployment...........................................................................................................................................................106
10.2.5 Performance Monitoring........................................................................................................................................114
10.2.6 Parameter Optimization.........................................................................................................................................114
10.2.7 Troubleshooting.....................................................................................................................................................114
10.3 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE....................................................................114
10.3.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE.....................................................................114
10.3.3 Planning.................................................................................................................................................................115
10.3.4 Deployment...........................................................................................................................................................115
10.4 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.......................................................................129
10.4.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE........................................................................129
10.4.3 Planning.................................................................................................................................................................129
10.4.4 Deployment...........................................................................................................................................................129
10.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE..........................................................141
10.5.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE...........................................................141
10.5.3 Planning.................................................................................................................................................................142
10.5.4 Deployment...........................................................................................................................................................142
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

WCDMA RAN
Description
Contents

10.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE..........................................................................162
10.6.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE...........................................................................162
10.6.3 Planning.................................................................................................................................................................162
10.6.4 Deployment...........................................................................................................................................................162
10.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE...........................................................................185
10.7.1 When to Use Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE............................................................................185
10.7.3 Planning.................................................................................................................................................................185
10.7.4 Deployment...........................................................................................................................................................186
10.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE..............................................................................209
10.8.1 When to Use Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE...............................................................................209
10.8.3 Planning.................................................................................................................................................................209
10.8.4 Deployment...........................................................................................................................................................209
10.9 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls.........................................................................232
10.9.1 When to Use CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls..........................................................................232
10.9.2 Deployment...........................................................................................................................................................232
10.10 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover..........................................................................235
10.10.1 When to Use SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover...........................................................................235
10.10.2 Required Information..........................................................................................................................................235
10.10.3 Planning...............................................................................................................................................................235
10.10.4 Deployment.........................................................................................................................................................235
10.10.5 Performance Monitoring......................................................................................................................................240
10.10.6 Parameter Optimization.......................................................................................................................................240
10.10.7 Troubleshooting...................................................................................................................................................241
10.11 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE.......................................................................241
10.11.1 When to Use RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE........................................................................241
10.11.2 Required Information..........................................................................................................................................241
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

vi
WCDMA RAN
Description
Contents
10.11.3 Planning...............................................................................................................................................................241
10.11.4 Deployment.........................................................................................................................................................242
10.11.5 Performance Monitoring......................................................................................................................................245
10.11.6 Parameter Optimization.......................................................................................................................................245
10.11.7 Troubleshooting...................................................................................................................................................245
11 Parameters.................................................................................................................................246
12 Counters....................................................................................................................................708
13 Glossary.....................................................................................................................................726
14 Reference Documents.............................................................................................................727
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

vii
WCDMA RAN
Description
1 About This Document
About This Document
1.1 Scope
This document describes Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE, including its technical
principles, related features, network impact, and engineering guidelines. This document covers
the following features:
l
WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE
WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls
WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
This document applies to the following NE types.

NE Type
NE Model
RNC
BSC6900, BSC6910
NodeB
Macro
3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,

BTS3900L, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, BTS3900C
3800 series macro base stations: DBS3800, BTS3812E,
BTS3812AE
Micro
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
BTS3803E, BTS3902E

WCDMA RAN
Description
NE Type
NE Model
LampSite
DBS3900 LampSite
1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for personnel who:
l
Need to understand the features described herein
Work with Huawei products
1.3 Change History

This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes, which are defined as follows:
l
Feature change
Changes in features of a specific product version
Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information that was not described in the earlier version
RAN15.0 11 (2014-11-08)
This issue includes the following changes.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter
Change
Feature
change
None
None
Editorial
change
Optimized descriptions in this document.
None
Optimized descriptions of anti-ping-pong measures to be taken

during service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or
handovers. For details, see Anti-ping-pong Measures.
Added
RESERVE
D_SWITC
H_13_BIT1
7 to the
RsvSwitch1
3
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter.

WCDMA RAN
Description
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter
Change
Added descriptions of anti-ping-pong measures to be taken

during load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or handovers.
For details, see Anti-ping-pong Measures
Added the
AntiPinpan
LteFddRedr
Switch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter.
RAN15.0 10 (2014-09-15)
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter
Change
Feature
change
Added the description that the RNC needs to consider the load
status of the DC-HSDPA carrier group when reporting the
UMTS cell load status through a RAN information management
(RIM) message. For details, see 7.2.2 Reporting of UMTS Cell
Load Status.
Added
PERFENH
_DC_HSD
PA_GROU
P_LOAD_
OPT_SWI
TCH to the
PerfEnhanc
eSwitch2
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter.
Added descriptions about the interval at which the UMTS cell

load information reported from the RNC to the eNodeB is
updated and the maximum number of RIM messages sent by the
RNC per second in the RIM-based UMTS cell load status
transfer process. For details, see 7.2.2 Reporting of UMTS Cell
Load Status.
Added the
RsvU32Par
a9
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter.
Added descriptions of the method of identifying CS fallback

(CSFB) UEs during the CSFB delay reduction process. For
details, see 5.5 CSFB Delay Reduction.
None
Editorial
change
RAN15.0 09 (2014-08-15)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

WCDMA RAN
Description
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter
Change
Feature
change
None
None
Editorial
change
Revised the document structure and descriptions.
None
RAN15.0 08 (2014-06-10)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

WCDMA RAN
Description
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter
Change
Feature
change
Modified descriptions about the causes that trigger

service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections and
handovers and related configurations. For details, see the
following sections:
Added the
following
switches to the
RsvSwitch6
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter:
4.3.3 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections

and Handovers
10.5 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service
Redirection from UMTS to LTE
10.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from
UMTS to LTE
l RESERVED
_SWITCH_6
_BIT25
l RESERVED
_SWITCH_6
_BIT26
l RESERVED
_SWITCH_6
_BIT27
l RESERVED
_SWITCH_6
_BIT28
Added the
following
switches to the
RsvSwitch9
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter:
l RESERVED
_SWITCH_9
_BIT13
l RESERVED
_SWITCH_9
_BIT14
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

WCDMA RAN
Description
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter
Change
Added descriptions about the cell-level switch and related

configurations for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirections and handovers. For details, see the following
sections:
Added the
following
switches to the
RsvSwitch0
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter:
UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE

UMTS to LTE
l RESERVED
_SWITCH_0
_BIT28
l RESERVED
_SWITCH_0
_BIT30
l RESERVED
_SWITCH_0
_BIT32
Added descriptions of the principle and related

configurations for service-based UMTS-to-LTE
preferential blind PS redirections. For details, see the
following sections:
Blind PS Redirection Preferred During a ServiceBased UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection
Added
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BIT
29 to
the RsvSwitch0
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter.

UMTS to LTE
Editorial
change
Optimized descriptions about engineering guidelines for

UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers. For details, see
the following sections:
None
10.3 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection

from UMTS to LTE
10.4 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover
from UMTS to LTE
UMTS to LTE
10.7 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from
UMTS to LTE
10.8 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from
UMTS to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

WCDMA RAN
Description
RAN15.0 07 (2014-04-30)
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter
Change
Feature
change
Added descriptions about the penalty for a failure in

measurement during a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or handover. For details, see 4.3.2 Coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers.
Added the
RsvU32Par
a15
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter.
Added the configurations to be made when the LTE extended

band including E-UTRA absolute radio frequency channel
numbers (EARFCNs) 26 to 31 is supported during UMTS-toLTE handovers or redirections. For details, see 10 Engineering
Guidelines.
Added
RESERVE
D_SWITC
H_9_BIT2
7 to the
RsvSwitch
9
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter.
Added descriptions of filtering LTE frequencies according to

UE capabilities during the fast return process. For details, see
5.2.4 Selecting Frequencies to Be Carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE Message.
Added
RESERVE
D_SWITC
H_9_BIT2
8 to the
RsvSwitch
9
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter.
None
None
Editorial
change
RAN15.0 06 (2014-03-31)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter
Change
Feature
change
Modified the conditions of criteria sets 3 and 5 for triggering

cell reselection and added restrictions on configuring priorities
of LTE frequencies. For details, see 3.3.3 Criteria for
Triggering Cell Reselection.
None

WCDMA RAN
Description
Change
Type
Change Description
Parameter
Change
Editorial
change
Added descriptions of the switch that is used to avoid impacts

caused by the incompatibility between DC-HSDPA and
measurement of LTE cells in compressed mode. For details,
see 4.3.8 DC-HSDPA Compatibility Switch.
None
Added a figure showing the signaling process for the SRVCC

from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature in 6.2 SRVCC
from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover.
RAN15.0 05 (2013-12-30)
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Feature change
Added descriptions of
measures taken to guarantee
CSFB. For details, see 5.5
CSFB Delay Reduction.
Added
RESERVED_SWITCH_2_
BIT15 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_2_
BIT19 to the RsvSwitch2
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the SET
UALGORSVPARA
command
Added the following
parameters:
DeferMcReadInd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
CSFBSRBRate
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Added descriptions of the

mechanism for UEs to access
the network at a decreased
rate during an LTE-to-UMTS
PS handover. For details, see
4.2 LTE-to-UMTS PS
Redirections and
Handovers.
Added
RESERVED_SWITCH_9_
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
UALGORSVPARA
command.
Added descriptions of
performance counters for
CSFB. For details, see 5.1
Overview.
None

Added the RsvU32Para13

(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
WCDMA RAN
Description
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Editorial change
Added descriptions about

restrictions on selecting
blacklisted cells during U2L
fast return or service-based
U2L PS redirections. For
details, see the following
sections:
None
5.2.4 Selecting Frequencies

to Be Carried in the RRC
CONNECTION
RELEASE Message
Decision and Execution
Optimized descriptions of
network impacts of
WRFD-020129 ServiceBased PS Service
Redirection from UMTS to
LTE, WRFD-140218
Service-Based PS Handover
from UMTS to LTE, and
WRFD-150215 SRVCC
from LTE to UMTS with PS
Handover. For details, see the
following sections:
None
9.4 WRFD-020129 ServiceBased PS Service

LTE
9.5 WRFD-140218 ServiceBased PS Handover from
UMTS to LTE
9.9 WRFD-150215 SRVCC
from LTE to UMTS with
PS Handover
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

WCDMA RAN
Description
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Optimized engineering
guidelines for
LTE and WRFD-140218
Service-Based PS Handover
from UMTS to LTE. For
sections:
None
10.5 WRFD-020129
Service-Based PS Service
LTE
10.6 WRFD-140218
Service-Based PS
Handover from UMTS to
LTE
RAN15.0 04 (2013-11-15)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Feature change
Added descriptions of CSFB

delay reduction. For details,
see 5.5 CSFB Delay
Reduction.
Added
RESERVED_SWITCH_8_
BIT3 and
RESERVED_SWITCH_8_
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
UALGORSVPARA
command.
Editorial change
Added descriptions about the

method of selecting
frequencies to be carried in
an RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message that is
sent for an inter-RNC cell
reselection. For details, see
5.2.4 Selecting Frequencies
to Be Carried in the RRC
CONNECTION
RELEASE Message.
None

10
WCDMA RAN
Description
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Optimized descriptions
about CSFB. For details, see
5 CSFB.
None
RAN15.0 03 (2013-09-30)
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter
Change
Feature change
Added measures to prevent ping-pong handovers or

redirections between UTMS and LTE that are
triggered when UEs in the CELL_PCH state initiate
CS services while processing PS services. For details,
see the following sections:
Added
RESERVED_S
WITCH_6_BIT1
2 to the
RsvSwitch6
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter in the
SET
UALGORSVPA
RA command.
Anti-ping-pong Measures
10.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover
from UMTS to LTE
Added measures to prevent ping-pong entering and
exiting of the compressed mode during service-based
UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections. For details,
see the following sections:
10.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover
from UMTS to LTE
Added
RESERVED_S
WITCH_6_BIT1
3 to the
RsvSwitch6
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter in the
SET
UALGORSVPA
RA command
Added the
RsvU32Para9
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter.
Added measures to prevent ping-pong entering and

exiting of the compressed mode during blind UMTSto-LTE redirections. For details, see 4.3.6 Measures
to Prevent Ping-Pong Blind Redirections Between
UMTS and LTE.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

Added the
RsvU32Para10
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter.
11
WCDMA RAN
Description
Change Type
Editorial
change
Change Description
Parameter
Change
Added descriptions about data forwarding during

UMTS-to-LTE handovers to section 4.3.7 Data
Forwarding During UMTS-to-LTE Handovers.
Added
RESERVED_S
WITCH_3_BIT2
1 to the
RsvSwitch3
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter in the
SET
UALGORSVPA
RA command.
Added specific 3GPP protocol section numbers to the

following sections:
None
3.3.2 Criteria for Starting Measurements

3.3.3 Criteria for Triggering Cell Reselection
5.2.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
5.3.1 Overview
6.2 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
7.2.1 RIM Procedure
Optimized descriptions about the principles and
engineering guidelines of UMTS-to-LTE fast return.
For details, see 5.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return and
10.2 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to
LTE.
Modified settings of
L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH. For
details, see 6.2 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS
Handover and 10.10 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from
LTE to UMTS with PS Handover.
Added impacts of the ping-pong effect of compressed
mode on network performance during service-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers. For details,
see 9.4 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service
Redirection from UMTS to LTE and 9.5
WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from
UMTS to LTE.
Added precautions about CS+PS SRVCC handovers
to section 10.10 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE
to UMTS with PS Handover.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

12
WCDMA RAN
Description
RAN15.0 02 (2013-06-30)
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Feature change
Added the description of the

enhancement of the UMTSto-LTE Fast Return feature.
For details, see 5.2 UMTSto-LTE Fast Return.
Added the following

parameters:
l FastReturnToLTESwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_
FAST_RETURN_SWI
TCH
l PerfEnhanceSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910):
PERFENH_PS_FAST_
RETURN_LTE_SWIT
CH
Editorial change
None
None
RAN15.0 01 (2013-04-28)
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Feature change
Changed the policy of

selecting a target cell for
coverage-based UMTS-toLTE PS handover or
redirection. For details, see
Decision and Execution.
Added
PERFENH_IRAT_COV_
HO_NCELL_PRE_SWIT
CH to the PerfEnhanceSwitch2 parameter in the SET
UCORRMPARA
command.
Added the switches

controlling load-based
redirection and handover.
For details, see 4.3.2
Coverage-based UMTS-toLTE PS Redirections and
Handovers.
Added the following

switches to the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter:
Added descriptions of SRB

rate adjustment. For details
see 5.3.2 Policy and 5.4.2
Policy.
Added the CSFBSRBRate

(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
Editorial change
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

l HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_
HO_SWITCH
l HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_R
EDIRECT_SWITCH
13
WCDMA RAN
Description
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Deleted the descriptions

about events 2D and 2F.
Deleted the following

parameters:
l LTEThd2DEcN0
l LTEThd2FEcN0
l LTEThd2DRSCP
l LTEThd2FRSCP
RAN15.0 Draft A (2013-01-30)

Compared with Issue 02 (2012-07-20) for RAN14.0, Draft A (2013-01-30) of RAN15.0 includes
the following changes.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

14
WCDMA RAN
Description
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Feature change

feature coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirections and handovers,
including its technical
principles, related features,
network impact, and
engineering guidelines. For
sections:
Added the following

parameters:
l 4.3.2 Coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirections and
Handovers
l 8.2 WRFD-150219
Coverage Based PS
Redirection from
UMTS to LTE
l 8.3 WRFD-150220
Coverage Based PS
Handover from UMTS
to LTE
l 9.2 WRFD-150219
Coverage Based PS
Redirection from
UMTS to LTE
l 9.3 WRFD-150220
Coverage Based PS
Handover from UMTS
to LTE
l 10.3 WRFD-150219
Coverage Based PS
Redirection from
UMTS to LTE
l 10.4 WRFD-150220
Coverage Based PS
Handover from UMTS
to LTE
l LTEReportMode
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l U2LTEMeasTime
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l LTEPeriodReportInterval(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l LTEMeasQuanOf3A
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l LTEThd2DEcN0
l LTEThd2FEcN0
l LTEThd2DRSCP
l LTEThd2FRSCP
l TrigTime3A
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l UsedFreqThdRSCP
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l UsedFreqThdEcNo
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l U2LTEFilterCoef
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l TargetRatThdRSRP
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l TargetRatThdRSRQ
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l LTEMeasQuanOf3A
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l Hystfor3A
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l HystforPeriodLTE
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l U2lBlindRedirSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l BlindFlag
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l TimeToInterfreqHO
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l Added
HO_U2L_REDIR_BAS
ED_ABSOLUTE_FRE
Q_SWITCH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

15
WCDMA RAN
Description
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
HO_U2L_COV_PS_RE
DIRECT_SWITCH,
and
HO_U2L_COV_PS_H
O_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.

feature Load-based UMTSto-LTE PS redirections and
handovers, including its
technical principles, related
features, network impact,
and engineering guidelines.
For details, see the following
sections:
l 4.3.4 Load-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirections and
Handovers
Added the following

parameters:
l PSInterU2LLDHO
under the parameters for
configuring LDR actions
in the command ADD
UCELLLDR/MOD
UCELLLDR.
l UlPSU2LHOUeNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l DlPSU2LHOUeNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l 8.6 WRFD-150216
Load Based PS
Redirection from
UMTS to LTE
l 8.7 WRFD-150217
Load Based PS
Handover from UMTS
to LTE
l 9.6 WRFD-150216
Load Based PS
Redirection from
UMTS to LTE
l 8.7 WRFD-150217
Load Based PS
Handover from UMTS
to LTE
l 10.7 WRFD-150216
Load Based PS
Redirection from
UMTS to LTE
l 10.8 WRFD-150217
Load Based PS
Handover from UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

16
WCDMA RAN
Description
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Added desriptions about the

feature SRVCC from LTE to
UMTS with PS handover,
including its technical
network impact, and
sections:
Added
L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_
HO_SWITCH to the
PROCESSSWITCH2
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
l 6 SRVCC
l 8.8 WRFD-150215
SRVCC from LTE to
UMTS with PS
Handover
l 9.9 WRFD-150215
SRVCC from LTE to
UMTS with PS
Handover
l 10.10 WRFD-150215
SRVCC from LTE to
UMTS with PS
Handover
feature RIM based UMTS
target cell selection for LTE,
icluding its technical
network impact, and
sections:
Added
INTERRAT_LOAD_REP
ORT_FOR_LTE_SWITC
H to the PROCESSSWITCH
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
l 7 RIM Based UMTS

Target Cell Selection
for LTE
l 8.9 WRFD-150231 RIM
Based UMTS Target
Cell Selection for LTE
l 9.10 WRFD-150231
RIM Based UMTS
for LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

17
WCDMA RAN
Description
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Optimized UMTS-to-LTE
cell selection. For details, see
3.3 UMTS-to-LTE Cell
Reselection
Added the following

parameters:
l RSRQSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l EQqualmin
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l ThdToHighRSRQ
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l ThdToLowRSRQ
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l ThdServingLow2
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Added non-neighboringLTE-cell redirections, blind

redirections, and anti-pingpong measures to the servicebased UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or handover
procedure. For details, see
4.3.3 Service-based UMTSto-LTE PS Redirections
and Handovers.
Replaced the switch for D2F
for fast dormancy UEs. For
details, see 3.4 UMTS-toLTE Quick Cell
Reselection.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

Added the following

parameters:
l U2LPunishSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l U2LPunishTimer
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Replaced
RSVDBIT1_BIT29 under
the RsvdPara1 parameter in
the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
command with
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITC
H under the OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
URRCTRLSWITCH
command.
18
WCDMA RAN
Description
Change Type
Editorial change
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Change Description
Parameter Change
Replaced the switch for the

UMTS-to-LTE cell
reselection function. For
details, see 3.4 UMTS-toLTE Quick Cell
Reselection.
Replaced
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_
BIT10 under the
RsvSwitch0 parameter in the
SET UALGORSVPARA
command with
FAST_RETURN_LTE_B
Y_CELL_SELECT_SWIT
CH under the
PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
URRCTRLSWITCH
command.
Replaced the switch for

transiting the state of UMTS/
LTE UEs that are not enabled
with EFD from CELL_DCH
to CELL_PCH or from
CELL_DCH to the idle
mode. For details, see 3.4
UMTS-to-LTE Quick Cell
Reselection .
Replaced
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_
BIT8 under the RsvSwitch0
UALGORSVPARA
command with
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D
2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH
under the
PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
URRCTRLSWITCH
command.
Changed Fast Return from

UMTS to LTE to an optional
feature.
None
Optimized service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirections and handovers.
For details, see 4.3.3
Service-based UMTS-toLTE PS Redirections and
Handovers.
None

19
WCDMA RAN
Description
Change Type
Change Description
Parameter Change
Optimized the engineering

guidelines for service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirections and handovers.
For details, see 10.5
LTE and 10.6
WRFD-140218 ServiceBased PS Handover from
UMTS to LTE.
None
Optimized the principles of

UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return.
For details, see 5.2 UMTSto-LTE Fast Return.
None
Added descriptions related to

WRFD-140226 Fast Return
from UMTS to LTE. For
sections:
None
l 8.1 WRFD-140226 Fast

Return from UMTS to
LTE
l 9.1 WRFD-140226 Fast
Return from UMTS to
LTE
l 10.2 WRFD-140226
Fast Return from
UMTS to LTE
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

Feature Support by Macro, Micro, and LampSite Base Stations
Feature
ID
Descripti
on
Supported by Base
Station Controllers
BSC690
0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
BSC691
0
Supporte
d by
Macro
Base
Stations

Supported by Micro
Base Stations
BTS380
3E
BTS390
2E
Supporte
d by
LampSit
e Base
Stations
20
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
WRFD140102
CS
Fallback
Guarante
e for
LTE
Emergen
cy Calls
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
WRFD150215
SRVCC
from
LTE to
UMTS
with PS
Handove
r
Yes
Yes
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
WRFD020129
ServiceBased
PS
Service
Redirecti
on from
UMTS
to LTE
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
WRFD140218
ServiceBased
PS
Handove
r from
UMTS
to LTE
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
WRFD150216
Load
Based
PS
Redirecti
on from
UMTS
to LTE
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
WRFD150217
Load
Based
PS
Handove
r from
UMTS
to LTE
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

21
WCDMA RAN
Description
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirecti
on from
UMTS
to LTE
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handove
r from
UMTS
to LTE
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
WRFD150231
RIM
Based
UMTS
Target
Cell
Selectio
n for
LTE
Yes
Yes
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
WRFD140226
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Yes
Yes
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
The features described in this document are implemented in the same way on macro, micro, and
LampSite base stations.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

22
WCDMA RAN
Description
2 Overview
Overview
2.1 Background
As wireless data services grow and conditions mature for LTE commercial use, telecom
operators begin to add LTE networks to existing UMTS network infrastructure. These two types
of networks are expected to coexist for a long time, so interoperability between UMTS and LTE
is important. This feature helps operators make the most of existing network equipment, provide
diversified services, and achieve smooth network evolution.
NOTE
Unless otherwise specified, the LTE system includes the LTE TDD and LTE FDD systems.
2.2 Function Classification

UL interoperability functions apply only to UEs that support both UMTS and LTE services.
These functions are classified by UE mode, as listed in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1 UL interoperability functions classified by the UE's mode
UE's Mode
UL Interoperability Functions
Reference Document
Idle mode
LTE-to-UMTS Cell Reselection
LTE feature
documentation Idle Mode
Management Feature
Parameter Description
Idle mode
UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection
3.3 UMTS-to-LTE Cell

Reselection in this
document
LTE-to-UMTS PS redirections or
handovers
LTE feature
documentation Inter-RAT
Mobility Management in
Connected Mode Feature
Connected
mode
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Data
services

23
WCDMA RAN
Description
UE's Mode
Voice
services
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
2 Overview
Reference Document
LTE-to-UMTS handovers based on

cell load
LTE feature
documentation Inter-RAT
Mobility Load Balancing
Feature Parameter
Description
Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirections or handovers
4.3.2 Coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirections and
Handovers in this
document
Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirections and handovers
4.3.3 Service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirections and
Handovers in this
document
Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
4.3.4 Load-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS
Redirections and
Handovers in this
document
RIM-based cell selection during

load-based LTE-to-UMTS interRAT handover
7 RIM Based UMTS

Target Cell Selection for
LTE in this document
LTE-to-UMTS CSFB (CS fallback)
LTE feature
documentation CS
Fallback Feature
UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
5.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast

Return in this document
CSFB guarantee for emergency calls

originated on the LTE network
5.3 CS Fallback
Guarantee for LTE
Emergency Calls in this
document
CSFB guarantee for common calls

originated on the LTE network
5.4 CS Fallback
Guarantee for LTE
Common Calls in this
document
SRVCC
LTE feature
documentation SRVCC
Feature Parameter
Description

24
WCDMA RAN
Description
UE's Mode
2 Overview
Reference Document
LTE-to-UMTS SRVCC with PS

handovers
UMTS side: 6 SRVCC in

this document
LTE side: LTE feature
documentation SRVCC
Feature Parameter
Description
RIM-based UMTS target cell

selection for LTE during CSFB
7 RIM Based UMTS

Target Cell Selection for
LTE in this document
Fast CS Fallback Based on RIM
UMTS side: UMTS

feature documentation
Fast CS Fallback Based
on RIM Feature
LTE side: LTE feature
documentation CS
Fallback Feature
2.3 Application Scenarios

Typical application scenarios of UL interoperability are as follows.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

25
WCDMA RAN
Description
2 Overview
Table 2-2 Typical application scenarios

Scenario
Description
Camping Policy
CS Service Policy
PS Service Policy
l The IMS is not

deployed and the
LTE network
does not support
VoIP.
An LTE-first policy
is recommended in
this scenario.
UL multimode UEs
only support PS
services. They
cannot perform CS
voice services.
l Since LTE
coverage is still
incomplete, when
a UE processing a
PS service on the
LTE network
moves out of the
LTE coverage
area, a PS
handover or
redirection to the
UMTS network is
performed for the
UE and the PS
service. For
details, see 4.2
LTE-to-UMTS
PS Redirections
and Handovers.
l UL multimode
UEs only support
PS services.
l LTE coverage is
still incomplete.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
NOTE
Huawei equipment
supports preferred
camping of UEs on
LTE or UMTS cells.
To enable the
preferred camping,
LTE or UMTS
frequencies are
granted higher
priorities during cell
reselection so that
UEs can preferentially
reselect the LTE or
UMTS network. For
details about cell
reselection, see 3 Cell
Reselection Between
UMTS and LTE.

l If a UE is
camping on the
UMTS network
while performing
only PS services
and is also in the
LTE coverage,
the UE needs to
return to the LTE
network
immediately to
enjoy the best
service
experience. The
PS service of the
UE is shifted to
the LTE network
through a UMTSto-LTE PS
redirection or
handover to
return to the LTE
network. For
details, see 4.3
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Redirections
and Handovers.
26
WCDMA RAN
Description
Scenario
Description
Camping Policy
l The IMS is not

deployed and the
LTE network
does not support
VoIP services but
only PS data
services.
l UL multimode
UEs support both
PS and CS
services.
l LTE coverage is
still incomplete.
2 Overview
CS Service Policy
PS Service Policy
When a UE initiates
a voice service on the
LTE network, the UE
and its voice service
will fall back to the
UMTS network. The
fallback principles
are as follows:
l Since LTE
coverage is still
incomplete, when
a UE processing a
PS service on the
LTE network
moves out of the
LTE coverage
area, a PS
handover or
redirection to the
UMTS network is
performed for the
UE and the PS
service. For
details, see 4.2
LTE-to-UMTS
PS Redirections
and Handovers.
l To reduce the
CSFB delay and
improve user
experience, RIMbased CSFB is
recommended.
For details, see
Fast CS Fallback
Based on RIM
Feature
Parameter
Description.
l The success rate
of emergency
calls initiated on
the LTE network
and CSFB of
common calls
initiated on the
LTE network
must be ensured.
For details, see
5.3 CS Fallback
Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls and 5.4 CS
Fallback
Guarantee for
LTE Common
Calls.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

l If a UE is
camping on the
UMTS network
while performing
only PS services
and is also in the
LTE coverage,
the UE needs to
return to the LTE
network
immediately to
enjoy the best
service
experience.
Common UEs
with PS services
perform UMTSto-LTE PS
redirections or
handovers to
return to the LTE
network. For
details, see 5.3
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Redirections
and Handovers.
If a CSFB UE is
still performing a
27
WCDMA RAN
Description
Scenario
Description
Camping Policy
l The IMS is
deployed and the
LTE network
supports both PS
data services and
VoIP services.
l Among all UL
multi-mode UEs,
some support CS
services and PS
services and some
support PS
services and
VoIP services.
l LTE coverage is
still incomplete.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
2 Overview
CS Service Policy
When a UE
performing a VoIP
service on the LTE
network moves out
of LTE coverage, the
Single Radio Voice
Call Continuity
(SRVCC) feature
works to convert the
VoIP service to a CS
voice service on the
UMTS network. This
mechanism ensures
voice service
continuity. For
details, see 6
SRVCC.

PS Service Policy
PS service after
releasing its CS
service, it can
perform a
service-based
UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection or
handover or a fast
return to switch to
the LTE network.
If conditions for
both operations
are met, fast
return is
preferred. For
details, see 5.2
UMTS-to-LTE
Fast Return
28
WCDMA RAN
Description
3 Cell Reselection Between UMTS and LTE
Cell Reselection Between UMTS and LTE
3.1 Overview
Cell reselections between UMTS and LTE include LTE-to-UMTS cell reselections, UMTS-toLTE cell reselections, and UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselections.
When the LTE network is initially deployed, LTE coverage is weak or unavailable in some spots,
but UMTS coverage is already complete. The LTE network needs to support LTE-to-UMTS
cell reselection so that UEs can reselect UMTS cells after finishing services on the LTE network.
UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection enables UEs to make full use of the existing UMTS network and
reduce load on the LTE network.
After finishing services on the UMTS network, UEs are transitioned to the CELL_PCH/
URA_PCH state or idle mode within the period specified by a timer. In this case, the UMTSto-LTE cell reselection function enables UEs to reselect and camp on LTE cells with better signal
quality. UMTS-to-LTE cell reselections enable UEs to better experience high-speed services on
the LTE network and reduce load on the UMTS network.
To improve user experience, the UMTS-to-LTE fast cell reselection function can be enabled so
that UEs can be quickly transitioned to the CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state or idle mode and initiate
UMTS-to-LTE cell reselections.
3.2 LTE-to-UMTS Cell Reselection

LTE-to-UMTS cell reselection is implemented on the LTE side based on absolute cell priorities.
For details, see LTE feature documentation Idle Mode Management Feature Parameter
Description.
3.3 UMTS-to-LTE Cell Reselection

This chapter describes the WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 feature.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

29
WCDMA RAN
Description
3.3.1 Overview
When a UE is in the CELL_PCH/URA_PCH state or idle mode on the UMTS network, it
performs cell reselection to the LTE network based on SIB19. Information element SIB19 carries
the absolute priorities of the serving UMTS cell and EARFCNs. After receiving SIB19, the UE
will trigger measurements if measurement triggering conditions are met. Based on the
measurement results, the UE uses reselection to camp on a suitable cell.
To use the UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection function in a cell, SIB19 must be broadcast in the cell.
To enable SIB19 broadcasting in a cell, select SIB19 under the SibCfgBitMap
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLSIBSWITCH or MOD
UCELLSIBSWITCH command.
3.3.2 Criteria for Starting Measurements

SIB19 carries the absolute priority of the serving UMTS cell, the absolute priorities of the LTE
frequencies, and the cell reselection thresholds. UMTS and LTE frequencies must have different
priorities. Upon receiving SIB19, the UE takes the following actions:
l
The UE measures the signal quality of LTE cells working at frequencies that have higher
absolute priorities than the frequency of the serving cell at an interval specified by
Thigher_priority_search.
If SrxlevServingCell is less than or equal to Sprioritysearch1 or SqualServingCell is less than or equal

to Sprioritysearch2, the serving UMTS cell has poor signal quality. In this situation, the UE
starts measuring the signal quality of the neighboring LTE cells working at the LTE
frequencies that have lower absolute priorities than the frequency of the serving cell.
If SrxlevServingCell is greater than Sprioritysearch1 and SqualServingCell is greater than

Sprioritysearch2, the serving UMTS cell has good signal quality. In this situation, the UE does
not measure the signal quality of cells working at the LTE frequencies that have lower
absolute priorities than the frequency of the serving cell.
NOTE
SqualServingCell applies only to FDD cells. For TDD cells, there is only requirement for SrxlevServingCell.
The variables in the preceding criteria are described in the following table:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Variables
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Description
Absolute
priority of
the serving
UMTS cell
Absolute
priority level of
the serving cell
SPriority
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Absolute priority of the serving cell

when a UE performs cell reselection
Absolute
priority of
the serving
LTE cell
Absolute
Priority Level
of the E-UTRA
Frequency
NPriority
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Absolute priority of the E-UTRA

frequency

30
WCDMA RAN
Description
Variables
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Description
Srxlev
Serving cell's transmit level received

by the UE (dBm)
ServingCell
The calculation formula is as follows:

SrxlevServingCell = Serving cell's
RSCP measured by the UE Qrxlevmin(BSC6900,BSC6910)
S
prioritysearch1
RSCP
threshold for
low-prio-freq
measurement
initiation
ThdPrioritySearch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Sprioritysearch1 specifies the CPICH

RSCP threshold for determining
whether a UE performs
measurements of low-priority
frequencies.
The setting of this parameter affects
how often high-priority cells are
measured. The greater the value of
this parameter, the less frequently the
measurement is performed.
Squal
Serving cell's quality value

The formula is as follows:
ServingCell
SqualServingCell = Serving cell's Ec/N0

measured by the UE - Qqualmin
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
S
prioritysearch2
Thigher_pr
iority_searc
h
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Ec/No
threshold for
low-prio-freq
measurement
initiation
ThdPrioritySearch2
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Sprioritysearch2 specifies the CPICH Ec/

No threshold for determining whether
a UE performs measurements of lowpriority frequencies.
The setting of this parameter affects
how often high-priority cells are
measured. The greater the value of
this parameter, the less frequently the
measurement is performed.
According to section 4.2.2
"Requirements" in 3GPP TS 25.133
V11.5.0, the value of
Thigher_priority_search is the
number of frequencies multiplied by
60, in the unit of second.

31
WCDMA RAN
Description
3.3.3 Criteria for Triggering Cell Reselection

SIB19 carries the absolute priority of the serving UMTS cell, the absolute priorities of the LTE
frequencies, and the cell reselection thresholds. The UE performs cell reselection based on the
absolute priorities.
Section 5.2.6.1.4a "Absolute priority based criteria for inter-frequency and inter-RAT cell
reselection" in 3GPP TS 25.304 V11.3.0 specifies five sets of criteria for cell reselection based
on the absolute priorities. Criteria set 2 applies to intra-RAT inter-frequency cell reselections.
SIB19 sent by Huawei products does not carry the absolute priorities of neighboring UMTS
frequencies. Therefore, criteria set 2 is not supported by Huawei products.
Criteria sets 1, 3, 4, and 5 apply to UMTS-to-LTE reselections. Criteria sets 1 and 3 use the
reference signal received power (RSRP) to evaluate signal quality, while criteria sets 4 and 5
use the reference signal received quality (RSRQ). For the description of each criteria set, see
Table 3-1.
The RSRQSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command controls whether the UE performs cell
reselection based on the RSRQ of the LTE frequency. When RSRQSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to TRUE and the UE supports the RSRQ-based measurement, the
UE performs cell reselection based on the RSRQ. Otherwise, the UE performs cell reselection
based on the RSRP.
NOTE
If RSRQSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to the same value for different LTE frequencies, you can set
NPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) to the same value for these LTE frequencies. If RSRQSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to different values for different LTE frequencies, NPriority
(BSC6900,BSC6910) cannot be set to the same value for these LTE frequencies.
Table 3-1 Criteria sets 1, 3, 4, and 5 for triggering cell reselection

Criteria Set
Description
Criteria set 1
l The absolute priority of an LTE frequency is higher than the absolute

priority of the serving UMTS cell.
l The Srxlev value of a cell served by an LTE frequency,
SrxlevnonServingCell, has remained above the threshold Threshhigh for a
period of time longer than Treselection.
Criteria set 3
l The absolute priority of an LTE frequency is lower than the absolute

l SrxlevnonServingCell has remained above Threshlow for a period of time
longer than Treselection.
l SrxlevServingCell has remained below Threshserving,low for a period of
time longer than Treselection, or SqualServingCell has remained below
or equal to 0 for a period of time longer than Treselection.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

32
WCDMA RAN
Description
Criteria Set
Description
Criteria set 4
l The absolute priority of an LTE frequency is higher than the absolute

l The Squal value of the LTE frequency, SqualnonServingCell, has
remained above the threshold Threshhigh2 for a period of time longer
than Treselection.
l The absolute priority of an LTE frequency is lower than the absolute
Criteria set 5
l SqualnonServingCell has remained above Threshlow2 for a period of time

longer than Treselection.
l SqualServingCell has remained below Threshserving,low2 for a period of
time longer than Treselection, or SqualServingCell has remained below
or equal to 0 for a period of time longer than Treselection.
The variables in the preceding criteria are described in the following table.
Variables
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Description
Srxlev
SrxlevnonServingCell is the RX level of

a UE in a cell served by an LTE
frequency (dBm). It is calculated
using the following formula:
nonServingCell
SrxlevnonServingCell = RSCP measured

by a UE in a cell served by an LTE
frequency - EQrxlevmin
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Threshhigh
RSRP
Threshold for
High-prio-freq
Reselection
ThdToHigh
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Threshhigh is the RX level threshold

of a UE above which the UE performs
cell reselection from the serving cell
to a cell on the target frequency when
the absolute priority level of the target
frequency is greater than that of the
serving cell. The greater the value of
this parameter, the less likely
reselection is to succeed.
Treselectio
n
Treselection is the reselection delay.

It is calculated using the following
formula: Treselections
(BSC6900,BSC6910) x
InterRatTreselScalingFactor
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

33
WCDMA RAN
Description
Variables
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Description
Threshlow
RSRP
Threshold for
Low-prio-freq
Reselection
ThdToLow
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Threshlow is the RX level threshold of

a UE above which the UE performs
cell reselection from the serving cell
to a cell on the target frequency when
the absolute priority of the target
frequency is lower than the absolute
priority of the serving cell. The
greater the value of this parameter,
the less likely reselection is to
succeed.
Thresh
RSCP
threshold for
low-prio-freq
reselection
ThdServingLow
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Threshserving,low is the threshold of the

serving cell's RSCP during
reselection to a cell working at a
frequency with an absolute priority
lower than that of the serving cell. A
reselection to a cell working at a
frequency with a lower absolute
priority is triggered if the following
conditions are met:
serving,low
l Signal quality of the serving

UMTS cell constantly remains
below Threshserving,low
l Signal quality of the target cell
satisfies the following formula:
SrxlevnonServingCell > Threshlow
The greater the value of this
parameter, the more likely cell
reselection based on absolute
priorities is to succeed.
Squal
nonServingCell
SqualnonServingCell is the signal quality

value (dB) of a cell served by an LTE
frequency, which applies only to LTE
FDD cells. It is calculated based on
the following formula:
SqualnonServingCell = RSRQ measured
by a cell served by an LTE frequency
- EQqualmin(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

34
WCDMA RAN
Description
Variables
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Description
Threshhigh2
RSRQ
Threshold for
Reselection to
High-priority
Cell
ThdToHighRSRQ
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Threshhigh2 is the signal quality

threshold of the target cell above
which the UE performs cell
reselection from the serving cell to a
cell working at a frequency with an
absolute priority higher than that of
the serving cell. The greater the value
of this parameter, the less likely
Threshlow2
RSRQ
Threshold for
Reselection to
Low-priority
Cell
ThdToLowRSRQ
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Threshlow2 is the signal quality

threshold of the target cell above
which the UE performs cell
reselection from the serving cell to a
cell working at a frequency with an
absolute priority lower than that of the
serving cell. The greater the value of
this parameter, the less likely
Thresh
Ec/No
Threshold for
Reselection to
Low-priority
Frequency
ThdServingLow2
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Threshserving,low2 is the CPICH Ec/N0

threshold of the serving UMTS cell
when the UE reselects a cell working
working at a frequency with an
absolute priority lower than that of the
serving cell. After the cell reselection
measurement starts, if the signal
quality of the serving cell remains
lower than this parameter value and
the signal quality of the target cell
working at a lower-priority frequency
remains high during the cell
reselection delay time, the UE will
perform cell reselection.
serving,low2
To summarize:
l
If the criteria in criteria set 1 or 4 are met, the UE performs reselection to a cell working at
an LTE frequency with a higher absolute priority.
If the criteria in criteria set 3 or 5 are met, the UE performs reselection to a cell working at
an LTE frequency with a lower absolute priority.
If the criteria in neither criteria set are met, the UE remains on the UMTS network.
If multiple cells fulfill a set of criteria, the UE performs reselection to the cell with the greatest
SrxlevnonServingCell value.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

35
WCDMA RAN
Description
3.4 UMTS-to-LTE Quick Cell Reselection

A UMTS/LTE multimode UE camping on the UMTS network can initiate UMTS-to-LTE cell
reselection only when it is in the CELL_PCH state or idle mode. In RAN14.0 and earlier versions,
state transition to the CELL_PCH state or idle mode is slow because the state transition is
triggered only when the UE has not transmitted or received service data for a period of time
specified by an inactivity timer.
To accelerate the UMTS-to-LTE cell reselection, you need to enable the UMTS-to-LTE quick
cell reselection function by running the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command with
FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH under PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910) set to ON.
The following table lists the inactivity timers that are used and state transitions that are triggered
before and after the UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselection function is enabled.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Type of UEs
Before the Function Is

Enabled
After the Function Is

Enabled
Gains of the
Function
UEs that are

not enabled
with enhanced
fast dormancy
A CELL_DCH-toCELL_PCH state transition

is triggered when the UE
has not transmitted or
received service data for a
period of time specified by
PsInactTmrForInt
(BSC6900,BSC6910) (for
interactive services) or
PsInactTmrForBac
(BSC6900,BSC6910) (for
background services).
A transition from the

CELL_DCH state to the
CELL_PCH state or idle
mode is triggered when the
UE has not transmitted or
PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
After the
UMTS-to-LTE
quick cell
reselection
function is
enabled, the
default length
of the
inactivity timer
is increased
and therefore
the cell
reselection
process is
faster.

36
WCDMA RAN
Description
Type of UEs

Enabled

Enabled
Gains of the
Function
UEs that are

enabled with
enhanced fast
dormancy and
in the
CELL_DCH
state
When
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITC
H under OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH
command is selected, the
UE transits from the
CELL_DCH state to the
CELL_FACH state when it
has not transmitted or
(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
then transits from
CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH.
The UE is able to transit

from the CELL_DCH state
directly to the CELL_PCH
state or idle mode when it
does not transmit or receive
service data during the time
length specified by
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
After the
UMTS-to-LTE
quick cell
reselection
function is
enabled, the
default length
of the
inactivity timer
is increased
and therefore
the cell
reselection
process is
faster.
When
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITC
H under OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
is not selected, state
transition from
CELL_DCH to
CELL_PCH is triggered
when the UE does not
transmit or receive service
data during the time length
specified by PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

After the
UMTS-to-LTE
quick cell
reselection
function is
enabled, the
default length
of the
inactivity timer
remains the
same and
therefore
UMTS-to-LTE
quick cell
reselections do
not provide
gains for these
UEs.
37
WCDMA RAN
Description
Type of UEs

Enabled

Enabled
Gains of the
Function
UEs that are

enabled with
enhanced fast
dormancy and
in the
CELL_FACH
state
State transition from

CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH is triggered
when the UE has not
transmitted or received
service data for a period of
time specified by
PsInactTmrForFstDrmFach
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
State transition from

CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH or idle mode is
triggered when the UE does
not transmit or receive
service data during the time
length specified by
PsInactTmrForFstDrmFach
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
After the
UMTS-to-LTE
quick cell
reselection
function is
enabled, the
default length
of the
inactivity timer
remains the
same and
therefore
UMTS-to-LTE
quick cell
reselections do
not provide
gains for these
UEs.
When the UMTS-to-LTE quick cell reselection function is enabled, whether a UE transits from
the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_PCH state or idle mode is specified by running the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command with UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH set
to an appropriate value under PROCESSSWITCH4(BSC6900,BSC6910). When
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH is cleared, the UE transits from the
CELL_DCH state to the CELL_PCH state. When
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH is selected, the UE transits from the
CELL_DCH state to idle mode.
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH under PROCESSSWITCH4
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is cleared by default. Select
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH if some UEs in the network do not support
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_PCH state transitions.
Changing the value of PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch(BSC6900,BSC6910) or
PsInactTmrForFstDrmFach(BSC6900,BSC6910) affects this feature and the Enhanced Fast
Dormancy feature. For details about enhanced fast dormancy, see Enhanced Fast Dormancy
Feature Parameter Description.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

38
WCDMA RAN
4 PS Redirections and Handovers Between UMTS and LTE
Description
PS Redirections and Handovers Between

UMTS and LTE
4.1 Overview
This chapter describes UMTS-to-LTE and LTE-to-UMTS PS redirections and handovers.
When a UE performing PS services on an LTE network moves out of an LTE coverage area or
if the LTE signal quality falls below a specific threshold, an LTE-to-UMTS PS redirection or
handover will be performed to switch the UE over to the UMTS network. The choice between
a PS redirection and a PS handover depends on the UE capabilities. This mechanism ensures
the service continuity.
Similarly, when the UE is performing PS only services in the UMTS network while in an LTE
covered area, a UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can also be performed to shift the UE
and its PS service to the LTE network to provide optimal service experience.
During redirection, an RRC connection is released in the current cell to deliver the target
frequency to the UE and the UE accesses the network again in the cell of the target frequency.
During a handover, an inter-RAT relocation is performed to shift the UE to the target cell.
4.2 LTE-to-UMTS PS Redirections and Handovers

LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers or redirections are performed mainly by the LTE network. For
details, see LTE document Inter-RAT Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature
Parameter Description.
During an LTE-to-UMTS handover or redirection, a part of the UE's data has been forwarded
by the CN to the eNodeB but not yet forwarded to the UE. Therefore, this part of data needs to
be forwarded to the RNC to reduce the service interruption duration of the UE during the
handover or redirection. Data forwarding in these circumstances involves two scenarios:
l
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
The direct tunnel function is not enabled on the RNC. In this scenario, the data forwarding
path is eNodeB -> LTE SGW -> SGSN -> RNC. The routes and user plane (UP) data
channels between the RNC and SGSN usually have been configured. Therefore, only the
39
WCDMA RAN
Description
routes and UP data channels between the LTE SGW and SGSN need to be configured on
the CN side.
l
The direct tunnel function is enabled on the RNC. In this scenario, the data forwarding path
is eNodeB -> LTE SGW -> RNC. Therefore, on the RNC side, you only need to configure
a route from the RNC to the LTE SGW using the MML command ADD IPRT and a UP
data channel using the MML command ADD IPPATH (on the BSC6900) or ADD
IPPOOL (on the BSC6910).
If some UL multimode UEs do not support UMTS network measurements when in connected
mode, the LTE network needs to support LTE-to-UMTS blind redirections or handovers.
NOTE
Most PS services involved in LTE-to-UMTS handovers are high-speed HSPA services. Currently, during
handover preparations, if a PS service is not admitted to a UMTS cell, the PS service cannot use an R99
channel for an admission retry. When radio resources in the UMTS cell are congested, more handover
preparations may fail.
LTE-to-UMTS handover success rate = VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS/VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInPS

PS services of LTE have high subscribed rates, which usually cause admission failures of UEs
during LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers. Due to weak LTE coverage, the coverage-based LTE-toUMTS PS handovers fail easily, causing call drops. A mechanism is introduced to decrease the
PS service rate during inter-RAT PS handovers so that the PS handover success rate is increased.
The mechanism is implemented as follows:
To allow inter-RAT handovers of PS BE services from LTE to UMTS, select
RESERVED_SWITCH_9_BIT6 under the RsvSwitch9(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the
SET UALGORSVPARA command.
l
If any resource in the cell is in an LDR or OLC state, the UE is handed over to the cell with
the uplink rate of the DCH decreased to 8 kbit/s. If resources in a cell are neither in the
LDR nor OLC state, the RNC determines whether the remaining proportion of HSUPA
UEs to be allowed in the cell is less than or equal to the value of RsvU32Para13
(BSC6900,BSC6910) (bit0 to bit7, whose default value is 10%), which specifies the
threshold for the remaining proportion of HSUPA UEs that are allowed to access the cell
through inter-RAT handovers. If yes, the UE is handed over to the cell with the initial rate
of the DCH equal to the value of the DlBeTraffInitBitrate(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
If no, the UE is normally handed over to the cell.
If any resource in the cell is in the LDR or OLC state, the UE is handed over to the cell
with the downlink rate of the DCH decreased to 8 kbit/s. If resources in the cell are neither
in the LDR state nor the OLC state, the RNC determines whether the remaining proportion
of HSDPA UEs to be allowed in the cell is less than or equal to the value of RsvU32Para13
(BSC6900,BSC6910) (bit8 to bit15, whose default value is 10%), which specifies the
threshold for the remaining proportion of HSDPA UEs that are allowed to access the cell
through inter-RAT handovers. If yes, the UE is handed over to the cell with the initial rate
of the DCH equal to the value of the DlBeTraffInitBitrate(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
If no, the UE is normally handed over to the cell.
4.3 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers

4.3.1 Overview
UMTS-to-LTE PS interoperation involves UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections and handovers.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

40
WCDMA RAN
Description
When the redirection and handover functions are enabled at the same time and the UE supports
handovers, a handover takes precedence over a redirection.
During a UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection, a part of the UE's data has been forwarded by
the CN to the RNC but not yet forwarded to the UE. Therefore, this part of data needs to be
forwarded to the eNodeB to reduce the service interruption duration of the UE during the
handover or redirection. Data forwarding in these circumstances involves two scenarios:
l
The direct tunnel function is not enabled on the RNC. In this scenario, the data forwarding
path is RNC -> SGSN -> LTE SGW -> eNodeB. The routes and UP data channels between
the RNC and SGSN usually have been configured. Therefore, only the routes and UP data
channels between the LTE SGW and SGSN need to be configured on the CN side.
The direct tunnel function is enabled on the RNC. In this scenario, the data forwarding path
is RNC -> LTE SGW -> eNodeB. Therefore, on the RNC side, you only need to configure
a route from the RNC to the LTE SGW using the MML command ADD IPRT and a UP
data channel using the MML command ADD IPPATH (on the BSC6900) or ADD
IPPOOL (on the BSC6910).
Redirection
During a UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection, the RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message, which contains LTE frequencies.
Redirections can be classified into neighboring cell- and non-neighboring cell-based redirection
depending on whether neighboring LTE cell configuration is required. Redirections can also be
classified as blind or measurement-based depending on whether the UE supports measurement
of LTE cell signal quality. In the following sections, LTE measurement refers to UE
measurement of the signal quality in an LTE cell.
NOTICE
The blind redirection switch can be turned on only when LTE coverage is good enough.
Otherwise, call drops may occur. To enable blind redirection, set the U2lBlindRedirSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD
UCELLHOCOMM command to ON.
If you need to enable the non-neighboring cell-based redirection, turn on the switch for this
function by selecting HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH
command. If you need to enable the neighboring cell-based redirection, turn off the preceding
switch.
The differences between neighboring cell- and non-neighboring cell-based redirection are as
follows:
l
Neighboring cell-based redirection

The target redirection frequency is obtained from the neighboring LTE cell frequencies as
indicated by the LTEArfcn(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter configured by the ADD
ULTENCELL or MOD ULTENCELL command. When neighboring LTE cells are
configured, it is recommended that neighboring cell-based redirections be performed.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

41
WCDMA RAN
Description
Non-neighboring cell-based redirection

The target frequency for redirection is obtained from the frequencies (EARFCN
(BSC6900,BSC6910)) and configured using the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO
command. It is recommended that non-neighboring cell-based redirection be enabled so
that UEs can perform such redirections when no neighboring LTE cell is configured.
NOTE
When non-neighboring cell-based redirection is enabled, the non-neighboring cell-based redirection is

preferred even if neighboring LTE cells are configured.
Handover
During a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, the RNC sends a handover request to the LTE network
through the core network (CN). When the LTE network finishes preparing resources, the UE
and the PS service are handed over to the LTE network.
Comparison Between Redirections and Handovers

Compared with UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection has the following
advantages and disadvantages:
l
Advantages:
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection has no special requirements for the CN and does not require
that the UE supports handovers.
Disadvantages:
PS services are interrupted for a long period of time.
Classification of Redirections and Handovers

UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections and handovers are classified into the following types depending
on their trigger causes:
l
Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections and handovers. For details, see 4.3.2

Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers.
Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections and handovers. For details, see 4.3.3 Servicebased UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers.
Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections and handovers. For details, see 4.3.4 Loadbased UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers.
The application scenarios of the three types of operations are as follows:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Operation
Application Scenario
Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirections or handovers
UMTS and LTE networks are deployed together. The

UMTS coverage is poor but the LTE coverage is good.

42
WCDMA RAN
Description
Operation
Application Scenario
Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
l A CSFB UE is still performing a PS service after it

falls back to the UMTS network and the voice service
is complete.
l A UE initiates only a PS service when it is located in
the UMTS and LTE overlapping coverage area.
l A UE initiates only a PS service in the UMTS only
network and moves to the LTE network coverage
area.
Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
The UMTS cell is located in an area covered by both

UMTS and LTE networks and is in a basic congestion
state.
NOTE
If the UMTS and LTE networks are deployed in multi-operator core network (MOCN) mode, operators
must use the same PLMNs in their UMTS and LTE networks.
4.3.2 Coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and

Handovers
This section describes the features WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS
to LTE and WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.
Overview
Figure 4-1 shows the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE (shortened to U2L) PS redirection or
handover process.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

43
WCDMA RAN
Description
Figure 4-1 Coverage-based U2L PS redirection or handover process
The process shown in Figure 4-1 is illustrated as follows:

l
Trigger phase
Upon receiving the event 2D or 1F measurement report, the RNC determines to trigger
redirections or handovers to the LTE network based on whether the UE supports the LTE
network and based on the configurations of the LTE network, such as whether the handover
or redirection switch is turned on or if neighboring cells are configured. For details, see
Handover Feature Parameter Description.
This document describes the handover or redirection to the LTE network. For details about
the decision of a coverage-based U2L PS redirection or handover, see Triggering.
Decision phase:
Determines whether to allow the UE to be redirected or handed over to an LTE cell. For
details, see UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE Networks.
Measurement phase:
Determines whether to start an LTE measurement, deliver the measurement control
message, and process the measurement result. For details, see Measurements.
Execution phase:
Determines which procedure to trigger (measurement-based redirection, blind redirection,
or handover). For details, see Decision and Execution.
Triggering
Upon receiving an event 2D or 1F measurement report from a UE, the RNC determines whether
to allow a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details about event
2D and event 1F, see Handover Feature Parameter Description.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

44
WCDMA RAN
Description
UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE Networks

The RNC allows a UE to be redirected or handed over to an LTE network when all the following
conditions are met:
l
There are no CS RABs among the UE's RABs.
All PS RABs for the UE can be shifted to an LTE LTE through a handover or redirection.
An RAB can be shifted to an LTE network through a handover or redirection only when
the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message does not contain the E-UTRAN Service
Handover IE and HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM under the
EUTRANSHIND(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UTYPRABBASIC
command is selected.
The UE supports both UMTS and LTE.
An LTE network is available.

The RNC uses the following methods to determine whether the LTE network is available:
If the switch for frequency-based redirections in case of no neighboring cell is on, that
is, HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the
command is selected, the LTE network is considered available when an LTE frequency
is configured.
If the switch for frequency-based redirections in case of no neighboring cell is off, then
if a neighboring LTE cell is configured, the LTE network is considered available.
Switches related to coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability have been turned on.

The general switch for UMTS-to-LTE PS interoperability is turned on. This switch is
configured by HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HoSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
For redirections: The coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is turned
on. That is, HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected.
For handovers: The coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers switch is turned on.
That is, HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected; neighboring LTE cells are configured.
However, HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is not selected.
Measurements
Overview
When event 2D is triggered and the UE supports measurement of the neighboring LTE, GSM,
or inter-frequency cells, the RNC determines the target networks for measurements, sends the
measurement control message to the UE, and then processes the measurement results. The target
networks include the LTE, GSM, and inter-frequency networks. If the LTE measurement is
required, the RNC sends the message control messages to the UE and then processes the
measurement results. For details, see descriptions of the measurement control message and
measurement result processing in Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement
Control Message and Measurement Result Processing.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

45
WCDMA RAN
Description
When event 1F is triggered, the RNC does not start measurements. Instead, it determines whether
to shift the UE to the LTE network through a blind redirection or to a GSM network or interfrequency UMTS network through a blind handover. For details about whether the RNC shifts
the UE to the LTE network through a blind redirection, see Decision and Execution. For details
about whether the RNC shifts the UE to the GSM network or inter-frequency UMTS network
through a blind handover, see Handover Feature Parameter Description. In this section, the
RNC determines whether the UE performs measurements on LTE cells. U2LTEMeasTime
(BSC6900,BSC6910) specifies the LTE measurement duration by the UE.
The measurement control message sent by the RNC contains the following LTE-specific
information:
l
Reporting mode of measurement reports

A UE can periodically send measurement reports periodically or in event-triggered
reporting mode. The LTEReportMode(BSC6900,BSC6910)(UMTS BSC6900,UMTS
BSC6910) parameter specifies which reporting mode is used. The
LTEPeriodReportInterval(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter specifies the interval at which
the measurement reports are reported.
Information about to-be-measured neighboring cells or frequencies. For details, see the
description of the measurement control message in this section.
Measurement quantity
The measurement quantity for the LTE network can be RSRP or RSRQ. If a measurement
report is triggered by an event, which measurement quantity (RSRP or RSRQ) is to be
reported is determined by the LTEMeasQuanOf3A(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. If
measurement reports are periodically reported, both the RSRP and RSRQ values are
included in the measurement reports.
For details about measurement event-related parameters, see Measurement Result

Processing.
Event 2D/2F
The RNC determines whether to start or stop sending measurements to a UE based on UE
measurement report requests. The UE requests are triggered by events 2D and 2F which are
defined as follows:
l
Event 2D is when the measurement quantity (RSRP or RSRQ) is less than the threshold
for event 2D, which triggers a request for additional measurement reports.
Event 2F is when the measurement quantity (RSRP or RSRQ) exceeds the threshold for
event 2F, which triggers a request that the RNC stop sending measurement reports.
For a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover, the 2D and 2F thresholds used

depend on if the UMTS cells on a network with the GSM or LTE cells use the same or different
frequencies.
l
Same frequencies
The RNC uses the 2D and 2F thresholds of the GSM or LTE target network.
Different frequencies
The RNC uses the CoexistMeasThdChoice parameter of the ADD UCELLHOCOMM
or SET UHOCOMM command to determine what 2D and 2F thresholds to use. There are
two settings:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

46
WCDMA RAN
Description
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERFREQ
The RNC selects inter-frequency UMTS cell parameters based on the threshold for event
2D and the threshold for event 2F.
COEXIST_MEAS_THD_CHOICE_INTERRAT
The RNC selects target GSM or LTE cells parameters based on the threshold for event
2D and the threshold for event 2F.
For details about events 2D and 2F, see sections about triggering of events 2D and 2F in
Handover Feature Parameter Description for RAN.
Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message

If multiple target networks need to be measured, the RNC sends the UE multiple measurement
control messages specific to the target networks. For details about the measurement control
messages specific for inter-frequency or inter-RAT neighboring cells, see Handover Feature
The method for selecting LTE frequencies in the measurement control message during a
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover is the same as that used for a servicebased UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover. For details, see the description of measurement
control messages in Measurements on LTE Signal Quality.
Measurement Result Processing

When the UE receives a measurement control message, it begins measurements using either an
event triggered or a periodical reporting mode:
l
Event-triggered reporting mode

If the measurement report is set to be triggered by event 3A, the 3A event reporting is
triggered when the RNC receives a 3A measurement report from the UE, it performs
decision and execution of the UE redirection or handover.
The following conditions met be met within a duration specified by 3a:
QUsed <= TUsed - H3a/2
MOtherRAT >= TOtherRAT + H3a/2
Periodic reporting mode

If the UE uses periodic reporting, the RNC determines whether the RSRP and RSRQ of
the target LTE cell meet the requirements of UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers after
receiving the periodic measurement reports specific to neighboring LTE cells. If the
following condition is met, the RNC performs evaluation and execution of the UE
redirection or handover:
MOtherRAT TOtherRAT + HystforPeriodLTE/2
NOTE
If the UE simultaneously reports the measurement reports on RSRP and RSRQ, both measurement
results must satisfy the preceding formula before a UMTS-or-LTE redirection or handover.
The following table lists the meanings of the variables involved in the decision conditions in the
two reporting modes.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

47
WCDMA RAN
Description
Variable
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Description
QUsed
Measured quality of the used frequency
TUsed
RSCP
Threshold for
Used
Frequency or
Ec/No
Threshold for
Used
Frequency
UsedFreqThdRS
CP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910) or
UsedFreqThdEc
No
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Absolute threshold for the signal quality

of the serving cell
H3a
3A Hysteresis
Hystfor3A
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
MOtherRAT
l Filtered value of the measured

RSRP or RSRQ of the LTE cell
l U2LTEFilterCoef
(BSC6900,BSC6910) specifies the
filtering coefficient for LTE
measurement result filtering.
TOtherRAT
RSRP
Threshold
During PS
Handover to
LTE or RSRQ
Threshold
During PS
Handover to
LTE
TargetRatThdRS
RP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910) or
TargetRatThdRS
RQ
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Threshold for the LTE signal quality

when a redirection or handover to LTE
occurs
T3a
3A Event
Trigger Delay
Time
TrigTime3A
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
HystforPeri
odLTE
LTE Period
Reporting HO
Hysteresis
HystforPeriodLT
E
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Hysteresis for periodical reporting of

LTE signal quality
NOTE
If the RNC receives the measurement report on the inter-RAT neighboring GSM cell or inter-frequency
neighboring UMTS cell first, it determines whether to perform a handover to the GSM network or interfrequency UMTS network. For details about the handover to the GSM network or inter-frequency UMTS
network, see the section "Coverage-based or QoS-based Handover" in Handover Feature Parameter
Description.
The preceding parameters can be either RNC-level parameters or cell-level parameters. The
RNC-level parameters are set by running the SET UU2LTEHOCOV command, and the cellIssue 11 (2014-11-08)

48
WCDMA RAN
Description
level parameters are set by running the ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV command. However,
the cell-level parameters take priority.
Penalty for Measurement Failures

Once a UE starts measurement on a neighboring LTE cell, if the RNC does not receive a proper
measurement report from the UE within duration specified by U2LTEMeasTime, the RNC stops
the UE measurement in compressed mode and prohibits the UE from performing measurement
on neighboring LTE cells within the duration specified by the penalty timer.
The penalty timer is set by the RsvU32Para15(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the RNC MML
command SET UALGORSVPARA.

Before a UE performs a redirection or handover, the RNC determines whether the UE needs to
perform a coverage-based redirection, blind redirection, or handover to an LTE network. Figure
4-2 shows how the RNC performs the procedure for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
interoperation mode selection.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

49
WCDMA RAN
Description
Figure 4-2 Procedure for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation mode selection
The following details the procedure in Figure 4-2:
Event 2D Is Triggered and the UE Supports LTE Measurement

After receiving the event 3A measurement report, when multiple cells meet certain conditions,
the RNC selects a target cell as described in Target Cell Selection. Then the RNC checks
whether the switch for non-neighboring cell-based redirection is on. If
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected, then the switch is on.
l
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
If the switch for non-neighboring cell-based redirection is on, the RNC checks whether the
switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is on. The status of this switch is
50
WCDMA RAN
Description
determined by HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under HoSwitch1

(BSC6900,BSC6910).
If the switch is selected, the RNC performs the redirection. The frequency of the target
cell is carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message.
If the switch is not selected, the RNC does not perform a coverage-based UMTS-toLTE PS redirection or handover.
l
If the non-neighboring cell-based redirection switch is off, the RNC checks if the UE
supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
Supporting
If the UE supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers, the SuppPSHOFlag
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter for the target LTE cell is set to Support, and the
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover switch is on (that is,
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH under HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) is
selected), then the RNC performs a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover using
the cell with the best signal quality as the target.
Not supporting
If the UE does not support UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers, the SuppPSHOFlag
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter for the target LTE cell is set to NotSupport, or the
switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is off, then the RNC determines
whether the switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is on.
If the switch is on, the RNC performs a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
based on the neighboring LTE cell. The target cell for redirection is the preceding target
cell.
If the switch is off, the RNC does not perform a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or handover.
Event 2D Is Triggered and the UE Does Not Support LTE Measurement

The RNC does not perform a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection, blind redirection,
or handover.
Event 1F Is Triggered
l
When both the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection (U2lBlindRedirSwitch

(BSC6900,BSC6910)) and the switch for coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
are on, the RNC checks whether the switch for non-neighboring cell-based redirection is
on.
If this switch is on, the RNC performs a non-neighboring-cell-based blind redirection.
If this switch is off, the RNC checks if there are neighboring LTE cells that have been
configured:
If there are, the RNC performs a neighboring-cell-based blind redirection.
If there are not, the RNC does not perform a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
When the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection or the switch for coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is off, the RNC does not perform a coverage-based UMTSto-LTE PS redirection or handover.
51
WCDMA RAN
Description
NOTE
During a blind redirection, the same rule is used to select the frequencies carried in the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message and the frequencies carried in the measurement-based redirection measurement control
message. For details, see the description about the measurement control message in Selecting the
Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message.
If BlindFlag(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to TRUE, the neighboring LTE cell configured by

running the ADD ULTENCELL command can serve as a neighboring cell for blind
redirections.
For details about the procedure for UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or handovers, see section
4.3.5 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection and Handover Procedures.

Upon receipt of the first non-blank measurement report, the RNC selects a target cell based on
the policy described in Table 4-1.
Table 4-1 Target cell selection policy
Measurement Report on
Target Cell Selection Policy
Inter-frequency neighboring UMTS cells
The RNC selects the inter-frequency

neighboring UMTS cell with the best signal
quality.
Neighboring GSM cells
l If the
PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL
_PRE_SWITCH check box under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch2
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is not
selected, the RNC selects the neighboring
cell with the best signal quality.
l If the
PerfEnhanceSwitch2
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is
selected, the RNC preferentially selects
the neighboring cell with the highest
priority. If two or more neighboring cells
have the same priority, the RNC selects
the one with the best signal quality.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

52
WCDMA RAN
Description
Neighboring LTE cells
For a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS

handover, the RNC selects the neighboring
For a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection, the RNC selects a target cell as
follows:
l If the
PerfEnhanceSwitch2
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is not
selected, the RNC selects the neighboring
l If the
PerfEnhanceSwitch2
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is
selected, the RNC preferentially selects
the neighboring cell with the highest
priority. If two or more neighboring cells
have the same priority, the RNC selects
the one with the best signal quality.
The PerfEnhanceSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter can be set by running the SET

UCORRMPARA command.
LTE and GSM neighboring cells are configured as follows:
l
LTE
The absolute priorities of LTE frequencies are configured using the NPriority
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command. The
parameter value 0 represents the lowest priority and 7 represents the highest priority.
GSM
The absolute priorities of GSM frequencies are configured using the HOPrio
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD U2GNCELL command. The parameter value
0 represents the highest priority and 7 represents the lowest priority. If GSM 900 MHz and
GSM 1800 MHz networks are deployed in the same area and the operator expects that UEs
are preferentially handed over to the GSM 1800 MHz network, it is recommended that the
priorities of neighboring GSM 1800 MHz cells be set to 0-3 whereas those of neighboring
GSM 900 MHz cells be set to 4-7.
4.3.3 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers

This section describes the features WRFD-020129 PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
and WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

53
WCDMA RAN
Description
Overview
Figure 4-3 shows the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover process.
Figure 4-3 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover process

l
Triggering phase
The RNC determines whether to trigger a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or
handover. For details, see Triggering.
Decision phase
The RNC determines whether to allow the UE to be redirected or handed over to an LTE
cell. For details, see UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE.
Measurement phase
The RNC determines whether to start an LTE measurement, deliver the measurement
control message, and process the measurement result. For details, see Measurements on
LTE Signal Quality.
Execution phase
The RNC determines which procedure to trigger (measurement-based redirection, blind
redirection, or handover). For details, see Decision and Execution.
Triggering
Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover can be triggered during the following
processes:
l
RAB setup
The RNC receives a RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETE message from the UE.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

54
WCDMA RAN
Description
RAB reconfiguration
The RNC receives a RADIO BEARER SETUP COMPLETE message from the UE, except
during the D2F and D2P state transition processes.
NOTE
If RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT12 under the RsvSwitch6(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is

selected, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE handover or redirection cannot be triggered during the P2D
state transition of a PS service due to CS service setup. If it is not selected, a service-based UMTSto-LTE handover or redirection can be triggered and the CS service setup fails after that.
Low activity state:

Conditions for a D2F or D2P state transition are met when the UE enters the low-speed
data transmission state.
NOTE
A service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover cannot be triggered if the D2F or D2P

condition is met after the compressed mode measurement times out.
Periodic triggering:
A timer for the periodic service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover expires.
The timer is set by bit0 to bit15 of RsvU32Para15(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the
SET UALGORSVPARA command.
Iu CS release:
The RNC receives an IU RELEASE message from the CS domain of the CN.
RB release:
A RADIO BEARER RELEASE COMPLETE message is received.
Best cell change:

1D event is reported.
Other causes:
A migration process is complete or the LTE-to-UMTS penalty timer expires.
Different switches control the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover

depending on when or why the redirection or handover takes place:
l
During RB reconfiguration
RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT13 under the RsvSwitch6(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA command
During the best cell change

Cell-level switch BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV/MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command or the RNClevel switch BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the SET
UU2LTEHONCOV command. When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches are
configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes precedence.
Triggered by other causes

During RAB setup

Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

55
WCDMA RAN
Description
In low activity state

Periodically triggered
During Iu CS release
During RB release

The RNC allows a UE to be redirected or handed over to an LTE cell when all the following
conditions are met:
l
All PS RABs for the UE can be shifted to an LTE cell through a handover or redirection.
An RAB can be shifted to an LTE cell through a handover or redirection only when the EUTRAN Service Handover IE in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message is not set
to "Handover to E-UTRAN shall not be performed" and
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM under the EUTRANSHIND
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UTYPRABBASIC command is selected.

If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the
command is selected, the LTE network is available when an LTE frequency is
configured.
If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is not selected, the
LTE network is available when a neighboring LTE cell is configured.
Switches related to service-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability have been turned on.

For service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections
The cell-level or RNC-level switch for the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
is set to on. To turn the cell-level switch on, select
parameter in the ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command. To turn the RNC-level
switch on, select HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the RsvSwitch0
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches
have been configured and taken effect, the setting of the cell-level switch takes
precedence.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

56
WCDMA RAN
Description
The cell-level or RNC-level switch for the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection

is on. To turn the cell-level switch on, select
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the U2LServAlgoSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command. To
turn the RNC-level switch on, select HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH
under the HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. When both the RNC-level and
cell-level switches are configured, the setting of the cell-level switch takes precedence.
For service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers
The switch for non-neighboring cell-based redirection
(HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH) is off but the celllevel or RNC-level switch for the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is on. To
turn the cell-level switch on, select RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT32 under the
RsvSwitch0(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCELLALGORSVPARA
command. To turn the RNC-level switch on, select
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the HoSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. When both the RNC-level and cell-level switches
have been configured and taken effect, the setting of the cell-level switch takes
precedence.
l
If the measurement based redirection or handover is enabled, the RNC checks whether the
total number of UEs in compressed mode in the current cell exceeds the threshold for the
number of users in compressed mode for triggering the service-based UMTS-to-LTE
measurement. If the total number of UEs in compressed mode in the current cell is greater
than or equal to the threshold, a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover
is not allowed. To enable checking the total number of UEs in compressed mode in a cell
before a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover,
parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA command must be set to on and the threshold
must be set using bits 5 to 12 of the RsvU32Para0(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the
SET UCELLALGORSVPARA command.
All the preceding cell-level switches can take effect only when
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT30 under the RsvSwitch0(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in
the SET UCELLALGORSVPARA command is selected.
Measurements on LTE Signal Quality

Overview
If a UE in connected mode supports LTE measurements, the RNC triggers LTE measurements.
If the UE does not support LTE measurement, the RNC enables the UE to directly perform blind
redirection. For details, see section Decision and Execution.
The measurement control message sent by the RNC contains the following LTE-specific
information:
l
Reporting mode of measurement reports

When a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover occurs, event 3C is
reported.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

57
WCDMA RAN
Description
Information about to-be-measured neighboring cells or frequencies. For details, see the
description about the measurement control message in Selecting the Frequencies Carried
in the Measurement Control Message.
Measurement quantity
The measurement quantity for an LTE cell includes RSRP and RSRQ. If
LTEMeasTypOf3C(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to MeasurementQuantity, the
LTEMeasQuanOf3C(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter specifies whether RSRQ or RSRP
is to be included in the measurement report. When LTEMeasTypOf3C
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to Both, both the RSRP and RSRQ values are included in the
measurement report.
For details, see the description about measurement result processing in Measurement
Result Processing.
If an LTE measurement is required, the RNC sends the mesurement control messages to the UE
and then processes the measurement results. For details, see the descriptions about the
measurement control message and measurement result processing in section Selecting the
Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message and Measurement Result
Processing. U2LTEMeasTime(BSC6900,BSC6910) specifies the LTE measurement duration
by the UE.
Selecting the Frequencies Carried in the Measurement Control Message

The procedure for selecting the frequencies carried in the measurement control message is as
follows:
1.
Select the initial frequency set.

l If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the
command is selected, set A contains all LTE frequencies, as indicated by EARFCN
(BSC6900,BSC6910) and configured by the ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO
command.
l If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is not selected, set
A contains the LTE frequencies for all neighboring LTE cells, as indicated by LTEArfcn
(BSC6900,BSC6910) and configured by the ADD ULTECELL command.
When an LTE cell is configured by the ADD ULTECELL command, LTEArfcn
(BSC6900,BSC6910) specifies the frequencies for the neighboring LTE cells.
2.
Filter the initial frequency set.

Set B contains all LTE frequencies supported by the UE in set A.
l When the InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET
UOPERATORSHARINGMODE command is set to NO, the RNC filters the
frequencies not supporting redirections from set B as follows: If
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is selected, the RNC
filters the frequencies not supporting redirections based on SupCnOpGrpIndex
(BSC6900,BSC6910) and CnOpGrpIndex(BSC6900,BSC6910). If
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is not selected, the
RNC filters the frequencies not supporting redirections based on CnOpGrpIndex
(BSC6900,BSC6910). Set C is obtained.
l When the InterPlmnHoAllowedInterRat(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to
YES, no action is required. In this case, set C equals set B.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

58
WCDMA RAN
Description
3.
After the preceding steps, if the set still contains more than four frequencies, frequencies
are selected based on the setting of
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HoSwitch1
a.
If this switch is turned on, at most four LTE FDD frequencies and four LTE TDD
frequencies are selected based on the absolute priorities of the frequencies. The
NPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command specifies the absolute priorities of the
frequencies.
b.
If this switch is turned off, at most four LTE FDD frequencies and four LTE TDD
frequencies are selected based on the configuration sequence of neighboring cells.
Measurement Result Processing

Event 3C is triggered when the measured signal quality of the LTE cell meets the following
condition: When the RNC receives a 3C event report from the UE, it performs decision and
execution of the UE's redirection or handover.
The following conditions are met within time specified by T3c: MOtherRAT TOtherRAT + H3c/2
NOTE
If the UE simultaneously sends the measurement reports on RSRP and RSRQ, both measurement results
must satisfy the preceding formula before the decision and execution of a U2L redirection or handover.
The following table lists the meanings of the variables involved in the condition.
Variable
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Description
MOtherRAT
l Filtered value of the measured

RSRP or RSRQ of the LTE cell
l U2LTEFilterCoef
(BSC6900,BSC6910) specifies the
filtering coefficient for LTE
measurement result filtering. A
larger value for this parameter
results in a greater smoothing effect
and higher anti-fading capabilities,
but also lower capabilities for
tracking signal fluctuations. A
smaller value for this parameter
results in more unnecessary
handovers.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

59
WCDMA RAN
Description
TOtherRAT
RSRP
Threshold
During PS
Handover to
LTE or RSRQ
Threshold
During PS
Handover to
LTE
TargetRatThdRS
RP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910) or
TargetRatThdRS
RQ
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Threshold for the LTE signal quality

when a redirection or handover to LTE
occurs
H3c
3C Hysteresis
Hystfor3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
The value of this parameter relates to

slow fading. A larger value for this
parameter results in stronger resistance
to signal fluctuations. This curbs the
ping-pong effect but slows the handover
algorithm's response to signal
fluctuations.
T3c
Time to
Trigger Event
3C
TrigTime3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
The value of this parameter is related to

slow fading. A larger value for this
parameter results in a lower possibility
of handovers and unnecessary
handovers and a stronger resistance to
instantaneous signal fluctuations.
This curbs the ping-pong effect but slows the handover algorithm's response to signal
fluctuations. These parameters can be configured at the RNC or cell level with the SET
UU2LTEHONCOV command or the ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command,
respectively. If a parameter is configured on both the cell and RNC levels, the cell-level value
takes precedence.

Figure 4-4 shows how the RNC performs the procedure for service-based UMTS-to-LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

60
WCDMA RAN
Description
Figure 4-4 Procedure for service-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation mode selection
The following details the procedure in Figure 4-4.
The UE Supports LTE Measurement

The event 3C report from the UE to the RNC carries the LTE cell or cells that meet the conditions
for event 3C. If the report carries multiple LTE cells, the one with the best signal quality is
selected as the target cell.
Step 1 The RNC checks whether HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH
under HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected. If it is, then the switch for non-neighboring
cell-based redirection is set to on. The next step depends on whether this switch was on or off.
l The non-neighboring cell-based redirection switch is on.
The RNC checks whether the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is on.
The service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is controlled by the
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28 under the cell-level parameter RsvSwitch0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

61
WCDMA RAN
Description
(BSC6900,BSC6910) or by the HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the

RNC-level parameter HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910). If this switch is set by both
parameters, the setting of the cell-level parameter takes precedence.
If the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is on, the RNC performs a nonneighboring-cell measurement-based redirection. The RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message contains frequencies of the target cell.
If the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is off, the RNC does not perform
a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.
l The switch for non-neighboring cell-based redirection is off.
The RNC determines if it will perform a service based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, a
neighboring-cell measurement-based redirection, or neither.
Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
If the UE supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers, the SuppPSHOFlag
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter for the target LTE cell is set to Support, and the servicebased UMTS-to-LTE PS handover switch is on, then the RNC performs a service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS handover using the peceding cell as the target.
If the UE does not support UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers, the SuppPSHOFlag
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter for the target LTE cell is set to NotSupport, or the
service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover switch is off, then the RNC determines
whether the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is on. The service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS handover switch is controlled by the
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT32 under the cell-level parameter RsvSwitch0
(BSC6900,BSC6910) or HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the
RNC-level parameter HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910). If this switch is set by both
parameters, the setting of the cell-level parameter takes precedence.
Neighboring-cell measurement-based redirection
If the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is on, the RNC performs a
neighboring-cell measurement-based redirection. The "redirection frequency" is the
frequency of the preceding target cell. No handover or redirection is performed.
Neither handover or redirection
If the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch is off, the UE does not perform
a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.
----End
The UE Does Not Support LTE Measurement

When both the UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection switch (U2lBlindRedirSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)) and service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch are on, the RNC
checks whether the non-neighboring cell-based redirection switch is on:
l
If this switch is on, the RNC performs a non-neighboring-cell-based blind redirection.
If this switch is off, the RNC decides which kind of handover or redirection to perform
based on the following criteria:
If the serving cell of the UE has target LTE cells configured for blind redirection, the
RNC performs a neighboring-cell-based blind redirection.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

62
WCDMA RAN
Description
If the serving cell of the UE does not have target LTE cells configured for blind
redirection, the RNC does not perform a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
or handover.
When the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection (U2lBlindRedirSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)) or the switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is set to
off, the RNC does not perform a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.
NOTE
During a blind redirection, the same rule is used to select the frequencies carried in the RRC Connection
Release message and the frequencies carried in the measurement-based redirection measurement control
message. For details, see the description about the measurement control message in section "Measurement
Control Message."
If BlindFlag(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to TRUE, the neighboring LTE cell configured by running the
ADD ULTENCELL command can serve as a neighboring cell for blind redirections.
Measures to Prevent Ping-Pong Handovers or Redirections Between UMTS and
LTE
To prevent ping-pong handovers between UMTS and LTE, when U2LPunishSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the SET UU2LTEHONCOV command is set to ON, the RNC
determines whether the UE is redirected from LTE to UMTS before determining whether to
perform a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection, blind redirection, or handover. For the
method of identifying a UE redirected or handed over from LTE to UMTS, see Identifying a
UE Redirected or Handed over from LTE to UMTS.
l
If the UE is not redirected from LTE to UMTS, the RNC does not take any special measures.
If the UE is redirected from LTE to UMTS, the RNC takes the following measures to
prevent ping-pong handovers:
If the UMTS/LTE multimode UE is not performing a CS service, the RNC starts a
penalty timer. The UMTS/LTE multimode UE cannot initiate a redirection, blind
redirection, or handover to LTE before the timer expires.
When the penalty timer expires, the RNC stops the timer and allows a redirection, blind
redirection, or handover to LTE.
If the UMTS/LTE multimode UE initiates a CS service before the penalty timer expires,
the RNC stops the penalty timer.
If the UMTS/LTE multimode UE is performing a CS service, the RNC does not start
the penalty timer. The RNC determines whether the requirements for the UMTS-toLTE redirection, blind redirection, or handover are met after the CS service is
terminated. If yes, the RNC allows a UMTS-to-LTE redirection, blind redirection, or
handover.
The U2LPunishTimer(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter specifies the duration for the penalty

timer.
When an incoming PS handover from LTE or GSM occurs, the RNC also takes the anti-pingpong measures.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

63
WCDMA RAN
Description
When the U2LPunishSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to OFF and the

AntiPinpanLteFddRedrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to ON, the RNC whether
the UE is redirected from LTE to UMTS before determining whether to implement service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or blind redirection:
l
If the UE is not redirected from LTE to UMTS, the RNC does not take any special measures.
If the UE is redirected from LTE to UMTS, the UE cannot be switched to the LTE network
through redirection or blind redirection during the ongoing service (before the current RRC
connection is released).
For the method of identifying a UE redirected from LTE to UMTS, see Identifying a UE
Redirected or Handed over from LTE to UMTS.
If the U2LPunishSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to ON, the value of the
AntiPinpanLteFddRedrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter does not take effect.
When a UE not subscribing to LTE services initiates a service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection
or handover, the UE will fall back to the UMTS network because it cannot access the LTE
network. It is recommended that the SGSN send the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message,
which carries information about whether a UE has subscribed to LTE services, to the RNC so
that UEs not subscribing to LTE services cannot be handed over to or reselect LTE cells.
Identifying a UE Redirected or Handed over from LTE to UMTS

A UE is identified as the one redirected from LTE to UMTS if the RRC CONNECTION
REQUEST message does not contain the Pre redirection info IE.
A UE is identified as the one handed over from LTE to UMTS if the RELOCATION REQUEST
message contains the Global Cell ID IE and the value of the Time UE stayed in Cell field is
greater than 0.
Measures to Prevent Continual Entering and Exiting of the Compressed Mode

During a service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover, LTE signal quality measurement
will be started after RB reconfiguration is complete. Before LTE signal quality measurement is
started, the UE enters the compressed mode. If RB reconfiguration is frequently triggered, the
UE must continually enter and exit the compressed mode, consequently affecting RNC
performance. To prevent ping-pong entering and exiting of the compressed mode, turn off the
RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT13 under the RsvSwitch6(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in
the SET UALGORSVPARA command.
During a service/load/coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover, the RNC starts a
penalty timer if no suitable LTE cell is found after LTE signal quality measurement is complete.
Before the penalty timer expires, the UE is prohibited from performing measurement again for
another service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover. The length of the penalty timer
is determined by bits 16 through 31 under the RsvU32Para9(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in
the SET UALGORSVPARA command.
Blind PS Redirection Preferred During a Service-Based UMTS-to-LTE PS

Redirection
During a service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection procedure, if a UE does not support LTE
measurement, it can perform a blind redirection. If the UE supports LTE measurement, it must
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

64
WCDMA RAN
Description
perform LTE measurement and the RNC will determine whether or not the UE can perform a
redirection or handover according to the measurement result. In the continuous LTE coverage
scenario or UMTS and LTE co-coverage scenario, LTE signals are strong enough and the success
rate of blind UMTS-to-LTE redirections is high. In this case, blind UMTS-to-LTE redirections
can reduce the impacts of measurement in compressed mode.
When RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT29 under the RsvSwitch0(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the MML command SET UCELLALGORSVPARAV is selected, a blind
redirection is preferentially performed as long as conditions for triggering a service-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirection are met, even if the UE supports LTE measurement.
4.3.4 Load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections and Handovers

This section describes the features WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to
LTE and WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE.
Overview
If the LDR action of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is triggered when the UMTS cell is in the basic
congestion state, the RNC enables UL or GUL multi-mode UEs carrying only PS services to be
redirected or handed over to LTE to facilitate inter-RAT load balancing and improve user
experience. For more information about the conditions for triggering basic congestion and the
corresponding LDR actions, see descriptions of load reshuffling in Load Control Feature
Figure 4-5 shows the load-based U2L PS redirection or handover process.
Figure 4-5 Load-based PS redirections or handovers from UMTS to LTE

Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

65
WCDMA RAN
Description
Trigger phase
Determines whether to trigger a load-based redirection or handover to LTE.
User selection for LDR

Selects a user for LDR. For details, see UE Selection for LDR.
Decision phase
Determines whether to allow the UE to be redirected or handed over to an LTE cell. For
details, see UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE.
Measurement phase
Determines whether to start an LTE measurement, deliver the measurement control
message, and process the measurement result. For details, see Measurements.
Execution phase
Determines which procedure to trigger: measurement-based redirection, blind redirection,
or handover. For details, see Decision and Execution.
Triggering
When the UMTS cells are in the basic congestion state and an LDR action of UMTS-to-LTE
PS handover is triggered, the RNC determines whether the UE can be redirected or handed over
to LTE.
UE Selection for LDR

If the LDR action of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is triggered by basic congestion, the RNC
selects a UE by performing the following operations:
Step 1 Collect UL or GUL multi-mode UEs carrying only PS services in a UE list.
Step 2 Select UEs from the list that have not performed LDR-triggered UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
Step 3 Sort selected UEs by an descending order of comprehensive priority. Select N UEs for LDR
actions.
----End
N is configured by UlPSU2LHOUeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the uplink and
DlPSU2LHOUeNum(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the downlink.
UEs with the same comprehensive priorities are randomly selected for LDR actions. This section
assumes that there are five UEs: A, B, C, D, and E. UE A has the lowest priority, UE E has the
highest priority, and UEs B, C, and D have the same priority. If three of these UEs are selected
for LDR actions, the RNC selects UE A and then randomly selects two from UEs B, C, and D.
For details about comprehensive priorities, see Load Control Feature Parameter Description.

The RNC allows a UE to be redirected or handed over to LTE when all the following conditions
are met:
l
All PS RABs for the UE can be redirected or handed over to LTE.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

66
WCDMA RAN
Description
A RAB can be shifted to LTE through a handover or redirection only when the IE EUTRAN Service Handover in the RAB Assignment Request message is not set to
"Handover to E-UTRAN shall not be performed" and
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM under the EUTRANSHIND
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UTYPRABBASIC command is selected.
l

If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the
command is selected, the LTE network is available when an LTE frequency is
configured.
If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH is not selected, the
LTE network is available when a neighboring LTE cell is configured.
Switches related to load-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperability have been turned on.

The LDR action of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is enabled.
These switches can be turned on by running the command ADD UCELLLDR or MOD
UCELLLDR.
Either of the following is true:
The HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH check box under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected. The
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH check box under the HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is selected but the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH check box under this
parameter is not selected.
Measurements
If a UE in connected mode supports LTE measurements, the RNC triggers LTE measurements.
Otherwise, the RNC enables the UE to directly perform blind redirection. For details, see section
Decision and Execution.
If the RNC determines that the UE performs an LTE measurement, it sends the UE a
measurement control message instructing the UE to measure the signal quality of the LTE cells
according to the LTE frequencies contained in the message. During load-based and servicebased U2L PS redirections or handovers, the same methods are used for selecting frequencies
to be carried in the measurement control messages and processing the measurement results. For
details, see Measurements on LTE Signal Quality.

Figure 4-6 shows how the RNC performs the procedure for load-based UMTS-to-LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

67
WCDMA RAN
Description
Figure 4-6 Procedure for load-based UMTS-to-LTE interoperation mode selection
The following details the procedure in Figure 4-6:
The UE Supports LTE Measurement

After receiving measurement reports, the RNC selects the cell with the best signal quality as the
target cell. Then the RNC checks whether the switch for non-neighboring cell-based redirection
is on. If the HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected, then the switch is on.
l
If the switch for non-neighboring cell-based redirection is on, the RNC checks whether the
switch for load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is on. The status of this switch is
determined by HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910).
If the switch is selected, the RNC performs the redirection. The frequency of the target
cell is carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message designated for the
redirection.
If the switch is not selected, the RNC does not perform a load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
If the switch for non-neighboring cell-based redirection is off, the RNC checks if the UE
supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers:
68
WCDMA RAN
Description
Supporting
If the UE supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, the SuppPSHOFlag
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter of the target cell is set to Support, and the switch for
load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover (HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH under
the HoSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter) is on, then the RNC performs a loadbased UMTS-to-LTE PS handover. The target cell for handover is the preceding target
cell.
Not supporting
If the UE does not support UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, the SuppPSHOFlag
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter of the target cell is set to NotSupport, or the switch
for load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is set to off, then the RNC checks whether
the switch for load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is set to on.
If the switch for load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is set to on, the RNC performs
a neighboring-cell measurement-based redirection. The target cell for redirection is the
preceding target cell.
If the switch for load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection is set to off, the RNC does
not perform a load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.
The UE Does Not Support LTE Measurement

When the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection (U2lBlindRedirSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)) and switch for load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection are set to on,
the RNC checks whether the switch for non-neighboring-cell-based redirection is set to on:
If the switch for non-neighboring cell-based redirection is on, the RNC performs a nonneighboring cell-based blind redirection.
If the switch for non-neighboring cell-based redirection is off, the RNC decides which kind of
handover or redirection to perform based on the following criteria:
l
If the serving cell of the UE has target LTE cells configured for blind redirection, the RNC
performs a neighboring-cell-based blind redirection.
If the serving cell of the UE does not have target LTE cells configured for blind redirection,
the RNC does not perform a load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover.
When the switch for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection or switch for load-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection is set to off, the RNC does not perform a load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
or handover.
NOTE
During a blind redirection, the same rule is used to select the frequencies carried in the RRC Connection
Release message and the frequencies carried in the measurement-based redirection measurement control
message. For details, see the description about the measurement control message in section "Measurement
Control Message."
If BlindFlag(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to TRUE, the neighboring LTE cell configured by running the
ADD ULTENCELL command can serve as a neighboring cell for blind redirections.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

69
WCDMA RAN
Description
To prevent ping-pong effect of redirections between UMTS and LTE cells, the
AntiPinpanLteFddRedrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is introduced. When the
AntiPinpanLteFddRedrSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to ON, the RNC checks
whether the RRC CONNECTION REQUESET message contains the Pre-redirection IE before
determining whether to implement service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or blind
redirection:
l
Existence of the IE indicates that the UE is not redirected from LTE to UMTS. Therefore,
if the IE exists, the RNC does not perform any special processing.
Non-existence of the IE indicates that the UE is redirected from LTE to UMTS. Therefore,
if the IE does not exist, the UE cannot be switched to the LTE network through redirection
or blind redirection during the ongoing service (before the current RRC connection is
released).
Suggestions for LDR Action Configurations

DL/UL LDR Actions
In addition to NoAct(no action), 12 DL LDR actions and 10 UL LDR actions are available, as
listed in Table 4-2.
Table 4-2 DL/UL LDR actions
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
DL LDR Action
UL LDR Action
NoAct(no action)
NoAct(no action)
InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover)
InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover)
BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction)
BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction)
QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos

re-negotiation)
QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos

re-negotiation)
CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
inter-rat should be load handover)
CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain
PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain
AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction)
AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction)
CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain
inter-rat should not be load handover)
CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain
PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain
PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain
PSInterU2LLDHO
PSInterU2LLDHO
CodeAdj(Code adjust)
MBMSDecPower(MBMS descend power)

70
WCDMA RAN
Description
Suggestions for LDR Action Configurations

For this feature, the suggestions for configuring the LDR action of the UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover are as follows:
l
Suggestion 1
If N LDR actions excluding NoAct(no action) have been set on the live network, you are
advised to set number (N+1) LDR action to the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.
Suggestion 2
If no LDR action is available on the live network, you are advised to set the DL and UL
LDR actions based on the following:
In the downlink, set the first, second, and third LDR actions to InterFreqLDHO(interfreq load handover), BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction), and
PSInterU2LLDHO, respectively. Set the remaining LDR actions to NoAct(no
action).
In the uplink, set the first, second, and third LDR actions to BERateRed(BE traff rate
reduction), InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover), and PSInterU2LLDHO,
respectively. Set the remaining LDR actions to NoAct(no action).
In feature test and verification scenarios, set the LDR actions according to suggestion 2 or set
the first LDR action in the downlink or uplink to PSInterU2LLDHO. To enable this feature on
the live network, suggestion 2 is recommended.
4.3.5 UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirection and Handover Procedures

Figure 4-7 shows the procedure for a UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.
Figure 4-7 UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

71
WCDMA RAN
Description
As shown in Figure 4-7, the primary steps in the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection procedure are
as follows:
Step 1 The RNC sends the UE an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message that carries LTE
frequencies.
Step 2 After the RRC connection is released, the UE falls back to the UMTS network and enters the
idle state. Then, the UE reselects an LTE cell and reestablishes a PS service in the LTE network.
----End
Figure 4-8 shows the procedure for a UMTS-to-LTE PS handover.
Figure 4-8 UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
As shown in Figure 4-8, the primary steps in the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover procedure are as
follows:
Step 1 The RNC sends the serving GPRS support node (SGSN) on the UMTS core network a Relocation
Required message, which contains information about the target LTE cell.
Step 2 The SGSN on the UMTS core network forwards the Relocation Request message to the mobility
management entity (MME) on the LTE core network. The MME initiates a handover to the LTE
network.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

72
WCDMA RAN
Description
Step 3 After preparations for the handover are complete on the LTE network, the MME informs the
SGSN by sending a Relocation Response message.
Step 4 Upon receiving the Relocation Command message from the SGSN, the RNC instructs the UE
to hand over to the target LTE network.
----End
4.3.6 Measures to Prevent Ping-Pong Blind Redirections Between

UMTS and LTE
During the blind redirection, if LTE coverage does not exist, the UE has to wait for 15 to 20
seconds and then falls back to the UMTS network. During the 15 to 20 seconds, the UE is out
of service. After the UE falls back to the UMTS network, the service-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirection algorithm will trigger another blind redirection. To prevent ping-pong blind
redirections between UTMS and LTE, the RNC performs the following steps:
1.
During a UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection, the RNC saves the UE's IMSI and RRC
connection release time after receiving an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message from
the UE.
2.
When the UE initiates a phone call, the RNC receives a Common ID message from the CN.
If the blind redirection function is enabled, the RNC determines whether the UE has
performed a blind redirection within last 30 seconds based on the following information:
the UE's IMSI included in the Common ID message, the reception time of this message,
and the previously mentioned RRC connection release time.
3.
If the UE has performed a blind redirection within last 30 seconds, the RNC starts a penalty
timer for the blind redirection. Before the penalty timer expires, the RNC prohibits the UE
from performing UMTS-to-LTE blind redirections, regardless of whether these blind
redirections are triggered by service, load, or event 1F. The length of the penalty timer is
determined by bits 0 through 15 of the RsvU32Para10(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in
the SET UALGORSVPARA command. U2LBlindRedirPingpongTimer
(BSC6900,BSC6910)SET UHOCOMM
4.3.7 Data Forwarding During UMTS-to-LTE Handovers

Overview
With the function of data forwarding during UMTS-to-LTE handovers, the RNC sends data to
the eNodeB through the transport layer to ensure that no packets are lost during the handovers.
(For details about this function, see section 8.4.1 "Handover Preparation" in 3GPP TS 36.413
V11.4.0.) To enable this function, set RESERVED_SWITCH_3_BIT21 under the RsvSwitch3
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA command to ON.
OptimizationSwitch5(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Data Forwarding Procedure

The data forwarding procedure is as follows:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

73
WCDMA RAN
Description
1.
The RNC includes the "DL Forwarding" IE in a Source to Target Transparent Container
message and sends the message to the CN, which then forwards the message to the eNodeB.
For details about this IE, see section 9.2.3.14 "DL Forwarding" in 3GPP TS 36.413 V11.4.0.
2.
Upon receiving the Source to Target Transparent Container message, the eNodeB includes
the "DL GTP-TEID" and "DL Transport Layer Address" IEs in a HANDOVER REQUEST
ACKNOWLEDGE message, which is then sent to the CN. For details about this step, see
section 8.4.2 "Handover Resource Allocation" in 3GPP TS 36.413 V11.4.0.
3.
After receiving the HANDOVER REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE message, the CN

includes the "DL GTP-TEID" and "DL Transport Layer Address" IEs in a RELOCATION
COMMAND message, which is then sent to the RNC.
4.
Upon receiving the RELOCATION COMMAND message, the RNC applies for a GTP-U
tunnel to forward data to the eNodeB.
4.3.8 DC-HSDPA Compatibility Switch

When the DC-HSDPA feature is enabled, some UEs carried on DC-HSDPA channels cannot
measure LTE cells in compressed mode due to a compatibility problem. Therefore, these UEs
cannot perform UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections. To allow these UEs to perform
UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections in the preceding scenario,
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT22 under the RsvSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is
used:
l
When the parameter is set to ON, UEs are switched from DC-HSDPA channels to HSDPA
channels before measuring LTE cells in compressed mode. Therefore, all UEs are able to
measure LTE cells in compressed mode.
When the parameter is set to OFF, LTE cell measurement in compressed mode is allowed
for UEs performing DC-HSDPA services, and DC-HSDPA services can be set up when
the UEs are in compressed mode. However, UEs with compatibility problems cannot
measure LTE cells in compressed mode.
Therefore, it is recommended that the preceding compatibility switch be turned on to ensure that
all UEs carried on DC-HSDPA channels can measure LTE cells in compressed mode and
perform UMTS-to-LTE handovers or redirections.
The HSPA and compressed mode coexist switch HsdpaCMPermissionInd
(BSC6900,BSC6910) and the HSPA+ and compressed mode coexist switch
EHSPACMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910)take precedence over
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT22 under the RsvSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter .
Therefore, when HsdpaCMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) or EHSPACMPermissionInd
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to FALSE, UEs are switched to R99 channels rather than HSDPA
channels before measuring LTE cells in compressed mode.
When HsdpaCMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) or EHSPACMPermissionInd
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to FALSE, or RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT22 under
RsvSwitch4(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON, RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT18 under
RsvSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910) must be set to ON to prohibit periodic DRD for services in
compressed mode. Otherwise, periodic DRD is allowed in compressed mode. As a result, UEs
carried on DC-HSDPA channels are switched to R99 or HSDPA channels and then allocated
DC-HSDPA channels when periodic DRD is triggered, causing the pingpong effect. After
RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT18 under RsvSwitch1(BSC6900,BSC6910), the call drop rate
is reduced, but user experience of PS services is affected. For details about periodic DRD, see
Directed Retry Decision Feature Parameter Description.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

74
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

75
WCDMA RAN
Description
5 CSFB
CSFB
5.1 Overview
When a UE on an LTE network initiates a CS service, the CSFB feature migrates the UE to a
UMTS network so that the UE can perform the CS service on the UMTS network.
As specified in the 3GPP protocol, an LTE-to-UMTS CSFB can be performed through either a
redirection or PS handover:
l
During an LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through a redirection, the eNodeB sends an RRC

CONNECTION RELEASE message carrying the UARFCN of a UMTS cell to the UE.
The UE accesses the UMTS cell based on the UARFCN and initiates a voice service again
in the UMTS cell.
During an LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through a PS handover, the RNC receives a PS handover

request and determines whether to reserve resources and admit the UE. If resources are
reserved and the UE is admitted successfully, the eNodeB sends a handover command to
the UE. After accessing the UMTS network, the UE initiates a voice service again on the
UMTS network.
The RRC setup success rate of LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through redirections can be calculated
using the following formula: VS.RRC.SuccConnEstab.CSFB/VS.RRC.AttConnEstab.CSFB
The RAB setup success rate of LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through redirections can be calculated
using the following formula: VS.RAB.SuccEstabCS.CSFB.Redir/
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.CSFB.Redir
The RAB assignment success rate of LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through handovers can be calculated
using the following formula: VS.RAB.SuccEstabCS.CSFB.PSHO/
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.CSFB.PSHO
For details about LTE-to-UMTS CSFB, see the LTE document CS Fallback Feature Parameter
Description.
Based on the CSFB feature, Huawei provides the post-CSFB service processing solution and
optimized CSFB process.
Post-CSFB service processing mainly refers to the UMTS-to-LTE fast return function, which
enables UEs to quickly return to the LTE network after fall back to the UMTS network and
finish CS services.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

76
WCDMA RAN
Description
5 CSFB
The CSFB process is optimized in the following aspects:

l
The CSFB guarantee function is introduced for LTE emergency calls and normal calls on
the UMTS side. By reducing the rate of PS services or allowing resource preemption, this
function reserves resources and ensures successful access for PS handovers, improving the
call success rate.
A series of CSFB delay reduction measures are introduced on the UMTS side to solve
problems of postponed voice service access and poor user experience, which is caused by
procedures of access, handover, and redirection on the LTE side.
5.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return

This section describes the WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE feature.
5.2.1 Overview
In an area jointly covered by UMTS and LTE networks, a UE accesses a UMTS cell due to
CSFB. When the UE finishes all services in the UMTS cell, it releases the RRC connection. In
versions earlier than RAN14.0, if the absolute priority of a neighboring LTE cell's frequency is
higher than that of the UMTS cell's frequency, the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message
does not contain the frequency information about neighboring LTE cells. As a result, the UE
camps on a UMTS cell.
If a neighboring LTE cell fulfills the cell reselection conditions, the UE reselects the neighboring
LTE cell. Before the reselection, the UE must receive system information MIB, SIB1, SIB3,
SIB5, SIB7, or SIB19 and determine which criteria set listed in Table 3-1 will be used. As a
result, the time for the UE to return from the UMTS network to the LTE network is long.
The Fast Return from UMTS to LTE feature is introduced to reduce the time and improve user
experience.
This feature applies to the areas that are jointly covered by UMTS and LTE networks and where
the LTE network signal quality is satisfactory.
If the LTE network signal quality is poor, for example, when an RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message contains information about n (a positive integer) LTE frequencies whose
signal quality is poor:
l
UEs complying with a version earlier than 3GPP Release 10 select a suitable LTE cell from
the LTE cells using n LTE frequencies. The selection lasts for at most 10 seconds. If no
suitable LTE cell is found, these UEs select a suitable LTE cell from the LTE cells using
frequencies supported by these UEs. If a suitable LTE cell is still not found, these UEs
randomly camp on a suitable cell. For details, see section 8.5.2 Actions when entering idle
mode from connected mode in 3GPP TS 25.331 V10.8.0.
UEs complying with 3GPP Release 10 or later select a suitable LTE cell from the LTE cells
using n LTE frequencies. The selection lasts for at most n seconds. If no suitable LTE cell
is found, these UEs select a suitable LTE cell from the LTE cells using frequencies
supported by these UEs. The selection lasts for 4 seconds. If a suitable LTE cell is still not
found, these UEs randomly camp on a suitable cell. For details, see section 8.5.2 Actions
when entering idle mode from connected mode in 3GPP TS 25.331 V10.9.0.
Note that the UE cannot process CS or PS services or CS+PS combined services while searching
for a suitable LTE cell.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

77
WCDMA RAN
Description
5 CSFB
The Fast Return from UMTS to LTE feature enables a UE that moves from an LTE cell to a
UMTS cell through CSFB to quickly return to the LTE network after the CS service is finished.
This feature incorporates the following functions:
l
UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
The UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function and Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function are
both based on blind redirection. That is, neither UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return nor Enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return requires measurement. After the UE finishes the CS service, the
RNC immediately sends an RRC release message to redirect the UE to the LTE network.
Before enabling the Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function, you must enable the UMTSto-LTE Fast Return function. However, before enabling the UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function,
you do not need to enable the Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function.
5.2.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return

At the cell level, this function is controlled by the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the FastReturnToLTESwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the MOD UCELLHOCOMM command.
At the RNC level, this function is controlled by the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the HoSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH command. When this
function is configured at both the RNC and cell levels, the cell-level configuration takes effect.
This function works as follows:
1.
The RNC first determines that a UMTS/LTE UE is a CSFB UE if the UE meets either of
the following conditions:
l When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a PS handover, the
RELOCATION REQUEST message contains a "cause" information element (IE)
whose value is "CS Fallback triggered (268)" or a "CSFB Information" IE whose value
is "CSFB" or "CSFB High Priority."
l When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a redirection, the
RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message does not contain the "Pre-redirection info"
IE. (For details, see section 8.1.3.3 "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message contents
to set" in 3GPP TS 25.331 V9.4.0.) The first service that the UE processes after
accessing the UMTS cell is a CS service.
2.
If the UE is identified as a CSFB UE and the UE does not perform a PS service after finishing
the CS service in the UMTS cell, the RNC triggers the RRC connection release procedure.
3.
The RNC includes the information about LTE frequencies in an RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message. For the method of selecting LTE frequencies contained in the
message, see 5.2.4 Selecting Frequencies to Be Carried in the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE Message. Upon receiving the message, the UE selects a target cell based on
the information and attempts to camp on this cell. (For details about suitable LTE cell
selection, see section 8.5.2 Actions when entering idle mode from connected mode in 3GPP
TS 25.331 V9.4.0. For details about a suitable LTE cell, see section 4 Overall process
structure in 3GPP TS 23.122 V11.4.0.)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

78
WCDMA RAN
Description
5 CSFB
5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return

At the cell level, this function is controlled by the
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH under the FastReturnToLTESwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLHOCOMM command. At the RNC level,
this function is controlled by the PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH under
the PerfEnhanceSwitch3(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA
command. When this function is configured at both the RNC and cell levels, the cell-level
configuration takes effect.
The RNC first determines that a UMTS/LTE UE is a CSFB UE if the UE meets any of the
following conditions:
l
When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a PS handover, the
RELOCATION REQUEST message contains a "cause" IE whose value is "CS Fallback
triggered (268)" or a "CSFB Information" IE whose value is "CSFB" or "CSFB High
Priority."
When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a redirection, the RRC
CONNECTION REQUEST message does not contain a "Pre-redirection info" IE. (For
details, see section 8.1.3.3 "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message contents to set" in
3GPP TS 25.331 V9.4.0.) After the RNC receives an RRC Connection Setup Complete
message, the UE successfully sets up a CS service within 10 seconds.
When the UE is moving from an LTE cell to a UMTS cell through a redirection, the RRC
CONNECTION REQUEST message contains a "CSFB Indication" IE. (For details, see
section 8.1.3.3 "RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message contents to set" in 3GPP TS
25.331 V9.10.0.)
After the UE finishes the CS service in a UMTS cell, an IU RELEASE COMMAND

message from the CN to the RNC contains an "End Of CSFB" IE. (For details, see section
8.5.2 "Successful Operation" in 3GPP TS 25.413 V10.4.0.)
After the UE is identified as a CSFB UE and the UE finishes the CS service in the UMTS cell,
the RNC triggers the RRC connection release procedure. The RNC includes the information
about the neighboring LTE cells whose frequencies have higher absolute priorities than the
frequency of the UMTS cell in an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message. Upon receiving
the message, the UE selects a suitable LTE cell based on the information and attempts to camp
on this cell. (For details about suitable LTE cell selection, see section 8.5.2 Actions when entering
idle mode from connected mode in 3GPP TS25.331 V9.4.0. For details about a suitable LTE
cell, see section 4 Overall process structure in 3GPP TS 23.122 V11.4.0.)
NOTE
A UE that has performed a CSFB process moves to another RNC and the target RNC becomes the SRNC.
In this case, the target RNC does not know whether the UE has performed a CSFB process, because certain
information cannot be transmitted between RNCs. Hence, the SRNC instructs the UE to perform a UMTSto-LTE fast return only if an End Of CSFB indication is carried in the IU RELEASE COMMAND message
sent by the MSC when the CS service is released. If the MSC is not able to carry an End Of CSFB indication
in the IU RELEASE COMMAND message, a UMTS-to-LTE fast return will not be performed in this
scenario.
5.2.4 Selecting Frequencies to Be Carried in the RRC

CONNECTION RELEASE Message
The method for selecting frequencies that are to be included in an RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message is as follows:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

79
WCDMA RAN
Description
1.
5 CSFB
Select the initial frequency set.

Set A contains all LTE frequencies whose absolute priorities are higher than the absolute
l The NPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command
specifies the absolute priorities of the LTE frequencies.
l The SPriority(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD UCELLSELRESEL or
MOD UCELLSELRESEL command specifies the absolute priority of the serving
UMTS cell.
2.
Filter the initial frequency set.

parameter is set to 1, frequencies in set A are filtered and the remaining frequencies are
regarded as those in set B. When RESERVED_SWITCH_9_BIT28 under
the RsvSwitch9 parameter is set to 0, frequencies in set A are not filtered and set A is equal
to set B.
When set B contains multiple LTE frequencies, select a maximum of four LTE FDD
frequencies and a maximum of four LTE TDD frequencies based on absolute priorities.
However, according to the 3GPP protocol, certain information cannot be transmitted
between RNCs, including the EARFCNs for neighboring E-UTRAN cells. Therefore, the
preceding frequency selection method does not apply to the following scenario: During an
inter-RNC cell reselection, the source RNC still serves as the SRNC after the UE has moved
from the source RNC to the target RNC.
To enable frequency selection in the preceding scenario, the following mechanism is
introduced: When HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH under the
HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SRNC MML command SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH is set to ON and RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT15 under
the RsvSwitch4 parameter in the SRNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA is set
to 1, the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message sent by the SRNC carries EARFCNs
for all neighboring E-UTRAN cells of the UMTS cell under the target RNC. If
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH is set to OFF or
RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT15 is set to 0, the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message sent by the SRNC does not carry the EARFCNs.
The neighboring E-UTRAN cells and their EARFCNs need to be configured for the UMTS
cell under the target RNC through the following operations:
l Configure EARFCNs for neighboring E-UTRAN cells by setting the LTEArfcn
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter using the ADD ULTECELL command.
l Configure neighboring E-UTRAN cells using the ADD ULTENCELL command.
The SRNC selects and delivers a maximum of four EAFCNs for FDD cells and a maximum
of four EAFCNs for TDD cells from the EARFCNs of neighboring E-UTRAN cells for the
UMTS cell under the target RNC.
If some LTE cells are configured as blacklisted cells using the ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO command and
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch3(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA
command is set to ON, the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message contains not only an
LTE frequency but also those blacklisted cells working in the LTE frequency so that UEs
cannot be handed over to the blacklisted cells based on fast return. If no LTE cells are
configured as blacklisted cells or
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

80
WCDMA RAN
Description
5 CSFB
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_SWITCH is set to OFF, the RRC

CONNECTION RELEASE message does not contain blacklisted cells working in the LTE
frequency.
5.3 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls

This chapter describes the feature WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency
Calls.
5.3.1 Overview
For CSFB for an emergency call:
l
If the UE is to fall back to the UMTS network by using the LTE-to-UMTS PS redirection,
the LTE network will send an RRC connection release message to the UE and the UE reinitiates an emergency call on the UMTS network. CSFB should be successful once the
UE has accessed the UMTS network. The feature WRFD-021104 Emergency Call ensures
that emergency calls are granted access to the UMTS network before other call types.
If a UE is to fall back to the UMTS network by using the LTE-to-UMTS PS handover, the
RNC performs resource reservation and service admission for the PS service of the UE.
Then the eNodeB instructs the UE to perform an inter-RAT handover for UMTS network
access. After falling back to the UMTS network, the UE re-initiates an emergency call.
CSFB should be successful once resource reservation and service admission are successful
for the PS service on the RNC. The feature WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE
Emergency Calls ensures that resource reservation and service admission are successful
for PS services, by decreasing the PS service rate, performing resource preemption, or both.
NOTE
This document only describes resource reservation and service admission for PS services. For details about
implementation of the feature WRFD-021104 Emergency Call, see Load Control Feature Parameter
Description.
The HO_L2U_EMGCall_Switch field has been added to the HoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

parameter in the SET UCORRMALGOSwitch command. The feature WRFD-140102 CS
Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls is enabled when this switch is turned on.
5.3.2 Policy
If a UE is to fall back to the UMTS network by using the LTE-to-UMTS PS handover, the
eNodeB sends the MME a Handover Required message. This message carries a transparent
container, Source RNC to Target RNC Transparent Container, which contains an IE referred to
as CSFB Information. If this IE value is CSFB, it indicates a PS handover caused by CSFB for
a common CS service. If this IE value is CSFB High Priority, it indicates a PS handover caused
by CSFB for an emergency call.
The transparent container is forwarded by the CN to the destination RNC. When the destination
RNC receives CSFB Information whose value is CSFB High Priority, the RNC determines that
an incoming LTE-to-UMTS PS handover is caused by CSFB for an emergency call. In this case,
the RNC decreases the service rate or performs resource preemption for the PS service. The
specific policy is as follows:
l
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
For a best effort (BE) PS service, such as an interactive or background service, the RNC
attempts to admit it on the DCH with the 8 kbit/s access rate in UL and DL regardless of
81
WCDMA RAN
Description
5 CSFB
the capability of the UE (even if the UE is HSPA-capable). If the admission attempt fails,
the RNC preempts the resources of low-priority user. For a non-BE PS service, such as a
streaming service, the RNC attempts to admit it based on the GBR. If the admission attempt
fails, the RNC preempts the resources of low-priority user.
l
After the PS service admission succeeds, the PS service rate is gradually increased if there
are available resources in the UMTS network.
For details about service admission, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter
Description. For details about resource preemption, see Load Control Feature Parameter
Description.
For a CSFB procedure during which a UE falls back to the UMTS network through an LTE-toUMTS PS handover, the CSFB delay can be reduced by increasing the bearing data rate on the
signaling radio bearer (SRB). The bearing data rate is set by CSFBSRBRate
(BSC6900,BSC6910) of the SET UFRC command.
5.4 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Common Calls

5.4.1 Overview
Huawei product provides a CSFB guarantee for LTE emergency calls and common calls. This
reduces admission failures and increases successful handovers for CS services.
To enable CSFB guarantee for LTE common calls, users need to set
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910) to ON by running the SET UCORRMPARA command.
5.4.2 Policy
The RNC determines that an incoming LTE-to-UMTS PS handover is caused by CSFB for a
common call when either of the following conditions is met:
l
The cause value is CS Fallback triggered (268) in the Relocation Request message
received at the RNC.
The value of the IE "CSFB Information" is CSFB in the IE "Source RNC To Target RNC
Transparent Container" of the Relocation Request message.
In this case, the RNC decreases the service rate or performs resource preemption for the PS
service. The specific policy is as follows:
l
For a non-real-time PS service, the RNC attempts to admit it on the DCH with the 8 kbit/
s access rate. If the admission attempt fails, the RNC preempts the resources of a lowpriority service for the non-real-time PS service.
For a real-time PS service, the RNC attempts to admit it based on the GBR. If the admission
attempt fails, the RNC preempts the resources of a low-priority service for the real-time
PS service.
After the PS service admission succeeds, the PS service rate is gradually increased if there
are available resources in the UMTS network.
If PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch

(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to ON, the RNC does not consider the LDR status of the cell when
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

82
WCDMA RAN
Description
5 CSFB
performing resource admission during the LTE-to-UMTS PS handover for CSFB. Therefore,
the handover preparation success rate increases.
For details about service admission, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter
Description. For details about resource preemption, see Load Control Feature Parameter
Description.
For a CSFB procedure during which a UE falls back to the UMTS network through an LTE-toUMTS PS handover, the CSFB delay can be reduced by increasing the bearing data rate on the
signaling radio bearer (SRB). The bearing data rate is set by CSFBSRBRate
(BSC6900,BSC6910) of the SET UFRC command.
5.5 CSFB Delay Reduction

Compared with a voice service involving only signaling in the UMTS system, a voice service
based on a CSFB process has a longer delay due to some additional signaling procedures such
as the LTE access and handover/redirection process. The CSFB delay affects user experience.
To reduce CSFB delay, Huawei introduces the following mechanism to the UMTS system:
NOTE
The following mechanism applies only to CSFB UEs. A UE is considered by the following mechanism as
a CSFB UE only when it meets condition 1 or 3 described in 5.2.3 Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast
Return.

parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA command is set to ON, the RNC does not transfer
a routing area update request until the CS service has been set up or the routing area transfer
timer has expired during an LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through a PS handover or redirection. CSFB
delay is reduced due to postponing of the PS signaling procedure. User experience is thereby
improved. RESERVED_SWITCH_8_BIT3 is set to OFF by default. The routing area transfer
timer is set using bits 0 to 3 of the RsvU32Para12 parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA
command. The default value of the timer is 5s.
parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA command is set to ON, the RNC will not query the
IMEI of a UE that is performing an LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through a PS handover or redirection.
Therefore, CSFB delay is reduced and user experience is improved.
RESERVED_SWITCH_8_BIT4 is set to OFF by default.
parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA command is set to ON and if a PS service is set up
before the CS service during the LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through PS service redirection, the RNC
identifies a service as a CS+PS combined service in advance and treats the service accordingly
during the intra-RAT DRD. Without the preceding mechanism, two DRD processes are
performed separately for the CS and PS services involved in the CSFB process. With the
preceding mechanism, only one DRD process is required for the CS+PS combined service, which
reduces the CSFB delay and improves user experience. This switch is set to OFF by default.
When the DeferMcReadInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD/MOD
UCELLMEAS command is set to TRUE, the RNC carries the Deferred measurement control
reading support IE in the SIB3. During the LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through redirections, the UE
does not read SIB 11 and SIB 11bis until it has accessed the network, which quickens the access
process and reduces the CSFB delay. This switch is set to OFF by default.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

83
WCDMA RAN
Description
5 CSFB
When RESERVED_SWITCH_2_BIT15 under RsvSwitch2(BSC6900,BSC6910) in the MML

command SET UALGORSVPARA is set to ON, a new scheduling algorithm applies to system
information blocks (SIBs) of UMTS, which shortens the scheduling period of SIB3. When
RESERVED_SWITCH_2_BIT19 under RsvSwitch2 in the MML command SET
UALGORSVPARA is set to OFF, the maximum scheduling period of SIB3 is 40,960 ms. When
RESERVED_SWITCH_2_BIT19 is set to ON, the maximum period of SIB3 is 160 ms. The
preceding methods optimize the scheduling of SIB3, which quickens UEs' access process and
reduce the CSFB delay during the LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through redirections.
During LTE-to-UMTS CSFB through redirections, the SRB rate is determined by the
CSFBSRBRate(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

84
WCDMA RAN
Description
6 SRVCC
SRVCC
6.1 Overview
The LTE network supports voice over IP (VoIP) services after the IP multimedia subsystem
(IMS) is deployed. When a UMTS/LTE multi-mode UE in the middle of a VoIP service on the
LTE network moves to the UMTS coverage area, the single radio voice call continuity (SRVCC)
feature works to hand over the VoIP service to the CS domain of the UMTS network.
This feature ensures voice service continuity. When performing the VoIP service on the LTE
network, the UE maintains a default PS connection even if it is not performing PS services. This
PS connection also needs to be handed over to the UMTS network during the SRVCC from LTE
to UMTS. Currently, the UE performing the VoIP service on the LTE network supports the
following types of LTE-to-UMTS handovers:
l
CS only SRVCC handover, also known as SRVCC from LTE to UMTS without PS
handover
In a CS only SRVCC handover, the mobility management entity (MME) on the LTE
network suspends the PS service, hands over the VoIP service to the CS domain of the
UMTS network, and then setup the radio bearer for the PS service. On the UMTS RAN
side, the procedure for the CS only SRVCC handover is identical to that for an incoming
inter-RAT CS handover. A CS only SRVCC handover is allowed only when
SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH under the RsvdPara1(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH is selected.
CS+PS SRVCC handover, also known as SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS handover
In a CS+PS SRVCC handover (WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS
Handover), the VoIP service is handed over to the CS domain of the UMTS network, and
the PS service is handed over to the PS domain of the UMTS network. On the UMTS RAN
side, the procedure for the CS+PS SRVCC handover is identical to that for an incoming
inter-RAT CS+PS handover.
This chapter mainly describes CS+PS SRVCC handover, which is new in RAN15.0. For details
about CS only SRVCC handovers, see LTE document SRVCC Feature Parameter
Description.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

85
WCDMA RAN
Description
6 SRVCC
6.2 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover

Figure 6-1 shows the procedure for the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature.
Figure 6-1 Procedure for the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature
As shown in Figure 6-1, the RNC starts the timer specified by the RelocAnotherTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter when the following conditions are met:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

86
WCDMA RAN
Description
6 SRVCC
The RNC receives a Relocation Request message from the CN. The value of the Number
of Iu Instances IE in the Source RNC To Target RNC Transparent Container IE is 2.
The RNC receives the first Handover Request message from the LTE network.
After starting the timer, if the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature is enabled,
the RNC performs the following operations:
l
If the RNC receives a Handover Request message from both the CS and PS domains before
the timer expires, the RNC processes an incoming inter-RAT CS+PS handover.
After receiving the two Handover Request messages, the RNC determines whether to admit
the UE. The RNC admits the UE only when the resources are sufficient. The resources
include power resources, code resources, channel element (CE) resources, transport
resources, and so on. For details, see Call Admission Control Feature Parameter
Description.
If the RNC receives only one Handover Request message from the CS or PS domain before
the timer expires, the RNC rejects the handover request.
NOTE
The RelocAnotherTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set by running the SET USTATETIMER

command on the RNC LMT.
To enable the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature, perform the following
operations:
l
Perform SRVCC-related configurations on the LTE side. For details, see SRVCC Feature
Parameter Description in LTE documentation.
On the UMTS side, deselect L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH under the

PROCESSSWITCH2(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH
command.
Figure 6-2 shows the signaling process for the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
feature. For more information about the process of this feature, see section 6.3 UTRAN (HSPA)
and 3GPP GERAN/UTRAN SRVCC in 3GPP TS 23.216 V11.5.0.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

87
WCDMA RAN
Description
6 SRVCC
Figure 6-2 Signaling process for SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

88
WCDMA RAN
Description
7 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for

LTE
This chapter describes the feature WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for
LTE.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

89
WCDMA RAN
Description
7.1 Overview
In versions earlier than RAN15.0, UMTS and LTE cannot exchange load information even when
the two networks cover the same geographical area.
l
The eNodeB does not consider the load status of the target UMTS cell during a circuit
switched fallback (CSFB) from LTE to UMTS. If the target UMTS cell is congested, the
UE may fail to access the UMTS network.
The eNodeB does not consider the load status of the target UMTS cell during a load-based
handover from LTE to UMTS. This leads to handover preparation failures, increases the
signaling load, and may also increase the possibility that handovers are not performed in
time.
To address these problems, Huawei introduced the RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for
LTE feature. This feature reports the load status of the target UMTS cells to the eNodeB through
the RAN information management (RIM) procedure during a CSFB or load-based handover
from LTE to UMTS. The eNodeB selects a target UMTS cell based on the load status received,
which improves the preparation success rate for load based LTE-to-UMTS handovers and avoids
the ping-pong effect of inter-RAT handovers.
l
During a CSFB, the eNodeB preferentially selects a non-overloaded UMTS cell as the
target cell.
During a load-based handover from LTE to UMTS, the eNodeB preferentially selects a
UMTS cell that is neither congested nor overloaded as the target cell.
For more information about post-CSFB service processing after a target cell is selected, see CS
Fallback Feature Parameter Description. For more information about service processing after
the target cell is selected during a load-based L2U inter-RAT handover, see LTE document
Inter-RAT Mobility Load Balancing Feature Parameter Description.
7.2 RIM-based Reporting of UMTS Cell Load Status

7.2.1 RIM Procedure
In the RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE feature, the RIM procedure is used to
notify the eNodeB of the load status of target UMTS cells. The RIM procedure involves the
eNodeB, MME, SGSN, and RNC. Figure 7-1 shows the RIM procedure between the UMTS
and LTE networks.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

90
WCDMA RAN
Description
Figure 7-1 RIM procedure
The RIM procedure supports two information exchange modes: Single Report and Multiple
Report.
l
Single Report
In Single Report mode, the source sends a request, and then the target responds with a single
report. In this feature, the source is the eNodeB, and the target is the RNC.
Multiple Report
In Multiple Report mode, the target responds with a report upon receiving the initial request
from the source and sends a report to the source each time the load status changes.
During a CSFB or load-based handover from LTE to UMTS, the RIM procedure uses the
Multiple Report mode to report the load status of target UMTS cells.
For details about the RIM procedure, see section 8c Signalling procedures between RIM SAPs
in 3GPP TS 48.018 V11.3.0.
7.2.2 Reporting of UMTS Cell Load Status

Huawei RNC sends the load status of target UMTS cells to the eNodeB through the RIM
procedure in Multiple Report mode. The RIM procedure is enabled on the RNC side only when
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH under the PROCESSSWITCH
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH command is selected.
The following describes the RIM procedure on the RNC side:
1.
The RNC receives a RAN Information Request message.

l The RNC determines whether to use the Multiple Report mode based on the value of
the PDU Type Extension IE in the RIM PDU Indications IE.
l The RNC checks the value of the RIM Application Identity IE in the message. When
the IE value is SON Transfer, the message aims to request the load status of UMTS
cells.
2.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
The RNC sends the load status of UMTS cells to the eNodeB through the RIM message.
91
WCDMA RAN
Description
The Overload Flag IE in the message carries the load status information. The RNC sets this
IE based on the following rules:
l When the UMTS cell is in normal state, the RIM message does not carry the Overload
Flag IE.
l When the UMTS cell is in Overload Control (OLC) state, the RNC sets the IE to
overload.
l When the UMTS cell is in load reshuffling (LDR) state, which is in between the
MidLoad and OLC states, the RNC sets the IE to congestion.
NOTE
When DC-HSDPA carriers are used on the UMTS side, it is recommended that the switch for
optimizing the DC-HSDPA carrier group load decision and broadcasting method be turned on
to estimate the UMTS cell load status more accurately. To turn on this switch, select
PERFENH_DC_HSDPA_GROUP_LOAD_OPT_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch2
If this switch is turned on, the RNC considers the load status of the DC-HSDPA carrier group
when reporting the UMTS cell load to the eNodeB. In this case, when either the UMTS cell or
the DC-HSDPA carrier group is in the LDR or OLC state, the RNC reports "congestion" or
"overload" as the UMTS cell load status.
If this switch is turned off, the RNC considers only the UMTS cell load status but does not
consider the DC-HSDPA carrier group load status.
3.
When the load status of the UMTS cell changes, the RNC notifies the eNodeB of the new
load status through the RIM procedure, in which it sets the Overload Flag IE according to
rules in step 2.
NOTE
Huawei has extended the value range of the Overload Flag IE. According to 3GPP protocols, this IE has
only one value (overload). Huawei adds another value (congestion) for the IE.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

92
WCDMA RAN
Description
8 Related Features
Related Features
8.1 WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE

8.1.1 Prerequisite Features
This feature depends on the LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN feature.
8.1.2 Mutually Exclusive Features

None
8.1.3 Impacted Features

None
8.2 WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from

UMTS to LTE
None

None

None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

93
WCDMA RAN
Description
8 Related Features
8.3 WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from

UMTS to LTE
None

None

None
8.4 WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection

from UMTS to LTE
None

None

None
8.5 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS

to LTE
None

None

None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

94
WCDMA RAN
Description
8 Related Features
8.6 WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS

to LTE
None

None

This feature affects the WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling feature. The specific impact is as
follows: The load control action of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is added.
8.7 WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to

LTE
None

None

This feature affects the WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling feature. The specific impact is as
follows: The load control action of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover is added.
8.8 WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS

Handover
None

None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

95
WCDMA RAN
Description
8 Related Features

UEs on the LTE network can be handed over to the UMTS network through the SRVCC only
when the LOFD-001022 SRVCC to UTRAN feature is enabled.
8.9 WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection

for LTE
None

None

None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

96
WCDMA RAN
Description
9 Impact on the Network
Impact on the Network

9.1.1 System Capacity
No impact.
9.1.2 Network Performance

This feature reduces the cell reselection delay within 500 ms from 8s, thereby improving user
experience.

UMTS to LTE
No impact.

When the UMTS signal quality is poor but the LTE signal quality is good, this feature allows
the UE to be redirected to the LTE network, which ensures the continuity of PS services.
Compared with PS handover, PS redirection increases the duration of service interruptions.
When the blind redirection switch is turned on in an area with poor LTE network coverage, call
drops may occur.

UMTS to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

97
WCDMA RAN
Description

No impact.

When the UMTS signal quality is poor but the LTE signal quality is good, this feature allows
the UE to be handed over to the LTE network, which ensures the continuity of PS services.
Compared with PS redirection, PS handover shortens the duration of service interruptions but
imposes more requirements for the CN.

from UMTS to LTE
No impact.

When UEs or the network does not support PS handovers from UMTS to LTE, this feature
redirects the UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs to LTE. The redirection has the following benefits:
l
Improved user experience
Reduced loads on the UMTS network
Reduced call drop rates
In areas with weak LTE coverage, UEs enter the compressed mode more frequently, thereby
increasing the call drop rate. The impact on the call drop rate is noticeable when a large number
of UEs initiate LTE signal quality measurement at the same time. When a UE processing PS
services enters the compressed mode, its PS throughput decreases by about 30%. When a large
number of UEs processing PS services enter the compressed mode, the impact on these UEs' PS
throughput is not significant.
Compared with PS handover, PS redirection increases the duration of service interruptions.
When the blind redirection switch is turned on in an area with poor LTE network coverage, call
drops may occur.

to LTE
No impact.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

98
WCDMA RAN
Description

This feature hands over UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs from UMTS to LTE. This feature has the
following benefits:
l
Improved user experience
Reduced loads on the UMTS network
Reduced call drop rates
In areas with weak LTE weak coverage, UEs enter the compressed mode more frequently,
thereby increasing the call drop rate. The impact on the call drop rate is noticeable when a large
number of UEs initiate LTE signal quality measurement at the same time. When a UE processing
PS services enters the compressed mode, its PS throughput decreases by about 30%. When a
large number of UEs processing PS services enter the compressed mode, the impact on these
UEs' PS throughput is not significant.

to LTE
No impact.

This feature allows some PS UEs in UMTS cells to be redirected to LTE cells when UMTS cells
are in the basic congestion state. This method relieves the congestion in the current UMTS cell
and decreases user admission failures. As a result, the overall UMTS and LTE network
performance is enhanced. For example, the RRC congestion rate declines.

LTE
No impact.

This feature allows some PS UEs in UMTS cells to be handed over to LTE cells when the UMTS
cells are in the basic congestion state. This method relieves the current UMTS cell and decreases
user admission failures. As a result, the overall UMTS and LTE network performance is
enhanced. For example, the RRC congestion rate declines.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

99
WCDMA RAN
Description
9.8 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE

Emergency Calls
No impact.

This feature increases the success rate of LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers caused by CSFB for LTE
emergency calls.
When the target UMTS cell is congested, too many CSFB requests caused by LTE emergency
calls may preempt the UMTS resources, increasing the call drop rate on the UMTS network.

Handover
No impact.

For the PS service, compared with the CS only SRVCC handover, this feature reduces the
interruption duration of the PS service. Tests in the lab show that a PS service is interrupted for
4s to 5s during a CS only SRVCC handover and for 500 ms to 1s during an SRVCC with a PS
handover.

for LTE
No impact.

This feature increases the preparation success rates of load-based LTE-to-UMTS handovers and
LTE-to-UMTS CSFB when UMTS cells are congested or overloaded, and also reduces interRAT ping-pong effects.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

100
WCDMA RAN
Description
10
10 Engineering Guidelines
Engineering Guidelines
10.1 WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase

1
10.1.1 When to Use Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
This feature is recommended for the areas that are jointly covered by LTE networks and UMTS
networks.
10.1.2 Deployment
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-020126
Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1. For details about how to configure this feature on
the LTE side, see the related documents provided by the LTE equipment vendor.
Requirements
l
Dependencies on Hardware
None
Dependencies on Other Features

None
License
The license for the Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 feature has been activated
on the RNC side. For details about how to activate a license, see License Management
Feature Parameter Description.
The following table lists the license information for Mobility Between UMTS and LTE
Phase 1.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

101
WCDMA RAN
Description
Feature ID
Feature
Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-02012
6
Mobility
Between
UMTS and
LTE Phase 1
Mobility
between
UMTS and
LTE Phase 1
RNC
Mbps
Other Prerequisites
The UE must support 3GPP Release 8 or later and supports both UMTS and LTE.
The LTE network supports this feature.
Activation (Using MML Commands)

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSIBSWITCH or MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH
with the SIB19 check box under the SIB Switch parameter selected.
NOTE
The RNC sends SIB19 messages to UEs if the cell to be enabled with this feature is configured with
information about the frequencies of neighboring LTE cells and the SIB19 check box under the SIB
Switch parameter is selected. The SIB19 message contains the neighboring LTE cell list and LTE cell
reselection parameters.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD UCELLSELRESEL with
the Absolute priority level of the serving cell parameter set to an appropriate value. The default
value is recommended.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO. In this step, specify the E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency
Channel Number and Absolute Priority Level of the E-UTRA Frequency parameters based
on the network plan.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command ADD UNODEB or MOD UNODEB with the NodeB Protocol
Version parameter set to R8 or a later version.
Step 5 On the LTE side, configure the related parameters to activate this feature.
For details about how to activate this feature on the LTE side, see the related documents provided
by the LTE equipment vendor. If Huawei LTE equipment is used, see Mobility Management in
Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description for eRAN.
----End
MML Command Examples

//Activating Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH: CellId=1, SibCfgBitMap=SIB19-1;
MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=1, QualMeas=CPICH_ECNO, QrxlevminExtSup=FALSE,
NonhcsInd=NOT_CONFIGURED, ThdPrioritySearch1=2, ThdPrioritySearch2=2,
Spriority=4;
MOD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1, NPriority=7, BlacklstCellNumber=D0;
MOD UNODEB: NodeBId=1, NodeBProtclVer=R9;
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

102
WCDMA RAN
Description
Activation (Using the CME)

Step 1 On the UMTS side:
NOTE
When configuring the Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object
before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.
1.
Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters on the CME according to the operation sequence in Table 10-1. For
instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
2.
(Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
To modify objects in batches, click
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch
modification center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
Table 10-1 Configuring the parameters on the CME
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configurab
le in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
UCELLSIBSWITC
H
RN
C
SIB Switch
SibCfgBitMa
p
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
UCELLSELRESEL
RN
C
Absolute
priority level of
the serving cell
SPriority
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO
RN
C
E-UTRA
Absolute Radio
Frequency
Channel
Number
EARFCN
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
No
Absolute
Priority Level of
the E-UTRA
Frequency
NPriority
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
NodeB Protocol
Version (Set this
parameter to R8
or a later
version.)
NodeBProtcl
Ver
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
UNODEB
RN
C

No
103
WCDMA RAN
Description
Step 2 On the LTE side:

For details about how to activate this feature on the LTE side, see the related documents provided
by the LTE equipment vendor. If Huawei LTE equipment is used, see Mobility Management in
Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description for eRAN.
----End
Activation Observation
Step 1 In the Navigation Tree pane on the RNC LMT, click the Trace tab. In the displayed Trace
Navigation Tree pane, double-click UMTS Services. On the unfolded list, double-click Uu
Interface Trace. In the displayed Uu Interface Trace dialog box, select
RRC_SYS_INFO_TYPE19 to trace Uu interface SIB19 message.
Figure 10-1 Uu Interface Trace dialog box
Step 2 Analyze the traced messages.

l If the SIB19 message has been traced on the Uu interface, as shown in Figure 10-2, this
feature has been activated.
l If the SIB19 message is not traced on the Uu interface, this feature is not activated.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

104
WCDMA RAN
Description
Figure 10-2 SIB message tracing
----End
Deactivation (Using MML Commands)

Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH with the SIB19 check box under
the SIB Switch parameter deselected.
Deactivation (Using the CME)

NOTE
When configuring the Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1 feature on the CME, perform a single
configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single
object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting
interface.
1.

2.
Table 10-2 Configuring the parameter on the CME
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configurab
le in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
UCELLSIBSWITC
H
RN
C
SIB Switch
SibCfgBitMa
p
Yes

//Deactivating Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1
MOD UCELLSIBSWITCH: CellId=1, SibCfgBitMap=SIB19-0;
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

105
WCDMA RAN
Description

This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the feature WRFD-140226 Fast
Return from UMTS to LTE. For details about how to configure this feature on the LTE side, see
the LTE document CS Fallback Feature Parameter Description.
10.2.1 When to Use Fast Return from UMTS to LTE

This feature is recommended for the areas that are jointly covered by LTE networks (not
supporting CS services) and UMTS networks.
10.2.2 Required Information

Collect the following information before deploying this feature:
l
Information about areas where UMTS and LTE coexist and areas where UMTS and LTE
coverage overlap
Whether the LTE feature LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN is activated on the LTE
side
Duration for a UE to return to LTE from UMTS. The duration starts when the UE receives
an RRC Connection Release message from the UTRAN and ends when the UE initiates an
RRC Connection Request message in the EUTRAN. The duration is in the UE logs.
10.2.3 Planning
None
10.2.4 Deployment
Requirements
l
Requirements for other features

The LTE feature LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN has been activated on the LTE
side. For details about how to activate this feature, see LTE document CS Fallback Feature
Requirements for other NEs as well as for network equipment and transmission devices
from other vendors
UE
If the CS fallback based on redirections needs to be supported, the UE needs to support
3GPP R9.4.0.
Other NEs
If CS fallback based on a PS handover needs to be supported, the cause value in the
handover request message must be "CS Fallback triggered" on the LTE side or the
handover request message contains the "CSFB Information" IE and the IE's value is
"CSFB" or "CSFB High Priority."
CN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

106
WCDMA RAN
Description
The IU release command message sent by the MSC includes a CSFB indication.
l
License
The license for the Fast Return from UMTS to LTE feature has been activated on the RNC
side. For details about how to activate a license, see License Management Feature
The following table lists the license information for Fast Return from UMTS to LTE.
Feature ID
Feature
Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-14022
6
Fast Return
from UMTS to
LTE
Fast Return
from UMTS to
LTE (per Erl)
RNC
Erl
WRFD-14022
6
Fast Return
from UMTS to
LTE
Fast Return
from UMTS to
LTE (per kbps)
RNC
Mbps
Data Preparation
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
HandOver Switch
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
Select
HO_UMTS_TO_L
TE_FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH under
this parameter to
enable the UMTS-toLTE Fast Return
function at the RNC
level.
Default value/
Recommended value
Performance
Enhancement Switch
3
PerfEnhanceSwitch3
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
Select
PERFENH_PS_FA
ST_RETURN_LT
E_SWITCH under
this parameter to
enable the Enhanced
UMTS-to-LTE Fast
Return function at
the RNC level.
Default value/
Recommended value

107
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Fast Return To LTE

Switch
FastReturnToLTESwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
Select
HO_UMTS_TO_L
TE_FAST_RETUR
N_SWITCH under
this parameter to
activate the feature at
the cell level.
Default value/
Recommended value
Select
PERFENH_PS_FA
ST_RETURN_LT
E_SWITCH under
this parameter to
enable the
enhancement to this
feature at the cell
level.
Fast Return from
UMTS to LTEErlang
U2LFastReturnErl
In RAN sharing or
MOCN scenarios,
the sum of Erlangs of
all operators,
including the
primary and
secondary operators,
cannot be greater
than the allocated
value in the license
file.
Radio network plan

(internal)
In other scenarios, no
special
configurations are
required.
Fast Return from
UMTS to LTE-kbps
U2LFastReturnKbps
In RAN sharing or
MOCN scenarios,
the sum of PS traffic
of all operators,
including the
primary and
secondary operators,
cannot be greater
than the allocated
value in the license
file.
Radio network plan

(internal)
In other scenarios, no
special
configurations are
required.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

108
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Reserved Switch 9
RsvSwitch9
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
l If the extended
LTE frequency
band (including
EARFCNs 26 to
31) is supported,
select
RESERVED_S
WITCH_9_BIT
27 under this
parameter to
support UMTSto-LTE
interoperations
on the extended
frequencies.
Radio network plan

(internal)
l Select
RESERVED_S
WITCH_9_BIT
28 under this
parameter to
support filtering
of frequencies
according to UE
capabilities
during fast return.
Precautions
None

Step 1 (Optional) In RAN sharing or MOCN scenarios, run the RNC MML command SET
LICENSE. In this step, set the value of Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-Erlang and Fast
Return from UMTS to LTE-kbps for the primary and secondary operators.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLSELRESEL or MOD UCELLSELRESEL. In
this step, set Absolute priority level of the serving cell to an appropriate value.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO or MOD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO. In this step, set E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel
Number and Absolute Priority Level of the E-UTRA Frequency to appropriate values.
NOTE
The value of Absolute priority level of the serving cell must be less than that of Absolute Priority Level
of the E-UTRA Frequency.
Step 4 Activate the feature at the cell and RNC levels as follows:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

109
WCDMA RAN
Description
l At the cell level:

1.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD

UCELLHOCOMM and select the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH check box under the Fast
Return To LTE Switch parameter to enable the UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function.
2.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLHOCOMM or MOD

UCELLHOCOMM and select the
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH check box under the Fast
Return To LTE Switch parameter to enable the Enhanced UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return
function.
l At the RNC level:

1.
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH check box under the HandOver
Switch parameter to enable the UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return function.
2.
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA and select the
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH check box under the
Performance Enhancement Switch 3 parameter to enable the Enhanced UMTS-toLTE Fast Return function.
NOTE
In the preceding configurations, cell-level configurations take precedence over RNC-level

configurations.
Step 5 If the extended LTE frequency band (including EARFCNs 26 to 31) is supported, run the RNC
MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with RESERVED_SWITCH_9_BIT27 under the
Reserved Switch 9 parameter selected.
Step 6 Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with
RESERVED_SWITCH_9_BIT28 under Reserved Switch 9 selected to support filtering of
frequencies according to UE capabilities during fast return.
----End

//Setting the number of Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-Erlang of all operators and
the number of Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-kbps of all operators in RAN sharing or
MOCN scenarios
SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS, OperatorType=PRIM, U2LFastReturnErl=1000,
U2LFastReturnKbps=100000;
SET LICENSE: SETOBJECT=UMTS, OperatorType=SEC, U2LFastReturnErl=1000,
U2LFastReturnKbps=100000;
//Configuring the absolute priority for a cell
MOD UCELLSELRESEL: CellId=1, SPriority=4;
//Configuring E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number and Absolute Priority
Level of the E-UTRA Frequency for the cell
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1000, NPriority=7, ThdToHigh=2,
ThdToLow=2, EMeasBW=D6, EQrxlevmin=-70, EDetectInd=TRUE,
BlacklstCellNumber=D0;
//Activating the feature and enabling the feature enhancement at the cell level
MOD UCELLHOCOMM:CellId=1,FastReturnToLTESwitch=
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1& PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH-1
//Activating the feature and enabling the feature enhancement at the RNC level
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch3= PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH-1;
//Running the following command when the extended LTE frequency band including
EARFCNs 26 to 31 is supported
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

110
WCDMA RAN
Description
SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvSwitch9=RESERVED_SWITCH_9_BIT27-1;

//Filtering LTE frequencies according to UE capabilities

NOTE
When configuring the UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first,
and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a
batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.
Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set the parameters described in Table 10-3 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
on the CME to start the batch modification wizard. For
instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification center,
press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
----End
Table 10-3 Configuring parameters on the CME
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
UCELLSEL
RESEL
RNC
Absolute
priority level
of the
serving cell
SPriority
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
UCELLNFR
EQPRIOINF
O
RNC
E-UTRA
Absolute
Radio
Frequency
Channel
Number
EARFCN
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
No
Absolute
Priority
Level of the
E-UTRA
Frequency
NPriority
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
HandOver
Switch
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
UCORRMA
LGOSWITC
H
RNC

Yes
111
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
UCORRMP
ARA
RNC
Performance
Enhancemen
t Switch 3
PerfEnhanc
eSwitch3
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
UCELLHO
COMM
RNC
Fast Return
To LTE
Switch
FastReturn
ToLTESwitc
h
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
UALGORS
VPARA
RNC
Reserved
Switch 9
RsvSwitch9
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
(The value is
set to
RESERVE
D_SWITC
H_9_BIT27
-1&RESER
VED_SWIT
CH_9_BIT2
8-1.)
With this feature activated, if a UE that has fallen back to UMTS from LTE has released the CS
service in the UMTS cell, the RNC sends the UE an RRC Connection Release message. The
Redirection info IE in this message carries the information about the frequency used by the
neighboring LTE cell, as shown in Figure 10-3.
Figure 10-3 RRC Connection Release message tracing
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

112
WCDMA RAN
Description

Deactivate the feature at the cell and RNC levels as follows:
l
At the cell level:

Run the RNC MML command SET UCELLHOCOMM and deselect the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH check box under the Fast Return
To LTE Switch parameter.
At the RNC level:

Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and deselect the
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH check box under the HandOver
Switch parameter.
NOTE
In the preceding configurations, cell-level configurations take precedence over RNC-level configurations.

//Deactivating the feature at the cell level
SET UCELLHOCOMM:CellId=1, FastReturnToLTESwitch=
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;
//Deactivating the feature at the RNC level
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0;

NOTE
When configuring the UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first,
and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a
batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.

Set the parameters described in Table 10-4 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform the
CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
----End
NOTE
If you want to allocate licensed resources in RAN Sharing or MOCN scenarios, do not use the CME.
Instead, run the RNC MML command SET LICENSE with the Fast Return from UMTS to LTEErlang and Fast Return from UMTS to LTE-kbps parameters set to the licensed quantities for primary
and secondary operators.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

113
WCDMA RAN
Description
Table 10-4 Setting parameters on the CME

SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
Select the
data
processing
method
"Save to
OMU"
UCORRMA
LGOSWITC
H
RNC
HandOver
Switch
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
YES
UCELLHO
COMM
RNC
Fast Return
To LTE
Switch
FastReturn
ToLTESwitc
h
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
YES
10.2.5 Performance Monitoring

In the UE logs, check the duration for a UE to return to LTE from UMTS. The duration starts
when the UE receives an RRC Connection Release message from the UTRAN and ends when
the UE initiates an RRC Connection Request message in the EUTRAN.
If the duration shortens after the feature is activated, the feature has brought positive gains.
10.2.6 Parameter Optimization

Not involved
10.2.7 Troubleshooting
Not involved

UMTS to LTE
10.3.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to
LTE
This feature is recommended in scenarios where UMTS and LTE are deployed together and
UMTS coverage is weaker than LTE coverage. For example, you can deploy this feature in areas
where UMTS and LTE are deployed at one site and share sectors and the LTE band is lower
than the UMTS band.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

114
WCDMA RAN
Description
You are advised to determine whether to enable the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover
based on whether the CN supports this feature and proportion of UEs supporting this feature
when deploying this feature.
If the CN does not support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you are advised to enable only the
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.
If the CN supports the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover:
l
If few UEs support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you are advised to enable only the
If most UEs support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you are advised to enable both the
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection and handover. In this case, the UEs supporting handovers
will use the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover and the UEs not supporting handovers will use
the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.
If operators do not configure neighboring LTE cells, you are advised to enable the UMTSto-LTE PS redirection.
NOTE
To enable the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you need to first configure the neighboring LTE cell.

Before activating Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE, collect the following
information:
l
Information about areas where UMTS and LTE are deployed together and areas where
UMTS and LTE coverage overlaps
Information about UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs
The CN supports UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections.
Parameter settings of events 2D and 2F. For details about events 2D and 2F, see "Event
2D/2F" in section Measurements.
10.3.3 Planning
None
10.3.4 Deployment
Requirements
l
License
The license for the Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature has been
activated on the RNC side. For details about how to activate a license, see License
Management Feature Parameter Description.
The following table lithe sts the license information for Coverage Based PS Redirection
from UMTS to LTE.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

115
WCDMA RAN
Description
Feature ID
Feature
Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-15021
9
Coverage
Based PS
Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage
based PS
Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE (per kbps)
RNC
Mbps
Other NEs as well as network equipment and transmission devices from other vendors
The UE must support 3GPP Release 8 or later.
The CN must support UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections.
The SGSN is able to obtain subscription data of the UE from the HLR or HSS. If the
UE does not subscribe to LTE services, the SGSN must be able to inform the RNC that
the UE cannot be redirected to the LTE network. This information is sent through the
E-UTRAN Service Handover IE in the RAB Assignment Request message. If the SGSN
cannot send the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE, the operator must enable UMTS-toLTE PS redirections for all UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs in the network.

None
None
Data Preparation
Table 10-5 lists the data to be prepared for deploying Coverage Based PS Redirection from
UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-5 Data to be prepared before activating the Coverage Based PS Redirection from
UMTS to LTE feature
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
LTE Cell
Supporting PS
HO Indicator
SuppPSHOFla
g
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this parameter to NotSupport

(NotSupport).
Radio network
plan (internal)
Blind HO
Neighboring
Cell Flag
BlindFlag
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Neighboring-cell-based blind
redirection takes effect only when
this parameter is set to TRUE.
Default value/
Recommended
value
E-UTRA
Absolute Radio
Frequency
Channel
Number
EARFCN
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio network plan.
Radio network
plan (internal)

116
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Absolute
Priority Level of
the E-UTRA
Frequency
NPriority
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio network plan.
Radio network
plan (internal)
LTE Report
Mode
LTEReportMod
e
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this parameter to the default

value.
Default value/
Recommended
value
RSCP Threshold
for Used
Frequency
UsedFreqThdR
SCP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this parameter only when

LTEMeasQuanOf3A
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to
RSRP.
Default value/
Recommended
value
Ec/No
Threshold for
Used Frequency
UsedFreqThdE
cNo
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

LTEMeasQuanOf3A
RSRP.
Default value/
Recommended
value
Measurement
Quantity for
Event 3A in LTE
LTEMeasQuan
Of3A
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

value.
N/A
3A Event
Hysteresis
Hystfor3A
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

value.
Default value/
Recommended
value
3A Event
Trigger Delay
Time
TrigTime3A
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

value.
Default value/
Recommended
value
Layer 3 Filter
Coefficient for
LTE
Measurement
U2LTEFilterCo
ef
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

value.
Default value/
Recommended
value
LTE
Measurement
Timer Length
U2LTEMeasTi
me
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

value.
Default value/
Recommended
value
RSRP Threshold
During PS
Handover to
LTE
TargetRatThdR
SRP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

value.
Default value/
Recommended
value

117
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
RSRQ
Threshold
During PS
Handover to
LTE
TargetRatThdR
SRQ
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

value.
Default value/
Recommended
value
LTE Period
Reporting
Interval
LTEPeriodRep
ortInterval
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

LTEReportMode
PERIODICAL_REPORTING.
Default value/
Recommended
value
Do not set this parameter to

NON_PERIODIC_REPORT,
upon which the UE behavior is not
defined. If this parameter value is
too small, the measurement results
are reported too frequently,
increasing the signaling burden on
the RNC. If this parameter value is
too large, the UTRAN cannot
detect changes in the LTE cell
signal quality in time, delaying
UMTS-to-LTE redirection and
resulting in call drops.
The default value is
recommended.
LTE Period
Reporting HO
Hysteresis
HystforPeriodL
TE
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

LTEReportMode
PERIODICAL_REPORTING.
Default value/
Recommended
value

recommended.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Service-Based
Handover to
LTE Allowed
EUTRANSHIN
D
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
If certain PS service can be

redirected to LTE, set this
parameter to
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_
BE_PERFORM.
Radio network
plan (internal)
HandOver
Switch
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Select
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH
under this parameter to activate the
feature.
Default value/
Recommended
value
HandOver
Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Select
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIREC
T_SWITCH under this parameter
to activate the feature.
Engineering
Design

118
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
U2L Blind
Redirect Switch
U2LBlindRedir
Switch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Turn on this switch if UMTS and

LTE are deployed at one site and
share sectors and the LTE band is
lower than the UMTS band.
Default value/
Recommended
value
HandOver
Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Select
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_AB
SOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH
under this parameter to enable
non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based
redirection.
Engineering
Design
Reserved Switch
4
RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
If the DC-HSDPA feature is

enabled, it is recommended that
Radio network
plan (internal)
Reserved Switch
1
RsvSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
You are advised to select the

RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT
18 check box under this parameter
when any of the following
conditions is met:
HsdpaCMPermissionInd
FALSE. EHSPACMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set
to FALSE.
22 under the RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter
is set to FALSE. After this
parameter is set to ON, the call
drop rate is reduced, but user
experience of PS services is
affected.
Radio network
plan (internal)
Reserved Switch
9
RsvSwitch9
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
If the extended LTE frequency

band including EARFCNs 26 to 31
is supported, select
27 under this parameter to support
UMTS-to-LTE interoperations on
the extended frequencies.
Radio network
plan (internal)
the
be selected.

119
WCDMA RAN
Description
Precautions
After the Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature is enabled and event 2D
is triggered, a UE not supporting LTE measurements in connected mode does not perform
coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections. In this case:
l
If a GSM network or inter-frequency UMTS network is deployed, the UE measures the

signal quality of the neighboring GSM cells or inter-frequency neighboring UMTS cells.
If no GSM network or inter-frequency UMTS network is deployed, the UE is not handed

over to the LTE network until event 1F is triggered.
Event 1F indicates that the UMTS signals are very weak and call drops may occur.
Therefore, The UE is shifted to the LTE network through a blind redirection. You are
advised to set the trigger threshold for event 1F to the same value as that for event 2D in
the scenario where no GSM and inter-frequency UMTS networks are deployed.

Step 1 Configure a neighboring LTE cell or LTE frequency based on the network plan.
l If the neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection or blind redirection is allowed, you need to
configure an LTE cell as the neighboring cell of the UMTS cell. The procedure is as follows:
1.
If an LTE cell has not been configured, run the RNC MML command ADD
ULTECELL to configure an LTE cell with LTE Cell Supporting PS HO Indicator set
to NotSupport(NotSupport).
NOTE
l You can run the MOD ULTECELL command instead of the ADD ULTECELL command in
sub-step 1 if an LTE cell has been configured.
l Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command to the index of a group
that includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells, UMTSto-LTE handovers will fail.
l If HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH in the LST
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is turned off
(HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-0), the RNC uses neighboringLTE-cell-based redirections or blind redirections. The service-, coverage-, and load-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover features share the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH switch.
2.
If a neighboring LTE cell or blind neighboring LTE cell has not been configured, run the
RNC MML command ADD ULTENCELL to configure a neighboring LTE cell. To
configure a blind neighboring LTE cell, set Blind HO Neighboring Cell Flag to TRUE.
NOTE
You can run the MOD ULTENCELL command instead of the ADD ULTENCELL command in substep 2 if a neighboring LTE cell has been configured.
l If non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection or blind redirection is allowed, you need to

configure the LTE frequency. The procedure is as follows: Run the RNC MML command
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to add information about the priorities of frequencies
for neighboring LTE cells of the UMTS cell.
Step 2 Based on Table 10-5, run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHOCOV to set RNC-level
parameters related to the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm. The RNC
sends the parameter settings to the UE through a measurement control message.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

120
WCDMA RAN
Description
Step 3 (Optional) If parameters related to the measurement algorithm for a cell need to be independently
set, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV to set cell-level parameters
related to the service-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm based on Table 10-5.
NOTE
You can run the MOD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV command instead of the ADD
UCELLU2LTEHOCOV command in step 3 if the related parameters have been configured for the cell.
If the cell-level and RNC-level measurement-related parameters are both available, the cell-level
measurement-related parameters prevail. If the cell-level measurement-related parameters are unavailable,
the cell uses the RNC-level measurement-related parameters.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC to modify the basic information about
a typical RAB. In this step, set Service-Based Handover to LTE Allowed to
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM to allow UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or
blind redirections.
Step 5 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or blind redirections. In this step, select
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter and
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1 parameter.
Step 6 (Optional) If a non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is allowed, run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based
redirection switch. In this step, select
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1
parameter.
Step 7 (Optional) For terminals that do not support LTE measurement, run the RNC MML command
MOD UCELLHOCOMM to enable the blind redirection to LTE for a specific cell. In this step,
U2L Blind Redirect Switch is set to ON.
Step 8 (Optional) If the DC-HSDPA feature is enabled, run the RNC MML command SET
UALGORSVPARA. In this step, select RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT22 under Reserved
Switch 4.
Step 9 (Optional) If EHSPACMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910) or HsdpaCMPermissionInd
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to FALSE or RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT22 under the
Reserved Switch 4 parameter is set to ON, run the RNC MML command SET
UALGORSVPARA with RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT18 selected under the Reserved
Switch 1 parameter.
Step 11 Run the MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with the
RESERVED_SWITCH_9_BIT15 check box selected under Reserved Switch 9 to prohibit
UEs from attempting UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers when they are performing CS
paging procedures.
Step 12 (Optional) When RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, run the RNC MML command SET
LICENSE to set the Coverage based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE-kbps parameter
for the primary and secondary operators.
----End
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

121
WCDMA RAN
Description

//Adding an LTE cell
ADD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, LTECellName="LTECELL1", EUTRANCELLID=1, MCC="460",
MNC="01", TAC=10, CnOpGrpIndex=1, CellPHYID=100, LTEBand=10, LTEArfcn=4150,
SuppPSHOFlag=NotSupport;
//Adding a neighboring LTE cell
ADD ULTENCELL: RNCId=1, CellId=1, LTECellIndex=1;
//Adding a blind neighboring LTE cell
ADD ULTENCELL: RNCId=1, CellId=2, LTECellIndex=2, BlindFlag=TRUE;
//Setting the information about the priorities of LTE frequencies
ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO: CellId=1, EARFCN=1, NPriority=1;
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the coverage-based UMTSto-LTE redirections
SET UU2LTEHOCOV: LTEReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER, UsedFreqThdRSCP=-107,
LTEMeasQuanOf3A=RSRP, Hystfor3A=4, TrigTime3A=D0, U2LTEFilterCoef=D3,
U2LTEMeasTime=30, TargetRatThdRSRP=36, TargetRatThdRSRQ=20;
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the coverage-based UMTSto-LTE redirections
ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity,
U2LTEFilterCoef=D6, U2LTEMeasTime=30, LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP, Hystfor3C=2,
TrigTime3C=D10, TargetRatThdRSRP=20, TargetRatThdRSRQ=30;
//Modifying the basic information about a typical RAB
MOD UTYPRABBASIC: RabIndex=1, EUTRANSHIND=HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM;
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperation and coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1,
HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection switch
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the blind redirection switch
MOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=2, U2LBlindRedirSwitch=ON;
//Enabling the function of preventing the service rate increase in compressed mode
//Enabling the function of allowing DC-HSDPA UEs to support measurement of LTE
cells in compressed mode
SET UALGORSVPARA:RsvSwitch4=RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT22-1;
Prohibiting UEs from attempting U2L redirections or handovers when they are
performing CS paging procedures
//When the extended LTE frequency band including EARFCNs 26 to 31 is supported

NOTE
When configuring WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE on the CME,
perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the
parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out
of the parameter setting interface.
1.

2.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

122
WCDMA RAN
Description

SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Configura
ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
ULTECELL
RN
C
LTE Cell Index
LTECellIndex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
LTE Cell Name
LTECellName
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell Identity
EUTRANCELLI
D
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Mobile Country
Code
MCC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Mobile Network
Code
MNC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Tracking Area
Code
TAC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Operator Group
Index
CnOpGrpIndex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Physical Cell

Identity
CellPHYID
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Frequency Band
LTEBand
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Downlink
Frequency
LTEArfcn
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Supporting PS HO
Indicator
SuppPSHOFlag
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
NOTE
This MO is
required if
neighboring-LTEcell-based
redirection or blind
redirection is
allowed.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

123
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Configura
ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
ULTENCELL
RN
C
RNC ID
RNCId
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
No
Cell ID
CellId
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell Index
LTECellIndex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Blind HO
Neighboring Cell
Flag
BlindFlag
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Absolute Priority
Level of the EUTRA Frequency
NPriority
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
E-UTRA
Absolute Radio
Frequency
Channel Number
EARFCN
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Report Mode
LTEReportMode
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RSCP Threshold
for Used
Frequency
UsedFreqThdRS
CP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Ec/No Threshold
for Used
Frequency
UsedFreqThdEc
No
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Measurement
Quantity for Event
3A in LTE
LTEMeasQuanO
f3A
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
NOTE
This MO is
required if
neighboring-LTEcell-based
redirection is
allowed.
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO
RN
C
NOTE
This MO is
required if nonneighboring-LTEcell-based
redirection is
allowed.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
UU2LTEHOCOV
RN
C

No
Yes
124
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
3A Event
Hysteresis
Hystfor3A
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
3A Event Trigger
Delay Time
TrigTime3A
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Layer 3 Filter
Coefficient for
LTE
Measurement
U2LTEFilterCoe
f
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE
Measurement
Timer Length
U2LTEMeasTim
e
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RSRP Threshold
During PS
Handover to LTE
TargetRatThdRS
RP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RSRQ Threshold
During PS
Handover to LTE
TargetRatThdRS
RQ
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Period
Reporting Interval
LTEPeriodRepor
tInterval
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Period
Reporting HO
Hysteresis
HystforPeriodLT
E
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configura
ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
125
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
3
(Opti
onal)
UCELLU2LTEH
OCOV
RN
C
Parameters to be configured are the

same as those in the
UU2LTEHOCOV MO.
Yes
UTYPRABBASI
C
RN
C
Service-Based
Handover to LTE
Allowed
EUTRANSHIND
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
No
UCORRMALGO
SWITCH
RN
C
HandOver Switch
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
HandOver
Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RN
C
HandOver
Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
RN
C
U2L Blind
Redirect Switch
U2LBlindRedirSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
NOTE
This MO is
required if the
measurementrelated parameters
need to be
configured for a
specific cell.
6
(Opti
onal)
UCORRMALGO
SWITCH
7
(Opti
onal)
UCELLHOCOM
M
NOTE
This MO is
required if nonneighboring-LTEcell-based
redirection is
allowed.
NOTE
This MO is
required if UMTSto-LTE blind
redirection is to be
enabled for a
specific cell.

Parameter ID
Configura
ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
126
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Configura
ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
8
(Opti
onal)
UALGORSVPA
RA
RN
C
Reserved Switch 1
RsvSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
9
(Opti
onal)
UALGORSVPA
RA
RN
C
Reserved Switch 4
RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
(RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT1
8-1 selected under
this parameter)
(RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT2
2-1 selected under
this parameter)
For details about activation observation, see section 10.3.5 Performance Monitoring.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections. In this step, clear
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1 parameter.
----End

//Deactivating Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-0;

NOTE
When configuring the WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE on the CME,
1.

2.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
127
WCDMA RAN
Description

modification center, press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
UCORRMA
LGOSWITC
H
RNC
HandOver
Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes

The following counters have been introduced to accommodate this feature.
Counter Name
Measurement
Object
Measurement
Unit
Description
VS.U2LTEHO.RRC
Release.Coverage
CELL
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of
Coverage-based
UMTS to LTE PS
Redirections for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.RRC
Release.Coverage.E
mergBlind
CELL
U2LTE.HO.Cell
Number of
Coverage-based
UMTS to LTE PS
Emergency Blind
Redirections for Cell
After this feature is enabled, observe the values of the following counters:
l
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage
If the value of this counter is not 0, the event-2D-triggered coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection takes effect.
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Coverage.EmergBlind
If the value of this counter is not 0, the event-1F-triggered coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS blind redirection takes effect.

N/A
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

128
WCDMA RAN
Description
N/A

UMTS to LTE
10.4.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to
LTE
See section 10.3.1 When to Use Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE.

Before activating Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE, collect the following
information:
l
Information about UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs
Information about the eNodeB, MME, and SGSN that support UMTS-to-LTE PS
handovers
Parameter settings of events 2D and 2F. For details about events 2D and 2F, see "Event
2D/2F" in section Measurements.
10.4.3 Planning
None
10.4.4 Deployment
Requirements
l
License
The license for the Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE feature has been
The following table lists the license information for Coverage Based PS Handover from
UMTS to LTE.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Feature ID
Feature
Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-15022
0
Coverage
Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
Coverage
based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
(per kbps)
RNC
Mbps

129
WCDMA RAN
Description
The eNodeB, MME, SGSN, and UE support UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 or later. It also supports LTE measurements.
The SGSN supports 3GPP Release 8 or later and UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. It can
obtain subscription data of the UE from the HLR or HSS. If the UE does not subscribe
to LTE services, the SGSN must be able to inform the RNC that the UE cannot be
handed over to the LTE network. This information is sent through the E-UTRAN
Service Handover IE in the RAB Assignment Request message. If the SGSN cannot
send the E-UTRAN Service Handover IE, the operator must enable UMTS-to-LTE PS
handovers for all UMTS/LTE multimode UEs in the network.
The neighboring LTE cell has been configured. For details about how to configure a
neighboring LTE cell, see BSC6900 UMTS Initial Configuration Guide or BSC6910
UMTS Initial Configuration Guide.

None
None
Data Preparation
Table 10-8 lists the data to be prepared for deploying Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS
to LTE.
Table 10-8 Data to prepare before activating Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
LTE Cell
Supporting PS HO
Indicator
SuppPSHOFlag
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
Set this parameter to

Support(Support).
Radio network
plan (internal)
LTE Report Mode
LTEReportMode
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
Set this parameter to the

default value.
Default value/
Recommended
value
RSCP Threshold
for Used Frequency
UsedFreqThdRSCP
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
Set this parameter only

when LTEMeasQuanOf3A
(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set
to RSRP.
Default value/
Recommended
value
Ec/No Threshold
for Used Frequency
UsedFreqThdEcNo
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)

when LTEMeasQuanOf3A
to RSRP.
Default value/
Recommended
value
Measurement
Quantity for Event
3A in LTE
LTEMeasQuanOf3
A
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)

default value.
N/A

130
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
3A Event
Hysteresis
Hystfor3A
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)

default value.
Default value/
Recommended
value
3A Event Trigger
Delay Time
TrigTime3A
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)

default value.
Default value/
Recommended
value
Layer 3 Filter
Coefficient for LTE
Measurement
U2LTEFilterCoef
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)

default value.
Default value/
Recommended
value
LTE Measurement
Timer Length
U2LTEMeasTime
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)

default value.
Default value/
Recommended
value
RSRP Threshold
During PS
Handover to LTE
TargetRatThdRSRP
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)

default value.
Default value/
Recommended
value
RSRQ Threshold
During PS
Handover to LTE
TargetRatThdRSR
Q
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)

default value.
Default value/
Recommended
value
LTE Period
Reporting Interval
LTEPeriodReportInterval
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)

when LTEReportMode
to PERIODICAL_REPORTING.
Default value/
Recommended
value
Do not set this parameter to

NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, upon which the UE
behavior is not defined. If
this parameter value is too
small, the measurement
results are reported too
frequently, increasing the
signaling burden on the
RNC. If this parameter value
is too large, the UTRAN
cannot detect changes in the
LTE cell signal quality in
time, delaying UMTS-toLTE handover and resulting
in call drops.
recommended.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

131
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
LTE Period
Reporting HO
Hysteresis
HystforPeriodLTE
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)

when LTEReportMode
to PERIODICAL_REPORTING.
Default value/
Recommended
value

recommended.
Service-Based
Handover to LTE
Allowed
EUTRANSHIND
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)

HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHO
ULD_BE_PERFORM if
UMTS-to-LTE PS
handovers are allowed for
certain PS services.
Radio network
plan (internal)
HandOver Switch
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
Select
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWI
TCH under this parameter
to activate the feature.
Default value/
Recommended
value
HandOver Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
Select
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_
SWITCH under this
parameter to activate the
feature.
Engineering
design
HandOver Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
Clear
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASE
D_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_S
WITCH under this
parameter when you
activate the feature.
Engineering
design
Reserved Switch 4
RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
If the DC-HSDPA feature is

enabled, it is recommended
that
Radio network
plan (internal)
the
RESERVED_SWITCH_4
_BIT22 check box under
this parameter be selected.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

132
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Reserved Switch 1
RsvSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)

RESERVED_SWITCH_1
_BIT18 check box under
this parameter when any of
the following conditions is
met: HsdpaCMPermissionInd(BSC6900,BSC6910)
is set to FALSE.
EHSPACMPermissionInd
to FALSE.
RESERVED_SWITCH_4
_BIT22 under the
RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter is set to FALSE.
After this parameter is set to
ON, the call drop rate is
reduced, but user experience
of PS services is affected.
Radio network
plan (internal)
Reserved Switch 9
RsvSwitch9
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
If the extended LTE

frequency band including
EARFCNs 26 to 31 is
supported, select
RESERVED_SWITCH_9
_BIT27 under this
parameter to support
UMTS-to-LTE
interoperations on the
extended frequencies.
Radio network
plan (internal)
Precautions
None

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command ADD ULTECELL to add an LTE cell with LTE Cell
Supporting PS HO Indicator set to Support(Support).
NOTE
You can run the MOD ULTECELL command instead of the ADD ULTECELL command in step 1 if
an LTE cell has been configured. Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command
to the index of a group that includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS
cells, UMTS-to-LTE handovers will fail.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

133
WCDMA RAN
Description
Step 2 If a neighboring LTE cell has not been configured, run the RNC MML command ADD
ULTENCELL to configure a neighboring LTE cell.
Step 3 Based on Table 10-8, run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHOCOV to set RNC-level
parameters related to the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm. The RNC
sends the parameter settings to the UE through a measurement control message.
set, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV to set cell-level parameters
NOTE
You can run the MOD UCELLU2LTEHOCOV command instead of the ADD
UCELLU2LTEHOCOV command in step 4 if the measurement-related parameters have been configured
for the cell.
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM to allow UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
Step 6 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. In this step, select HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the
HandOver Switch parameter and HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH under the HandOver
Switch1 parameter.
Step 7 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the nonneighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection switch. In this step, clear
parameter.
Switch 4.
Switch 1 parameter.
paging procedures.
LICENSE to set the Coverage based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE-kbps parameter for
the primary and secondary operators.
----End
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

134
WCDMA RAN
Description

SuppPSHOFlag=Support;
//Configuring a neighboring LTE cell
//Setting the RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers
SET UU2LTEHOCOV: LTEReportMode=EVENT_TRIGGER, UsedFreqThdRSCP=-107,
LTEMeasQuanOf3A=RSRP, Hystfor3A=4, TrigTime3A=D0, U2LTEFilterCoef=D3,
U2LTEMeasTime=30, TargetRatThdRSRP=36, TargetRatThdRSRQ=20;
//Setting the parameters related to measurements for the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS handovers for a specific cell
//Enabling UMTS-to-LTE interoperation and coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1,
HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH-1;
//Turning off the non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection switch
Prohibiting UEs from attempting U2L redirection or handover when they are

NOTE
When configuring WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE on the CME, perform
a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters
of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the
parameter setting interface.
1.

2.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

135
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Configura
ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
ULTECELL
RN
C
LTE Cell Index
LTECellIndex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
LTE Cell Name
LTECellName
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell Identity
EUTRANCELLI
D
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Mobile Country
Code
MCC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Mobile Network
Code
MNC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Tracking Area
Code
TAC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Operator Group
Index
CnOpGrpIndex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Physical Cell

Identity
CellPHYID
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Frequency Band
LTEBand
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Downlink
Frequency
LTEArfcn
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Supporting PS HO
Indicator
SuppPSHOFlag
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

136
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Configura
ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
2
(Opti
onal)
ULTENCELL
RN
C
RNC ID
RNCId
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
No
Cell ID
CellId
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell Index
LTECellIndex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Report Mode
LTEReportMode
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RSCP Threshold
for Used
Frequency
UsedFreqThdRS
CP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Ec/No Threshold
for Used
Frequency
UsedFreqThdEc
No
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Measurement
Quantity for Event
3A in LTE
LTEMeasQuanO
f3A
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
3A Event
Hysteresis
Hystfor3A
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
3A Event Trigger
Delay Time
TrigTime3A
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Layer 3 Filter
Coefficient for
LTE
Measurement
U2LTEFilterCoe
f
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
NOTE
This MO is
required if the
neighboring LTE
cell has not been
configured.
UU2LTEHOCOV
RN
C

Yes
137
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Configura
ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
LTE
Measurement
Timer Length
U2LTEMeasTim
e
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RSRP Threshold
During PS
Handover to LTE
TargetRatThdRS
RP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RSRQ Threshold
During PS
Handover to LTE
TargetRatThdRS
RQ
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Period
Reporting Interval
LTEPeriodRepor
tInterval
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Period
Reporting HO
Hysteresis
HystforPeriodLT
E
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RN
C
Parameters to be
configured are the
same as those in
the
UU2LTEHOCO
V MO.
Parameters to be
configured are the
same as those in
the
UU2LTEHOCO
V MO.
Yes
4
(Opti
onal)
UCELLU2LTEH
OCOV
UTYPRABBASI
C
RN
C
Service-Based
Handover to LTE
Allowed
EUTRANSHIND
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
No
UCORRMALGO
SWITCH
RN
C
HandOver Switch
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
HandOver
Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
NOTE
This MO is
required if the
measurementrelated parameters
need to be
configured for a
specific cell.

138
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Configura
ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
UCORRMALGO
SWITCH
RN
C
HandOver
Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
8
(Opti
onal)
UALGORSVPA
RA
RN
C
Reserved Switch 1
RsvSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
9
(Opti
onal)
UALGORSVPA
RA
RN
C
Reserved Switch 4
RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
Set this parameter

to
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT1
8-1.
Set this parameter

to
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT2
2-1.
Check the value of the VS.U2LHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Coverage counter. This counter
provides the number of attempts for outgoing coverage-triggered UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers
for a cell. If the counter value is not 0, the feature has taken effect.

Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to disable coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. In this step, clear HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH under the
HandOver Switch1 parameter.

//Deactivating Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH-0;

NOTE
When configuring WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE on the CME, perform
1.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

139
WCDMA RAN
Description
2.
Table 10-10 Parameter to be set on the CME

SN
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Paramet
er ID
Configu
rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
UCORRMALGOSW
ITCH
RN
C
HandOver Switch1
HoSwitch
1
(
BSC6900
,
BSC6910
)
Yes

Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Counter Name
Measureme
nt Object
Measurem
ent Unit
Description
VS.U2LHO.AttOutPS.
Coverage
CELL
U2LTE.HO
.Cell
Number of Measurement-based
U2L PS Handover Attempts
Triggered by Poor Coverage for
Cell
VS.U2LHO.SuccOutPS
.Coverage
CELL
U2LTE.HO
.Cell
Number of Successful
Measurement-based U2L PS
Handovers Triggered by Poor
Coverage in a Cell
VS.U2LHO.AttRelocPr
epOutPS.Coverage
CELL
U2LTE.HO
.Cell
Number of Preparation Attempts

for Outgoing Coverage-triggered
U2L PS Handovers for Cell

140
WCDMA RAN
Description
Counter Name
Measureme
nt Object
Measurem
ent Unit
Description
VS.U2LHO.SuccReloc
PrepOutPS.Coverage
CELL
U2LTE.HO
.Cell
Preparations for Outgoing
Coverage-triggered U2L PS
Handovers for Cell
Preparation success rate of outgoing coverage-triggered U2L PS handovers =

VS.U2LTEHO.SuccRelocPrepOutPS.Coverage/VS.U2LTEHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS.Coverage
Success rate of outgoing coverage-triggered U2L PS handovers =
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutPS.Coverage/VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS.Coverage
If the handover preparation success rate and the handover success rate increase, this feature has
brought positive gains.

N/A
N/A

from UMTS to LTE
10.5.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Service Redirection from
UMTS to LTE
This feature is recommended in the scenario where UMTS and LTE are deployed together. In
different scenarios, you are advised to use this feature in different manners, which are as follows:
l
Scenario with continuous LTE coverage: A service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection

or handover can be performed blindly or according to the measurement result.
Scenario where the LTE coverage is not continuous and LTE and UMTS do not provide
the same coverage: The service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover requiring
LTE measurement is recommended.
Before activating this feature, query the UE penetration rate and check whether the CN supports
this feature.
If the CN does not support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you are advised to enable only the
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection. If the UEs do not support measurement of LTE cells, you are
advised to enable the blind redirection. The UMTS-to-LTE handover function is recommended
only if the CN supports UMTS-to-LTE handovers and UEs support measurement of LTE cells.
If the CN supports the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, the following occurs:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

141
WCDMA RAN
Description
If few UEs support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you are advised to enable only the
If most UEs support the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you are advised to enable both the
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection and handover. In this case, the UEs supporting handovers
will use the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover and the UEs not supporting handovers will use
the UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection.
If operators do not configure neighboring LTE cells, you are advised to enable the UMTSto-LTE PS redirection.
NOTE
To enable the UMTS-to-LTE PS handover, you need to first configure the neighboring LTE cell.
If UEs preferentially camp on the UMTS network, the feature WRFD-020129 Service-Based
PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE or WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover
from UMTS to LTE must be used. Otherwise, UEs can be shifted to the LTE network using the
following methods, which leads to an idle LTE network.
l
Cell reselection or coverage based PS redirection or handover from UMTS to LTE in weak
UMTS coverage areas.
Load based PS redirection or handover from UMTS to LTE when the UMTS cell is with
high load.

Before activating Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE, collect the
following information:
l
Information about UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs
PS services are preferentially carried on the LTE network
10.5.3 Planning
None
10.5.4 Deployment
Requirements
l
License
The license for the Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature has
been activated on the RNC side. For details about how to activate a license, see License
The following table lists the license information for Service-Based PS Service Redirection
from UMTS to LTE.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

142
WCDMA RAN
Description
Feature ID
Feature
Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-02012
9
Service-Based
PS Service
Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
PS Service
Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
RNC
Mbps
The UE must support 3GPP Release 8 or later.
The CN must support UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections.
The SGSN is able to send information about whether a UE has subscribed to LTE
services in the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message to the RNC. If the SGSN does
not support this function, UEs who have not subscribed to LTE services will be handed
over or redirected to LTE networks, causing service drops.

None
None
Data Preparation
Table 10-11 lists the data to be prepared for deploying Service-Based PS Service Redirection
from UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-11 Data preparation list
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
LTE Cell Supporting PS HO

Indicator
SuppPSHOFlag
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to
NotSupport
(NotSupport).
Radio network plan

(internal)
Blind HO Neighboring Cell

Flag
BlindFlag
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Neighboringcell-based blind
redirection takes
effect only when
this parameter is
set to TRUE.
Default value/
Recommended
value
E-UTRA Absolute Radio

Frequency Channel Number
EARFCN
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Absolute Priority Level of the

E-UTRA Frequency
NPriority
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)

143
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Report Type of LTE

Measurement
LTEMeasTypOf3
C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Layer 3 Filter Coefficient for

LTE Measurement
U2LTEFilterCoef
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)
LTE Measurement Timer

Length
U2LTEMeasTim
e
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Measurement Quantity for

Event 3C Measurement of
LTE
LTEMeasQuanO
f3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to 5s.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Hysteresis for Event 3C
Hystfor3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
In a high-speed
cell, set this
parameter to 1.5
dB. In a lowspeed cell, set
this parameter to
3.0 dB.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Time to Trigger Event 3C
TrigTime3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)
RSRP Threshold During PS

Handover to LTE
TargetRatThdRS
RP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)
RSRQ Threshold During PS

Handover to LTE
TargetRatThdRS
RQ
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)
U2L Penalty Timer
U2LPunishTimer
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
You are advised

to set this
parameter to
ON.
Default value/
Recommended
value
U2L Penalty Timer
U2LPunishTimer
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to 20.
Default value/
Recommended
value

144
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Service-Based Handover to
LTE Allowed
EUTRANSHIND
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
If certain PS
service can be
redirected to
LTE, set this
parameter to
HO_TO_EUT
RAN_SHOUL
D_BE_PERFO
RM.
Radio network plan

(internal)
HandOver Switch
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Select
HO_LTE_PS_
OUT_SWITC
H and
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PS_OU
T_SWITCH
under this
parameter to
activate the
feature.
Default value/
Recommended
value
Reserved Switch 0
RsvSwitch0
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
For cells with

LTE coverage,
select
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BI
T28 under this
parameter.
Default value/
Recommended
value
Select
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BI
T30 under this
parameter.
Reserved Switch 9
RsvSwitch9
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Select
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BI
T13 under this
parameter.
Default value/
Recommended
value
RESERVED_S
WITCH_9_BI
T13.
Select
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BI
T26 under this
parameter.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

145
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
32-Bit Unsigned Integer

Reserved Parameter 0
RsvU32Para0
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set bit5~bit12 of
this parameter.
The value 20 is
recommended.
Default value/
Recommended
value
U2L Blind Redirect Switch
U2LBlindRedirSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
When UMTS
and LTE
networks are
deployed on one
site and share
sectors, and the
LTE frequency
band is lower
than the UMTS
frequency band,
turn on this
switch.
Default value/
Recommended
value
HandOver Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
If nonneighboringcell-based
redirection is
required, select
Engineering design
HO_U2L_RED
IR_BASED_A
BSOLUTE_FR
EQ_SWITCH
under this
parameter.
Best Cell Change Triggered
LTE Measure Switch
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
BestCellTrigLTE
MeasSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to
OFF.

Default value/
Recommended
value
146
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Reserved Switch 6
RsvSwitch6
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
l Deselect
RESERVE
D_SWITC
H_6_BIT13
under this
parameter to
prevent
frequent start
and exit of
the
compressed
mode during
servicebased
UMTS-toLTE
redirections
or handovers
due to
frequent RB
reconfigurati
ons.
Radio network plan

(internal)
l Deselect
RESERVE
D_SWITC
H_6_BIT12
under this
parameter to
prevent pingpong UMTSto-LTE
redirections
or handovers
that occur in
PS-specific
P2D state
transitions
triggered by
CS services.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

147
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Reserved U32 Parameter 9

Penalty Time for Servicebased U2L Meas Expiry
RsvU32Para9
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set bits 16
through 31 of
this parameter to
90 seconds to
prevent
continual
entering and
exiting of the
compressed
mode during
service/load/
coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or
handovers if no
suitable LTE
cell is found
after LTE signal
quality
measurement is
complete.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Reserved Switch 4
RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
If DC-HSDPA is
enabled, it is
recommended
that
Radio network plan

(internal)
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BI
T22 be selected
under this
parameter.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

148
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Reserved Switch 1
RsvSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
You are advised

to select the
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BI
T18 check box
under this
parameter when
any of the
following
conditions is
met:
HsdpaCMPerm
issionInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set
to FALSE.
EHSPACMPer
missionInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set
to FALSE.
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BI
T22 under the
RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter is set
to FALSE.
After this
parameter is set
to ON, the call
drop rate is
reduced, but
user experience
of PS services is
affected.
Radio network plan

(internal)

149
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Reserved Switch 9
RsvSwitch9
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
If the extended
LTE frequency
band including
EARFCNs 26 to
31 is supported,
select
RESERVED_S
WITCH_9_BI
T27 under this
parameter to
support UMTSto-LTE
interoperations
on the extended
frequencies.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Select
RESERVED_S
WITCH_9_BI
T13 under this
parameter.
Select
RESERVED_S
WITCH_9_BI
T15 under this
parameter.
Precautions
In a GSM/UMTS/LTE hybrid network, you are not advised to set Inter-RAT PS Handover
Switch to ON. Otherwise, the RNC sends the GSM-specific measurement control message to
the UE first after this feature is enabled. As a result, the UE will be redirected or handed over
to GSM.
If load-based LTE-to-UMTS related features are deployed on the LTE network, ping-pong
handovers or redirections may occur between UMTS and LTE. For details about load-based
LTE-to-UMTS related features deployed on the LTE network, see MLB Feature Parameter
Description.
In high speed scenarios, such as high-speed railways, the best cell frequently changes and
measurements are frequently triggered. In this case, network performance deteriorates and the
call drop rate increases. Therefore, you are not advised to set Best Cell Change Triggered LTE
Measure Switch to ON.

Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

150
WCDMA RAN
Description
l If the neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is allowed, the LTE cell needs to be configured

as the neighboring LTE cell of the UMTS cell. The procedure is as follows:
1.
NOTE
that includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells, the
UMTS-to-LTE handovers will fail.
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is not selected, the RNC uses neighboring-LTE-cellbased redirection. The service-, coverage-, and load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or
handover features share the HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH
switch.
2.
NOTE
l (Optional) If a non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is allowed, the LTE frequency

needs to be configured. The procedure is as follows: Run the RNC MML command ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to add information about the priorities of frequencies for
neighboring LTE cells of the UMTS cell.
NOTE
Among the preceding two modes, the neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is preferred. When
neighboring cells are not planned or no neighboring LTE cell is configured, the non-neighboring-LTEcell-based redirection is recommended, which can reduce the workload in deploying the network.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV. In this step, set the RNC-level
parameters related to measurements for the service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections. These
parameters are listed in Table 10-11. The RNC sends the parameter settings to the UE through
a measurement control message.
Step 3 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to set parameters
related to measurements for the service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections for a specific cell.
These parameters are listed in Table 10-11.
NOTE
You can run the MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command instead of the ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command in step 3 if the related parameters have been configured for the cell.
blind redirections.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

151
WCDMA RAN
Description
Step 5 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections or blind redirections. In this step, select
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH and HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the
HandOver Switch parameter.
Step 6 For UMTS cells in which the LTE coverage is good, enable service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection by running the RNC MML command SET UCELLALGORSVPARA with
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28 selected under the Reserved Switch 0 parameter. For
UMTS cells in which there is no or weak LTE coverage, do not enable service-based UMTSto-LTE PS redirection.
Step 7 Run the RNC MML command SET UCELLALGORSVPARA with
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT30 selected under the Reserved Switch 0 parameter.
RESERVED_SWITCH_9_BIT13 selected under the Reserved Switch 9 parameter to set the
trigger source for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection.
Step 9 Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with Reserved U32 Parameter 15
set to 640.
Step 10 (Optional) If a non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is allowed, run the RNC MML
command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based
redirection. In this step, select HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH
under the HandOver Switch1 parameter.
Step 11 (Optional) It is recommended that the UMTS-to-LTE blind redirection function be enabled when
LTE and UMTS cells provide overlapped coverage.
l If none of the terminals in the cell supports the measurement, run the RNC MML command
MOD UCELLHOCOMM with U2L Blind Redirect Switch set to ON to turn on the blind
redirection switch.
l If some terminals in the cell support the measurement, after turning on the blind redirection
switch, you also need to run the RNC MML command SET UCELLALGORSVPARA with
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT29 selected under RESERVED SWITCH 0 so that the
blind redirection function is implemented preferentially.
Step 12 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV (RNC level) or MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell level) with Best Cell Change Triggered LTE Measure
Switch set to OFF.
Step 13 Run the SET UU2LTEHONCOV command and set the U2L Penalty Timer parameter to 20
and the U2L Punish Switch parameter to ON to prevent UEs from initiating service-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers immediately after finishing LTE-to-UMTS
redirections or handovers.
Step 14 (Optional) Deselect RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT13 under the Reserved Switch 6
parameter in the SET UALGORSVPARA command to prevent continual entering and exiting
of the compressed mode during service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers due to
frequent RB reconfiguration.
Step 15 (Optional) Set bits 16 through 31 of the Reserved U32 Parameter 9 parameter in the SET
UALGORSVPARA command to 20 seconds to prevent continual entering and exiting of the
compressed mode during service/load/coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers
if no suitable LTE cell is found after LTE signal quality measurement is complete.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

152
WCDMA RAN
Description
Step 16 Deselect RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT12 under the Reserved Switch 6 parameter in the

SET UALGORSVPARA command to prevent ping-pong UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers that occur in PS-specific P2D state transitions triggered by CS services.
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers of UEs when the UEs are performing CS paging
procedures.
Switch 4.
Step 19 (Optional) If CM Permission Ind on HSPA+ or CM Permission Ind on HSDPA is set to
FALSE or RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT22 under the Reserved Switch 4 parameter is set
to ON, run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with
Step 21 (Optional) In scenarios with continuous LTE coverage, the function of blind PS redirection
preferred during a service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection can be enabled. Run the RNC MML
command SET UCELLALGORSVPARA with RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT29 selected
under Reserved Switch 0.
Step 22
----End

SuppPSHOFlag=NotSupport;
//Setting the information about priorities of LTE frequencies
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the service-based UMTSto-LTE redirections
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: LTEMeasTypOf3C=MeasurementQuantity, U2LTEFilterCoef=D6,
U2LTEMeasTime=30, LTEMeasQuanOf3C=RSRP, Hystfor3C=2, TrigTime3C=D10,
TargetRatThdRSRP=20, TargetRatThdRSRQ=30;
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the service-based UMTSto-LTE redirections
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperation and service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection switch
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH:
HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the cell-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection
SET UCELLALGORSVPARA:CellId=1,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

153
WCDMA RAN
Description
RsvSwitch0=RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT28-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT30-1;
//Setting the triggering causes
//Setting the maximum number of UEs that can perform measurement in compressed mode
simultaneously
SET UCELLALGORSVPARA:CellId=1,RsvU32Para0=640;
//Turning off the RNC-level service-based LTE measurement switch triggered by the
changed best cell
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=OFF;
//Turning off the cell-level service-based LTE measurement switch triggered by the
changed best cell
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=1, BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=OFF;
//Turning on the U2L Punish Switch
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LPunishTimer=20, U2LPunishSwitch=ON;
//Turning off the RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT13
//Enabling the anti-pingpong function of the compressed mode and setting the
penalty time to 90s
SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvU32Para9=5898240;
//Prohibiting UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover from being triggered by a PCH-toDCH channel switch when a CS service is set up
//Prohibiting UEs from attempting U2L redirection or handover when they are
h1=RESERVED_SWITCH_1_BIT18-1;
Setting parameters for the algorithm of UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover based
on RSCP measurement
//Enabling a blind redirection to be preferentially performed during a servicebased redirection

SET UCELLALGORSVPARA:CellID=1,RsvSwitch0=RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT29-1;

NOTE
When configuring the WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature
on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.
1.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

154
WCDMA RAN
Description
Set the parameters described in Table 10-12 on the CME. For instructions on how to
perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
2.

SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
ULTECELL
RNC
LTE Cell
Index
LTECellInd
ex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
LTE Cell
Name
LTECellNa
me
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Identity
EUTRANC
ELLID
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Mobile
Country
Code
MCC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Mobile
Network
Code
MNC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Tracking
Area Code
TAC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Operator
Group Index
CnOpGrpIn
dex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
NOTE
This MO is
required if
neighboringLTE-cell-based
redirection or
blind redirection
is allowed.
LTE
CellPHYID
Physical Cell (BSC6900,
Identity
BSC6910)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

155
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
ULTENCELL
NE
RNC
NOTE
This MO is
required if
neighboringLTE-cell-based
redirection or
blind redirection
is allowed.
UCELLNFRE
QPRIOINFO
RNC
NOTE
This MO is
required if nonneighboringLTE-cell-based
redirection or
blind redirection
is allowed.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
UU2LTEHON
COV
RNC
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
LTE Cell
Frequency
Band
LTEBand
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Downlink
Frequency
LTEArfcn
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Supporting
PS HO
Indicator
SuppPSHO
Flag
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RNC ID
RNCId
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Cell ID
CellId
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Index
LTECellInd
ex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Blind HO
Neighboring
Cell Flag
BlindFlag
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Absolute
Priority
Level of the
E-UTRA
Frequency
NPriority
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
E-UTRA
Absolute
Radio
Frequency
Channel
Number
EARFCN
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Report Type
of LTE
Measuremen
t
LTEMeasTy
pOf3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
No
No
Yes
156
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Layer 3
Filter
Coefficient
for LTE
Measuremen
t
U2LTEFilte
rCoef
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE
Measuremen
t Timer
Length
U2LTEMea
sTime
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Measuremen
t Quantity for
Event 3C
Measuremen
t of LTE
LTEMeasQ
uanOf3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Hysteresis
for Event 3C
Hystfor3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Time to
Trigger
Event 3C
TrigTime3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RSRP
Threshold
During PS
Handover to
LTE
TargetRatT
hdRSRP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RSRQ
Threshold
During PS
Handover to
LTE
TargetRatT
hdRSRQ
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
U2L Punish
Switch
U2LPunish
Switch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to
ON.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
157
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
3 (Optional)
MO
UCELLU2LTE
HONCOV
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
U2L Penalty
Timer
U2LPunish
Timer
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RNC
Parameters to be configured
are the same as those in the
UU2LTEHONCOV MO.
Yes
NOTE
This MO is
required if the
measurementrelated
parameters need
to be configured
for a specific cell.
UTYPRABBAS
IC
RNC
ServiceBased
Handover to
LTE
Allowed
EUTRANS
HIND
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
No
UCORRMALG
OSWITCH
RNC
HandOver
Switch
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
6 (Optional)
UCORRMALG
OSWITCH
RNC
HandOver
Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
RNC
U2L Blind
Redirect
Switch
U2LBlindRe
dirSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
NOTE
This MO is
required if nonneighboringLTE-cell-based
redirection or
blind redirection
is allowed.
7 (Optional)
UCELLHOCO
MM
NOTE
This MO is
required if
UMTS-to-LTE
blind redirection
is to be enabled
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center

158
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
8 (Optional)
UU2LTEHON
COV/
UCELLU2LTE
HONCOV
RNC
Best Cell
Change
Triggered
LTE
Measure
Switch
BestCellTrig
LTEMeasS
witch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
RNC
Reserved
Switch 6
RsvSwitch6
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
RsvU32Para
9
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
NOTE
l This MO is
required to
allow
UMTS-toLTE service
based PS
redirection to
be triggered
by the best
cell change.
l The
UCELLU2L
TEHONCO
V MO is
required if
UMTS-toLTE service
based PS
redirection is
triggered
only by
certain
changed best
cell.
9 (Optional)
UALGORSVP
ARA
Deselect
RESERVE
D_SWITC
H_6_BIT13
under this
parameter.
10
(Optional)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
UALGORSVP
ARA
RNC
Reserved
U32
Parameter 9

159
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
11
UALGORSVP
ARA
RNC
Reserved
Switch 6
RsvSwitch6
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
RsvSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
Deselect
RESERVE
D_SWITC
H_6_BIT13
under this
parameter.
12
UALGORSVP
ARA
RNC
Reserved
Switch 1
(RESERVE
D_SWITC
H_1_BIT18
-1 selected
under this
parameter)
13
UALGORSVP
ARA
RNC
Reserved
Switch 4
(RESERVE
D_SWITC
H_4_BIT22
-1 selected
under this
parameter)
After this feature is enabled, observe the values of the following counters:
l
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service
This counter provides the number of service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections for a
cell. If the value of this counter is not 0, the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
algorithm takes effect.
After Best Cell Change Triggered LTE Measure Switch is set to ON, the value of this
counter increases. It indicates that the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
algorithm triggered by the changed best cell takes effect.
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Sevice.Blind
This counter provides the number of service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS blind redirections
for a cell. If the value of this counter is not 0, the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS blind
redirection algorithm takes effect.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

160
WCDMA RAN
Description

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the RNC-level
switch for service-based UMTS-LTE redirections and blind redirections. In this step, clear
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter.
Step 2
----End

//Turning off the RNC-level switch for Service-Based PS Service Redirection from
UMTS to LTE
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0;
Turning off the cell-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections

NOTE
When configuring the WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature
on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
1.

2.

SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
UCORRMA
LGOSWITC
H
RNC
HandOver
Switch
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes

Cell-level counters related to the Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE
feature are as follows:
l
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service
161
WCDMA RAN
Description
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Sevice.Blind
These two counters specify whether the Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to
LTE feature is activated. For details, see the description about activation observation in section
Activation Observation.

N/A
N/A

to LTE
10.6.1 When to Use Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
For details about when to use Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE, see section 10.5
WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE.

Before activating Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE, collect the following
information:
l
Information about UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs
Information about whether PS services are preferentially carried on LTE networks
10.6.3 Planning
None
10.6.4 Deployment
Requirements
l
License
This feature requires the LOFD-070201 RIM Based LTE Target Cell Selection feature.
The license for the Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE feature has been
The following table lists the license information for Service-Based PS Handover from
UMTS to LTE.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

162
WCDMA RAN
Description
Feature ID
Feature
Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-02012
9
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
RNC
Mbps
The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 or later.
It also supports LTE measurements.
The SGSN supports 3GPP Release 8 or later and UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. It is
able to send the RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message, which contains information
about whether a UE has subscribed to LTE services, to the RNC. If the SGSN does not
support this function, UEs who have not subscribed to LTE services will be handed over
or redirected to LTE networks, causing service drops.
Feature Dependency
None
Hardware
None
Data Preparation
Table 10-14 lists the data to be prepared for deploying Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS
to LTE.
Table 10-14 Data preparation list
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
LTE Cell Supporting PS HO

Indicator
SuppPSHOFlag
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to
Support
(Support).
Radio network plan

(internal)
Blind HO Neighboring Cell

Flag
BlindFlag
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
The
neighboringcell-based blind
redirection
function takes
effect only when
this parameter is
set to TRUE.
Default value/
Recommended
value
E-UTRA Absolute Radio

Frequency Channel Number
EARFCN
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)

163
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Absolute Priority Level of the

E-UTRA Frequency
NPriority
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Report Type of LTE

Measurement
LTEMeasTypOf3
C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Layer 3 Filter Coefficient for

LTE Measurement
U2LTEFilterCoe
f
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)
LTE Measurement Timer

Length
U2LTEMeasTim
e
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Measurement Quantity for

Event 3C Measurement of
LTE
LTEMeasQuanO
f3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to 5s.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Hysteresis for Event 3C
Hystfor3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
In a high-speed
cell, set this
parameter to 1.5
dB. In a lowspeed cell, set
this parameter to
3.0 dB.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Time to Trigger Event 3C
TrigTime3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)
RSRP Threshold During PS

Handover to LTE
TargetRatThdRS
RP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)
RSRQ Threshold During PS

Handover to LTE
TargetRatThdRS
RQ
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)
U2L Punish Switch
U2LPunishSwitc
h
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to
ON.
Radio network plan

(internal)

164
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
U2L Penalty Timer
U2LPunishTimer
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to the
default value 20.
Default value/
Recommended
value
Service-Based Handover to
LTE Allowed
EUTRANSHIND
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
If certain PS
services can be
handed over to
LTE, set this
parameter to
HO_TO_EUT
RAN_SHOUL
D_BE_PERFO
RM.
Radio network plan

(internal)
HandOver Switch
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Select
HO_LTE_PS_
OUT_SWITC
H and
HO_LTE_SER
VICE_PSHO_
OUT_SWITC
H under this
parameter to
activate the
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE feature.
Default value/
Recommended
value
Reserved Switch 0
RsvSwitch0
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
For cells with

LTE coverage,
select
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BI
T32 under this
parameter.
Default value/
Recommended
value
Select
RESERVED_S
WITCH_0_BI
T30 under this
parameter.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

165
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Reserved Switch 9
RsvSwitch9
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Select
RESERVED_S
WITCH_9_BI
T13 under this
parameter.
Default value/
Recommended
value
Select
RESERVED_S
WITCH_9_BI
T26 under this
parameter.
32-Bit Unsigned Integer
Reserved Parameter 0
RsvU32Para0
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set bit5~bit12 of
this parameter.
The value 20 is
recommended.
Default value/
Recommended
value
U2L Blind Redirect Switch
U2LBlindRedirSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
When UMTS
and LTE are
deployed on one
site and share
sectors, and the
LTE frequency
band is lower
than the UMTS
frequency band,
turn on this
switch.
Default value/
Recommended
value
HandOver Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
If the nonneighboringcell-based
redirection is
required,
Engineering design
select
HO_U2L_RED
IR_BASED_A
BSOLUTE_FR
EQ_SWITCH
under this
parameter.
Best Cell Change Triggered
LTE Measure Switch
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
BestCellTrigLTE
MeasSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
To support
feature
activation
triggered by the
changed best
cell, set this
parameter to
OFF.

Default value/
Recommended
value
166
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Reserved Switch 6
RsvSwitch6
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
l Deselect
RESERVE
D_SWITCH
_6_BIT13
under this
parameter to
prevent
continual
entering and
exiting of the
compressed
mode during
servicebased
UMTS-toLTE
redirection or
handover due
to frequent
RB
reconfigurati
on.
Radio network plan

(internal)
l Deselect
RESERVE
D_SWITCH
_6_BIT12
under this
parameter to
prevent pingpong
redirections
or handovers
caused by
UMTS-toLTE
redirections
or handovers
that occur in
PS-specific
P2D state
transitions
triggered by
CS services.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

167
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Reserved U32 Parameter

9
RsvU32Para9
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set bits 16
through 31 of
this parameter to
90 seconds to
prevent
continual
entering and
exiting of the
compressed
mode during
service/load/
coverage-based
UMTS-to-LTE
redirections or
handovers if no
suitable LTE cell
is found after
LTE signal
quality
measurement is
complete.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Reserved Switch 4
RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
If the DCHSDPA feature

is enabled, it is
recommended
that
Radio network plan

(internal)
the
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BI
T22 check box
under this
parameter be
selected.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

168
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Reserved Switch 1
RsvSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
You are advised

to select the
RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BI
T18 check box
under this
parameter when
any of the
following
conditions is
met:
HsdpaCMPermi
ssionInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set
to FALSE.
EHSPACMPer
missionInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910) is set
to FALSE.
RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BI
T22 under the
RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
parameter is set
to FALSE. After
this parameter is
set to ON, the
call drop rate is
reduced, but user
experience of PS
services is
affected.
Radio network plan

(internal)

169
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Reserved Switch 9
RsvSwitch9
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
If the extended
LTE frequency
band including
EARFCNs 26 to
31 is supported,
select
RESERVED_S
WITCH_9_BI
T27 under this
parameter to
support UMTSto-LTE
interoperations
on the extended
frequencies.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Select
RESERVED_S
WITCH_9_BI
T13 under this
parameter.
Select
RESERVED_S
WITCH_9_BI
T15 under this
parameter.
Precautions
In a GSM/UMTS/LTE hybrid network, you are not advised to set Inter-RAT PS Handover
Switch to ON. Otherwise, the RNC sends the GSM-specific measurement control message to
the UE first after this feature is enabled. As a result, the UE will be redirected or handed over
to GSM.
If load-based LTE-to-UMTS related features are deployed on the LTE network, ping-pong
handover or redirection may occur between UMTS and LTE. For details about load-based LTEto-UMTS related features deployed on the LTE network, see MLB Feature Parameter
Description.
In high speed scenarios, such as high-speed railways, the best cell frequently changes and
measurements are frequently triggered. In this case, network performance deteriorates and the
call drop rate increases. Therefore, you are not advised to set Best Cell Change Triggered LTE
Measure Switch to ON.

Step 1 Configure neighboring LTE cells or LTE frequencies based on the network plan.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

170
WCDMA RAN
Description
l If the neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is allowed, configure LTE cells as neighboring

LTE cells of the serving UMTS cell by doing as follows:
1.
If a neighboring LTE cell has not been configured, run the RNC MML command ADD
ULTENCELL to configure a neighboring LTE cell, with LTE Cell Supporting PS HO
Indicator set to NotSupport(NotSupport).
NOTE
l If LTE cells have been configured, you can run the MOD ULTECELL command to modify the
configurations about neighboring LTE cells.
that includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells, the
UMTS-to-LTE handovers will fail.
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is turned off, the RNC uses neighboring-LTE-cell-based
redirections or blind redirections. The service-, coverage-, and load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection or handover features share this switch.
2.
NOTE
l If non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is allowed, you are advised to configure LTE

frequencies. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to add
frequency priority information for neighboring LTE cells of the serving UMTS cell.
NOTE
Non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is preferred. When neighboring cells are not planned or

no neighboring LTE cell is configured, non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is recommended,
which can simplify network deployment.
parameters related to measurements for service-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers. These
set, run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV to set cell-level parameters
NOTE
You can run the MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command instead of the ADD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command in step 3 if the related parameters have been configured for the cell.
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM to allow UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

171
WCDMA RAN
Description
Step 5 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. In this step, select HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH and
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter.
Step 6 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the nonneighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection switch. In this step, clear
parameter. For UMTS cells in which the LTE coverage is good, enable service-based UMTSto-LTE PS redirection by running the RNC MML command SET UCELLALGORSVPARA
with RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT32 selected under the Reserved Switch 0 parameter. For
UMTS cells in which there is no or weak LTE coverage, do not enable service-based UMTSto-LTE PS redirection.
Step 7 Run the RNC MML command SET UCELLALGORSVPARA with
RESERVED_SWITCH_9_BIT13 selected under the Reserved Switch 9 parameter to set the
trigger source for service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover or redirection.
Step 9 Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with Reserved U32 Parameter 15
set to 640.
Step 10 (Optional) If non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is allowed, run the RNC MML
redirection switch. In this step, select
parameter.
Step 11 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLHOCOMM to enable blind redirection
to LTE for a specific cell. In this step, set U2L Blind Redirect Switch to ON.
NOTE
It is recommended that Blind redirection to LTE be enabled in the LTE and UMTS co-coverage area.
The service-, coverage-, and load-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover features use the same
U2L Blind Redirect Switch parameter.
Step 12 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UU2LTEHONCOV (RNC-level) or MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV (cell-level) with Best Cell Change Triggered LTE Measure
Switch set to OFF.
Step 13 Run the SET UU2LTEHONCOV command and set the U2L Penalty Timer parameter to 20
and the U2L Punish Switch parameter to ON to prevent UEs from initiating service-based
UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers immediately after finishing LTE-to-UMTS
redirections or handovers.
Step 14 (Optional) Clear RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT13 under the Reserved Switch 6 parameter
in the SET UALGORSVPARA command to prevent continual entering and exiting of the
compressed mode during service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers due to frequent
RB reconfiguration.
Step 15 (Optional) Set bits 16 through 31 of the Reserved U32 Parameter 9 parameter in the SET
UALGORSVPARA command to 20 seconds to prevent continual entering and exiting of the
compressed mode during service/load/coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers
if no suitable LTE cell is found after LTE signal quality measurement is complete.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

172
WCDMA RAN
Description
Step 16 Deselect RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT12 under the Reserved Switch 6 parameter in the

SET UALGORSVPARA command to prevent ping-pong UMTS-to-LTE redirections or
handovers that occur during PS-specific P2D state transitions triggered by CS services.
paging procedures.
UALGORSVPARA. In this step, select the RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT22 check box
Switch 1 parameter.
Step 21 (Optional) In scenarios with continuous LTE coverage, the function of blind PS redirection
preferred during a service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection can be enabled. Run the RNC MML
command SET UCELLALGORSVPARA with RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT29 selected
Step 22
----End

SuppPSHOFlag=Support;
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the service-based UMTSto-LTE handovers
TargetRatThdRSRP=20, TargetRatThdRSRQ=30, BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=ON,
U2LPunishTimer=15, U2LPunishSwitch=ON, U2LTEPsHoCMCtrlSwitch=ON;
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the service-based UMTSto-LTE handovers
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperation and service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS handover switch
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH:
HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Turning on the cell-level switch for service-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection
SET
UCELLALGORSVPARA:RsvSwitch0=RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT32-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT30-1;
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

173
WCDMA RAN
Description
//Setting the triggering causes

//Setting the maximum number of UEs that can perform measurement in compressed mode
simultaneously
SET UCELLALGORSVPARA:RsvU32Para0=640;
//Turning off the RNC-level service-based LTE measurement switch triggered by the
changed best cell
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=OFF;
//Turning off the cell-level service-based LTE measurement switch triggered by the
changed best cell
MOD UCELLU2LTEHONCOV: CellId=2, BestCellTrigLTEMeasSwitch=OFF;
//Turning on the U2L Punish Switch
SET UU2LTEHONCOV: U2LPunishTimer=20, U2LPunishSwitch=ON;
//Turning off the RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT13
//Setting the penalty time to 90s by setting bits 16 through 31 of the Reserved U32
Parameter 9 parameter
SET UALGORSVPARA: RsvU32Para9=5898240;
//Prohibiting UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover from being triggered by a PCH-toDCH channel switch when a CS service is set up
/When the extended LTE frequency band including EARFCNs 26 to 31 is supported
Setting parameters for the algorithm of UMTS-to-LTE redirection or handover based
on RSCP measurement
//Enabling a blind redirection to be preferentially performed during a servicebased redirection

SET UCELLALGORSVPARA:RsvSwitch0=RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT29-1;

NOTE
When configuring the WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE on the CME,
1.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

174
WCDMA RAN
Description
2.

SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
ULTECELL
RNC
LTE Cell
Index
LTECellInd
ex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
LTE Cell
Name
LTECellNa
me
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Identity
EUTRANC
ELLID
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Mobile
Country
Code
MCC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Mobile
Network
Code
MNC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Tracking
Area Code
TAC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Operator
Group Index
CnOpGrpIn
dex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
NOTE
This MO is
required if
neighboring
-LTE-cellbased
redirection
or blind
redirection is
allowed.
LTE
CellPHYID
Identity
BSC6910)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

175
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
ULTENCEL
L
NE
RNC
NOTE
This MO is
required if a
neighboring
LTE cell has
not been
configured.
UCELLNFR
EQPRIOINF
O
NOTE
This MO is
required if
nonneighboring
-LTE-cellbased
redirection
or blind
redirection is
allowed.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
RNC
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
LTE Cell
Frequency
Band
LTEBand
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Downlink
Frequency
LTEArfcn
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Supporting
PS HO
Indicator
SuppPSHO
Flag
(BSC6900,
BSC6910) 2
(Optional)
RNC ID
RNCId
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Cell ID
CellId
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Index
LTECellInd
ex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Blind HO
Neighboring
Cell Flag
BlindFlag
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Absolute
Priority
Level of the
E-UTRA
Frequency
NPriority
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
E-UTRA
Absolute
Radio
Frequency
Channel
Number
EARFCN
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
No
No
176
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
UU2LTEHO
NCOV
RNC
Report Type
of LTE
Measuremen
t
LTEMeasTy
pOf3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
Layer 3
Filter
Coefficient
for LTE
Measuremen
t
U2LTEFilte
rCoef
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE
Measuremen
t Timer
Length
U2LTEMea
sTime
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Measuremen
t Quantity for
Event 3C
Measuremen
t of LTE
LTEMeasQ
uanOf3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Hysteresis
for Event 3C
Hystfor3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Time to
Trigger
Event 3C
TrigTime3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RSRP
Threshold
During PS
Handover to
LTE
TargetRatT
hdRSRP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RSRQ
Threshold
During PS
Handover to
LTE
TargetRatT
hdRSRQ
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Best Cell
Change
Triggered
LTE
Measure
Switch

177
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
U2L Punish
Switch
U2LPunish
Switch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this
parameter to
ON.
U2L Penalty
Timer
3 (Optional)
UCELLU2L
TEHONCO
V
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
U2LPunish
Timer
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RNC
Parameters to be configured
are the same as those in the
UU2LTEHONCOV MO.
Yes
NOTE
This MO is
required if
measuremen
t-related
parameters
need to be
configured
for a specific
cell.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
UTYPRAB
BASIC
RNC
ServiceBased
Handover to
LTE
Allowed
EUTRANS
HIND
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
No
UCORRMA
LGOSWITC
H
RNC
HandOver
Switch
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes

178
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
UCORRMA
LGOSWITC
H
RNC
HandOver
Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
RNC
U2L Blind
Redirect
Switch
U2LBlindRe
dirSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
NOTE
This MO is
required if
nonneighboring
-LTE-cellbased
redirection
or blind
redirection is
allowed.
7 (Optional)
UCELLHO
COMM
NOTE
You must
configure
this MO if
you want to
enable
UMTS-toLTE blind
redirection
for a cell.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

179
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
8(0ption)
UU2LTEHO
NCOV/
UCELLU2L
TEHONCO
V
RNC
Best Cell
Change
Triggered
LTE
Measure
Switch
BestCellTrig
LTEMeasS
witch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
NOTE
This MO is
required if
the ServiceBased PS
Handover
from UMTS
to LTE
feature is
triggered by
the changed
best cell.
To allow this
feature to be
triggered
only when a
specific best
cell is
changed,
configure the
UCELLU2
LTEHONC
OV MO. To
allow this
feature to be
triggered
when any
best cell
under an
RNC is
changed,
configure the
UU2LTEH
ONCOV
MO.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

180
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
9 (Optional)
UALGORS
VPARA
RNC
Reserved
Switch 6
RsvSwitch6
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
Deselect
RESERVE
D_SWITC
H_6_BIT13
under this
parameter.
10
(Optional)
UALGORS
VPARA
RNC
Reserved
U32
Parameter 9
RsvU32Para
9
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
11
UALGORS
VPARA
RNC
Reserved
Switch 6
RsvSwitch6
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
RsvSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
Deselect
RESERVE
D_SWITC
H_6_BIT13
under this
parameter.
12
UALGORS
VPARA
RNC
Reserved
Switch 1
(RESERVE
D_SWITC
H_1_BIT18
-1 selected
under this
parameter)
13
UALGORS
VPARA
RNC
Reserved
Switch 4
(RESERVE
D_SWITC
H_4_BIT22
-1 selected
under this
parameter)
After this feature is enabled, observe the following counters:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

181
WCDMA RAN
Description
VS.U2LTEHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS
VS.U2LTEHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS provides the number of service-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS handovers. If the value of this counter is not 0, this feature has taken effect.
After Best Cell Change Triggered LTE Measure Switch is set to ON, the value of this
counter increases, indicating that the service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
algorithm triggered by the changed best cell has taken effect.
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service.Blind
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Service.Blind provides the number of service-based UMTSto-LTE PS blind redirections in a cell. If the value of this counter is not 0, the service-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS blind redirection algorithm has taken effect.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the RNC-level
switch for service-based UMTS-LTE redirections and blind redirections. In this step, clear
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter.
Step 2
----End

//Disabling RNC-level service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0;
Disabling cell-level service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS redirections

NOTE
When configuring the WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE on the CME,
1.

2.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

182
WCDMA RAN
Description

SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
1 (Optional)
UCORRMA
LGOSWITC
H
RNC
HandOver
Switch
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes

Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Counter Name
Measur
ement
Object
Measurement
Unit
Description
VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS.
Service
CELL
U2LTE.HO.CE
LL
Number of Service-Based
UMTS-to-LTE PS Handover
Attempts for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutPS
.Service
CELL
U2LTE.HO.CE
LL
Number of Successful ServiceBased UMTS-to-LTE PS

Handovers for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.
NoReply
CELL
U2LTE.HO.CE
LL
Number of Failed UMTS-toLTE PS Handovers Due to Iu

Release Command Timeout for
Cell
CfgUnSupp
CELL
U2LTE.HO.CE
LL
Number of Failed UMTS-toLTE PS Handovers for Cell

(Configuration Unsupported)
PhyChFail
CELL
U2LTE.HO.CE
LL
Number of Failed UMTS-toLTE PS Handovers for Cell

(Physical Channel Failure)
Abort
CELL
U2LTE.HO.CE
LL
Number of Abnormally
Terminated Outgoing UMTSto-LTE PS Handovers for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.AttRelocPrepOutPS
CELL
U2LTE.HO.CE
LL
Number of Outgoing UMTS-toLTE PS Handover Preparation

Attempts for Cell

183
WCDMA RAN
Description
Counter Name
Measur
ement
Object
Measurement
Unit
Description
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccRelocPrepOutPS
CELL
U2LTE.HO.CE
LL
Preparations for Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE PS Handovers
for Cell
VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocP
repOutPS.NoResAvail
CELL
U2LTE.HO.CE
LL
Number of Failed Preparations

for Outgoing UMTS-to-LTE PS
Handovers for Cell (No
Resource Available)
repOutPS.TgtFail
CELL
U2LTE.HO.CE
LL

Handovers for Cell (Relocation
Failure in Target CN/RNC or
Target System)
repOutPS.ReloUnSupp
CELL
U2LTE.HO.CE
LL

Handovers for Cell (Relocation
not supported in Target RNC or
Target system)
repOutPS.TgtHighLoad
CELL
U2LTE.HO.CE
LL

Handovers for Cell (Traffic
Load In The Target Cell Higher
Than In The Source Cell)
repOutPS.TAlExp
CELL
U2LTE.HO.CE
LL

Handovers for Cell
(TRELOCalloc expiry)
repOutPS.UnKnowRNC
CELL
U2LTE.HO.CE
LL

Handovers for Cell (Unknown
Target RNC)
Success rate of service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers =

VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutPS.Service/VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS.Service.
Parameter optimization is required if the success rate falls below expectation.

Analyze the causes of UMTS-to-LTE PS handover failures and modify parameter values
accordingly.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

184
WCDMA RAN
Description
If VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.CfgUnSupp, VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.PhyChFai, and

VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.ReloUnSupp have large values, there is a possibility
that some types of UEs do not support UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers. When this happens,
modify the parameter settings to enable more UEs to perform UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirections in this cell.
If VS.U2LTEHO.FailOutPS.NoReply has a large value, raise the value of

TargetRatThdRSRP(BSC6900,BSC6910) or TargetRatThdRSRQ(BSC6900,BSC6910).
If VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.NoResAvail and
VS.U2LTEHO.FailRelocPrepOutPS.TgtHighLoad have large values, the LTE network
traffic load is high. When this happens, take measures to lower the LTE network traffic
load to ensure a high success rate for UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
N/A

to LTE
10.7.1 When to Use Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE
This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE when:
l
The network serves UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs.
UMTS cells are heavily loaded.
LDR is required.
NOTE
If the LDR switch (UL_UU_LDR/DL_UU_LDR) is turned on and the UMTS cell load exceeds the LDR
triggering threshold (UlLdrTrigThd(BSC6900,BSC6910)/DlLdrTrigThd(BSC6900,BSC6910)) after
LDR actions such as BE service rate reduction and inter-frequency load-based handovers are performed,
the UMTS cell is regarded as heavily loaded.

Before activating Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE, collect the following
information:
l
Traffic volume and distribution of hot spots on the UMTS network and LTE network
Proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs to the total UEs

NOTE
The proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs on a network affects the gains brought by the Load Based
PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature. The feature provides significant gains in inter-RAT load
balancing when the proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs is high. However, it is hard to quantify a
proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs for deploying the feature, which depends on the specific
network conditions and the operator's policy.
10.7.3 Planning
None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

185
WCDMA RAN
Description
10.7.4 Deployment
Requirements
l
License
The license on the RNC side has been activated. For details about how to activate the
license, see License Management Feature Parameter Description.
The following table lists detailed information about the license.
Feature ID
Feature
Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-15021
6
Load Based PS
Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
Load based PS
Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE (per kbps)
RNC
Mbps
The CN supports 3GPP Release 8.
The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 and is a UMTS/LTE multi-mode terminal.
Hardware
None
Data Preparation
Table 10-17 lists the data to be prepared before activating Service-Based PS Service Redirection
from UMTS to LTE.
Table 10-17 Data to be prepared before activating Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to
LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting
Description
Data Source
LTE Cell
Supporting PS HO
Indicator
SuppPSHOFlag
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

NotSupport
(NotSupport).
Radio network plan

(internal)
Blind HO
Neighboring Cell
Flag
BlindFlag
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Neighboring-cellbased blind
redirection takes
effect only when this
parameter is set to
TRUE.
Default value/
Recommended value
E-UTRA Absolute
Radio Frequency
Channel Number
EARFCN
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)

186
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting
Description
Data Source
Absolute Priority
Level of the EUTRA Frequency
NPriority
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Report Type of
LTE Measurement
LTEMeasTypOf3C
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Layer 3 Filter
Coefficient for
LTE Measurement
U2LTEFilterCoef
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
LTE Measurement
Timer Length
U2LTEMeasTime
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Measurement
Quantity for Event
3C Measurement
of LTE
LTEMeasQuanOf3C
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
3C hysteresis
Hystfor3C
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
In a high-speed cell,
set this parameter to
1.5 dB. In a lowspeed cell, set this
parameter to 3.0 dB.
Radio network plan

(internal)
3C event trigger
delay time
TrigTime3C
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
RSRP Threshold
During PS
Handover to LTE
TargetRatThdRSRP
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
RSRQ Threshold
During PS
Handover to LTE
TargetRatThdRSRQ
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Service-Based
Handover to LTE
Allowed
EUTRANSHIND
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
To allow redirection
of certain PS services
to LTE, set this
parameter to
HO_TO_EUTRAN
_SHOULD_BE_PE
RFORM.
Radio network plan

(internal)
HandOver Switch
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Select
HO_LTE_PS_OUT
_SWITCH under
this parameter to
Default value/
Recommended value

187
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting
Description
Data Source
UL LDR-BE rate
reduction RAB
number
UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
UL LDR un-ctrl
RT Qos re-nego
RAB num
UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
UL CS should be
HO user number
UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
UL PS should be
HO user number
UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
UL LDR-AMR
rate reduction
RAB number
UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
UL CS should not
be HO user number
UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
UL PS should not
be HO user number
UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
UL Inter-freq cell
load handover load
space threshold
UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
DL Inter-freq cell
load handover load
space threshold
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
UL Inter-freq cell
load handover
maximum
bandwidth
UlInterFreqHoBWThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
DL Inter-freq cell
load handover
maximum
bandwidth
DlInterFreqHoBWThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
MBMS descend
power rab
threshold
MbmsDecPowerRabThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Cell LDR SF
reserved threshold
CellLdrSfResThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)

188
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting
Description
Data Source
LDR code priority

indicator
LdrCodePriUseInd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Max user number

of code adjust
MaxUserNumCodeAdj
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Ul LDR credit SF
reserved threshold
UlLdrCreditSfResThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Dl LDR credit SF
reserved threshold
DlLdrCreditSfResThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
InterFreq HO code
used ratio space
threshold
LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Code congestion
select inter-freq
indication
CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Gold user load

control switch
GoldUserLoadControlSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Forbidden Traffic
Class for inter-freq
HO
InterFreqLdHoForbidenTC
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Ul TTI HO Credit
SF reserved
threshold
UlTtiCreditSfResThd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
InterFreq Load
Handover Method
Selection
InterFreqLDHOMethodSelection
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Code Congest
Neighbor Select
Enhance Switch
CodeCongHoEnhanceInd
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Default value/
Recommended value
DL LDR-BE rate
reduction RAB
number
DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
DL LDR un-ctrl
RT Qos re-nego
RAB num
DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
DL CS should be
HO user number
DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)

189
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting
Description
Data Source
DL PS should be
HO user number
DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
DL LDR-AMR
rate reduction
RAB number
DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
DL CS should not
be HO user number
DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
DL PS should not
be HO user number
DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio network plan

(internal)
DL LDR first
action
DlLdrFirstAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Radio network plan

(internal)
DL LDR second
action
DlLdrSecondAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
DL LDR third
action
DlLdrThirdAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Configure LDR
actions by referring
to section
Suggestions for
LDR Action
Configurations
when activating the
feature.
DL LDR forth
action
DlLdrFourthAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Radio network plan

(internal)
DL LDR fifth
action
DlLdrFifthAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Radio network plan

(internal)
DL LDR Sixth
action
DlLdrSixthAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Radio network plan

(internal)
DL LDR seventh
action
DlLdrSeventhAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Radio network plan

(internal)
DL LDR eighth
action
DlLdrEighthAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Radio network plan

(internal)
DL LDR ninth
action
DlLdrNinthAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Radio network plan

(internal)
DL LDR tenth
action
DlLdrTenthAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Radio network plan

(internal)
DL LDR Eleventh
Action
DlLdrEleventhAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Default value/
Recommended value
UL LDR first
action
UlLdrFirstAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Radio network plan

(internal)

Radio network plan

(internal)
Radio network plan
(internal)
190
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting
Description
UL LDR second
action
UlLdrSecondAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Radio network plan

(internal)
UL LDR third
action
UlLdrThirdAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Radio network plan

(internal)
UL LDR forth
action
UlLdrFourthAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Radio network plan

(internal)
UL LDR fifth
action
UlLdrFifthAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Radio network plan

(internal)
UL LDR Sixth
action
UlLdrSixthAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Radio network plan

(internal)
UL LDR seventh
action
UlLdrSeventhAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Radio network plan

(internal)
UL LDR eighth
action
UlLdrEighthAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Radio network plan

(internal)
UL LDR Ninth
Action
UlLdrNinthAction
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Default value/
Recommended value
UL LDR UL PS
Domain Load HO
User No.
UlPSU2LHOUeNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

1.
Default value/
Recommended value
DL LDR UL PS
Domain Load HO
User No.
DlPSU2LHOUeNum
(BSC6900,BSC6910)

1.
Default value/
Recommended value
HandOver
Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Select
HO_U2L_LOAD_
PS_REDIRECT_S
WITCH under this
parameter to activate
the Load Based PS
Redirection from
UMTS to LTE
feature.
Engineering design
U2L Blind
Redirect Switch
U2LBlindRedirSwitch
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Turn on this switch if

UMTS and LTE are
deployed at one site
and share sectors and
the LTE band is
lower than the
UMTS band.
Default value/
Recommended value

Data Source
191
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting
Description
Data Source
Reserved Switch 4
RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
If the DC-HSDPA
feature has been
enabled, it is
recommended that
Radio network plan

(internal)
RESERVED_SWI
TCH_4_BIT22 be
selected under this
parameter.
Reserved Switch 1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
RsvSwitch1
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
You are advised to

select the
RESERVED_SWI
TCH_1_BIT18
check box under this
parameter when any
of the following
conditions is met:
HsdpaCMPermissionInd
(BSC6900,BSC6910
) is set to FALSE.
EHSPACMPermissionInd
(BSC6900,BSC6910
) is set to FALSE.
RESERVED_SWI
TCH_4_BIT22
under the
RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,BSC6910
) parameter is set to
FALSE. After this
parameter is set to
ON, the call drop rate
is reduced, but user
experience of PS
services deteriorates.

Radio network plan

(internal)
192
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting
Description
Data Source
Reserved Switch 9
RsvSwitch9
(BSC6900,BSC6910)
If the extended LTE

frequency band
including EARFCNs
26 to 31 is supported,
select
RESERVED_SWI
TCH_9_BIT27
under this parameter
to support UMTS-toLTE interoperations
on the extended
frequencies.
Radio network plan

(internal)
Precautions
None

Step 1 If the LDR switch is turned off, run the RNC MML command MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step, select the UL_UU_LDR or DL_UU_LDR check box
under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.
l If neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection or blind redirection is allowed, you need to
configure an LTE cell as the neighboring cell of the UMTS cell. The specific operations are
as follows:
1.
NOTE
that includes operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells, UMTSto-LTE handovers will fail.
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is turned off
(HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-0), the RNC uses neighboringLTE-cell-based redirections or blind redirections. The service-, coverage-, and load-based
UMTS-to-LTE PS redirection or handover features share the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH switch.
2.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
193
WCDMA RAN
Description
NOTE
l If redirections need to be supported when no neighboring LTE cell is configured, LTE

frequencies need to be configured. The operations are as follows: Run the RNC MML
command ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO to add frequency priority information of
neighboring LTE cells for the UMTS cells.
parameters related to measurements for the load-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers. These
related to the load-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm based on Table 10-17.
NOTE
l If measurement algorithm parameters have been configured for a cell, run the MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command in step 3 to modify the configuration.
l If the cell-level and RNC-level measurement-related parameters are both available, the cell-level
measurement-related parameters prevail.
l If the cell-level measurement-related parameters are unavailable, the cell uses the RNC-level
measurement-related parameters.
blind redirections.
Step 6 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, select
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter to enable UMTS-toLTE interoperations for PS services. Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLDR. In this
step, turn on the PSInterU2LLDHO switch by referring to section Suggestions for LDR Action
Configurations and set UL LDR UL PS Domain Load HO User No. and DL LDR UL PS
Domain Load HO User No. based on the network plan.
Step 7 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH selected under HandOver Switch1 to enable
load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirections.
Step 8 (Optional) If non-neighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection is allowed, run the RNC MML
redirection switch. In this step, select the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH and
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH check boxes under the HandOver Switch1
parameter.
Step 9 (Optional) For terminals that do not support LTE measurement, run the RNC MML command
MOD UCELLHOCOMM to enable blind redirection to LTE for a specific cell. In this step,
set U2L Blind Redirect Switch to ON. The service-, coverage-, and load-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection or handover features use the same U2L Blind Redirect Switch parameter.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

194
WCDMA RAN
Description
Switch 4.
Step 11 (Optional) If CM Permission Ind on HSPA+ or CM Permission Ind on HSDPA is set to
FALSE or RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BIT22 under the Reserved Switch 4 parameter is set
to ON, run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with
Step 13 Run the RNC MML command SET UALGORSVPARA with the
paging procedures.
Step 14 (Optional) In RAN Sharing and MOCN scenarios, run the RNC MML command SET
LICENSE with Load based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE-kbps set to an appropriate
value to configure the PS traffic volumes that can be carried by the primary and secondary
operators.
----End

//Setting LDR switch
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1;
//Setting an LTE cell
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, SuppPSHOFlag=NotSupport, BlackFlag=False;
//Setting the LTE frequency priority
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for load-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirection
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the load-based UMTS-toLTE redirections
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperations for PS services
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling load-based inter-RAT PS handover
ADD UCELLLDR: CellId=1, DlLdrFirstAction=InterFreqLDHO,
DlLdrSecondAction=BERateRed, DlLdrThirdAction=PSInterU2LLDHO,
DlLdrFourthAction=NoAct, DlLdrFifthAction=NoAct, DlLdrSixthAction=NoAct,
DlLdrSeventhAction=NoAct, DlLdrEighthAction=NoAct, DlLdrNinthAction=NoAct,
DlLdrTenthAction=NoAct, DlLdr EleventhAction=NoAct, DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum=1,
DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum=1, DlPSU2LHOUeNum=1, DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=3,
DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=1, DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum=1,
DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=3, DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=1,
UlLdrFirstAction=BERateRed, UlLdrSecondAction= InterFreqLDHO,
UlLdrThirdAction=PSInterU2LLDHO, UlLdrFourthAction=NoAct, UlLdrFifthAction=NoAct,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

195
WCDMA RAN
Description
UlLdrSixthAction=NoAct, UlLdrSeventhAction=NoAct, UlLdrEighthAction=NoAct, UlLdr

NinthAction=NoAct, UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum=1, UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum=1,
UlPSU2LHOUeNum=1, UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=3, UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=1,
UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum=1, UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=3,
UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=1, UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20,
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20, UlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000,
DlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000, MbmsDecPowerRabThd=1, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8,
LdrCodePriUseInd=TRUE, MaxUserNumCodeAdj=1, UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8,
DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8, LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd=13, CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd=FALSE,
GoldUserLoadControlSwitch=OFF;
//Enabling load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection
//Enabling blind redirection to LTE for a specific cell
//Enabling DC-HSDPA UEs to support measurement of LTE cells in compressed mode

NOTE
When configuring the DB-HSDPA feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then
perform a batch modification if required. Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch
modification. Perform a batch modification before logging out of the parameter setting interface.
1.

2.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
ULTECELL
RNC
LTE Cell
Index
LTECellInd
ex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes

196
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
NOTE
This MO is
required if
neighboring
-LTE-cellbased
redirection
or blind
redirection is
allowed.
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
LTE Cell
Name
LTECellNa
me
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Identity
EUTRANC
ELLID
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Mobile
country code
(MCC)
MCC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Mobile
network
code (MNC)
MNC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Tracking
Area Code
TAC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Operator
Group Index
CnOpGrpIn
dex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
LTE
CellPHYID
Identity
BSC6910)
ULTENCEL
L
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
RNC
LTE Cell
Frequency
Band
LTEBand
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Downlink
Frequency
LTEArfcn
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Supporting
PS HO
Indicator
SuppPSHO
Flag
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RNC ID
RNCId
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

No
197
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
NOTE
This MO is
required if
neighboring
-LTE-cellbased
redirection
or blind
redirection is
allowed.
UCELLNFR
EQPRIOINF
O
RNC
NOTE
This MO is
required if
nonneighboring
-LTE-cellbased
redirection
or blind
redirection is
allowed.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
UU2LTEHO
NCOV
RNC
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Cell ID
CellId
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Index
LTECellInd
ex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Blind HO
Neighboring
Cell Flag
BlindFlag
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Absolute
Priority
Level of the
E-UTRA
Frequency
NPriority
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
E-UTRA
Absolute
Radio
Frequency
Channel
Number
EARFCN
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Report Type
of LTE
Measuremen
t
LTEMeasTy
pOf3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Layer 3
Filter
Coefficient
for LTE
Measuremen
t
U2LTEFilte
rCoef
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE
Measuremen
t Timer
Length
U2LTEMea
sTime
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
No
Yes
198
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
3 (Optional)
MO
UCELLU2L
TEHONCO
V
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Measuremen
t Quantity for
Event 3C
Measuremen
t of LTE
LTEMeasQ
uanOf3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
3C hysteresis
Hystfor3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
3C event
trigger delay
time
TrigTime3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RSRP
Threshold
During PS
Handover to
LTE
TargetRatT
hdRSRP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RSRQ
Threshold
During PS
Handover to
LTE
TargetRatT
hdRSRQ
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
U2L Penalty
Timer
RNC
Parameters
to be
configured
are the same
as those in
the
UU2LTEH
ONCOV
MO.
Parameters
to be
configured
are the same
as those in
the
UU2LTEH
ONCOV
MO.
Yes
RNC
ServiceBased
Handover to
LTE
Allowed
EUTRANS
HIND
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
No
NOTE
This MO is
required if
the
measuremen
t-related
parameters
need to be
configured
for a specific
cell.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
UTYPRAB
BASIC

Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
199
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
UCORRMA
LGOSWITC
H
RNC
HandOver
Switch
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
UCELLLDR
RNC
UL LDR-BE
rate
reduction
RAB number
UlLdrBERa
teReduction
RabNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
UL LDR unctrl RT Qos

re-nego RAB
num
UlLdrPsRT
QosRenegR
abNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL CS
should be
HO user
number
UlCSInterR
atShouldBe
HOUeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL PS
should be
HO user
number
UlPSInterR
atShouldBe
HOUeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDRAMR rate
reduction
RAB number
UlLdrAMR
RateReducti
onRabNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL CS
should not be
HO user
number
UlCSInterR
atShouldNot
HOUeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL PS
should not be
HO user
number
UlPSInterR
atShouldNot
HOUeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

200
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
UL Interfreq cell load

handover
load space
threshold
UlInterFreq
HoCellLoad
SpaceThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL Interfreq cell load

handover
load space
threshold
DlInterFreq
HoCellLoad
SpaceThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL Interfreq cell load

handover
maximum
bandwidth
UlInterFreq
HoBWThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL Interfreq cell load

handover
maximum
bandwidth
DlInterFreq
HoBWThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
MBMS
descend
power rab
threshold
MbmsDecP
owerRabTh
d
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Cell LDR SF
reserved
threshold
CellLdrSfRe
sThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LDR code
priority
indicator
LdrCodePri
UseInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Max user
number of
code adjust
MaxUserNu
mCodeAdj
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
201
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Ul LDR
credit SF
reserved
threshold
UlLdrCredit
SfResThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Dl LDR
credit SF
reserved
threshold
DlLdrCredit
SfResThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
InterFreq
HO code
used ratio
space
threshold
LdrCodeUse
dSpaceThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Code
congestion
select interfreq
indication
CodeCongS
elInterFreq
HoInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Gold user
load control
switch
GoldUserLo
adControlS
witch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Forbidden
Traffic Class
for inter-freq
HO
InterFreqLd
HoForbiden
TC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Ul TTI HO
Credit SF
reserved
threshold
UlTtiCredit
SfResThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
InterFreq
Load
Handover
Method
Selection
InterFreqL
DHOMetho
dSelection
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
202
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Code
Congest
Neighbor
Select
Enhance
Switch
CodeCongH
oEnhanceIn
d
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR-BE
rate
reduction
RAB number
DlLdrBERa
teReduction
RabNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR unctrl RT Qos

re-nego RAB
num
DlLdrPsRT
QosRenegR
abNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL CS
should be
HO user
number
DlCSInterR
atShouldBe
HOUeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL PS
should be
HO user
number
DlPSInterR
atShouldBe
HOUeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDRAMR rate
reduction
RAB number
DlLdrAMR
RateReducti
onRabNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL CS
should not be
HO user
number
DlCSInterR
atShouldNot
HOUeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
203
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
DL PS
should not be
HO user
number
DlPSInterR
atShouldNot
HOUeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR first
action
DlLdrFirstA
ction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR
second
action
DlLdrSecon
dAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR
third action
DlLdrThird
Action
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR
forth action
DlLdrFourt
hAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR
fifth action
DlLdrFifth
Action
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR
Sixth action
DlLdrSixth
Action
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR
seventh
action
DlLdrSevent
hAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR
eighth action
DlLdrEight
hAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
204
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
DL LDR
ninth action
DlLdrNinth
Action
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR
tenth action
DlLdrTenth
Action
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR
Eleventh
Action
DlLdrEleve
nthAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR first
action
UlLdrFirstA
ction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR
second
action
UlLdrSecon
dAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR
third action
UlLdrThird
Action
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR
forth action
UlLdrFourt
hAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR
fifth action
UlLdrFifth
Action
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR
Sixth action
UlLdrSixth
Action
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
205
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
7 (Optional)
MO
UCORRMA
LGOSWITC
H
NE
RNC
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
UL LDR
seventh
action
UlLdrSevent
hAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR
eighth action
UlLdrEight
hAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR
Ninth Action
UlLdrNinth
Action
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR UL
PS Domain
Load HO
User No.
UlPSU2LH
OUeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR UL
PS Domain
Load HO
User No.
DlPSU2LH
OUeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
HandOver
Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
Yes
NOTE
This MO is
required if
nonneighboring
-LTE-cellbased
redirection
or blind
redirection is
allowed.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

206
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
8 (Optional)
UCELLHO
COMM
RNC
U2L Blind
Redirect
Switch
U2LBlindRe
dirSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
RNC
Reserved
Switch 1
RsvSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
NOTE
This MO is
required if
UMTS-toLTE blind
redirection is
to be enabled
for a specific
cell.
9 (Optional)
UALGORS
VPARA
(RESERVE
D_SWITC
H_1_BIT18
-1 selected
under this
parameter)
10
(Optional)
UALGORS
VPARA
RNC
Reserved
Switch 4
(RESERVE
D_SWITC
H_4_BIT22
-1 selected
under this
parameter)
To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check the following cell-level counters. If
any of counter values is not 0, the feature has taken effect.
l
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load, which provides the number of UMTS-to-LTE load

based PS redirections for cells
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load.Blind, which provides the number of UMTS-to-LTE

load based PS blind redirections for cells
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

207
WCDMA RAN
Description

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH, with
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH deselected under HandOver Switch1.
----End

//Turning off the load-based UMTS-to-LTE redirection switch
MOD UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH -0

NOTE
1.

2.
SN
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Configu
rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
UCORRMALG
OSWITCH
RN
C
HandOver Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes

Cell-level counters related to the Load-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE feature
are as follows:
l
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load
VS.U2LTEHO.RRCRelease.Load.Blind
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

208
WCDMA RAN
Description
These two counters can be observed to see whether the Load-Based PS Service Redirection from
UMTS to LTE feature has been activated. For details, see the description about activation
observation in section 10.7.4 Deployment.

N/A
N/A

LTE
10.8.1 When to Use Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE
See section 10.7.1 When to Use Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE.

Before activating Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE, collect the following
information:
l
Traffic volume and distribution of hot spots on the UMTS network and LTE network
Proportion of UMTS/LTE dual-mode UEs to total UEs

NOTE
The proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs on a network affects the gains brought by the feature. That
is, the feature brings significant effect of inter-RAT load balancing when the proportion of UMTS/LTE
multi-mode UEs is high. However, it is hard to quantify a proportion of UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs for
deploying the feature, which depends on the specific network conditions and the operator's policy.
10.8.3 Planning
None
10.8.4 Deployment
Requirements
l
License
The license on the RNC side has been activated. For details about how to activate a license,
see License Management Feature Parameter Description.
The following table lists detailed information about the license.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

209
WCDMA RAN
Description
Feature ID
Feature
Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-15021
7
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
Load based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
(per kbps)
RNC
Mbps
The SGSN supports 3GPP Release 8 or later and UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 and is a UMTS/LTE multi-mode terminal.
The eNodeB supports UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
Data Preparation
Table 10-20 lists the data to be prepared before activating Load Based PS Handover from UMTS
to LTE.
Table 10-20 Data to be prepared before activating Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to
LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data
Source
LTE Cell
Supporting PS
HO Indicator
SuppPSHOFlag
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this parameter to Support

(Support).
Radio
network plan
(internal)
Report Type of
LTE
Measurement
LTEMeasTypOf3
C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
Layer 3 Filter
Coefficient for
LTE
Measurement
U2LTEFilterCoef
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
LTE
Measurement
Timer Length
U2LTEMeasTime
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
Measurement
Quantity for
Event 3C
Measurement of
LTE
LTEMeasQuanOf
3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)

210
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data
Source
3C hysteresis
Hystfor3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
In a high-speed cell, set this

parameter to 1.5 dB. In a lowspeed cell, set this parameter to 3.0
dB.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
3C event trigger
delay time
TrigTime3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
RSRP Threshold
During PS
Handover to LTE
TargetRatThdRS
RP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
RSRQ Threshold
During PS
Handover to LTE
TargetRatThdRS
RQ
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
Service-Based
Handover to LTE
Allowed
EUTRANSHIND
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_
BE_PERFORM if UMTS-toLTE PS handovers are allowed for
certain PS services.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
HandOver
Switch1
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Select
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO
_SWITCH under this parameter
to activate this feature.
Default
value/
Recommend
ed value
UL LDR-BE rate
reduction RAB
number
UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
UL LDR un-ctrl
RT Qos re-nego
RAB num
UlLdrPsRTQosRe
negRabNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
UL CS should be
HO user number
UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeN
um
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
UL PS should be
HO user number
UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeN
um
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)

211
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data
Source
UL LDR-AMR
rate reduction
RAB number
UlLdrAMRRateR
eductionRabNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
UL CS should not
be HO user
number
UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUe
Num
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
UL PS should not
be HO user
number
UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUe
Num
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
UL Inter-freq cell
load handover
load space
threshold
UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceTh
d
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL Inter-freq cell
load handover
load space
threshold
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceTh
d
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
UL Inter-freq cell
load handover
maximum
bandwidth
UlInterFreqHoBWThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL Inter-freq cell
load handover
maximum
bandwidth
DlInterFreqHoBWThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
MBMS descend
power rab
threshold
MbmsDecPowerRabThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Default
value/
Recommend
ed value
Cell LDR SF
reserved
threshold
CellLdrSfResThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)

212
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data
Source
LDR code
priority indicator
LdrCodePriUseIn
d
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
Max user number

of code adjust
MaxUserNumCodeAdj
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
Ul LDR credit SF
reserved
threshold
UlLdrCreditSfResThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
Dl LDR credit SF
reserved
threshold
DlLdrCreditSfResThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
InterFreq HO
code used ratio
space threshold
LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
Code congestion
select inter-freq
indication
CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
Gold user load

control switch
GoldUserLoadCo
ntrolSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
Forbidden
Traffic Class for
inter-freq HO
InterFreqLdHoForbidenTC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
Ul TTI HO Credit
SF reserved
threshold
UlTtiCreditSfResThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
InterFreq Load
Handover
Method Selection
InterFreqLDHO
MethodSelection
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)

213
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data
Source
Code Congest
Neighbor Select
Enhance Switch
CodeCongHoEnh
anceInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Default
value/
Recommend
ed value
DL LDR-BE rate
reduction RAB
number
DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL LDR un-ctrl
RT Qos re-nego
RAB num
DlLdrPsRTQosRe
negRabNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL CS should be
HO user number
DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeN
um
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL PS should be
HO user number
DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeN
um
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL LDR-AMR
rate reduction
RAB number
DlLdrAMRRateR
eductionRabNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL CS should not
be HO user
number
DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUe
Num
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL PS should not
be HO user
number
DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUe
Num
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

recommended.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
Switch for Cell

Load Control
NBMLdcAlgoSwit
ch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
UL_UU_LDR
Radio network plan
Radio
network plan
(internal)

214
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data
Source
Switch for Cell

Load Control
NBMLdcAlgoSwit
ch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910):
DL_UU_LDR
Radio network plan
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL LDR first
action
DlLdrFirstAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL LDR second
action
DlLdrSecondAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Configure LDR actions by

referring to section Suggestions
for LDR Action Configurations
when activating the feature.
DL LDR third
action
DlLdrThirdAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL LDR forth
action
DlLdrFourthAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL LDR fifth
action
DlLdrFifthAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL LDR Sixth
action
DlLdrSixthAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL LDR seventh
action
DlLdrSeventhAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL LDR eighth
action
DlLdrEighthAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL LDR ninth
action
DlLdrNinthAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)
DL LDR tenth
action
DlLdrTenthActio
n
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)

Radio
network plan
(internal)
215
WCDMA RAN
Description
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
DL LDR
Eleventh Action
DlLdrEleventhAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Default
value/
Recommend
ed value
UL LDR first
action
UlLdrFirstAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)
UL LDR second
action
UlLdrSecondAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)
UL LDR third
action
UlLdrThirdAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)
UL LDR forth
action
UlLdrFourthAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)
UL LDR fifth
action
UlLdrFifthAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)
UL LDR Sixth
action
UlLdrSixthAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)
UL LDR seventh
action
UlLdrSeventhAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)
UL LDR eighth
action
UlLdrEighthAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Radio
network plan
(internal)
UL LDR Ninth
Action
UlLdrNinthAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Default
value/
Recommend
ed value
UL LDR UL PS
Domain Load HO
User No.
UlPSU2LHOUeN
um
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this parameter to 1.

Data
Source
Default
value/
Recommend
ed value
216
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data
Source
DL LDR UL PS
Domain Load HO
User No.
DlPSU2LHOUeN
um
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Set this parameter to 1.
Default
value/
Recommend
ed value
HandOver
Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Select
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWI
TCH under this parameter to
activate the Load Based PS
Handover from UMTS to LTE
feature.
Default
value/
Recommend
ed value
HandOver
Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Clear
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_AB
SOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH
under this parameter when you
Engineering
design
Reserved Switch
4
RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
If the DC-HSDPA feature has been

enabled, it is recommended that
Radio
network plan
(internal)
RsvSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

when any of the following
conditions is met:
Reserved Switch
1
22 be selected under this
parameter.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
l EHSPACMPermissionInd or
HsdpaCMPermissionInd is
set to FALSE.
l RESERVED_SWITCH_4_BI
T22 under the RsvSwitch4
parameter is set to
FALSE. HsdpaCMPermissionInd is set to FALSE.
After
18 is selected, the call drop rate is
reduced, but user experience of PS
services deteriorates.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

217
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parameter
Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data
Source
Reserved Switch
9
RsvSwitch9
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
If the extended LTE frequency

band including EARFCNs 26 to 31
is supported, select
27 under this parameter to support
UMTS-to-LTE interoperations on
the extended frequencies.
Radio
network plan
(internal)
Precautions
None

Step 1 If LDR switch is not turned on, run the RNC MML command MOD
UCELLALGOSWITCH. In this step, select the UL_UU_LDR or DL_UU_LDR check box
under the Switch for Cell Load Control parameter.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command MOD ULTECELL. In this step, set LTE Cell Supporting PS
HO Indicator to Support and BlackCell List Flag to False.
NOTE
You can run the ADD ULTECELL command instead of the MOD ULTECELL command in step 1 if
an LTE cell has not been configured.
Set the CnOpGrpIndex parameter in the ADD ULTECELL command to the index of a group that includes
operators of LTE cells. If the group includes only operators of UMTS cells, UMTS-to-LTE handovers will
fail.
Step 3 If a neighboring LTE cell has not been configured, run the RNC MML command ADD
ULTENCELL to configure a neighboring LTE cell.
parameters related to measurements for the load-based UMTS-to-LTE handovers. These
related to the load-based UMTS-to-LTE measurement algorithm based on Table 10-20.
NOTE
If a cell has been configured with parameters related to the measurement algorithm, run the MOD
UCELLU2LTEHONCOV command in step 3 to modify the configuration.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

218
WCDMA RAN
Description
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM.
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH under the HandOver Switch parameter to enable UMTS-toLTE interoperations for PS services.
Step 8 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with the
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_ HO _SWITCH check box under the HandOver Switch1 parameter
selected.
Step 9 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the nonneighboring-LTE-cell-based redirection switch. In this step, deselect the
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH.
Step 10 Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLLDR. In this step, turn on the
PSInterU2LLDHO switch by referring to section Suggestions for LDR Action
Configurations and set UL LDR UL PS Domain Load HO User No. and DL LDR UL PS
Domain Load HO User No. based on the network plan.
Switch 4.
Reserved Switch 4parameter is set to ON, run the RNC MML command SET
Switch 1 parameter.
Step 13 If the extended LTE frequency band including EARFCNs 26 to 31 is supported, run the RNC
RESERVED_SWITCH_9_BIT15 check box selected under Performance Enhancement
Switch 5 to prohibit UEs from attempting UMTS-to-LTE redirections or handovers when they
are performing CS paging procedures.
LICENSE to set the Load based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE-kbps parameter for the
primary and secondary operators.
----End

//Setting LDR switch
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1;
//Setting an LTE cell
MOD ULTECELL: LTECellIndex=1, SuppPSHOFlag=NotSupport, BlackFlag=False;
//Setting the LTE frequency priority
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

219
WCDMA RAN
Description
//Setting RNC-level parameters related to measurements for the load-based UMTS-toLTE redirections
//Setting cell-level parameters related to measurements for the load-based UMTS-toLTE redirections
//Turning on the general switch for UMTS-to-LTE interoperations for PS services
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the load-based inter-RAT PS handovers
ADD UCELLLDR: CellId=1, DlLdrFirstAction=InterFreqLDHO,
DlLdrSecondAction=BERateRed, DlLdrThirdAction=PSInterU2LLDHO,
DlLdrFourthAction=NoAct, DlLdrFifthAction=NoAct, DlLdrSixthAction=NoAct,
DlLdrSeventhAction=NoAct, DlLdrEighthAction=NoAct, DlLdrNinthAction=NoAct,
DlLdrTenthAction=NoAct, DlLdr EleventhAction=NoAct, DlLdrBERateReductionRabNum=1,
DlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum=1, DlPSU2LHOUeNum=1, DlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=3,
DlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=1, DlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum=1,
DlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=3, DlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=1,
UlLdrFirstAction=BERateRed, UlLdrSecondAction= InterFreqLDHO,
UlLdrThirdAction=PSInterU2LLDHO, UlLdrFourthAction=NoAct, UlLdrFifthAction=NoAct,
UlLdrSixthAction=NoAct, UlLdrSeventhAction=NoAct, UlLdrEighthAction=NoAct, UlLdr
NinthAction=NoAct, UlLdrBERateReductionRabNum=1, UlLdrPsRTQosRenegRabNum=1,
UlPSU2LHOUeNum=1, UlCSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=3, UlPSInterRatShouldBeHOUeNum=1,
UlLdrAMRRateReductionRabNum=1, UlCSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=3,
UlPSInterRatShouldNotHOUeNum=1, UlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20,
DlInterFreqHoCellLoadSpaceThd=20, UlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000,
DlInterFreqHoBWThd=200000, MbmsDecPowerRabThd=1, CellLdrSfResThd=SF8,
LdrCodePriUseInd=TRUE, MaxUserNumCodeAdj=1,
UlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8,DlLdrCreditSfResThd=SF8, LdrCodeUsedSpaceThd=13,
CodeCongSelInterFreqHoInd=FALSE, GoldUserLoadControlSwitch=OFF;//Enabling loadbased UMTS-to-LTE redirectionSET UCORRMALGOSWITCH:
HoSwitch1=HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-1;//Enabling the blind
redirections to LTE for a specific cellMOD UCELLHOCOMM: CellId=1,
U2LBlindRedirSwitch=ON;
Prohibiting UEs from attempting U2L redirection or handover when they are
NOTE
1.

2.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

220
WCDMA RAN
Description

modification center, press F1 on the wizard interface to obtain online help.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
SN
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter
ID
Configu
rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
ULTECELL
RN
C
LTE Cell Index
LTECellInde
x
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
LTE Cell Name
LTECellNam
e
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell Identity
EUTRANCE
LLID
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Mobile country
code (MCC)
MCC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Mobile network
code (MNC)
MNC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Tracking Area
Code
TAC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Operator Group
Index
CnOpGrpInd
ex
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Physical Cell

Identity
CellPHYID
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Frequency Band
LTEBand
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

221
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
2
(Op
tion
al)
Star
t
UE
trac
ing
on
mul
tipl
e
LM
Ts
so
that
the
trac
ed
data
on
eac
h
LM
T
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
MO
ULTENCELL
NOTE
This MO is required if
the neighboring LTE
cell has not been
configured.
UU2LTEHONCOV
NE
RN
C
RN
C
Parameter Name
Parameter
ID
LTE Cell
Downlink
Frequency
LTEArfcn
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell
Supporting PS HO
Indicator
SuppPSHOF
lag
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RNC ID
RNCId
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Cell ID
CellId
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Cell Index
LTECellInde
x
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Report Type of
LTE Measurement
LTEMeasTyp
Of3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Layer 3 Filter
Coefficient for
LTE Measurement
U2LTEFilter
Coef
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LTE Measurement
Timer Length
U2LTEMeas
Time
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Measurement
Quantity for Event
3C Measurement of
LTE
LTEMeasQu
anOf3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
3C hysteresis
Hystfor3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configu
rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
No
Yes
222
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter
ID
3C event trigger
delay time
TrigTime3C
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RSRP Threshold
During PS
Handover to LTE
TargetRatTh
dRSRP
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
RSRQ Threshold
During PS
Handover to LTE
TargetRatTh
dRSRQ
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
U2L Penalty
Timer
RN
C
Parameters to be
configured are the
same as those in the
UU2LTEHONCO
V MO.
Parameters to
be configured
are the same
as those in the
UU2LTEHO
NCOV MO.
Yes
has
a
sma
ll
vol
um
e.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Configu
rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
4
(Op
tion
al)
UCELLU2LTEHON
COV
UTYPRABBASIC
RN
C
Service-Based
Handover to LTE
Allowed
EUTRANSH
IND
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
No
UCORRMALGOSW
ITCH
RN
C
HandOver Switch
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
UCELLLDR
RN
C
UL LDR-BE rate
reduction RAB
number
UlLdrBERat
eReductionR
abNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
UL LDR un-ctrl RT
Qos re-nego RAB
num
UlLdrPsRTQ
osRenegRab
Num
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
NOTE
This MO is required if
the measurementrelated parameters
need to be configured

223
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter
ID
UL CS should be
HO user number
UlCSInterRa
tShouldBeH
OUeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL PS should be
HO user number
UlPSInterRat
ShouldBeHO
UeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR-AMR rate
reduction RAB
number
UlLdrAMRR
ateReduction
RabNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL CS should not
be HO user number
UlCSInterRa
tShouldNotH
OUeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL PS should not
be HO user number
UlPSInterRat
ShouldNotH
OUeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL Inter-freq cell
load handover load
space threshold
UlInterFreq
HoCellLoadS
paceThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL Inter-freq cell
load handover load
space threshold
DlInterFreq
HoCellLoadS
paceThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configu
rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
224
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter
ID
UL Inter-freq cell
load handover
maximum
bandwidth
UlInterFreqHoBWThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL Inter-freq cell
load handover
maximum
bandwidth
DlInterFreqHoBWThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
MBMS descend
power rab
threshold
MbmsDecPo
werRabThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Cell LDR SF
reserved threshold
CellLdrSfRes
Thd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
LDR code priority

indicator
LdrCodePriU
seInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Max user number

of code adjust
MaxUserNu
mCodeAdj
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Ul LDR credit SF
reserved threshold
UlLdrCreditS
fResThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Dl LDR credit SF
reserved threshold
DlLdrCreditS
fResThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
InterFreq HO code
used ratio space
threshold
LdrCodeUsed
SpaceThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configu
rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
225
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter
ID
Code congestion
select inter-freq
indication
CodeCongSel
InterFreqHo
Ind
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Gold user load

control switch
GoldUserLoa
dControlSwit
ch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Forbidden Traffic
Class for inter-freq
HO
InterFreqLd
HoForbiden
TC
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Ul TTI HO Credit
SF reserved
threshold
UlTtiCreditSfResThd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
InterFreq Load
Handover Method
Selection
InterFreqLD
HOMethodSe
lection
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Code Congest
Neighbor Select
Enhance Switch
CodeCongHo
EnhanceInd
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR-BE rate
reduction RAB
number
DlLdrBERat
eReductionR
abNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR un-ctrl RT
Qos re-nego RAB
num
DlLdrPsRTQ
osRenegRab
Num
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configu
rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
226
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter
ID
DL CS should be
HO user number
DlCSInterRa
tShouldBeH
OUeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL PS should be
HO user number
DlPSInterRat
ShouldBeHO
UeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR-AMR rate
reduction RAB
number
DlLdrAMRR
ateReduction
RabNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL CS should not
be HO user number
DlCSInterRa
tShouldNotH
OUeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL PS should not
be HO user number
DlPSInterRat
ShouldNotH
OUeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR first
action
DlLdrFirstAc
tion
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR second
action
DlLdrSecond
Action
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR third
action
DlLdrThirdA
ction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configu
rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
227
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter
ID
DL LDR forth
action
DlLdrFourth
Action
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR fifth
action
DlLdrFifthA
ction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR Sixth
action
DlLdrSixthA
ction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR seventh
action
DlLdrSevent
hAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR eighth
action
DlLdrEighth
Action
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR ninth
action
DlLdrNinthA
ction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR tenth
action
DlLdrTenthA
ction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
DL LDR Eleventh
Action
DlLdrElevent
hAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR first
action
UlLdrFirstAc
tion
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configu
rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
228
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter
ID
UL LDR second
action
UlLdrSecond
Action
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR third
action
UlLdrThirdA
ction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR forth
action
UlLdrFourth
Action
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR fifth
action
UlLdrFifthA
ction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR Sixth
action
UlLdrSixthA
ction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR seventh
action
UlLdrSevent
hAction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR eighth
action
UlLdrEighth
Action
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR Ninth
Action
UlLdrNinthA
ction
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
UL LDR UL PS
Domain Load HO
User No.
UlPSU2LHO
UeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)

Configu
rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
229
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter
ID
DL LDR UL PS
Domain Load HO
User No.
DlPSU2LHO
UeNum
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Configu
rable in
CME
Batch
Modific
ation
Center
UCORRMALGOSW
ITCH
RN
C
HandOver Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
9
(Op
tion
al)
UALGORSVPARA
RN
C
Reserved Switch 1
RsvSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
10
(Op
tion
al)
UALGORSVPARA
RN
C
Reserved Switch 4
RsvSwitch4
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
(RESERVED_S
WITCH_1_BIT1
8-1 selected under
this parameter)
(RESERVED_S
WITCH_4_BIT2
2-1 selected under
this parameter)
To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check the cell-level counters or the interface
messages.
l
Checking the cell-level counters

If either of the following counter values is not 0, the feature has taken effect.
VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS.Load, which provides the number of load-triggered UMTSto-LTE PS handover attempts
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutPS.Load, which provides the number of successful loadtriggered UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers
Checking the interface messages

Start message tracing over Iu on the RNC LMT. If the cause IE in the relocation request
message contains the Reduce Load in Serving Cell IE, the feature has taken effect.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, deselect
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_ HO _SWITCH under the HandOver Switch1 parameter.
----End
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

230
WCDMA RAN
Description

//Disabling the load-based UMTS-to-LTE handover function
MOD UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch1= HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_ HO _SWITCH-0;

NOTE
1.

2.
Table 10-22 Configuring parameter on the CME

SN
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Configura
ble in
CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
UCORRMALGO
SWITCH
RN
C
HandOver Switch1
HoSwitch1
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
NOTE
Turn off the
switch.

Cell-level counters related to the Load-Based PS Service Handover from UMTS to LTE feature
are as follows:
l
VS.U2LTEHO.AttOutPS.Load
VS.U2LTEHO.SuccOutPS.Load
These counters specify whether the Load-Based PS Service Handover from UMTS to LTE
feature is activated. For details, see the description about activation observation in section 10.8.4
Deployment.

N/A
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

231
WCDMA RAN
Description
N/A
10.9 WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE

Emergency Calls
10.9.1 When to Use CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls
This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE.
10.9.2 Deployment
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the basic feature WRFD-140102
CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls. For details about how to configure this feature
on the LTE side, see the related documents provided by the LTE equipment vendor.
Requirements
l
This feature does not have any special requirements for hardware.

This feature does not depend on other features.
License
This feature is not under license control.
Other Prerequisites
UEs of Release 8 or later support PS handovers from LTE to UMTS and CSFB from LTE
to UMTS. In addition, the message sent to the MME carries an emergency call indicator.
The eNodeB supports PS handovers from LTE to UMTS and CSFB from LTE to UMTS.
In addition, the handover request sent to the RNC carries CSFB High Priority.
The CN supports PS handovers from LTE to UMTS and CSFB from LTE to UMTS. In
addition, the INITIAL CONTEXT SETUP REQUEST message sent from the MME to the
eNodeB carries CS Fallback High Priority.

Step 1 Configure the data on the LTE side.
For details about how to configure this feature on the LTE side, see the related documents
provided by the LTE equipment vendor. If the LTE equipment is provided by Huawei, see CS
Fallback Parameter Description for eRAN.
HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH under HandOver Switch to enable this feature.
----End
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

232
WCDMA RAN
Description

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH-1;

NOTE
l When configuring the WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls on the CME,
perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch modification if required.
l Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
1.

2.

SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
UCORRMA
LGOSWITC
H
RNC
HandOver
Switch (set
to
HO_L2U_E
MGCALL_
SWITCH-1
)
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
Check the value of the VS.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInPS.Emerg.RNC counter. If the counter value
is not 0, the feature has taken effect.
This counter provides the number of successful LTE-to-UMTS PS handover preparations caused
by CSFB of LTE emergency calls for the RNC.

Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In this step, clear
HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH under HandOver Switch to disable this feature.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

233
WCDMA RAN
Description

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: HoSwitch=HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH-0;

NOTE
l When configuring WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls on the CME,

Set the parameters described in Table 10-24 on the CME. For instructions on how to perform
the CME single configuration, see CME Single Configuration Operation Guide.
----End
SN
MO
NE
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Configur
able in
CME
Batch
Modifica
tion
Center
UCORRMALGOS
WITCH
RN
C
HandOver Switch (set

to
HO_L2U_EMGCAL
L_SWITCH-0)
HoSwitch
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes

After feature deployment, the PS handover success rate caused by CSFB for LTE emergency
calls increases.
The success rate of LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers caused by CSFB for LTE emergency calls is
calculated with the following formula:
Success rate of LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers caused by CSFB for LTE emergency calls =
VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS.Emerg.RNC/VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS.Emerg.RNC
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

234
WCDMA RAN
Description
VS.L2U.AttRelocPrepInPS.Emerg.RNC: Number of incoming LTE-to-UMTS PS

handover attempts caused by LTE emergency calls at the RNC level. When receiving the
Relocation Request message which carries Source RNC To Target RNC Transparent
Container containing CSFB High Priority, the RNC increases the counter value by 1 and
stamps the identity of CSFB High Priority on the UE. This identity is erased after the
emergency call is released.
VS.L2U.SuccRelocInPS.Emerg.RNC: Number of successful incoming LTE-to-UMTS PS

handovers caused by LTE emergency calls at the RNC level. When the RNC sends the
SGSN a Relocation Complete message, the incoming LTE-to-UMTS PS handover is
successful and the RNC increases the counter value by 1.
In ideal cases, the LTE-to-UMTS PS handover success rate caused by CSFB for LTE emergency
calls can reach 100%. Perform troubleshooting if it does not reach 100%.

Handover
10.10.1 When to Use SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE when the LTE
network and the CN support IMS-based VoIP.

Before activating SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover, collect the following
information:
l
Information about the LTE network and the CN that support IMS-based VoIP
Information about areas where the UMTS network is available on edge of the LTE network
Information about UMTS/LTE multi-mode UEs that support SRVCC
10.10.3 Planning
None
10.10.4 Deployment
This section describes how to activate, verify, and deactivate the optional feature WRFD-150215
SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover. For details about how to configure this feature
on the LTE side, see SRVCC Feature Parameter Description provided by the LTE equipment
vendor.
Requirements
l
License
The license for the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature has been
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

235
WCDMA RAN
Description
The following table lists the license information for SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS
Handover.
Feature ID
Feature
Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-15021
5
SRVCC from
LTE to UMTS
with PS
Handover
SRVCC from
LTE to UMTS
with PS
Handover (per
Erl)
RNC
Erl+Mbps
WRFD-15021
5
SRVCC from
LTE to UMTS
with PS
Handover
SRVCC from
LTE to UMTS
with PS
Handover (per
kbps)
RNC
Erl+Mbps
None

None
Other Prerequisites
The UE supports 3GPP Release 8 or a later version. It also supports LTE-to-UMTS PS
handovers and the SRVCC function.
The CN supports LTE-to-UMTS PS handovers and the SRVCC function.
Data Preparation
Table 10-25 lists the data to prepare before activating SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS
Handover.
Table 10-25 Data to prepare before activating SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Process Control
Switch 2
PROCESSSWITCH
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
Deselect L2U_SRV
CC_WITH_PS_H
O_SWITCH under
this parameter to
Default value/
Recommended value
Relocation another
request timer
RelocAnotherTmr
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)

the default value.
Radio network plan

(internal)

236
WCDMA RAN
Description
Precautions
l
The SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature depends on the feature
LOFD-001022 SRVCC to UTRAN, which must be activated before you can use the
SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature.
In a CS+PS SRVCC handover, LTE signaling messages whose QoS class identifier (QIC)
is 5 are mapped onto the IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) on the UMTS side. When the
data rates configured for these signaling messages on the LTE side are high, the UTMS
side will respond to the RELOCATION REQUEST message from the LTE side with a
relocation failure message, resulting in a low LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success
rate. The reasons for these handover preparation failures are as follows:
When the ImsChlType(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to DCH on the UMTS
side, the maximum data rate for the previously mentioned signaling messages is 384
kbit/s in the uplink and downlink. This data rate is lower than the data rates required by
these signaling messages.
When the ImsChlType(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter is set to HSPA on the UMTS
side, the maximum data rates for the previously mentioned signaling messages are 84.2
Mbit/s in the downlink and 23 Mbit/s in the uplink. Such data rates may also be lower
than the data rates required by these signaling messages. If these signaling messages
require that the downlink data rate be 84.2 Mbit/s, the WRFD-010693 64QAM+MIMO
and WRFD-010699 DC-HSDPA+MIMO features must be both activated on the UMTS
side.
To prevent a low LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate, perform the
following operation:
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH and select the
CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH check box under the
CmpSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter so that IMS services are considered as BE
services.
The maximum rate of streaming services on the UMTS network is 384 kbit/s. To prevent
handover preparation failures of streaming services, ensure that the rate of streaming
services on the LTE side does not exceed 384 kbit/s.
The maximum rate of VoIP services on the UMTS network is 64 kbit/s. To prevent handover
preparation failures of VoIP services, ensure that the rate of VoIP services on the LTE side
does not exceed 64 kbit/s.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to activate the feature. In this step,
deselect L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch 2
parameter.
Step 2 Run the RNC MML command SET USTATETIMER with Relocation another request
timer set to an appropriate value.
RESERVED_SWITCH_5_BIT16 selected under the Reserved Switch 5 parameter so that the
CS-domain key can be used during the SRVCC combined service relocation to the UMTS
network.
LICENSE to set the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover-Erlang and SRVCC
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

237
WCDMA RAN
Description
from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover-kbps parameters for the primary and secondary
operators.
----End

//Activating the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH2=L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH-0;
//Setting the timer for another relocation request
SET USTATETIMER: RelocAnotherTmr=5000;
//Enabling the CS-domain key to be used during the combined service relocation
//Setting the method of delivering the security mode command for combined services

On the LTE side, configure the related MOs to activate this feature.
On the UMTS side, perform the following steps to activate this feature:
NOTE
l When configuring the WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover on the CME,

----End
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
URRCTRLS
WITCH
RNC
Process
Control
Switch 2
PROCESSS
WITCH2
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes

238
WCDMA RAN
Description
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
USTATETI
MER
RNC
Relocation
another
request timer
RelocAnoth
erTmr
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
Check the value of the VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCSPS counter. If the counter value is
not 0, the feature has taken effect.
This counter provides the number of successful preparations for incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS
+PS handovers triggered by SRVCC for VoIP services in a cell.

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to deactivate the feature. In this step,
selectt L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH under the Process Control Switch 2
parameter.
----End

//Deactivating the SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover feature
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH2=L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH-1;

NOTE
l When configuring the WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover on the CME,

Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

239
WCDMA RAN
Description

----End
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
URRCTRLS
WITCH
RNC
Process
Control
Switch 2
PROCESSS
WITCH2
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes

The preparation success rate of incoming SRVCC-triggered LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers
for VoIP services can be obtained using the following formula:
VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCSPS/(VS.SRVCC.L2U.AttRelocPrepInCSPS
+VS.SRVCC.FailRelocPrepInCSPS.CSTimeOut
+VS.SRVCC.FailRelocPrepInCSPS.PSTimeOut)
l
VS.SRVCC.L2U.SuccRelocPrepInCSPS provides the number of successful preparations

for incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers triggered by SRVCC for VoIP services in
a cell.
VS.SRVCC.L2U.AttRelocPrepInCSPS provides the number of preparation attempts for

incoming LTE-to-UMTS CS+PS handovers triggered by SRVCC for VoIP services in a
cell.
VS.SRVCC.FailRelocPrepInCSPS.CSTimeOut provides the number of failed preparation

attempts for CS+PS SRVCC handovers due to timeout in the LTE CS domain for cell.
VS.SRVCC.FailRelocPrepInCSPS.PSTimeOut provides the number of failed preparation

attempts for CS+PS SRVCC handovers due to timeout in the LTE PS domain for Cell.
If any of the preceding success rates is lower than expected, modify parameter settings. For
details, see section 10.10.6 Parameter Optimization.

Analyze the causes for admission failures and take measures accordingly.
l
If UTRAN resources are insufficient, consult Huawei engineers to reduce the network load.
If the RNC does not receive incoming CS+PS handover requests during the validity period
of the timer, run the SET USTATETIMER command to raise the value of
RelocAnotherTmr(BSC6900,BSC6910).
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

240
WCDMA RAN
Description
N/A

for LTE
10.11.1 When to Use RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for
LTE
This feature is recommended in the overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE.

Before activating RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE, collect the following
information:
l
Deployment of related features on the LTE network

One or more of the following features have been activated:
LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN
LOFD-001044 Inter-RAT Load Sharing to UTRAN
LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate on the LTE network

LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate on the LTE network =
L.IRATHO.E2W.ExecAttOut/L.IRATHO.E2W.PrepAttOut
The lower the LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate on the LTE network, the
more likely the feature brings positive gains after feature deployment. The LTE-to-UMTS
handover preparation success rate cannot be quantified because it depends on network
traffic and transmission quality.
10.11.3 Planning
RF Planning
None
Network Planning
There is an overlapping coverage area of UMTS and LTE.
Hardware Planning
None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

241
WCDMA RAN
Description
10.11.4 Deployment
Requirements
l

The LTE feature LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN or LOFD-001044 Inter-RAT
Load Sharing to UTRAN has been activated.
For details on how to activate the LTE feature LOFD-001033 CS Fallback to UTRAN,
see the eRAN document CS Fallback Feature Parameter Description.
For the LTE feature LOFD-001044 Inter-RAT Load Sharing to UTRAN, see the eRAN
document MLB Feature Parameter Description.
The UMTS feature WRFD-020106 Load Reshuffling feature has been activated. For
details on how to activate the feature WRFD-020106, see Load Control Feature
Parameter Description for RAN.
The UMTS feature WRFD-020107 Overload Control feature has been activated.
For details on how to activate the feature WRFD-020107, see Overload Control Feature
Parameter Description for RAN.
The MME, Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN), and eNodeB support the RIM procedure,
which is defined in 3GPP Release 9 or a later version, between the UMTS and LTE
networks. The RIM procedure is used to notify the eNodeB of the load status of target
UMTS cells.
License
The license for the RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE feature has been
The following table lists the license information for RIM Based UMTS Target Cell
Selection for LTE.
Feature ID
Feature
Name
License
Control Item
NE
Sales Unit
WRFD-15023
1
RIM Based
UMTS Target
Cell Selection
for LTE
RIM Based
UMTS Target
Cell Selection
for LTE (per
Cell)
RNC
cell
Data Preparation
Table 10-28 lists the data to be prepared before activating RIM Based UMTS Target Cell
Selection for LTE.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

242
WCDMA RAN
Description
Table 10-28 Data to be prepared before activating RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for
LTE
Parameter Name
Parameter ID
Setting Notes
Data Source
Process switch
PROCESSSWITCH
(BSC6900,BSC6910
)
Select
INTERRAT_LOA
D_REPORT_FOR
_LTE_SWITCH
under this parameter
to activate the
feature.
Default value/
Recommended value
Precautions
None

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to activate the feature. In this step,
select INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH under the Process switch
parameter.
Step 2
----End

//Activating RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH-1;

NOTE
When configuring WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE on the CME, perform

----End
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

243
WCDMA RAN
Description

SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
URRCTRLS
WITCH
RNC
Process
switch
PROCESSS
WITCH
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes
To determine whether the feature has taken effect, check the interface message or the eventbased counter (EBC) on the LTE side.
l
Checking the interface message
1.
Start S1 interface message tracing on the eNodeB LMT.

If an eNB Direct Information Transfer message containing RAN-INFORMAIONREQUEST is sent over the S1 interface, the eNodeB can initiate an RIM request.
2.
Start message tracing over Iu on the RNC LMT.

If the RNC sends the LTE network a Direct Information Transfer message containing RANINFORMAION upon receiving the Direct Information Transfer message containing RANINFORMAION-REQUEST over Iu, the RNC can respond to the RIM request.
3.
Change the UMTS cell load status by adjusting the cell traffic volume.
If the RNC sends the SGSN a Direct Information Transfer message containing RANINFORMAION over Iu, the RNC can notify the eNodeB of the change in the UMTS cell
load status by means of the RIM procedure.
Checking the EBC on the LTE network

In case of load-based LTE-to-UMTS handovers, if the value of the E-UTRAN-toUMTS MLB Enhanced Attempts counter is not 0, the feature has taken effect.
In case of CSFB, if the value of the E-UTRAN-to-UMTS CSFB Enhanced Attempts
counter is not 0, the feature has taken effect.

Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH to deactivate the feature. In this step,
clear INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH under the Process switch
parameter.

//Deactivating RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: PROCESSSWITCH=INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH-0;
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

244
WCDMA RAN
Description

NOTE
When configuring WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE on the CME, perform

----End
SN
MO
NE
Parameter
Name
Parameter
ID
Configura
ble in CME
Batch
Modificati
on Center
URRCTRLS
WITCH
RNC
Process
switch
PROCESSS
WITCH
(BSC6900,
BSC6910)
Yes

The LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate on the LTE network can be obtained using
the following formula: L.IRATHO.E2W.ExecAttOut/L.IRATHO.E2W.PrepAttOut
If the LTE-to-UMTS handover preparation success rate increases, this feature has brought
positive gains.

N/A
N/A
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

245
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
11
Parameters
Table 11-1 Parameter description

Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
AntiPin
panLteF
ddRedrS
witch
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD140218
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Whether a UE that is redirected from the LTE

network to the UMTS network can be redirected back
to an LTE FDD frequency. When this switch is turned
on, the UE cannot initiate the redirection to an LTE FDD
frequency, which prevents ping-pong redirections
between the UMTS network and the LTE network.
When this switch is turned off, the UE cannot be
redirected to an LTE FDD frequency.
WRFD150217
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
AntiPin
panLteF
ddRedrS
witch
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD140218
WRFD150217
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
GUI Value Range: OFF, ON

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: OFF
Meaning: Whether a UE that is redirected from the LTE
network to the UMTS network can be redirected back
to an LTE FDD frequency. When this switch is turned
on, the UE cannot initiate the redirection to an LTE FDD
frequency, which prevents ping-pong redirections
between the UMTS network and the LTE network.
When this switch is turned off, the UE cannot be
redirected to an LTE FDD frequency.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

246
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvU32
Para9
BSC690
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None
Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 para 9. The 32bit parameter is reserved for further change request use.
Disuse statement: This parameter is used temporarily in
patch versions and will be replaced with a new
parameter in later versions. The new parameter ID
reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
GUI Value Range: 0~4294967295
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0~4294967295
Default Value: 0
RsvU32
Para9
BSC691
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None
interface.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

247
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch6
BSC690
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None
Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 Switch Para 6.

The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further change
request use. Disuse statement: This parameter is used
temporarily in patch versions and will be replaced with
a new parameter in later versions. The new parameter
ID reflects the parameter function. Therefore, this
interface.
GUI Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT1,
RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT2,
RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT32
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT1,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

248
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT1-1&RESERVED_SW
ITCH_6_BIT2-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT3-1
&RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT4-1&RESERVED_S
WITCH_6_BIT5-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT6
-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT7-1&RESERVED
_SWITCH_6_BIT8-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BI
T9-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT10-1&RESERV
ED_SWITCH_6_BIT11-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_6
_BIT12-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT13-1&RES
ERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT14-1&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_6_BIT15-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT16-1
&RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT17-1&RESERVED_
SWITCH_6_BIT18-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BI
T19-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT20-1&RESER
VED_SWITCH_6_BIT21-1&RESERVED_SWITCH
_6_BIT22-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT23-1&R
ESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT24-1&RESERVED_SW
ITCH_6_BIT25-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT26
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

249
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT27-1&RESERVE
D_SWITCH_6_BIT28-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_6_
BIT29-1&RESERVED_SWITCH_6_BIT30-1&RESE
RVED_SWITCH_6_BIT31-1&RESERVED_SWITC
H_6_BIT32-1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

250
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch6
BSC691
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

251
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

252
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_6_BIT32-1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

253
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch9
BSC690
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

254
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

255
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_9_BIT32-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

256
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch9
BSC691
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

257
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

258
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_9_BIT32-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

259
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch0
BSC690
0
SET
UCELL
ALGOR
SVPAR
A
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

260
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

261
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_0_BIT32-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

262
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch0
BSC691
0
SET
UCELL
ALGOR
SVPAR
A
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

263
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

264
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_0_BIT32-0
RsvU32
Para15
BSC690
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None
Meaning: RRM algorithm reserved U32 para 15. The

32-bit parameter is reserved for further change request
use. Disuse statement: This parameter is used
interface.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
RsvU32
Para15
BSC691
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

265
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch2
BSC690
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

266
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

267
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_2_BIT32-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

268
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch2
BSC691
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

269
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

270
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_2_BIT32-0
DeferM
cReadIn
d
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
MEAS
None
None
MOD
UCELL
MEAS
Meaning: Whether SIB3 carries the Deferred

measurement control reading support IE. 1: This switch
is turned on. SIB3 carries the Deferred measurement
control reading support IE. 2: This switch is turned off.
SIB3 does not carry the Deferred measurement control
reading support IE.
GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Default Value: False
DeferM
cReadIn
d
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
MEAS
MOD
UCELL
MEAS
None
None
Meaning: Whether SIB3 carries the Deferred

measurement control reading support IE. 1: This switch
is turned on. SIB3 carries the Deferred measurement
control reading support IE. 2: This switch is turned off.
SIB3 does not carry the Deferred measurement control
reading support IE.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

271
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
CSFBS
RBRate
BSC690
0
SET
UFRC
WRFD140102
CS
Fallback
Guarant
ee for
LTE
Emerge
ncy
Calls
Meaning: SRB rate of CSFB UEs. Upon receiving a

Relocation Request message from UEs during a
handover in the CSFB procedure, the RNC sets the
uplink and downlink SRB rates to the value of this
parameter and then changes these rates to 3.4 kbit/s for
subsequent CS calls. Upon receiving an RRC
Connection Setup Request message carrying the IE
"CSFB Indication" during a redirection in the CSFB
procedure, the RNC sets the uplink and downlink SRB
rates to the value of this parameter during the RRC
connection setup and then changes these rates to 3.4
kbit/s for subsequent CS calls. When SRBs are carried
over HSDPA and HSUPA, the minimum data rate can
reach 13.6 kbit/s. Therefore, this parameter
configuration is not applicable to this scenario.
GUI Value Range: SRB_3.4K, SRB_6.8K,
SRB_13.6K, SRB_27.2K
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SRB_3.4K, SRB_6.8K,
Default Value: SRB_3.4K
CSFBS
RBRate
BSC691
0
SET
UFRC
WRFD140102
CS
Fallback
Guarant
ee for
LTE
Emerge
ncy
Calls
Meaning: SRB rate of CSFB UEs. Upon receiving a

Relocation Request message from UEs during a
handover in the CSFB procedure, the RNC sets the
uplink and downlink SRB rates to the value of this
parameter and then changes these rates to 3.4 kbit/s for
subsequent CS calls. Upon receiving an RRC
Connection Setup Request message carrying the IE
"CSFB Indication" during a redirection in the CSFB
procedure, the RNC sets the uplink and downlink SRB
rates to the value of this parameter during the RRC
connection setup and then changes these rates to 3.4
kbit/s for subsequent CS calls. When SRBs are carried
over HSDPA and HSUPA, the minimum data rate can
reach 13.6 kbit/s. Therefore, this parameter
configuration is not applicable to this scenario.
GUI Value Range: SRB_3.4K, SRB_6.8K,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SRB_3.4K, SRB_6.8K,
Default Value: SRB_3.4K
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

272
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvU32
Para13
BSC690
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
RsvU32
Para13
BSC691
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

273
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch8
BSC690
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

274
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

275
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_8_BIT32-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

276
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch8
BSC691
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

277
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

278
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_8_BIT32-0
RsvU32
Para10
BSC690
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
RsvU32
Para10
BSC691
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

279
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch3
BSC690
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

280
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

281
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_3_BIT32-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

282
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch3
BSC691
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

283
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

284
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_3_BIT32-0
FastRetu
rnToLT
ESwitch
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
HOCO
MM
MOD
UCELL
HOCO
MM
WRFD140226
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: 1.
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection when a
CS fallback UE keeps a PS connection after terminating
a call. When this switch is turned on, the RNC releases
the RRC connection by sending to a UE an RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message that carries the
information about UE-supported LTE frequencies if the
UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the CS
service. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does
not release the RRC connection if a CS fallback UE
keeps the PS connection after terminating the CS
service. 2.
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH:
Whether the information about frequencies of
neighboring LTE cells is carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message the RNC sends to
a CS fallback UE in a UMTS cell for RRC connection
release. This parameter is configured at the cell. When
this switch is turned on, the information about UEsupported frequencies of neighboring LTE cells is
carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message. When this switch is turned off, the information
about UE-supported frequencies of neighboring LTE
cells is not carried in the RRC CONNECTION
RELEASE message.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH,
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH-0&
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

285
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
FastRetu
rnToLT
ESwitch
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
HOCO
MM
WRFD140226
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: 1.
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
information about UE-supported LTE frequencies if the
UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the CS
service. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does
not release the RRC connection if a CS fallback UE
keeps the PS connection after terminating the CS
service. 2.
release. This parameter is configured at the cell. When
RELEASE message.
MOD
UCELL
HOCO
MM
GUI Value Range:

Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH-0&
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

286
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PerfEnh
anceSwi
tch
BSC690
0
SET
UCORR
MPARA
WRFD021104
Emerge
ncy Call
WRFD010202
UE State
in
Connect
ed Mode
(CELLDCH,
CELLPCH,
URAPCH,
CELLFACH)
Meaning: 1. PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the procedure specific to
AMR service establishment takes effect. 2.
PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, the AMR template takes effect. 3.
PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, the SRB template takes effect. 4.
PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, the OLPC template takes effect. 5.
PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, the AMR parameter template takes
effect. 6.
PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the intra-frequency
measurement control template takes effect. 7.
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH:
After a UE fails to be handed over to a 2G cell during
an inter-RAT handover, the RNC forbids the UE to
attempt a handover to the 2G cell in a certain period.
When this switch is turned on, the period is 50s. When
this switch is turned off, the period is 30s. 8.
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the uplink SRBs of
HSUPA 10 ms non-conversational services are always
carried on DCHs, and the original parameter Type of
Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB is invalid.
When this switch is turned off, SRBs for HSUPA 10 ms
non-conversational services can be carried on HSUPA
channels when the original parameter Type of Channel
Preferably Carrying Signaling RB is set to HSUPA or
HSPA. The switch is set to OFF by default. 9.
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the single-user peak-rate
improvement algorithm of HSUPA 2 ms TTI is enabled.
When this switch is turned off, the algorithm is disabled.
The switch is set to OFF by default. 10.
PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on, the P2D cell update confirm
message simplification algorithm takes effect. When
this switch is turned off, the algorithm does not take
effect. By default, this switch is turned off. 11.
PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWITCH
: This check box controls whether the RNC considers
the converged SIRTarget value that is used before radio
link reconfiguration in outer loop power control
performed after radio link reconfiguration. If the check
box is not selected, the RNC sends the initial SIRTarget
WRFD020400
WRFD0106100
4
WRFD0206050
1
WRFD020402
WRFD0204000
3
DRD
Introduc
tion
Package
WRFD0106140
4
HSDPA
Power
Control
WRFD0106140
3
SRNS
Relocati
on (UE
Not
Involved
)
Measure
ment
Based
Direct
Retry
Inter
System
Redirect
HSUPA
2ms/
10ms
TTI
Handov
er
HSUPA
2ms TTI
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

287
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
value used after radio link reconfiguration to the

NodeB.If the check box is selected, the RNC selects a
more appropriate value from the initial SIRTarget value
used after radio link reconfiguration and the converged
SIRTarget value used before radio link reconfiguration.
Then the RNC sends the selected value to the NodeB.
Setting of this check box takes effect only when the
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH
check box is selected. 12.
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, The mechanism to avoid
endless back-and-forth RRC-redirections takes effect.
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: whether to enable
the optimized algorithm for HSPA UE state transition
from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (also referred to as
H2F state transition). When the switch is turned on, the
optimized H2F state transition algorithm is enabled, and
event 4A measurement of traffic volume or throughput
is added to the state transition procedure. The added
event 4A measurement prevents an H2F state transition
when data is being transmitted. 14.
PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH: When the
switch is turned on and a CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-toCELL_DCH (P2D for short) state transition is triggered
for a PS service, the PS service can be set up on HSPA
channels after the state transition. When the switch is
turned off, PS services can be set up only on DCHs after
a P2D state transition. This switch is turned off by
default. 15.
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, VIP UEs report their
transmit power to the RNC when required and
periodically measure signal quality of intra-frequency
cells. In addition, these UEs measure the downlink
BLER, the NodeB measures the uplink SIR, and the
RNC records the measurement results. 16.
PERFENH_TX_INTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH
: Switch for including the Tx interruption after trigger
IE in the uplink 4A traffic volume measurement control
message. When this switch is turned on, the uplink 4A
traffic volume measurement control message from RNC
includes the Tx interruption after trigger IE for UEs that
are in the CELL_FACH or enhanced CELL_FACH
state and processing PS BE services. The value of this
IE can be changed by running the "SET
UUESTATETRANS" command. 17.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

288
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_OPT_S
WITCH: The NodeB baseband board uses different
processing specifications for users with different uplink
bearer services, for example, HSUPA TTI 2 ms
services, HSUPA TTI 10 ms services, and R99 services.
When serving a large number of users, the system
cannot guarantee that all users can access the network
with the highest service bearer supported by UEs. This
switch controls whether the RNC allocates
corresponding channels for new users based on the cell
capability reported through the NodeB private interface.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC dynamically
selects an appropriate uplink service bearer and
allocates corresponding channels for new users to
maximize the system capacity based on the actual
NodeB processing specifications. When this switch is
turned off, the optimization process is disabled. 18.
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether to use the optimized TTI switching
algorithm for BE services When this switch is turned
off, the optimized algorithm does not take effect. The
original mechanism is implemented. When this switch
is turned on, the optimized algorithm takes effect. After
HSUPA services are configured or reconfigured with 10
ms TTI due to network resource (admission CEs,
RTWP, consumed Iub bandwidth, or consumed CEs)
congestion or insufficient coverage, these UEs cannot
change to use 2 ms TTI if no data needs to be
transmitted. 19.
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the algorithm for increasing the
single-threaded download rate. 20.
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST: Switch
for adjusting the BLER coefficient specific to CS
services based on the best cell's uplink load status. When
this switch is turned on, the outer loop power control
algorithm uses the target BLER set by the OMU board
if the best cell's uplink load status is LDR or OLC. If the
status is neither LDR nor OLC, this algorithm uses this
target BLER after being divided by five. 21.
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the function of delaying the sending
of an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message containing AGPS
information when an emergency call is made. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC delays the sending of this
message until the emergency call is successfully set up.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC sends this
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

289
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
message upon receiving a

LOCATION_REPORTING_CONTROL message
from the CN. 22.
PERFENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether to enable a UE having multiple RLSs to use
the value of "CQIReF" and the value of "CQIFbCk" that
are for UEs having only one RLS. The two parameters
can be set by running the "SET UHSDPCCH" and
"ADD UCELLHSDPCCH" commands. When this
switch is turned off, the UE does not use the values of
the two parameters that are for UEs having only one
RLS. When this switch is turned on, the UE uses the
values of the two parameters that are for UEs having
only one RLS. 23.
PERFENH_RELOC_IE_CALCTIMEFORCIP_SWIT
CH: Whether to enable a RELOCATION REQUIRED
message to contain the IE calculationTimeForCiphering. When this switch is turned on, static relocation
request messages contain the IE calculationTimeForCiphering. 24.
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger the DRD procedure and channel
switchover from E-DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH when
messages transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do
not arrive in time. When this switch is turned off, the
DRD procedure and channel switchover from E-DCH
or HS-DSCH to DCH are not triggered if messages
transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not arrive
in time. When this switch is turned on, the DRD
procedure and channel switchover from E-DCH or HSDSCH to DCH are triggered if messages transmitted
over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not arrive in time. 25.
PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCAST_AM
END: Whether to consider CE or code resource usage
when determining the resource status of a cell whose
serving boards or CP sub-systems are different from
those of its neighboring cells. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC determines the resource status of such a
cell based on power, CE, and code resource usage. If
power, CE, or code resources in a cell become
congested, the RNC determines that the cell experiences
resource congestion. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC determines the resource status of such a cell based
on power resource usage only. 26.
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, candidate cells are ranked
by "InterFreqMeasQuantity" (in the "ADD
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

290
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ" command) for MBDR,

and the cell with the best signal quality is selected as the
target cell. When this switch is turned off, candidate
cells are not ranked by InterFreqMeasQuantity for
MBDR. 27.
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREADMISSION_SWITCH
: Whether the RNC makes a pre-admission decision on
intra-RAT DRDs or redirections during an RRC
connection setup. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC makes a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT
DRDs or redirections during an RRC connection setup.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not make
a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT DRDs or
redirections during an RRC connection setup. 28.
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RRC redirection in weak
coverage algorithm. When this switch is turned on, UEs
located in weak coverage are redirected to the
neighboring GSM cell through RRC redirection. When
this switch is turned off, this algorithm is disabled. 29.
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH:
Whether to preferentially admit UEs processing PS
services who are involved in CS fallbacks. When this
switch is turned on, the non-real-time PS services of the
UE involved in a CS fallback are switched to a DCH
with a data rate of 8 kbit/s before the access to the UMTS
network. For the real-time PS services, the UE follows
the standard access procedure. If the access fails and the
"PreemptAlgoSwitch" parameter under the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT" command is turned on, the UE
can preempt other UEs' resources. If this switch is
turned off, the UE has to try to access the network as a
common PS UE. 30.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH: This parameter controls whether to enable
blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated singlesignaling R99 channel. When the switch specified by
this parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled.
31.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAMRONDCH: This parameter controls whether to enable
blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated AMR
R99 channel. When the switch specified by this
parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled if the
HSDPA service has been set up and there are signaling
and AMR traffic carried on the R99 channel. 32.
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

291
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Whether to allow R6 UEs to switch from HSUPA 10 ms

to 2 ms TTI. When the switch is turned on, this
switching is not allowed for R6 UEs. When the switch
is turned off, this limit does not work. This parameter is
an advanced parameter. To modify this parameter,
contact Huawei Customer Service Center for technical
support.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH,
, PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH,
,
WITCH,
TCH,
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST,
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH,
H,
CH,
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH,
END,
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH,
, PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAM-
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

292
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
RONDCH,
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
END,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAMRONDCH,
Default Value:
PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH-1&PERFEN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

293
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_SRB_T
MPLT_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SW
ITCH-1&PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH-1
&PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH1&PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITC
H-1&PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWI
TCH-0&PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SW
ITCH-0&PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH
-0&PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWI
TCH-1&PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWI
TCH-0&PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFE
NH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_VI
P_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_TX_I
NTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_
HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH-0&PE
RFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH-0&P
ERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST-1&PERFE
NH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH-0&PERF
ENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWITCH-0&
CH-0&PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWI
TCH-0&PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCA
ST_AMEND-1&PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL
_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREAD
MISSION_SWITCH0&PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH0&PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH
- 0&PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH0&PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBA
MRONDCH0&PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIM
IT-0&PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_
OPT_SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

294
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PerfEnh
anceSwi
tch
BSC691
0
SET
UCORR
MPARA
WRFD021104
Emerge
ncy Call
WRFD010202
UE State
in
Connect
ed Mode
(CELLDCH,
CELLPCH,
URAPCH,
CELLFACH)
Meaning: 1. PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the procedure specific to
AMR service establishment takes effect. 2.
PERFENH_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, the AMR template takes effect. 3.
PERFENH_SRB_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, the SRB template takes effect. 4.
PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, the OLPC template takes effect. 5.
PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, the AMR parameter template takes
effect. 6.
PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the intra-frequency
measurement control template takes effect. 7.
PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITCH:
After a UE fails to be handed over to a 2G cell during
an inter-RAT handover, the RNC forbids the UE to
attempt a handover to the 2G cell in a certain period.
When this switch is turned on, the period is 50s. When
this switch is turned off, the period is 30s. 8.
PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the uplink SRBs of
HSUPA 10 ms non-conversational services are always
carried on DCHs, and the original parameter Type of
Channel Preferably Carrying Signaling RB is invalid.
When this switch is turned off, SRBs for HSUPA 10 ms
non-conversational services can be carried on HSUPA
channels when the original parameter Type of Channel
Preferably Carrying Signaling RB is set to HSUPA or
HSPA. The switch is set to OFF by default. 9.
PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the single-user peak-rate
improvement algorithm of HSUPA 2 ms TTI is enabled.
When this switch is turned off, the algorithm is disabled.
PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH: When
this switch is turned on, the P2D cell update confirm
message simplification algorithm takes effect. When
this switch is turned off, the algorithm does not take
effect. By default, this switch is turned off. 11.
: This check box controls whether the RNC considers
the converged SIRTarget value that is used before radio
link reconfiguration in outer loop power control
performed after radio link reconfiguration. If the check
box is not selected, the RNC sends the initial SIRTarget
WRFD020400
WRFD0106100
4
WRFD0206050
1
WRFD020402
WRFD0204000
3
DRD
Introduc
tion
Package
WRFD0106140
4
HSDPA
Power
Control
WRFD0106140
3
SRNS
Relocati
on (UE
Not
Involved
)
Measure
ment
Based
Direct
Retry
Inter
System
Redirect
HSUPA
2ms/
10ms
TTI
Handov
er
HSUPA
2ms TTI
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

295
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
value used after radio link reconfiguration to the

NodeB.If the check box is selected, the RNC selects a
more appropriate value from the initial SIRTarget value
used after radio link reconfiguration and the converged
SIRTarget value used before radio link reconfiguration.
Then the RNC sends the selected value to the NodeB.
Setting of this check box takes effect only when the
PC_RL_RECFG_SIR_TARGET_CARRY_SWITCH
check box is selected. 12.
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, The mechanism to avoid
endless back-and-forth RRC-redirections takes effect.
PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH: whether to enable
the optimized algorithm for HSPA UE state transition
from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (also referred to as
H2F state transition). When the switch is turned on, the
optimized H2F state transition algorithm is enabled, and
event 4A measurement of traffic volume or throughput
is added to the state transition procedure. The added
event 4A measurement prevents an H2F state transition
when data is being transmitted. 14.
PERFENH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH: When the
switch is turned on and a CELL_PCH/URA_PCH-toCELL_DCH (P2D for short) state transition is triggered
for a PS service, the PS service can be set up on HSPA
channels after the state transition. When the switch is
turned off, PS services can be set up only on DCHs after
a P2D state transition. This switch is turned off by
default. 15.
PERFENH_VIP_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, VIP UEs report their
transmit power to the RNC when required and
periodically measure signal quality of intra-frequency
cells. In addition, these UEs measure the downlink
BLER, the NodeB measures the uplink SIR, and the
RNC records the measurement results. 16.
: Switch for including the Tx interruption after trigger
IE in the uplink 4A traffic volume measurement control
message. When this switch is turned on, the uplink 4A
traffic volume measurement control message from RNC
includes the Tx interruption after trigger IE for UEs that
are in the CELL_FACH or enhanced CELL_FACH
state and processing PS BE services. The value of this
IE can be changed by running the "SET
UUESTATETRANS" command. 17.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

296
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
WITCH: The NodeB baseband board uses different
processing specifications for users with different uplink
bearer services, for example, HSUPA TTI 2 ms
services, HSUPA TTI 10 ms services, and R99 services.
When serving a large number of users, the system
cannot guarantee that all users can access the network
with the highest service bearer supported by UEs. This
switch controls whether the RNC allocates
corresponding channels for new users based on the cell
capability reported through the NodeB private interface.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC dynamically
selects an appropriate uplink service bearer and
allocates corresponding channels for new users to
maximize the system capacity based on the actual
NodeB processing specifications. When this switch is
turned off, the optimization process is disabled. 18.
TCH: Whether to use the optimized TTI switching
algorithm for BE services When this switch is turned
off, the optimized algorithm does not take effect. The
original mechanism is implemented. When this switch
is turned on, the optimized algorithm takes effect. After
HSUPA services are configured or reconfigured with 10
ms TTI due to network resource (admission CEs,
RTWP, consumed Iub bandwidth, or consumed CEs)
congestion or insufficient coverage, these UEs cannot
change to use 2 ms TTI if no data needs to be
transmitted. 19.
PERFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the algorithm for increasing the
single-threaded download rate. 20.
PERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST: Switch
for adjusting the BLER coefficient specific to CS
services based on the best cell's uplink load status. When
this switch is turned on, the outer loop power control
algorithm uses the target BLER set by the OMU board
if the best cell's uplink load status is LDR or OLC. If the
status is neither LDR nor OLC, this algorithm uses this
target BLER after being divided by five. 21.
PERFENH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the function of delaying the sending
of an RRC_MEAS_CTRL message containing AGPS
information when an emergency call is made. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC delays the sending of this
message until the emergency call is successfully set up.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC sends this
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

297
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
message upon receiving a

LOCATION_REPORTING_CONTROL message
from the CN. 22.
H: Whether to enable a UE having multiple RLSs to use
the value of "CQIReF" and the value of "CQIFbCk" that
are for UEs having only one RLS. The two parameters
can be set by running the "SET UHSDPCCH" and
"ADD UCELLHSDPCCH" commands. When this
switch is turned off, the UE does not use the values of
the two parameters that are for UEs having only one
RLS. When this switch is turned on, the UE uses the
values of the two parameters that are for UEs having
only one RLS. 23.
CH: Whether to enable a RELOCATION REQUIRED
message to contain the IE calculationTimeForCiphering. When this switch is turned on, static relocation
request messages contain the IE calculationTimeForCiphering. 24.
PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWITCH:
Whether to trigger the DRD procedure and channel
switchover from E-DCH or HS-DSCH to DCH when
messages transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do
not arrive in time. When this switch is turned off, the
DRD procedure and channel switchover from E-DCH
or HS-DSCH to DCH are not triggered if messages
transmitted over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not arrive
in time. When this switch is turned on, the DRD
procedure and channel switchover from E-DCH or HSDSCH to DCH are triggered if messages transmitted
over the Uu and Iub interfaces do not arrive in time. 25.
END: Whether to consider CE or code resource usage
when determining the resource status of a cell whose
serving boards or CP sub-systems are different from
those of its neighboring cells. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC determines the resource status of such a
cell based on power, CE, and code resource usage. If
power, CE, or code resources in a cell become
congested, the RNC determines that the cell experiences
resource congestion. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC determines the resource status of such a cell based
on power resource usage only. 26.
PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL_OPT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, candidate cells are ranked
by "InterFreqMeasQuantity" (in the "ADD
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

298
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ" command) for MBDR,

and the cell with the best signal quality is selected as the
target cell. When this switch is turned off, candidate
cells are not ranked by InterFreqMeasQuantity for
MBDR. 27.
: Whether the RNC makes a pre-admission decision on
intra-RAT DRDs or redirections during an RRC
connection setup. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC makes a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT
DRDs or redirections during an RRC connection setup.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not make
a pre-admission decision on intra-RAT DRDs or
redirections during an RRC connection setup. 28.
PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RRC redirection in weak
coverage algorithm. When this switch is turned on, UEs
located in weak coverage are redirected to the
neighboring GSM cell through RRC redirection. When
this switch is turned off, this algorithm is disabled. 29.
PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH:
Whether to preferentially admit UEs processing PS
services who are involved in CS fallbacks. When this
switch is turned on, the non-real-time PS services of the
UE involved in a CS fallback are switched to a DCH
with a data rate of 8 kbit/s before the access to the UMTS
network. For the real-time PS services, the UE follows
the standard access procedure. If the access fails and the
"PreemptAlgoSwitch" parameter under the "SET
UQUEUEPREEMPT" command is turned on, the UE
can preempt other UEs' resources. If this switch is
turned off, the UE has to try to access the network as a
common PS UE. 30.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH: This parameter controls whether to enable
blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated singlesignaling R99 channel. When the switch specified by
this parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled.
31.
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAMRONDCH: This parameter controls whether to enable
blind detection for the HSDPA user-associated AMR
R99 channel. When the switch specified by this
parameter is turned on, blind detection is enabled if the
HSDPA service has been set up and there are signaling
and AMR traffic carried on the R99 channel. 32.
PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIMIT:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

299
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Whether to allow R6 UEs to switch from HSUPA 10 ms

to 2 ms TTI. When the switch is turned on, this
switching is not allowed for R6 UEs. When the switch
is turned off, this limit does not work. This parameter is
an advanced parameter. To modify this parameter,
contact Huawei Customer Service Center for technical
support.
GUI Value Range:
,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
END,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAM-
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

300
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
RONDCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
END,
PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBAMRONDCH,
Default Value:
PERFENH_AMR_SPEC_BR_SWITCH-1&PERFEN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

301
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_AMR_TMPLT_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_SRB_T
MPLT_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_OLPC_TMPLT_SW
ITCH-1&PERFENH_AMR_SP_TMPLT_SWITCH-1
&PERFENH_INTRAFREQ_MC_TMPLT_SWITCH1&PERFENH_INTERRAT_PENALTY_50_SWITC
H-1&PERFENH_SRB_OVER_HSUPA_TTI10_SWI
TCH-0&PERFENH_HSUPA_TTI2_ENHANCE_SW
ITCH-0&PERFENH_UU_P2D_CUC_OPT_SWITCH
-0&PERFENH_RL_RECFG_SIR_CONSIDER_SWI
TCH-1&PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_SWI
TCH-0&PERFENH_H2F_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFE
NH_PSTRAFFIC_P2H_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_VI
P_USER_PCHR_MR_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_TX_I
NTERRUPT_AFT_TRIG_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_
HSUPA_TTI_RECFG_PROC_OPT_SWITCH-0&PE
RFENH_DOWNLOAD_ENHANCE_SWITCH-0&P
ERFENH_OLPC_BLER_COEF_ADJUST-1&PERFE
NH_EMG_AGPS_MC_DELAY_SWITCH-0&PERF
ENH_MULTI_RLS_CQI_PARA_OPT_SWITCH-0&
CH-0&PERFENH_IS_TIMEOUT_TRIG_DRD_SWI
TCH-0&PERFENH_CELL_CACLOAD_BROADCA
ST_AMEND-1&PERFENH_MBDR_TARCELLSEL
_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_RRC_DRD_PREAD
MISSION_SWITCH0&PERFENH_RRC_WEAK_REDIR_SWITCH0&PERFENH_L2U_CSFB_COMMCALL_SWITCH
- 0&PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_ONLYSRBONDCH0&PERFENH_DLBLINDDETECT_WHEN_SRBA
MRONDCH0&PERFENH_R6_HSUPA_TTI_10MSTO2MS_LIM
IT-0&PERFENH_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHANGE_
OPT_SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

302
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
HoSwitc
h1
BSC690
0
SET
UCORR
MALG
OSWIT
CH
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: 1.
HO_COMACROMICRO_INTER_FREQ_OUT_SWI
TCH: Switch for controlling the sub-feature Macro &
Micro Joint Inter-frequency Handover. When this
switch is turned on, the feature is activated. When this
switch is turned off, the feature is deactivated. This
feature checks whether UEs are located in problem areas
of intra-frequency networks with macro and micro cells.
Then, the feature instructs these UEs to move to other
cells through blind inter-frequency handovers. 2.
HO_U2L_REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SW
ITCH(U2L Redirection Switch Based on Absolute
Freq): This switch specifies whether handover and
redirection from UMTS to LTE are allowed. When this
switch is turned on, redirection from UMTS to LTE is
allowed but handover is prohibited. During the
redirection procedure, the LTE frequencies configured
by using the "ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO"
command are used for the redirection, and the RNC does
not consider whether the best cell is configured with
neighboring LTE cells. When this switch is turned off,
both redirection and handover from UMTS to LTE are
allowed. The LTE frequencies configured by using the
"ADD ULTENCELL" command are used for the
redirection and handover. 3.
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH: Specifies whether
to enable a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover. When the switch is turned on, the RNC allows
the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
procedure. When the switch is turned off, the RNC does
not allow the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover procedure. 4.
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH: Specifies
whether to enable a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection. When the switch is turned on, the RNC
allows the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection procedure. When the switch is turned off, the
RNC does not allow the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection procedure. 5.
HO_INTER_RAT_PENALTY_FOR_UNCFG_SWIT
CH: This parameter allows the inter-RAT handover
failure caused by UE incompatibility for only once in a
call. When the switch is turned on and a UE failed in
handover from the universal terrestrial radio access
network (UTRAN) to the GSM/EDGE radio access
network (GERAN) or evolved UMTS terrestrial radio
access network (E-UTRAN) due to the cause of
WRFD140218
WRFD020303
WRFD020305
WRFD020306
WRFD150201
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
WRFD1502010
2
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Service
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Macro &
Micro
Cocarrier
Uplink
Interfere
nce
Control
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

303
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UMTS
to LTE
configuration unacceptable, the RNC prevents the

handover from UTRAN to GERAN or E-UTRAN in
this call. When the switch is turned off, the RNC allows
another handover from UTRAN to GERAN or EUTRAN in this call. 6.
HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC sends the periodic interRAT measurement control and periodic intra-frequency
measurement control simultaneously to UEs processing
CS services. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
sends the periodic inter-RAT measurement control and
periodic intra-frequency measurement control
simultaneously to UEs processing CS services. The
inter-RAT measurement control carries the periodic
intra-frequency measurement ID so that the UEs report
both the inter-RAT MRs and Ec/N0 of the active set. In
this way, the RNC can decide whether to perform an
inter-RAT handover based on the Ec/N0 of the active
set. When this switch is turned off, the RNC sends only
the periodic inter-RAT measurement control to UEs
processing CS services and the Ec/N0 of the active set
is not considered in the inter-RAT handovers. 7.
HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SW
ITCH: Whether the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT
measurement control and periodic intra-frequency
PS services. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
simultaneously to UEs processing PS services. The
processing PS services and the Ec/N0 of the active set
HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWIT
CH: Whether to use the algorithm of intra-frequency
neighboring cell combination. When this switch is
turned on, the algorithm of intra-frequency neighboring
cell combination is used for intra-frequency
measurement objects. When this switch is turned off,
the best cell algorithm is used. 9.
HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SWIT
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Macro &
Micro
Joint
Interfrequenc
y
Handov
er
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

304
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CH: Whether to use the algorithm of inter-frequency

turned on, the algorithm of inter-frequency neighboring
cell combination is used for inter-frequency
HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether to use the algorithm of neighboring GSM cell
combination. When this switch is turned on, the
algorithm of neighboring GSM cell combination is used
for GSM measurement objects. When this switch is
turned off, the best cell algorithm is used. 11.
HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether to use the algorithm of neighboring LTE cell
algorithm of neighboring LTE cell combination is used
for LTE measurement objects. When this switch is
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH: Whether a loadbased PS handover from UMTS to LTE is allowed.
When this switch is turned on, an LDR-triggered PS
handover from UMTS to LTE is allowed. 13.
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
Whether a load-based PS redirection from UMTS to
LTE is allowed. When this switch is turned on, an LDRtriggered PS redirection from UMTS to LTE is allowed.
If both HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH
and HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH are selected,
a PS handover from UMTS to LTE is preferred.
GUI Value Range:
TCH,
ITCH, HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH,
CH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
CH, HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

305
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH,
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
CH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
Default Value:
TCH-0&HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH-0&HO_
U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-0&HO_U2L_
REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-0&
CH-0&HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_
MR_SWITCH-0&HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTR
A_FREQ_MR_SWITCH-0&HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_
NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH1&HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SW
ITCH1&HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH1&HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH-1&
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH-0&HO_U2L_L
OAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

306
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
HoSwitc
h1
BSC691
0
SET
UCORR
MALG
OSWIT
CH
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: 1.
TCH: Switch for controlling the sub-feature Macro &
Micro Joint Inter-frequency Handover. When this
switch is turned on, the feature is activated. When this
switch is turned off, the feature is deactivated. This
feature checks whether UEs are located in problem areas
of intra-frequency networks with macro and micro cells.
Then, the feature instructs these UEs to move to other
cells through blind inter-frequency handovers. 2.
ITCH(U2L Redirection Switch Based on Absolute
Freq): This switch specifies whether handover and
redirection from UMTS to LTE are allowed. When this
switch is turned on, redirection from UMTS to LTE is
allowed but handover is prohibited. During the
redirection procedure, the LTE frequencies configured
by using the "ADD UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO"
command are used for the redirection, and the RNC does
not consider whether the best cell is configured with
neighboring LTE cells. When this switch is turned off,
both redirection and handover from UMTS to LTE are
allowed. The LTE frequencies configured by using the
"ADD ULTENCELL" command are used for the
redirection and handover. 3.
HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH: Specifies whether
to enable a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover. When the switch is turned on, the RNC allows
the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS handover
procedure. When the switch is turned off, the RNC does
not allow the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
handover procedure. 4.
HO_U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH: Specifies
whether to enable a coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection. When the switch is turned on, the RNC
allows the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE PS
redirection procedure. When the switch is turned off, the
RNC does not allow the coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
PS redirection procedure. 5.
CH: This parameter allows the inter-RAT handover
failure caused by UE incompatibility for only once in a
call. When the switch is turned on and a UE failed in
handover from the universal terrestrial radio access
network (UTRAN) to the GSM/EDGE radio access
network (GERAN) or evolved UMTS terrestrial radio
access network (E-UTRAN) due to the cause of
WRFD140218
WRFD020303
WRFD020305
WRFD020306
WRFD150201
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
WRFD1502010
2
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Service
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Macro &
Micro
Cocarrier
Uplink
Interfere
nce
Control
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

307
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UMTS
to LTE
configuration unacceptable, the RNC prevents the

handover from UTRAN to GERAN or E-UTRAN in
this call. When the switch is turned off, the RNC allows
another handover from UTRAN to GERAN or EUTRAN in this call. 6.
WITCH: Whether the RNC sends the periodic interRAT measurement control and periodic intra-frequency
CS services. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
simultaneously to UEs processing CS services. The
processing CS services and the Ec/N0 of the active set
ITCH: Whether the RNC sends the periodic inter-RAT
measurement control and periodic intra-frequency
PS services. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
simultaneously to UEs processing PS services. The
processing PS services and the Ec/N0 of the active set
CH: Whether to use the algorithm of intra-frequency
turned on, the algorithm of intra-frequency neighboring
cell combination is used for intra-frequency
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Macro &
Micro
Joint
Interfrequenc
y
Handov
er
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

308
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CH: Whether to use the algorithm of inter-frequency

turned on, the algorithm of inter-frequency neighboring
cell combination is used for inter-frequency
HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether to use the algorithm of neighboring GSM cell
algorithm of neighboring GSM cell combination is used
for GSM measurement objects. When this switch is
HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether to use the algorithm of neighboring LTE cell
algorithm of neighboring LTE cell combination is used
for LTE measurement objects. When this switch is
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH: Whether a loadbased PS handover from UMTS to LTE is allowed.
When this switch is turned on, an LDR-triggered PS
handover from UMTS to LTE is allowed. 13.
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH:
Whether a load-based PS redirection from UMTS to
LTE is allowed. When this switch is turned on, an LDRtriggered PS redirection from UMTS to LTE is allowed.
If both HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH
and HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH are selected,
a PS handover from UMTS to LTE is preferred.
GUI Value Range:
TCH,
CH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

309
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
CH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
CH,
Default Value:
TCH-0&HO_U2L_COV_PS_HO_SWITCH-0&HO_
U2L_COV_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-0&HO_U2L_
REDIR_BASED_ABSOLUTE_FREQ_SWITCH-0&
CH-0&HO_CS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_
MR_SWITCH-0&HO_PS_IRATHHO_WITH_INTR
A_FREQ_MR_SWITCH-0&HO_MC_INTRAFREQ_
NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH1&HO_MC_INTERFREQ_NCELL_COMBINE_SW
ITCH1&HO_MC_GSM_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH1&HO_MC_LTE_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH-1&
HO_U2L_LOAD_PS_HO_SWITCH-0&HO_U2L_L
OAD_PS_REDIRECT_SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

310
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTERep
ortMode
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD020129
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Mode for a UE to report LTE cell

measurement results. When the parameter is set to
PERIODICAL_REPORTING, the UE reports
measurement results periodically. When the parameter
is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, the UE reports
measurement results by triggering an event. For details,
see 3GPP TS 25.331.
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
GUI Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING

(Periodical reporting), EVENT_TRIGGER(Event
trigger)
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Default Value: PERIODICAL_REPORTING

(Periodical reporting)
WRFD150220
WRFD140218
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: PERIODICAL_REPORTING,
EVENT_TRIGGER
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

311
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTERep
ortMode
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD020129
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

see 3GPP TS 25.331.
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

trigger)
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WRFD150220
WRFD140218
Unit: None
EVENT_TRIGGER
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

312
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
U2LTE
MeasTi
me
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD140218
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Length of a timer for LTE cell measurements.

The RNC starts the timer to perform LTE cell
measurements. When the timer expires, the RNC stops
measuring LTE cells. If the parameter is set to 0, the
RNC keeps measuring the LTE cells.
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: s
Default Value: 30
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
U2LTE
MeasTi
me
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD140218
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: s
Default Value: 30
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

313
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTEPeri
odRepor
tInterval
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Interval at which a UE periodically reports

LTE cell measurements to the RNC. If
"LTEPeriodReportInterval" is set to
NON_PERIODIC_REPORT, the UE cannot
periodically report LTE cell measurements, which is not
recommended. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
WRFD150220
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
GUI Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT(Non

periodical reporting), D250(D250), D500(D500),
D1000(D1000), D2000(D2000), D3000(D3000),
D4000(D4000), D6000(D6000), D8000(D8000),
D12000(D12000), D16000(D16000), D20000
(D20000), D24000(D24000), D28000(D28000),
D32000(D32000), D64000(D64000)
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: NON_PERIODIC_REPORT,
250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000,
16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
Default Value: D1000(D1000)
LTEPeri
odRepor
tInterval
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

D1000(D1000), D2000(D2000), D3000(D3000),
D4000(D4000), D6000(D6000), D8000(D8000),
D12000(D12000), D16000(D16000), D20000
(D20000), D24000(D24000), D28000(D28000),
D32000(D32000), D64000(D64000)
Unit: ms
250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000,
16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

314
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTEMe
asQuan
Of3A
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Measurement quantity of the target LTE

network reported in event 3A for a coverage-based
handover. RSRP indicates the average signal power
received at all REs carrying reference signals in a
symbol. RSRQ is equal to RSRP divided by RSSI. A
factor (N) is used to adjust the ratio if the bandwidths
used for measuring RSRP and RSSI are different. That
is, RSRQ = N x RSRP/RSSI. For details, see 3GPP TS
25.331.
WRFD150220
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
LTEMe
asQuan
Of3A
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
TrigTim
e3A
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
GUI Value Range: RSRP, RSRQ

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: RSRP, RSRQ
Default Value: RSRP
25.331.
Unit: None
Default Value: RSRP
Meaning: Time-to-trigger for reporting event 3A. The
value of this parameter is related to slow fading. For
details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80,
D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280,
D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120, 160,
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D0

315
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TrigTim
e3A
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WRFD150220
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
UsedFre
qThdRS
CP
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
UsedFre
qThdRS
CP
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
WRFD150219
WRFD150220

D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280,
D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D0
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: RSCP threshold of the used frequency. Event

3A is triggered when the quality of the used frequency
is lower than the threshold and the quality of the target
cell is higher than the corresponding decision threshold
as indicated by "TargetRatThdRSRP" or
"TargetRatThdRSRQ".For details, see 3GPP TS
25.331.
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
GUI Value Range: -115~-25
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

25.331.
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: dBm
Actual Value Range: -115~-25
Default Value: -107
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107

316
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UsedFre
qThdEc
No
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Ec/No threshold of the used frequency. Event

25.331.
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
GUI Value Range: -24~0
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

25.331.
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
WRFD150220
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
UsedFre
qThdEc
No
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: -24~0
Default Value: -13
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13

317
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
U2LTE
FilterCo
ef
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD140218
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Layer 3 filtering coefficient for LTE cell

measurements. The RNC delivers the layer 3 filtering
coefficient to a UE to smooth measurement results
based on the following formula: Fn = (1-a) x Fn-1 + a x
Mn where a = 1/(2^(k/2)) k indicates the layer 3 filtering
coefficient. Fn-1 indicates the measurement result after
the filtering of the preceding time. Mn indicates the
latest measurement result. Fn indicates the
measurement result after filtering for this time. For
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
U2LTE
FilterCo
ef
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD140218
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
GUI Value Range: D0, D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7,
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13,
15, 17, 19
Default Value: D3

D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit: None
15, 17, 19
Default Value: D3

318
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TargetR
atThdRS
RP
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD140218
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Reference signal received power (RSRP)

threshold for LTE cell measurements. If
"LTEReportMode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER, event
3A is triggered when the UE detects the quality of the
target cell is higher than the threshold and the quality of
the used frequency is lower than the corresponding
threshold. If "LTEReportMode" is set to
PERIODICAL_REPORTING, a handover is triggered
when the RNC detects that the quality of the target cell
is higher than the threshold. For details, see 3GPP TS
25.331.
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
TargetR
atThdRS
RP
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD140218
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

Unit: dBm
Actual Value Range: -140~-44(Actual value meets the
condition: Actual Value = GUI Value - 141)
Default Value: 36

25.331.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36

319
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TargetR
atThdRS
RQ
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: RSRQ threshold for LTE cell measurements.

If "LTEReportMode" is set to EVENT_TRIGGER,
event 3A is triggered when the UE detects the quality
of the target cell is higher than the threshold and the
quality of the used frequency is lower than the
corresponding threshold. If "LTEReportMode" is set to
25.331.
WRFD150220
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: dB
Actual Value Range: -19.5~-3(Actual value meets the
condition: Actual Value = GUI Value*0.5 - 20)
Default Value: 20
TargetR
atThdRS
RQ
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

25.331.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 20
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

320
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Hystfor3
A
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Hysteresis for reporting event 3A. For details,

see 3GPP TS 25.331. According to simulation results,
the shadow fading variance of high-speed cells covering
highways is small due to flat ground and few barriers.
Therefore, decrease the parameter value to 1.5 dB. The
shadow fading variance of low-speed cells covering
many high buildings is large. Therefore, increase the
parameter value to 3.0 dB.
WRFD150220
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
Hystfor3
A
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: 0.5dB
Actual Value Range: 0~7.5
Default Value: 4
Unit: 0.5dB
Default Value: 4

321
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Hystfor
PeriodL
TE
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Hysteresis for periodically reporting LTE

signal quality. When LTE cell measurements are
periodically reported and the target frequency quality
meets the following requirement, the UE performs
handovers or redirections: Mother_RAT is greater than
or equal to Tother_RAT plus HystforPeriodLTE/2,
where Mother_RAT refers to the LTE cell measurement
result. Tother_RAT refers to the threshold for RSRP or
RSRQ decision of the LTE system for PS services.
Setting this parameter reduces the error decision rate
caused by signal jitter. According to simulation results,
WRFD150220
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: 0.5dB
Default Value: 4
Hystfor
PeriodL
TE
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HOCOV
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: 0.5dB
Default Value: 4
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

322
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
U2LBlin
dRedirS
witch
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
HOCO
MM
WRFD020129
MOD
UCELL
HOCO
MM
WRFD150219
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Whether the RNC supports UMTS-to-LTE

blind redirection. When the switch is turned on and the
UE does not support LTE cell measurements, the RNC
directly performs a UMTS-to-LTE redirection, without
measuring the LTE cell. The EARFCN for the
redirection is configured for the neighboring LTE cell
or the LTE EARFCN configured in the SIB19. When
the switch is turned off, the RNC measures the LTE cell
and then accordingly selects the EARFCN for a
redirection to perform a UMTS-to-LTE redirection. If
the UE does not support LTE cell measurements, the
RNC cannot perform a UMTS-to-LTE redirection.
U2LBlin
dRedirS
witch
BSC691
0
WRFD150216
ADD
UCELL
HOCO
MM
WRFD020129
MOD
UCELL
HOCO
MM
WRFD150219
WRFD150216
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Whether the RNC supports UMTS-to-LTE

blind redirection. When the switch is turned on and the
UE does not support LTE cell measurements, the RNC
directly performs a UMTS-to-LTE redirection, without
measuring the LTE cell. The EARFCN for the
redirection is configured for the neighboring LTE cell
or the LTE EARFCN configured in the SIB19. When
the switch is turned off, the RNC measures the LTE cell
and then accordingly selects the EARFCN for a
redirection to perform a UMTS-to-LTE redirection. If
the UE does not support LTE cell measurements, the
RNC cannot perform a UMTS-to-LTE redirection.
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

Default Value: OFF

Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

323
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
BlindFla
g
BSC690
0
ADD
ULTEN
CELL
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: ID of the neighboring LTE cell for blind

handovers. If this parameter is set to TRUE, the
neighboring LTE cell serves as the cell for UMTS-toLTE blind redirections. If this parameter is set to
FALSE, the neighboring LTE cell does not serve as the
cell for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirections.
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
MOD
ULTEN
CELL
WRFD150219
WRFD150216
Unit: None
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
BlindFla
g
BSC691
0
ADD
ULTEN
CELL
MOD
ULTEN
CELL
WRFD020129
WRFD150219
WRFD150216
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: ID of the neighboring LTE cell for blind

handovers. If this parameter is set to TRUE, the
neighboring LTE cell serves as the cell for UMTS-toLTE blind redirections. If this parameter is set to
FALSE, the neighboring LTE cell does not serve as the
cell for UMTS-to-LTE blind redirections.
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: None
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

324
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TimeToI
nterfreq
HO
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELLI
NTERF
REQHO
COV
WRFD020302
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Meaning: Maximum delay before triggering a

coverage-based inter-frequency handover to a highpriority neighboring cell. This parameter is used to
ensure that UEs are handed over to neighboring cells
with priorities as high as possible. If the priority of the
cell in the MR is equal to the highest priority of the target
cells in the measurement control list, an inter-frequency
handover is triggered. If the priority of the cell in the
MR is lower than the highest priority of the target cells
in the measurement control list, the RNC starts this
timer. When this timer expires, the RNC starts an interfrequency handover.
MOD
UCELLI
NTERF
REQHO
COV

Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
TimeToI
nterfreq
HO
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELLI
NTERF
REQHO
COV
MOD
UCELLI
NTERF
REQHO
COV
WRFD020302
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Meaning: Maximum delay before triggering a

coverage-based inter-frequency handover to a highpriority neighboring cell. This parameter is used to
ensure that UEs are handed over to neighboring cells
with priorities as high as possible. If the priority of the
cell in the MR is equal to the highest priority of the target
cells in the measurement control list, an inter-frequency
handover is triggered. If the priority of the cell in the
MR is lower than the highest priority of the target cells
in the measurement control list, the RNC starts this
timer. When this timer expires, the RNC starts an interfrequency handover.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

325
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlPSU2
LHOUe
Num
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD150216
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Number of UEs for performing uplink

UMTS-to-LTE PS handovers.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD150217

Unit: None
Default Value: 1
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
UlPSU2
LHOUe
Num
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Number of UEs for performing uplink

Unit: None
Default Value: 1
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
DlPSU2
LHOUe
Num
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Number of UEs for performing downlink

Unit: None
Default Value: 1
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

326
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlPSU2
LHOUe
Num
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD150216
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Number of UEs for performing downlink

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD150217

Unit: None
Default Value: 1
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

327
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PROCE
SSSWIT
CH2
BSC690
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: 1) LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC_FILL_TL (Cell

Load Information TL Input Switch) During inter-RAT
handovers from 3G cells to 2G cells, the RNC can
records information about load on 3G cells in the
RELOCATION REQUIRED container in the Tag
Length Value (TLV) format. When the switch is turned
on, the RNC records the Tag Length in the container.
When the switch is turned off, the RNC does not record
the Tag Length. 2) SEND_IDT_JUDGE_IU_RESET
(Switch for Transferring INITIAL UE Messages in the
IU Reset State) When the switch is turned on, the RNC
discards the INITIAL UE message from a CN node if
the Iu interface is in the reset state. When the switch is
turned off, the RNC handles the INITIAL UE message
from a CN node if the Iu interface is in the reset state.
3)
RNC_RBRECFG_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWIT
CH (RB Reconfiguration DRD Rollback Switch) When
the switch is turned on, the RNC supports rollback
caused by failed directed retry decisions (DRDs) of RB
reconfiguration. When the switch is turned off, the RNC
does not support rollback caused by failed DRDs of RB
reconfiguration. 4)
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH (CS IMEI
Request Switch) When this switch is turned on, the RNC
rather than the CN sends an IDENTITY REQUEST
message to obtain the international mobile equipment
identity (IMEI) of a UE. Note: When the CN checks the
serial number of direct transfer messages and the
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH switch is turned off,
turning on this switch leads to inconsistency in the serial
number of direct transfer messages between the CN and
the UE. This causes CS service setup failures.
Therefore, you are not advised to turn on this switch.
Before turning on this switch, test the interworking
between the RNC and the CN. If the CN checks the
serial number of direct transfer messages, turn on
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH under
"PROCESSSWITCH4" in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command. When the switch is
turned off, the RNC does not send an IDENTITY
REQUEST message to obtain the IMEI of a UE. 5)
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH (PS IMEI
Request Switch) When the switch is turned on, the RNC,
rather than the CN, sends an IDENTITY REQUEST
message to obtain the IMEI of a UE. When the switch
is turned off, the RNC does not send an IDENTITY
WRFD140224
WRFD150215
WRFD020500
WRFD140205
WRFD030011
WRFD020400
Fast CS
Fallback
Based
on RIM
SRVCC
from
LTE to
UMTS
with PS
Handov
er
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy
Voice
Service
Experie
nce
Improve
ment for
Weak
Receptio
n Ues
DRD
Introduc
tion
Package
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

328
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description

FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2D (P2D Switch for
Congested FACH or DTCH) When the switch is turned
on, UEs using PS services trigger the CELL_PCH-toCELL_DCH procedure (P2D procedure for short) on a
congested FACH or DTCH. When the switch is turned
off, UEs using PS services do not trigger the P2D
procedure on a congested FACH or DTCH. 7)
RNC_RBSETUP_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITC
H (RB Establishment DRD Rollback Switch) When the
switch is turned on, the RNC supports rollback caused
by failed DRDs of RB establishment. When the switch
is turned off, the RNC does not support rollback caused
by failed DRDs of RB establishment. 8)
PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH
(Switch for Not Triggering Rate Reduction Negotiation
Between the CN and the RNC After a PS Service Access
Failure) When the switch is turned on, the access rate is
not negotiated between the RNC and the CN if a PS
service fails to be admitted. When the switch is turned
off, the access rate is negotiated between the RNC and
the CN if a PS service fails to be admitted. 9)
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH (Switch
for Performing the Optimized Soft-Handover Timeout
Procedure) When the switch is turned on, the RNC
considers that it has received an ACTIVE SET
UPDATE COMPLETE message during soft handover
procedure after the message has expired. When the
switch is turned off, RABs are directly released during
soft handover procedure after the ACTIVE SET
UPDATE COMPLETE message has expired. 10)
RB_RECFG_USER_INACT_SWITCH (Switch for
Performing the Optimized RRC Connection Release
Procedure with No Data Transmitted on the UE upon
UE State Transition Timeout) When the switch is turned
on, the RNC initiated the release process with the cause
of user inactive when the UE have no data to transmit.
When the switch is turned off, the RNC initiated the
release process with other causes when the UE have no
data to transmit. 11)
RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_SWITCH (Switch for
Procedure on Receipt of a SIGNALLING
CONNECTION RELEASE INDICATION Message)
When the switch is turned on, the RNC initiated the
normal release process after receive SIGNALLING
CONNECTION RELEASE INDICATION message
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

329
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
from UE. When the switch is turned off, the RNC does
not handle SIGNALLING CONNECTION RELEASE
INDICATION message during the process. 12)
CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRBREESTAB_SWITCH
(Switch for SRB Reestablishment During a Cell Update
with the Cause Value of RL Failure) When the switch
is turned on, SRBs are reestablished during cell update
procedure with the "RL Failure" cause value. When the
switch is turned off, SRBs are not reestablished during
cell update procedure with the "RL Failure" cause value.
13) CU_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH (Switch for
Performing the Optimized Procedure for Concurrent
RB and Cell Update, Hard handover, or DRD) When
the switch is turned on, the DSCR procedure is
performed if RNC can not handles different processes
performed simultaneously. When the switch is turned
off,the DSCR procedure is not performed in this scenes.
14) TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH (Switch for
Performing the Optimized TRB Reset Procedure for PS
BE Services) When the switch is turned on, the DSCR
procedure is performed if a Layer 2 data transmission
error occurs. When the switch is turned off, the DSCR
procedure is not performed if a Layer 2 data
transmission error occurs. 15)
RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH (Signaling
Connection Release Switch for UEs Supporting Fast
Dormancy) When the switch is turned on, if the RNC
receives a SIGNALING CONNECTION RELEASE
INDICATION from UE with the cause of "UE
Requested PS Data session end", the RNC triggers the
state transition for the UE. Otherwise, the RNC releases
the signaling connection. When the switch is turned off,
if the RNC receives a SIGNALING CONNECTION
RELEASE INDICATION from UE, the RNC triggers
the state transition for the UE. 16)
USRPLN_PRORATION_SHARED_ALO (Algorithm
Switch for Inter-Subrack Load Sharing on the User
Plane) When the switch is turned on, load sharing can
be performed based on the ratio of available user plane
resources to total user plane resources in a subrack.
When the switch is turned off, load sharing cannot be
performed based on the ratio of available user plane
resources to total user plane resources in a subrack. 17)
FP_IUUP_TRACE_SWITCH (Switch for Tracing UEs
Failing in FP Synchronization) When the switch is
turned on, UEs using FP can be traced in terms of data
streams. When the switch is turned off, UEs using FP
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

330
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
cannot be traced in terms of data streams. 18)

RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH (Switch for
Reducing PCHR Log Information for Normal
Procedure) The switch
RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH controls
whether the RNC reduces information recorded in a
PCHR log for a normal procedure. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC reduces information in a
performance call history record (PCHR) log recorded
during a normal procedure and reports only the
following information blocks: -RRC_RELEASE CS_RAB_SETUP -PS_RAB_SETUP -CS_RAB_REL
-PS_RAB_REL -SHO -SYS_HO_OUT INTRA_FREQ_NET_OPT -STAT CS_RAB_QUALITY_STAT PS_RAB_QUALITY_STAT A procedure is abnormal
only when either of the following conditions is met: The RRC connection setup fails. -The RAB setup fails.
-The RAB is abnormally released. -The value of the
information element (IE) NAS-PDU contained in a
DIRECT TRANSFER message is ATTACH REJECT,
RAU REJECT, or LAU REJECT. If this switch is turned
off, the RNC does not reduce information recorded in a
PCHR log. 19) DTMF_SWITCH (DTMF Switch)
When this switch is turned on, the RNC triggers hyper
frame number (HFN) modification, noise pouring, and
Iu-UP loopback functions after receiving a special
RANAP_DIRECT_TRANSFER message from a UE.
RsvdSwitch_Bit7 and RsvdSwitch_Bit6 under the
RsvdSwitch1 parameter in the SET UDPUCFGDATA
command control the HFN modification and noise
pouring functions, respectively. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not trigger HFN modification,
noise pouring, or Iu-UP loopback functions after
receiving a special RANAP_DIRECT_TRANSFER
message from a UE. 20)
FAST_CS_FB_BASEDON_RIM_SWITCH (Switch
for fast CSFB based on RIM) When the switch is turned
off, the RNC supports fast CSFB(CS fallback) based on
RIM. When the switch is turned on, the RNC does not
support fast CSFB(CS fallback) based on RIM. 21)
L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH Whether to
support LTE-to-UMTS CS and PS handovers
simultaneously. When this switch is turned off, LTE-toUMTS CS and PS handovers can happen
simultaneously. When this switch is turned on, LTE-toUMTS CS and PS handovers cannot happen
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

331
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
simultaneously.This switch
USRPLN_PRORATION_SHARED_ALO will be
deleted from later versions. Although the configuration
interface in this version supports delivery of the setting
of this switch, the system does not use this switch.
Therefore, this switch is not recommended.
GUI Value Range:
LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC_FILL_TL,
SEND_IDT_JUDGE_IU_RESET,
CH, RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH,
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH,
FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2D,
H, PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH,
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_USER_INACT_SWITCH,
RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_SWITCH,
CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_SRBREESTAB_SWITCH,
CU_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH,
TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH,
RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH,
USRPLN_PRORATION_SHARED_ALO,
FP_IUUP_TRACE_SWITCH,
RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH,
DTMF_SWITCH,
FAST_CS_FB_BASEDON_RIM_SWITCH,
L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

332
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
DTMF_SWITCH,
Default Value:
LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC_FILL_TL-0&SEND_IDT_J
UDGE_IU_RESET-0&RNC_RBRECFG_DRD_FAI
L_ROLLBACK_SWITCH-1&RNC_CS_QUERY_U
E_IMEI_SWITCH-0&RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_
SWITCH-0&FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2D-0&RN
C_RBSETUP_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH0&PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH-0&
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH-0&RB_
RECFG_USER_INACT_SWITCH-0&RRC_SCRI_N
ORM_REL_SWITCH-0&CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_
SRBREESTAB_SWITCH-0&CU_OVERLAP_DSCR
_SWITCH-0&TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH-0&RNC_
FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH-0&USRPLN_PR
ORATION_SHARED_ALO-0&FP_IUUP_TRACE_
SWITCH-1&RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITC
H-1&DTMF_SWITCH-1&FAST_CS_FB_BASEDO
N_RIM_SWITCH-1&L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_
SWITCH-1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

333
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PROCE
SSSWIT
CH2
BSC691
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: 1) LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC_FILL_TL (Cell

Load Information TL Input Switch) During inter-RAT
handovers from 3G cells to 2G cells, the RNC can
records information about load on 3G cells in the
RELOCATION REQUIRED container in the Tag
Length Value (TLV) format. When the switch is turned
on, the RNC records the Tag Length in the container.
When the switch is turned off, the RNC does not record
the Tag Length. 2) SEND_IDT_JUDGE_IU_RESET
(Switch for Transferring INITIAL UE Messages in the
IU Reset State) When the switch is turned on, the RNC
discards the INITIAL UE message from a CN node if
the Iu interface is in the reset state. When the switch is
turned off, the RNC handles the INITIAL UE message
from a CN node if the Iu interface is in the reset state.
3)
CH (RB Reconfiguration DRD Rollback Switch) When
the switch is turned on, the RNC supports rollback
caused by failed directed retry decisions (DRDs) of RB
reconfiguration. When the switch is turned off, the RNC
does not support rollback caused by failed DRDs of RB
reconfiguration. 4)
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH (CS IMEI
Request Switch) When this switch is turned on, the RNC
rather than the CN sends an IDENTITY REQUEST
message to obtain the international mobile equipment
identity (IMEI) of a UE. Note: When the CN checks the
serial number of direct transfer messages and the
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH switch is turned off,
turning on this switch leads to inconsistency in the serial
number of direct transfer messages between the CN and
the UE. This causes CS service setup failures.
Therefore, you are not advised to turn on this switch.
Before turning on this switch, test the interworking
between the RNC and the CN. If the CN checks the
serial number of direct transfer messages, turn on
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH under
URRCTRLSWITCH" command. When the switch is
turned off, the RNC does not send an IDENTITY
RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH (PS IMEI
Request Switch) When the switch is turned on, the RNC,
rather than the CN, sends an IDENTITY REQUEST
message to obtain the IMEI of a UE. When the switch
is turned off, the RNC does not send an IDENTITY
WRFD140224
WRFD150215
WRFD020500
WRFD140205
WRFD030011
WRFD020400
Fast CS
Fallback
Based
on RIM
SRVCC
from
LTE to
UMTS
with PS
Handov
er
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy
Voice
Service
Experie
nce
Improve
ment for
Weak
Receptio
n Ues
DRD
Introduc
tion
Package
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

334
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description

FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2D (P2D Switch for
Congested FACH or DTCH) When the switch is turned
on, UEs using PS services trigger the CELL_PCH-toCELL_DCH procedure (P2D procedure for short) on a
congested FACH or DTCH. When the switch is turned
off, UEs using PS services do not trigger the P2D
procedure on a congested FACH or DTCH. 7)
H (RB Establishment DRD Rollback Switch) When the
switch is turned on, the RNC supports rollback caused
by failed DRDs of RB establishment. When the switch
is turned off, the RNC does not support rollback caused
by failed DRDs of RB establishment. 8)
PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH
(Switch for Not Triggering Rate Reduction Negotiation
Between the CN and the RNC After a PS Service Access
Failure) When the switch is turned on, the access rate is
not negotiated between the RNC and the CN if a PS
service fails to be admitted. When the switch is turned
off, the access rate is negotiated between the RNC and
the CN if a PS service fails to be admitted. 9)
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH (Switch
for Performing the Optimized Soft-Handover Timeout
Procedure) When the switch is turned on, the RNC
considers that it has received an ACTIVE SET
UPDATE COMPLETE message during soft handover
procedure after the message has expired. When the
switch is turned off, RABs are directly released during
soft handover procedure after the ACTIVE SET
UPDATE COMPLETE message has expired. 10)
RB_RECFG_USER_INACT_SWITCH (Switch for
Procedure with No Data Transmitted on the UE upon
UE State Transition Timeout) When the switch is turned
on, the RNC initiated the release process with the cause
of user inactive when the UE have no data to transmit.
When the switch is turned off, the RNC initiated the
release process with other causes when the UE have no
data to transmit. 11)
RRC_SCRI_NORM_REL_SWITCH (Switch for
Procedure on Receipt of a SIGNALLING
CONNECTION RELEASE INDICATION Message)
When the switch is turned on, the RNC initiated the
normal release process after receive SIGNALLING
CONNECTION RELEASE INDICATION message
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

335
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
from UE. When the switch is turned off, the RNC does
not handle SIGNALLING CONNECTION RELEASE
INDICATION message during the process. 12)
(Switch for SRB Reestablishment During a Cell Update
with the Cause Value of RL Failure) When the switch
is turned on, SRBs are reestablished during cell update
procedure with the "RL Failure" cause value. When the
switch is turned off, SRBs are not reestablished during
cell update procedure with the "RL Failure" cause value.
13) CU_OVERLAP_DSCR_SWITCH (Switch for
Performing the Optimized Procedure for Concurrent
RB and Cell Update, Hard handover, or DRD) When
the switch is turned on, the DSCR procedure is
performed if RNC can not handles different processes
performed simultaneously. When the switch is turned
off,the DSCR procedure is not performed in this scenes.
14) TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH (Switch for
Performing the Optimized TRB Reset Procedure for PS
BE Services) When the switch is turned on, the DSCR
procedure is performed if a Layer 2 data transmission
error occurs. When the switch is turned off, the DSCR
procedure is not performed if a Layer 2 data
transmission error occurs. 15)
RNC_FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH (Signaling
Connection Release Switch for UEs Supporting Fast
Dormancy) When the switch is turned on, if the RNC
receives a SIGNALING CONNECTION RELEASE
INDICATION from UE with the cause of "UE
Requested PS Data session end", the RNC triggers the
state transition for the UE. Otherwise, the RNC releases
the signaling connection. When the switch is turned off,
if the RNC receives a SIGNALING CONNECTION
RELEASE INDICATION from UE, the RNC triggers
the state transition for the UE. 16)
USRPLN_PRORATION_SHARED_ALO (Algorithm
Switch for Inter-Subrack Load Sharing on the User
Plane) When the switch is turned on, load sharing can
be performed based on the ratio of available user plane
resources to total user plane resources in a subrack.
When the switch is turned off, load sharing cannot be
performed based on the ratio of available user plane
resources to total user plane resources in a subrack. 17)
FP_IUUP_TRACE_SWITCH (Switch for Tracing UEs
Failing in FP Synchronization) When the switch is
turned on, UEs using FP can be traced in terms of data
streams. When the switch is turned off, UEs using FP
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

336
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
cannot be traced in terms of data streams. 18)

RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH (Switch for
Reducing PCHR Log Information for Normal
Procedure) The switch
RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITCH controls
whether the RNC reduces information recorded in a
PCHR log for a normal procedure. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC reduces information in a
performance call history record (PCHR) log recorded
during a normal procedure and reports only the
following information blocks: -RRC_RELEASE CS_RAB_SETUP -PS_RAB_SETUP -CS_RAB_REL
-PS_RAB_REL -SHO -SYS_HO_OUT INTRA_FREQ_NET_OPT -STAT CS_RAB_QUALITY_STAT PS_RAB_QUALITY_STAT A procedure is abnormal
only when either of the following conditions is met: The RRC connection setup fails. -The RAB setup fails.
-The RAB is abnormally released. -The value of the
information element (IE) NAS-PDU contained in a
DIRECT TRANSFER message is ATTACH REJECT,
RAU REJECT, or LAU REJECT. If this switch is turned
off, the RNC does not reduce information recorded in a
PCHR log. 19) DTMF_SWITCH (DTMF Switch)
When this switch is turned on, the RNC triggers hyper
frame number (HFN) modification, noise pouring, and
Iu-UP loopback functions after receiving a special
RANAP_DIRECT_TRANSFER message from a UE.
RsvdSwitch_Bit7 and RsvdSwitch_Bit6 under the
RsvdSwitch1 parameter in the SET UDPUCFGDATA
command control the HFN modification and noise
pouring functions, respectively. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not trigger HFN modification,
noise pouring, or Iu-UP loopback functions after
receiving a special RANAP_DIRECT_TRANSFER
message from a UE. 20)
FAST_CS_FB_BASEDON_RIM_SWITCH (Switch
for fast CSFB based on RIM) When the switch is turned
off, the RNC supports fast CSFB(CS fallback) based on
RIM. When the switch is turned on, the RNC does not
support fast CSFB(CS fallback) based on RIM. 21)
L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_SWITCH Whether to
support LTE-to-UMTS CS and PS handovers
simultaneously. When this switch is turned off, LTE-toUMTS CS and PS handovers can happen
simultaneously. When this switch is turned on, LTE-toUMTS CS and PS handovers cannot happen
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

337
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
simultaneously.This switch
USRPLN_PRORATION_SHARED_ALO will be
deleted from later versions. Although the configuration
interface in this version supports delivery of the setting
of this switch, the system does not use this switch.
Therefore, this switch is not recommended.
GUI Value Range:
DTMF_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

338
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
DTMF_SWITCH,
Default Value:
LOAD_IRAT_HO_RNC_FILL_TL-0&SEND_IDT_J
UDGE_IU_RESET-0&RNC_RBRECFG_DRD_FAI
L_ROLLBACK_SWITCH-1&RNC_CS_QUERY_U
E_IMEI_SWITCH-0&RNC_PS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_
SWITCH-0&FACH_DTCH_CONGEST_P2D-0&RN
C_RBSETUP_DRD_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH0&PS_NOTIFYCN_NOTDOWNSIZE_SWITCH-0&
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH-0&RB_
RECFG_USER_INACT_SWITCH-0&RRC_SCRI_N
ORM_REL_SWITCH-0&CELLUPT_RLFAILURE_
SRBREESTAB_SWITCH-0&CU_OVERLAP_DSCR
_SWITCH-0&TRB_RST_DSCR_SWITCH-0&RNC_
FD_SCRI_FORCE_REL_SWITCH-0&USRPLN_PR
ORATION_SHARED_ALO-0&FP_IUUP_TRACE_
SWITCH-1&RNC_PCHR_OUTPUT_CTRL_SWITC
H-1&DTMF_SWITCH-1&FAST_CS_FB_BASEDO
N_RIM_SWITCH-1&L2U_SRVCC_WITH_PS_HO_
SWITCH-1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

339
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PROCE
SSSWIT
CH
BSC690
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: 1)INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH. When it is

checked, RNC will start Invoke Trace procedure upon
receiving INVOKE TRACE Message form CN,
otherwise, RNC won't start the Invoke Trace procedure
though it receives the INVOKE TRACE message. 2)
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST. When it is
checked, the SIB1 does not contain broken-down CN
information. In this case, the UE will not select brokendown network when Iu transmission failure occurs,
otherwise, the SIB1 contains the broken-down CN
information. In this case, the UE will select brokendown network but the RNC will reject the request when
Iu transmission failure occurs. 3)
DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR. When it is checked, DRNC
will start DSCR procedure directly in RRC states other
than CELL_DCH, otherwise, DRNC will transfer RRC
CELL UPDATE message to SRNC. 4)
RNC_SHARE_SWITCH. When it is checked, the
traffic sharing function is enabled, otherwise, the traffic
sharing function is disabled, service access will be
affected under heavy traffic. 5)
RNCAP_IMSI_HO_SWITCH. When it is checked,
Imsi handover function will be used, otherwise it will
be not used. 6)
TERMINAL_VERSION_DEBASE_SWITCH. When
it is checked, terminal version R4 will debase to R99.
7)SYS_HO_OUT_CIPHER_SWITCH. When it is
checked, the RNC will add ciphering byte at GSM
HANDOVER COMMAND if the GSM system do not
add any cipher information at that message. 8)
SYS_HO_CIPHER_CONFIG. When it is checked, the
cipher configuration in the added cipher byte in GSM
will be A5/1.When it is no checked ,the cipher
configuration is A5/0. 9)
BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST. When it
is checked, cell will be bared when CS domain is
invalid, otherwise the CS domain will be bared when
CS domain is invalid. It is invalid If
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST is not checked.
10)CR2284R1_SWITCH. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC performs the processing based on
CR2284R1, that is, based on the description in section
8.6.6.28 of Release 5 TS 25.331. In this section, it
describes that the HFN is increased by one when RB
setup is accompanied by a Timing re-initialized hard
handover. When this switch is turned off, the HFN is
not increased by one when RB setup is accompanied by
WRFD020124
WRFD140206
WRFD150205
WRFD020134
WRFD020500
WRFD020128
WRFD020132
WRFD021303
WRFD021102
WRFD0106121
2
WRFD010641
WRFD150231
WRFD020806
WRFD150204
Uplink
Flow
Control
of User
Plane
Layered
Paging
in
URA_P
CH
Layered
Paging
in Idle
Mode
Push to
Talk
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy
Quality
Improve
ment for
Subscrib
ed
Service
Web
browsin
g
accelerat
ion
IMSI
Based
Handov
er
Cell
Barring
HSUPA
Iub Flow
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

340
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
in Case
of Iub
Congesti
on
a Timing re-initialized hard handover. 11)

CDT_MSG_FULL_TRACE. When it is checked, CDT
trace function which starts tracing from message RRC
CONNECT REQUEST. 12)
CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH. CR2284R1
causes the compatible problem. if UE is not consistent
with RNC regarding whether accept the CR2284R1 or
not, it will cause the problem of streaming when UEs
are communicating with each other. So RNC creates this
switch. when it is checked, RNC is auto-adaptive to
accept the CR2284R1 according to UE version
information. The principles that RNC judges UE
whether to accept the CR2284R1 are as follows: R5 and
above UE accepts the CR; R99/R4 UE, if it receives the
START LIST value from RB SETUP
COMPLETE,RNC figures that UE accepts the CR;
R99/R4 UE, if it only receives the START value from
RB SETUP COMPLETE,RNC figures that UE does not
accept the CR; when it is not checked, whether RNC
accept the CR or not is according to
CR2284R1_SWITCH. The relations between these two
switches CR2284R1_SWITCH and
CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH are as follows:
(1)CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH is checked,
RNC is self-compatible, so the CR2284R1_SWITCH is
invalid; (2)CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH is
not checked, the CR2284R1_SWITCH is valid. 13)
COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH. When it
is on, RNC will not reject the message RB SETUP CMP
without the IE active time. 14)
UL_INTER_PROTECT_SWITCH. When the switch is
off, RNC will not do integrity protection check for
uplink RRC messages. 15)
FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH. When it is checked,
RNC will apply FAST DORMANCY function. 16)
SYS_HO_IN_CIPHER_SWITCH. When it is checked,
don't receive the encrypted ability information from
RELOC REQ ,default configured of encrypted
parameter are UIA1 and UEA0. 17)
PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF. When it is
checked, PTT user will not apply the early transmission
function, otherwise, PTT user will apply the early
transmission function. 18)
UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH. This
switch has become invalid. 19)
NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH. When
it is checked, the NodeB private interface data can be
HSUPA
Adaptiv
e
Transmi
ssion
RIM
Based
UMTS
Target
Cell
Selectio
n for
LTE
Differen
tiated
Service
Based
on SPI
Weight
Platinu
m User
Prioritizi
ng
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

341
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
taken to the NodeB through the IUB protocol message.

20)PTT_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF. When it is
checked, special LI will not be used for PTT user,
otherwise, special LI will be used for PTT user. 21)
RNC_DF_2_URA_PCH_SWITCH. When it is
checked, RNC will support transferring Fast Dormancy
UE from CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH to URA_PCH.
When it is not checked, RNC will not support
transferring Fast Dormancy UE from CELL_DCH or
CELL_FACH to URA_PCH. 22)
FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC uses TAC matching to determine
whether to apply the FAST DORMANCY function for
pre fast dormancy UEs. When this switch is turned off,
the RNC applies the FAST DORMANCY function for
pre fast dormancy UEs of 3GPP Release 5 or later. 23)
NONPTT_L1_FAST_SYNC_SWITCH. When this
switch is turned on, if a UE sets up a non-PTT service
on the DCH, the RNC includes the Post-verification
period information element (IE) in a Uu message to
instruct the UE to perform concurrent uplink and
downlink synchronization. When this switch is turned
off, if a UE sets up a non-PTT service on the DCH, the
RNC does not include the Post-verification period IE in
a Uu message. The UE first performs downlink
synchronization and then uplink synchronization. 24)
URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH.
Whether the RNC allows Layered Paging in URA_PCH
for a UE processing real-time services. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC sends paging messages to
the cell on which a UE processing real-time services
camped recently and to the neighboring cells of this cell.
The RNC pages the UE in the entire UTRAN
registration area (URA) only when it does not receive a
response from the UE. This significantly reduces the
number of paging messages on the Uu interface. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC directly pages the UE
in the entire URA. 25)
URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH.
for a UE processing non-real-time services. When this
the cell on which a UE processing non-real-time
services camped recently and to the neighboring cells
of this cell. The RNC pages the UE in the entire URA
only when the RNC does not receive a response from
the UE. This significantly reduces the number of paging
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

342
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
messages on the Uu interface. When this switch is

turned off, the RNC directly pages the UE in the entire
URA. 26)
IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH.
Whether to enable layered paging for UEs in the idle
state who will establish non-real-time service. When
this switch is turned on (selected), the first broadcasts a
paging message in the cell who has interacted with the
UE for the last time and its neighboring cells. If the UE
cannot be paged, the RNC then broadcasts a paging
message in the LAC or RAC area. When this switch is
turned off (deselected), the RNC directly broadcasts a
paging message in the LAC or RAC area. 27)
IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH. Whether
to enable layered paging for UEs in the idle state who
will establish real-time service. When this switch is
turned on (selected),first broadcasts a paging message
in the cell who has interacted with the UE for the last
time and its neighboring cells. If the UE cannot be
paged, the RNC then broadcasts a paging message in
the LAC or RAC area. When this switch is turned off
(deselected), the RNC directly broadcasts a paging
message in the LAC or RAC area. 28)
INTELLIGENT_WIFI_DETECT_AND_SELECTION. Whether to enable intelligent Wi-Fi detection
and selection for the RNC. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC supports intelligent Wi-Fi detection and
selection. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does
not supports intelligent Wi-Fi detection and selection.
29)
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH.
Whether to enable the RIM-based cell load sharing
function. When this switch is turned on, RIM-based load
sharing can be achieved between UMTS and LTE cells.
Upon receiving a load sharing request from an LTE cell,
a UMTS cell responds with its own load information.
When this switch is turned off, UMTS cells do not
support the RIM-based cell load sharing function.
Therefore, UMTS cells do not respond to load sharing
requests from LTE cells. 30)
PTUSER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH. Whether to
preferentially guarantee platinum users in terms of
network access, voice quality, or PS service rate. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC recognizes platinum
users and preferentially guarantees their user
experience. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

343
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
does not recognize platinum users and does not

preferentially guarantee their user experience.
GUI Value Range: INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH,
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST,
DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR, RNC_SHARE_SWITCH,
RNCAP_IMSI_HO_SWITCH,
TERMINAL_VERSION_DEBASE_SWITCH,
SYS_HO_OUT_CIPHER_SWITCH,
SYS_HO_CIPHER_CONFIG,
BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST,
CR2284R1_SWITCH, CDT_MSG_FULL_TRACE,
CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH,
UL_INTER_PROTECT_SWITCH,
FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH,
SYS_HO_IN_CIPHER_SWITCH,
PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF,
UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH,
NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH,
PTT_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF,
RNC_DF_2_URA_PCH_SWITCH,
FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH,
NONPTT_L1_FAST_SYNC_SWITCH,
URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH,
URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH,
IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH,
IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH,
INTELLIGENT_WIFI_DETECT_AND_SELECTION,
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH,
PTUSER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

344
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH-0&SYS_INFO_UPDA
TE_FOR_IU_RST-0&DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR-0&R
NC_SHARE_SWITCH-1&RNCAP_IMSI_HO_SWI
TCH-0&TERMINAL_VERSION_DEBASE_SWITC
H-0&SYS_HO_OUT_CIPHER_SWITCH-0&SYS_H
O_CIPHER_CONFIG-1&BARRED_CELL_FOR_CS
DOMAIN_RST-0&CR2284R1_SWITCH-0&CDT_M
SG_FULL_TRACE-0&CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_
SWITCH-1&COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWIT
CH-1&UL_INTER_PROTECT_SWITCH-0&FAST_
DORMANCY_SWITCH-0&SYS_HO_IN_CIPHER_
SWITCH-0&PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF0&UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH-0&
NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH-0&PTT
_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF-0&RNC_DF_2_URA_PC
H_SWITCH-0&FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH-0&N
ONPTT_L1_FAST_SYNC_SWITCH-0&URAPCH_
LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH-0&URAPCH_L
AYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH-0&IDLE_LAY
ERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH-0&IDLE_LAYER
ED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH-0&INTELLIGENT_WI
FI_DETECT_AND_SELECTION-0&INTERRAT_L
OAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH-0&PTUSER_I
DENTIFY_SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

345
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PROCE
SSSWIT
CH
BSC691
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: 1)INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH. When it is

checked, RNC will start Invoke Trace procedure upon
receiving INVOKE TRACE Message form CN,
otherwise, RNC won't start the Invoke Trace procedure
though it receives the INVOKE TRACE message. 2)
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST. When it is
checked, the SIB1 does not contain broken-down CN
information. In this case, the UE will not select brokendown network when Iu transmission failure occurs,
otherwise, the SIB1 contains the broken-down CN
information. In this case, the UE will select brokendown network but the RNC will reject the request when
Iu transmission failure occurs. 3)
DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR. When it is checked, DRNC
will start DSCR procedure directly in RRC states other
than CELL_DCH, otherwise, DRNC will transfer RRC
CELL UPDATE message to SRNC. 4)
RNC_SHARE_SWITCH. When it is checked, the
traffic sharing function is enabled, otherwise, the traffic
sharing function is disabled, service access will be
affected under heavy traffic. 5)
RNCAP_IMSI_HO_SWITCH. When it is checked,
Imsi handover function will be used, otherwise it will
be not used. 6)
TERMINAL_VERSION_DEBASE_SWITCH. When
it is checked, terminal version R4 will debase to R99.
7)SYS_HO_OUT_CIPHER_SWITCH. When it is
checked, the RNC will add ciphering byte at GSM
HANDOVER COMMAND if the GSM system do not
add any cipher information at that message. 8)
SYS_HO_CIPHER_CONFIG. When it is checked, the
cipher configuration in the added cipher byte in GSM
will be A5/1.When it is no checked ,the cipher
configuration is A5/0. 9)
BARRED_CELL_FOR_CSDOMAIN_RST. When it
is checked, cell will be bared when CS domain is
invalid, otherwise the CS domain will be bared when
CS domain is invalid. It is invalid If
SYS_INFO_UPDATE_FOR_IU_RST is not checked.
10)CR2284R1_SWITCH. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC performs the processing based on
CR2284R1, that is, based on the description in section
8.6.6.28 of Release 5 TS 25.331. In this section, it
describes that the HFN is increased by one when RB
setup is accompanied by a Timing re-initialized hard
handover. When this switch is turned off, the HFN is
not increased by one when RB setup is accompanied by
WRFD020124
WRFD140206
WRFD150205
WRFD020134
WRFD020500
WRFD020128
WRFD020132
WRFD021303
WRFD021102
WRFD0106121
2
WRFD010641
WRFD150231
WRFD020806
WRFD150204
Uplink
Flow
Control
of User
Plane
Layered
Paging
in
URA_P
CH
Layered
Paging
in Idle
Mode
Push to
Talk
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy
Quality
Improve
ment for
Subscrib
ed
Service
Web
browsin
g
accelerat
ion
IMSI
Based
Handov
er
Cell
Barring
HSUPA
Iub Flow
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

346
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
in Case
of Iub
Congesti
on
a Timing re-initialized hard handover. 11)

CDT_MSG_FULL_TRACE. When it is checked, CDT
trace function which starts tracing from message RRC
CONNECT REQUEST. 12)
CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH. CR2284R1
causes the compatible problem. if UE is not consistent
with RNC regarding whether accept the CR2284R1 or
not, it will cause the problem of streaming when UEs
are communicating with each other. So RNC creates this
switch. when it is checked, RNC is auto-adaptive to
accept the CR2284R1 according to UE version
information. The principles that RNC judges UE
whether to accept the CR2284R1 are as follows: R5 and
above UE accepts the CR; R99/R4 UE, if it receives the
START LIST value from RB SETUP
COMPLETE,RNC figures that UE accepts the CR;
R99/R4 UE, if it only receives the START value from
RB SETUP COMPLETE,RNC figures that UE does not
accept the CR; when it is not checked, whether RNC
accept the CR or not is according to
CR2284R1_SWITCH. The relations between these two
switches CR2284R1_SWITCH and
CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH are as follows:
(1)CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH is checked,
RNC is self-compatible, so the CR2284R1_SWITCH is
invalid; (2)CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH is
not checked, the CR2284R1_SWITCH is valid. 13)
COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWITCH. When it
is on, RNC will not reject the message RB SETUP CMP
without the IE active time. 14)
UL_INTER_PROTECT_SWITCH. When the switch is
off, RNC will not do integrity protection check for
uplink RRC messages. 15)
FAST_DORMANCY_SWITCH. When it is checked,
RNC will apply FAST DORMANCY function. 16)
SYS_HO_IN_CIPHER_SWITCH. When it is checked,
don't receive the encrypted ability information from
RELOC REQ ,default configured of encrypted
parameter are UIA1 and UEA0. 17)
PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF. When it is
checked, PTT user will not apply the early transmission
function, otherwise, PTT user will apply the early
transmission function. 18)
UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH. This
switch has become invalid. 19)
NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH. When
it is checked, the NodeB private interface data can be
HSUPA
Adaptiv
e
Transmi
ssion
RIM
Based
UMTS
Target
Cell
Selectio
n for
LTE
Differen
tiated
Service
Based
on SPI
Weight
Platinu
m User
Prioritizi
ng
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

347
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
taken to the NodeB through the IUB protocol message.

20)PTT_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF. When it is
checked, special LI will not be used for PTT user,
otherwise, special LI will be used for PTT user. 21)
RNC_DF_2_URA_PCH_SWITCH. When it is
checked, RNC will support transferring Fast Dormancy
UE from CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH to URA_PCH.
When it is not checked, RNC will not support
transferring Fast Dormancy UE from CELL_DCH or
CELL_FACH to URA_PCH. 22)
FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC uses TAC matching to determine
whether to apply the FAST DORMANCY function for
pre fast dormancy UEs. When this switch is turned off,
the RNC applies the FAST DORMANCY function for
pre fast dormancy UEs of 3GPP Release 5 or later. 23)
NONPTT_L1_FAST_SYNC_SWITCH. When this
switch is turned on, if a UE sets up a non-PTT service
on the DCH, the RNC includes the Post-verification
period information element (IE) in a Uu message to
instruct the UE to perform concurrent uplink and
downlink synchronization. When this switch is turned
off, if a UE sets up a non-PTT service on the DCH, the
RNC does not include the Post-verification period IE in
a Uu message. The UE first performs downlink
synchronization and then uplink synchronization. 24)
URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH.
for a UE processing real-time services. When this
the cell on which a UE processing real-time services
camped recently and to the neighboring cells of this cell.
The RNC pages the UE in the entire UTRAN
registration area (URA) only when it does not receive a
response from the UE. This significantly reduces the
number of paging messages on the Uu interface. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC directly pages the UE
in the entire URA. 25)
URAPCH_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH.
for a UE processing non-real-time services. When this
the cell on which a UE processing non-real-time
services camped recently and to the neighboring cells
of this cell. The RNC pages the UE in the entire URA
only when the RNC does not receive a response from
the UE. This significantly reduces the number of paging
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

348
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
messages on the Uu interface. When this switch is

turned off, the RNC directly pages the UE in the entire
URA. 26)
IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH.
Whether to enable layered paging for UEs in the idle
state who will establish non-real-time service. When
this switch is turned on (selected), the first broadcasts a
paging message in the cell who has interacted with the
UE for the last time and its neighboring cells. If the UE
cannot be paged, the RNC then broadcasts a paging
message in the LAC or RAC area. When this switch is
turned off (deselected), the RNC directly broadcasts a
paging message in the LAC or RAC area. 27)
IDLE_LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH. Whether
to enable layered paging for UEs in the idle state who
will establish real-time service. When this switch is
turned on (selected),first broadcasts a paging message
in the cell who has interacted with the UE for the last
time and its neighboring cells. If the UE cannot be
paged, the RNC then broadcasts a paging message in
the LAC or RAC area. When this switch is turned off
(deselected), the RNC directly broadcasts a paging
message in the LAC or RAC area. 28)
INTELLIGENT_WIFI_DETECT_AND_SELECTION. Whether to enable intelligent Wi-Fi detection
and selection for the RNC. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC supports intelligent Wi-Fi detection and
selection. When this switch is turned off, the RNC does
not supports intelligent Wi-Fi detection and selection.
29)
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH.
Whether to enable the RIM-based cell load sharing
function. When this switch is turned on, RIM-based load
sharing can be achieved between UMTS and LTE cells.
Upon receiving a load sharing request from an LTE cell,
a UMTS cell responds with its own load information.
When this switch is turned off, UMTS cells do not
support the RIM-based cell load sharing function.
Therefore, UMTS cells do not respond to load sharing
requests from LTE cells. 30)
PTUSER_IDENTIFY_SWITCH. Whether to
preferentially guarantee platinum users in terms of
network access, voice quality, or PS service rate. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC recognizes platinum
users and preferentially guarantees their user
experience. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

349
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
does not recognize platinum users and does not

preferentially guarantee their user experience.
GUI Value Range: INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

350
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
INVOKE_TRACE_SWITCH-0&SYS_INFO_UPDA
TE_FOR_IU_RST-0&DRNC_DIRECT_DSCR-0&R
NC_SHARE_SWITCH-1&RNCAP_IMSI_HO_SWI
TCH-0&TERMINAL_VERSION_DEBASE_SWITC
H-0&SYS_HO_OUT_CIPHER_SWITCH-0&SYS_H
O_CIPHER_CONFIG-1&BARRED_CELL_FOR_CS
DOMAIN_RST-0&CR2284R1_SWITCH-0&CDT_M
SG_FULL_TRACE-0&CR2284R1_COMPATIBLE_
SWITCH-1&COMBINE_OPERATION_DRD_SWIT
CH-1&UL_INTER_PROTECT_SWITCH-0&FAST_
DORMANCY_SWITCH-0&SYS_HO_IN_CIPHER_
SWITCH-0&PTT_EARLY_TRANS_SWITCH_OFF0&UPLINK_MDC_ENHENCEMENT_SWITCH-0&
NODEB_PRIVATE_INTERFACE_SWITCH-0&PTT
_SPEC_LI_SWITCH_OFF-0&RNC_DF_2_URA_PC
H_SWITCH-0&FD_TAC_MATCH_SWITCH-0&N
ONPTT_L1_FAST_SYNC_SWITCH-0&URAPCH_
LAYERED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH-0&URAPCH_L
AYERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH-0&IDLE_LAY
ERED_PAGING_NRT_SWITCH-0&IDLE_LAYER
ED_PAGING_RT_SWITCH-0&INTELLIGENT_WI
FI_DETECT_AND_SELECTION-0&INTERRAT_L
OAD_REPORT_FOR_LTE_SWITCH-0&PTUSER_I
DENTIFY_SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

351
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RSRQS
witch
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: Whether SIB19 contains the RSRQ-related

"ThdToHighRSRQ", "ThdToLowRSRQ",
"EQqualmin" and "ThdServingLow2"(See "ADD
UCELLSELRESEL") parameters. When this parameter
is set to True, SIB19 contains these parameters. When
this parameter is set to False, SIB19 does not contain
these parameters. For details about this parameter, see
3GPP TS 25.304.
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: TRUE, FALSE
RSRQS
witch
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
Meaning: Whether SIB19 contains the RSRQ-related

"ThdToHighRSRQ", "ThdToLowRSRQ",
"EQqualmin" and "ThdServingLow2"(See "ADD
UCELLSELRESEL") parameters. When this parameter
is set to True, SIB19 contains these parameters. When
this parameter is set to False, SIB19 does not contain
these parameters. For details about this parameter, see
3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: TRUE, FALSE
EQqual
min
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: Minimum signal quality of a cell using the

target UARFCN. The Squal value is equal to the UEmeasured RSRQ in the cell using the target UARFCN
minus this parameter value. If the Squal value keeps
higher than "ThdToLowRSRQ" or "ThdToHighRSRQ"
during the cell reselection delay time, the UE will
reselect the target cell. For details about this parameter,
see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -22
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

352
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
EQqual
min
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: Minimum signal quality of a cell using the

target UARFCN. The Squal value is equal to the UEmeasured RSRQ in the cell using the target UARFCN
minus this parameter value. If the Squal value keeps
higher than "ThdToLowRSRQ" or "ThdToHighRSRQ"
during the cell reselection delay time, the UE will
see 3GPP TS 25.304.
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO

Unit: dB
Default Value: -22
ThdToH
ighRSR
Q
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
Meaning: RSRQ threshold of the target cell relative to

"EQqualmin" when the absolute priority of the target
UARFCN is higher than that of the serving cell and cell
reselection from the serving cell to a cell using the target
UARFCN is to be implemented. After the cell
reselection measurement starts, if the signal quality of
the target cell keeps higher than this threshold during
the cell reselection delay time, the UE will reselect the
target cell. For details about this parameter, see 3GPP
TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 3
ThdToH
ighRSR
Q
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

UARFCN is higher than that of the serving cell and cell
the target cell keeps higher than this threshold during
the cell reselection delay time, the UE will reselect the
target cell. For details about this parameter, see 3GPP
TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 3
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

353
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
ThdToL
owRSR
Q
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

UARFCN is lower than that of the serving cell and cell
the serving cell keeps lower than the Ec/N0 threshold
for cell reselection towards a lower-priority cell and the
signal quality of the target cell keeps higher than this
threshold during the cell reselection delay time, the UE
will reselect the target cell. For details about this
parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO

Unit: dB
Default Value: 3
ThdToL
owRSR
Q
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

UARFCN is lower than that of the serving cell and cell
the serving cell keeps lower than the Ec/N0 threshold
for cell reselection towards a lower-priority cell and the
signal quality of the target cell keeps higher than this
threshold during the cell reselection delay time, the UE
will reselect the target cell. For details about this
Unit: dB
Default Value: 3
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

354
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
ThdServ
ingLow
2
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: CPICH Ec/No threshold of the serving cell

for cell reselection towards the target cell using a lowerpriority frequency. After the cell reselection
measurement starts, if the Ec/No of the serving cell
keeps lower than this parameter value and the Ec/No of
the target cell using a lower-priority frequency keeps
high during the cell reselection delay time, the UE will
see 3GPP TS 25.304.
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL

Unit: dB
Default Value: 2
ThdServ
ingLow
2
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: CPICH Ec/No threshold of the serving cell

for cell reselection towards the target cell using a lowerpriority frequency. After the cell reselection
measurement starts, if the Ec/No of the serving cell
keeps lower than this parameter value and the Ec/No of
the target cell using a lower-priority frequency keeps
high during the cell reselection delay time, the UE will
see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 2
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

355
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
U2LPun
ishSwitc
h
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020504
Inner
Loop
Power
Control
Meaning: Whether the function of preventing servicebased ping-pong handovers or redirections between
UMTS cells and LTE cells takes effect. When this
switch is turned on, the function takes effect. Otherwise,
the function does not take effect.
WRFD020129
WRFD140218
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
U2LPun
ishSwitc
h
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020504
WRFD020129
WRFD140218
Inner
Loop
Power
Control
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Whether the function of preventing servicebased ping-pong handovers or redirections between
UMTS cells and LTE cells takes effect. When this
switch is turned on, the function takes effect. Otherwise,
the function does not take effect.
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

356
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
U2LPun
ishTime
r
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Timer during which service-based ping-pong

handovers or redirections between UMTS cells and
LTE cells are prevented. When this parameter is set to
0, the service-based ping-pong handovers or
redirections between UMTS cells and LTE cells are
allowed.
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Timer during which service-based ping-pong

handovers or redirections between UMTS cells and
LTE cells are prevented. When this parameter is set to
0, the service-based ping-pong handovers or
redirections between UMTS cells and LTE cells are
allowed.
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inner
Loop
Power
Control
Meaning: Whether the RNC triggers service-based LTE

cell handovers or redirections when the best cell that a
UE camps on changes. The best cell can be an intrafrequency or inter-frequency cell. When the switch is
turned on, the RNC triggers service-based LTE cell
handovers or redirections after the best cell changes.
When the switch is turned off, the RNC does not trigger
service-based LTE cell handovers or redirections after
the best cell changes.
U2LPun
ishTime
r
BestCell
TrigLTE
MeasSw
itch
BSC691
0
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD140218
WRFD020129
WRFD140218
WRFD020504
WRFD020129
WRFD140218
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Unit: s
Default Value: 20
Unit: s
Default Value: 20

Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

357
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
BestCell
TrigLTE
MeasSw
itch
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020504
Inner
Loop
Power
Control

MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020129
WRFD140218
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

358
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Optimiz
ationSwi
tch
BSC690
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD010801
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Meaning: 1)PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
Maximum number of paging attempts in the RAN
network when no response is received after a paging
message is sent. 0: This switch is turned off. The paging
message is sent for a maximum of 10 times. 1: This
switch is turned on. The paging message is sent for a
maximum of 5 times. 2)ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(Switch for RL Reestablishment During Soft Handover)
Whether to trigger radio link (RL) reestablishment
during a soft handover. 1: This switch is turned on. A
UE sends a CELL UPDATE message to the RNC and
subsequently the RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE
when both of the following conditions are met: -The
RNC is waiting for the UE's response to the ACTIVE
SET UPDATE message. -The RNC detects that
downlink transmission on signaling radio bearer
(SRB2) is disconnected or the NodeB reports that all
RLs for the UE are out of synchronization. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish the
RL for the UE when the preceding conditions are met.
3)MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
Reestablishment During Meas Control) Whether to
trigger RL reestablishment during measurement
control. 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
following conditions are met: -The RNC has sent a
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE. The RNC detects that downlink transmission on SRB2
is disconnected when the UE state is stable. 0: This
4)
FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH. Whether to enable the RNC to release the RRC
connection of an EFD-capable UE that received an
SCRI message from the PS domain of the CN if the UE
sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message after
reentering a service area. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC releases the RRC connection of such a UE in
the preceding scenario. This solves the problem that a
network becomes inaccessible when such a UE reenters
a service area. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
directly releases the RRC connection after receiving the
CELL UPDATE message from the Enhanced Fast
Dormancy-capable that leaves and then reenters the
service area. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
WRFD010802
WRFD020500
WRFD021101
WRFD010510
WRFD011402
WRFD010651
WRFD0106150
2
WRFD0106150
4
WRFD010301
WRFD010507
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
Encrypti
on
HSDPA
over Iur
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and Two
PS
Services
Combin
ation of
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

359
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
One CS
Service
and
Three
PS
Services
processes the CELL UPDATE message received from

the Enhanced Fast Dormancy-capable UE that leaves
and then reenters the service area. 5)
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH. Whether the
RNC normally releases connections when it detects
failed cyclic redundancy check (CRC) on RB SETUP
COMPLETE or RB RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE messages received from HSDPA UEs. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC normally releases
the connections when it detects the failed CRC. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC abnormally releases the
connections when it detects the failed CRC. 6)
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH. Whether the RNC
performs the directed retry decision (DRD) when it
receives a CELL UPDATE message with the cause
value "uplink data transmission" or " paging response"
during UEs' state transition from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC performs the DRD in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not perform
the DRD in the preceding scenario. 7)P2D_SWITCH
Whether to transit a UE from the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state when the
following conditions are met: the UE sends the RNC a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "uplink
data transmission" or "paging response"; the number of
UEs on the FACH reaches the upper limit or the UE is
to set up a CS service but the common channel is
congested. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
instructs the UEs in CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to
directly transit to the CELL_DCH state in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC instructs
the UEs in CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to transit to
the CELL_FACH state in the preceding scenario. 8)
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC proceeds with CS service setups
involving state transitions from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH if the UEs in question report cell updates
during the setup procedure. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC first processes the CELL UPDATE message
and then proceeds with the CS service setup procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC processes the
CELL UPDATE message and does not proceed with the
CS service setup. 9)
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether the
RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it detects an
SRB reset reported on Layer 2 for decreasing the
Paging
UE in
Idle,
CELL_P
CH,
URA_P
CH State
(Type 1)
Rate
Negotiat
ion at
Admissi
on
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

360
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
number of UE call drops 1: This switch is turned on.

The RNC reestablishes an RL when it detects the SRB
reset. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
reestablish an RL when it detects the SRB reset. 10)
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether active link
re-establishment is allowed after the radio link fails 1:
This switch is turned on. Active link re-establishment is
allowed after the RNC receives a RADIO LINK
FAILURE INDICATION message and the timer used
to wait for a RADIO LINK RESTORE INDICATION
message from the NodeB expires. 0: This switch is
turned off. Active link re-establishment is not allowed
after the RNC receives a RADIO LINK FAILURE
INDICATION message and the timer used to wait for a
RADIO LINK RESTORE INDICATION message
from the NodeB expires. 11)
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) when SRBs of a CS
service reset or all its RLs are out of synchronization. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC reestablishes an RL
in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not reestablish an RL in the preceding
scenario. 12)PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH 1: This switch
is turned on. PS services can trigger active link reestablishment. 0: This switch is turned off. PS services
cannot trigger active link re-establishment. 13)
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH Whether the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it receives a CELL
UPDATE message carrying SRB reset information. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not release the
RRC connection and it reestablishes an RL. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC releases the RRC
connection. 14)RL_RESTORE_SWITCH Switch for
the radio link restoration timer 1: This switch is turned
on. If there are CS services and the last radio link fails,
the RNC waits for the radio link to restore before the
timer T313 expires. 0: This switch is turned off. If there
are CS services and the last radio link fails, the RNC
waits for the radio link to restore before the original
timer expires. 15)RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH Whether
to enable RNC-level UE state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) for fast dormancycapable UEs. 1: This switch is turned on. The D2F state
transition is enabled for the fast dormancy-capable
UEs.. 0: This switch is turned off. The state transition
from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH (D2P) is enabled for
the fast dormancy-capable UEs 16)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

361
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH Whether the

RB release due to SCRI during RB reconfiguration is
calculated as a call drop 1: This switch is turned on. The
RB release due to SCRI during reconfiguration is not
calculated as a call drop. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RB release due to SCRI during reconfiguration is
calculated as a call drop. 17)RRC_RECONN_SWITCH
Switch for the RNC to process the RRC connection
setup requests from a UE. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC releases the established RRC connection
when the UE retransmits RRC connection setup
requests. 0: This switch is turned off. When the UE
retransmits the RRC connection setup request to access
the same cell, the RNC rejects the new RRC connection
setup requests. When the UE retransmits the RRC
connection setup request to access different cells, the
RNC releases the established RRC connection. It is
recommended that this parameter be set to its default
value and the parameter value be not changed. If you
need to change the value of this parameter, ask for
assistance from Huawei technical support personnel.
18)RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH Whether the RNC
counts the number of retransmitted RRC connection
setup requests in the measurement of the
RRC.AttConnEstab.Reg and RRC.AttConnEstab.Detac performance counters. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC counts the number of retransmitted RRC
connection setup requests in the measurement of the two
preceding performance counters. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not count the number of
retransmitted RRC connection setup requests in the
measurement of the two preceding performance
counters. 19)F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection of a UE
if the UE does not respond to the RNC after its three
failed attempts at the state transition from CELL_FACH
to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on. The RRC
connection is released with the cause "User Inactive"
after the UE fails in the state transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH for three times. The
connection release is measured in the
VS.MBMS.RB.PTP.Loss.Abnorm counter. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RRC connection is not released
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH three times, and the UE
remains in the CELL_FACH state. 20)
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH Whether a UE in the
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

362
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state preferentially performs

a state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH before initiating a CS
service. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC first
performs a state transition from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to CELL_DCH and then initiates the CS
service. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC first
URA_PCH to CELL_FACH and then initiates the CS
service. 21)SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH Whether
the relocation command sent from a UMTS network to
an unencrypted GSM network carries the UEA0
encryption information element (IE) when a UE
complying with 3GPP Release 6 or later is handed over
from the GSM network to the UMTS network. 1: This
switch is turned on. The relocation command does not
carry any encryption IE. 0: This switch is turned off.
The relocation command carries the UEA0 encryption
IE. 22)P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH Whether to
reconfigure the GPRS Tunneling Protocol User plane
(GTP-U) when a UE in the CELL_PCH state performs
a cell update. 1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U is
not reconfigured in the preceding scenario. 0: This
switch is turned off. The GTP-U is reconfigured in the
preceding scenario. 23)
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH
Whether the RNC adjusts the activation time for
encryption parameters based on an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message 1: When this switch is turned on,
the RNC does not adjust the activation time for
encryption parameters as long as the difference between
the activation times specified in an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message and in the corresponding RB
SETUP message is smaller than 200 connection frame
numbers (CFNs). 0: When this switch is turned off, the
RNC always adjusts the activation time for encryption
parameters based on an RB SETUP COMPLETE
message, regardless of the preceding difference. 24)
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH Whether the
RNC reinitiates CS services upon receiving a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message in which only the
CS allocation/retention priority (CARP) is changed. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not reinitiate
CS services, which prevents CS call drops. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC reinitiates CS services,
which results in CS call drops. 25)
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

363
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Whether the RNC buffers a TMSI REALLOCATION

COMMAND message received during an RAB setup.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the TMSI
REALLOCATION COMMAND message received
during the RAB setup and then forwards the message to
a UE after the RAB setup. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not buffer the TMSI REALLOCATION
COMMAND message received during the RAB setup.
The RNC directly forwards the message to a UE. 26)
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH Whether an
SPU board sends a PS service release message to an IuPS interface board in case of a faulty IP path, a faulty
Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) link, or a
reset on the Iu interface 1: This switch is turned on. The
SPU board sends the PS service release message to the
Iu-PS interface board. 0: This switch is turned off. The
SPU board does not send any PS service release
message to the Iu-PS interface board. 27)
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether the RNC
initiates radio link (RL) reestablishment during a radio
bearer (RB) reconfiguration when the RNC detects that
a signaling radio bearer (SRB) is reset or all RLs for a
UE are out of synchronization 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC initiates RL reestablishment during the
RB reconfiguration. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not initiate RL reestablishment during the RB
reconfiguration. 28)
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH Whether the RNC
buffers a DIRECT TRANSFER message received from
the CN and sends a PAGING message after the RNC
receives a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message from a UE moving from the
CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH state (F2P for short) 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the DIRECT
TRANSFER message and sends the PAGING message
to the UE. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does
not buffer the DIRECT TRANSFER message. 29)
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH Whether the RNC
performs compatibility processing upon receiving a
Signalling Connection Release Indication message with
the cause value "UE Requested PS Data Session End"
when CS+PS combined services are performed. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC performs compatibility
processing. It sends an RB RELEASE message
containing the Signalling Connection Release
Indication information element (IE) to instruct a UE to
release the signaling connection in the corresponding
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

364
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
domain. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not

perform compatibility processing and it discards the
SCRI message. 30)GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures the number of call drops
when it receives a GTPU Error Indication message
pertaining to a UE from the CN and releases the RRC
connection. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does
not measure the number of call drops in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
measures the number of call drops when releasing PS
services. 31)
IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITCH
Whether the RNC contains the MAC-hs reset indicator
information element (IE) in the PHYSICAL
CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION and RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION messages for a reset
of the MAC-hs entity. The two messages are sent to a
UE when a service link over the Iur interface changes.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC contains the MAChs reset indicator IE in the two preceding messages. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC does not contain the
MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two preceding
messages.
GUI Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
(PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH),
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH),
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH),
CH
(FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH), UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH
(RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH), P2D_SWITCH
(P2D_SWITCH),
(AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH),
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

365
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH
(UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH),
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH
(RL_RESTORE_SWITCH),
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH
(RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH),
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH
(RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH),
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH
(RRC_RECONN_SWITCH),
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH
(RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH),
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
(F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH),
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH
(CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH),
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH
(SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH),
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH
(P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH),
(RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH),
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH
(CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH),
(RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH),
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH
(IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH),
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH),
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
(F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH),
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
(GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH),
(IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH,
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

366
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CH, UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH, P2D_SWITCH,
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH,
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH,
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH,
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH,
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH,
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH,
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH,
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH,
Default Value:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH-0&ASU_RL_RE
SET_SWITCH-0&MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH-0&FD
_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH
-0&UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH-0&RNC_P2
D_DRD_SWITCH-0&P2D_SWITCH-0&AMR_F2D
_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH-0&SRB_RESET_
RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SW
ITCH-0&CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&PS_RL_SET
UP_SWITCH-0&UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH-0&RL
_RESTORE_SWITCH-0&RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITC
H-1&RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH-0&R
RC_RECONN_SWITCH-0&RRC_REPEAT_PFM_S
WITCH-1&F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH-0&C
S_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH-0&SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_
SWITCH-0&P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH-1&R
B_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH-1&CS_P
RI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH-0&RAB_SETUP_T
MSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH-0&IU_FAULT_RE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

367
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
L_PS_RES_SWITCH-0&RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_
SWITCH-0&F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH-0&
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH-0&GTPU_ERR_IN
D_DEF_SWITCH-0&IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MAC
HS_RESET_SWITCH-1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

368
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Optimiz
ationSwi
tch
BSC691
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD010801
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Meaning: 1)PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
Maximum number of paging attempts in the RAN
network when no response is received after a paging
message is sent. 0: This switch is turned off. The paging
message is sent for a maximum of 10 times. 1: This
switch is turned on. The paging message is sent for a
maximum of 5 times. 2)ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(Switch for RL Reestablishment During Soft Handover)
Whether to trigger radio link (RL) reestablishment
during a soft handover. 1: This switch is turned on. A
UE sends a CELL UPDATE message to the RNC and
subsequently the RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE
when both of the following conditions are met: -The
RNC is waiting for the UE's response to the ACTIVE
SET UPDATE message. -The RNC detects that
downlink transmission on signaling radio bearer
(SRB2) is disconnected or the NodeB reports that all
RLs for the UE are out of synchronization. 0: This
3)MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH(Switch for RL
Reestablishment During Meas Control) Whether to
trigger RL reestablishment during measurement
control. 1: This switch is turned on. A UE sends a CELL
UPDATE message to the RNC and subsequently the
RNC reestablishes the RL for the UE when both of the
following conditions are met: -The RNC has sent a
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE. The RNC detects that downlink transmission on SRB2
is disconnected when the UE state is stable. 0: This
4)
CH. Whether to enable the RNC to release the RRC
connection of an EFD-capable UE that received an
SCRI message from the PS domain of the CN if the UE
sends the RNC a CELL UPDATE message after
reentering a service area. When this switch is turned on,
the RNC releases the RRC connection of such a UE in
the preceding scenario. This solves the problem that a
network becomes inaccessible when such a UE reenters
a service area. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
directly releases the RRC connection after receiving the
CELL UPDATE message from the Enhanced Fast
Dormancy-capable that leaves and then reenters the
service area. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
WRFD010802
WRFD020500
WRFD021101
WRFD010510
WRFD011402
WRFD010651
WRFD0106150
2
WRFD0106150
4
WRFD010301
WRFD010507
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
Encrypti
on
HSDPA
over Iur
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and Two
PS
Services
Combin
ation of
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

369
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
One CS
Service
and
Three
PS
Services
processes the CELL UPDATE message received from

the Enhanced Fast Dormancy-capable UE that leaves
and then reenters the service area. 5)
UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH. Whether the
RNC normally releases connections when it detects
failed cyclic redundancy check (CRC) on RB SETUP
COMPLETE or RB RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE messages received from HSDPA UEs. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC normally releases
the connections when it detects the failed CRC. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC abnormally releases the
connections when it detects the failed CRC. 6)
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH. Whether the RNC
performs the directed retry decision (DRD) when it
receives a CELL UPDATE message with the cause
value "uplink data transmission" or " paging response"
during UEs' state transition from CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC performs the DRD in the preceding scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not perform
the DRD in the preceding scenario. 7)P2D_SWITCH
Whether to transit a UE from the CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH state to the CELL_DCH state when the
following conditions are met: the UE sends the RNC a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "uplink
data transmission" or "paging response"; the number of
UEs on the FACH reaches the upper limit or the UE is
to set up a CS service but the common channel is
congested. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC
instructs the UEs in CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to
directly transit to the CELL_DCH state in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC instructs
the UEs in CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state to transit to
the CELL_FACH state in the preceding scenario. 8)
Whether the RNC proceeds with CS service setups
involving state transitions from CELL_FACH to
CELL_DCH if the UEs in question report cell updates
during the setup procedure. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC first processes the CELL UPDATE message
and then proceeds with the CS service setup procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC processes the
CELL UPDATE message and does not proceed with the
CS service setup. 9)
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether the
RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it detects an
SRB reset reported on Layer 2 for decreasing the
Paging
UE in
Idle,
CELL_P
CH,
URA_P
CH State
(Type 1)
Rate
Negotiat
ion at
Admissi
on
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

370
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
number of UE call drops 1: This switch is turned on.

The RNC reestablishes an RL when it detects the SRB
reset. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
reestablish an RL when it detects the SRB reset. 10)
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether active link
re-establishment is allowed after the radio link fails 1:
This switch is turned on. Active link re-establishment is
allowed after the RNC receives a RADIO LINK
FAILURE INDICATION message and the timer used
to wait for a RADIO LINK RESTORE INDICATION
message from the NodeB expires. 0: This switch is
turned off. Active link re-establishment is not allowed
after the RNC receives a RADIO LINK FAILURE
INDICATION message and the timer used to wait for a
RADIO LINK RESTORE INDICATION message
from the NodeB expires. 11)
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH Whether the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) when SRBs of a CS
service reset or all its RLs are out of synchronization. 1:
in the preceding scenario. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not reestablish an RL in the preceding
scenario. 12)PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH 1: This switch
is turned on. PS services can trigger active link reestablishment. 0: This switch is turned off. PS services
cannot trigger active link re-establishment. 13)
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH Whether the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) when it receives a CELL
UPDATE message carrying SRB reset information. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not release the
RRC connection and it reestablishes an RL. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC releases the RRC
connection. 14)RL_RESTORE_SWITCH Switch for
the radio link restoration timer 1: This switch is turned
on. If there are CS services and the last radio link fails,
the RNC waits for the radio link to restore before the
timer T313 expires. 0: This switch is turned off. If there
are CS services and the last radio link fails, the RNC
waits for the radio link to restore before the original
timer expires. 15)RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH Whether
to enable RNC-level UE state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F) for fast dormancycapable UEs. 1: This switch is turned on. The D2F state
transition is enabled for the fast dormancy-capable
UEs.. 0: This switch is turned off. The state transition
from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH (D2P) is enabled for
the fast dormancy-capable UEs 16)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

371
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH Whether the

RB release due to SCRI during RB reconfiguration is
calculated as a call drop 1: This switch is turned on. The
RB release due to SCRI during reconfiguration is not
calculated as a call drop. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RB release due to SCRI during reconfiguration is
calculated as a call drop. 17)RRC_RECONN_SWITCH
Switch for the RNC to process the RRC connection
setup requests from a UE. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC releases the established RRC connection
when the UE retransmits RRC connection setup
requests. 0: This switch is turned off. When the UE
retransmits the RRC connection setup request to access
the same cell, the RNC rejects the new RRC connection
setup requests. When the UE retransmits the RRC
connection setup request to access different cells, the
RNC releases the established RRC connection. It is
recommended that this parameter be set to its default
value and the parameter value be not changed. If you
need to change the value of this parameter, ask for
assistance from Huawei technical support personnel.
18)RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH Whether the RNC
counts the number of retransmitted RRC connection
setup requests in the measurement of the
RRC.AttConnEstab.Reg and RRC.AttConnEstab.Detac performance counters. 1: This switch is turned on.
The RNC counts the number of retransmitted RRC
connection setup requests in the measurement of the two
preceding performance counters. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC does not count the number of
retransmitted RRC connection setup requests in the
measurement of the two preceding performance
counters. 19)F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection of a UE
if the UE does not respond to the RNC after its three
failed attempts at the state transition from CELL_FACH
to CELL_DCH. 1: This switch is turned on. The RRC
connection is released with the cause "User Inactive"
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH for three times. The
connection release is measured in the
VS.MBMS.RB.PTP.Loss.Abnorm counter. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RRC connection is not released
CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH three times, and the UE
remains in the CELL_FACH state. 20)
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH Whether a UE in the
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

372
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state preferentially performs

a state transition from CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to
CELL_DCH or CELL_FACH before initiating a CS
service. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC first
URA_PCH to CELL_DCH and then initiates the CS
service. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC first
URA_PCH to CELL_FACH and then initiates the CS
service. 21)SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH Whether
the relocation command sent from a UMTS network to
an unencrypted GSM network carries the UEA0
encryption information element (IE) when a UE
complying with 3GPP Release 6 or later is handed over
from the GSM network to the UMTS network. 1: This
switch is turned on. The relocation command does not
carry any encryption IE. 0: This switch is turned off.
The relocation command carries the UEA0 encryption
IE. 22)P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH Whether to
reconfigure the GPRS Tunneling Protocol User plane
(GTP-U) when a UE in the CELL_PCH state performs
a cell update. 1: This switch is turned on. The GTP-U is
not reconfigured in the preceding scenario. 0: This
switch is turned off. The GTP-U is reconfigured in the
preceding scenario. 23)
Whether the RNC adjusts the activation time for
encryption parameters based on an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message 1: When this switch is turned on,
the RNC does not adjust the activation time for
encryption parameters as long as the difference between
the activation times specified in an RB SETUP
COMPLETE message and in the corresponding RB
SETUP message is smaller than 200 connection frame
numbers (CFNs). 0: When this switch is turned off, the
RNC always adjusts the activation time for encryption
parameters based on an RB SETUP COMPLETE
message, regardless of the preceding difference. 24)
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH Whether the
RNC reinitiates CS services upon receiving a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message in which only the
CS allocation/retention priority (CARP) is changed. 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC does not reinitiate
CS services, which prevents CS call drops. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC reinitiates CS services,
which results in CS call drops. 25)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

373
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Whether the RNC buffers a TMSI REALLOCATION

COMMAND message received during an RAB setup.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the TMSI
REALLOCATION COMMAND message received
during the RAB setup and then forwards the message to
a UE after the RAB setup. 0: This switch is turned off.
The RNC does not buffer the TMSI REALLOCATION
COMMAND message received during the RAB setup.
The RNC directly forwards the message to a UE. 26)
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH Whether an
SPU board sends a PS service release message to an IuPS interface board in case of a faulty IP path, a faulty
Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) link, or a
reset on the Iu interface 1: This switch is turned on. The
SPU board sends the PS service release message to the
Iu-PS interface board. 0: This switch is turned off. The
SPU board does not send any PS service release
message to the Iu-PS interface board. 27)
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether the RNC
initiates radio link (RL) reestablishment during a radio
bearer (RB) reconfiguration when the RNC detects that
a signaling radio bearer (SRB) is reset or all RLs for a
UE are out of synchronization 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC initiates RL reestablishment during the
RB reconfiguration. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not initiate RL reestablishment during the RB
reconfiguration. 28)
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH Whether the RNC
buffers a DIRECT TRANSFER message received from
the CN and sends a PAGING message after the RNC
receives a RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION
COMPLETE message from a UE moving from the
CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH state (F2P for short) 1:
This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers the DIRECT
TRANSFER message and sends the PAGING message
to the UE. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does
not buffer the DIRECT TRANSFER message. 29)
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH Whether the RNC
performs compatibility processing upon receiving a
Signalling Connection Release Indication message with
the cause value "UE Requested PS Data Session End"
when CS+PS combined services are performed. 1: This
switch is turned on. The RNC performs compatibility
processing. It sends an RB RELEASE message
containing the Signalling Connection Release
Indication information element (IE) to instruct a UE to
release the signaling connection in the corresponding
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

374
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
domain. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not

perform compatibility processing and it discards the
SCRI message. 30)GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures the number of call drops
when it receives a GTPU Error Indication message
pertaining to a UE from the CN and releases the RRC
connection. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does
not measure the number of call drops in the preceding
scenario. 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC
measures the number of call drops when releasing PS
services. 31)
Whether the RNC contains the MAC-hs reset indicator
information element (IE) in the PHYSICAL
CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION and RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION messages for a reset
of the MAC-hs entity. The two messages are sent to a
UE when a service link over the Iur interface changes.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC contains the MAChs reset indicator IE in the two preceding messages. 0:
This switch is turned off. The RNC does not contain the
MAC-hs reset indicator IE in the two preceding
messages.
GUI Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH
(PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH),
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH),
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH
(MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH),
CH
(FD_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWIT
CH), UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH
(RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH), P2D_SWITCH
(P2D_SWITCH),
(AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH),
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

375
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH
(PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH),
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH
(UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH),
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH
(RL_RESTORE_SWITCH),
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH
(RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH),
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH
(RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH),
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH
(RRC_RECONN_SWITCH),
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH
(RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH),
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH
(F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH),
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH
(CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH),
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH
(SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH),
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH
(P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH),
(RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH),
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH
(CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH),
(RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH),
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH
(IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH),
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH),
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH
(F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH),
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
(SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH),
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH
(GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH),
(IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MACHS_RESET_SWITC
H)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH,
ASU_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

376
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CH, UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
RNC_P2D_DRD_SWITCH, P2D_SWITCH,
AMR_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
SRB_RESET_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
PS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH,
UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH,
RL_RESTORE_SWITCH,
RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITCH,
RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH,
RRC_RECONN_SWITCH,
RRC_REPEAT_PFM_SWITCH,
F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH,
CS_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH,
SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_SWITCH,
P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH,
CS_PRI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH,
RAB_SETUP_TMSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH,
IU_FAULT_REL_PS_RES_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH,
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
GTPU_ERR_IND_DEF_SWITCH,
Default Value:
PAGGING_NUM_CTRL_SWITCH-0&ASU_RL_RE
SET_SWITCH-0&MC_RL_RESET_SWITCH-0&FD
_PCH_REENTERSA_FORCE_RRC_REL_SWITCH
-0&UE_CRC_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH-0&RNC_P2
D_DRD_SWITCH-0&P2D_SWITCH-0&AMR_F2D
_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH-0&SRB_RESET_
RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&RLFAIL_RL_SETUP_SW
ITCH-0&CS_RL_SETUP_SWITCH-0&PS_RL_SET
UP_SWITCH-0&UE_SRB_RESET_SWITCH-0&RL
_RESTORE_SWITCH-0&RNC_EFD_D2F_SWITC
H-1&RNC_RB_SCRI_NOT_DROP_SWITCH-0&R
RC_RECONN_SWITCH-0&RRC_REPEAT_PFM_S
WITCH-1&F2D_NO_RSP_RRCREL_SWITCH-0&C
S_SETUP_P2D_SWITCH-0&SYSHO_CIPHER_IE_
SWITCH-0&P2P_GTPU_NOT_CFG_SWITCH-1&R
B_SETUP_CIPHER_TIME_ADJ_SWITCH-1&CS_P
RI_MOD_NOT_INT_SWITCH-0&RAB_SETUP_T
MSI_REALLOC_BUF_SWITCH-0&IU_FAULT_RE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

377
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
L_PS_RES_SWITCH-0&RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_
SWITCH-0&F2P_DT_MSG_BUFFER_SWITCH-0&
SCRI_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH-0&GTPU_ERR_IN
D_DEF_SWITCH-0&IUR_SRV_CELL_CHG_MAC
HS_RESET_SWITCH-1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

378
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PROCE
SSSWIT
CH4
BSC690
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD020302
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Meaning: 1)
AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH (Hard
Handover Failure Rollback Switch for CS AMR Speech
Services) When this switch is turned on, the RNC
supports rollback caused by failed hard handovers of CS
AMR speech services. It is recommended that the timer
T312 be set to 1 second (SET UCONNMODETIMER:
T312=1;) before turning on this switch. If the timer
T312 is not set to 1 second, AMR noise will occur on
some UEs.If the AMRC feature is enabled, the RNC
supports the hard handover failure rollback of only for
12.2 kbit/s narrowband AMR services. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not support rollback
caused by failed hard handovers of CS AMR speech
services, leading to call drops. 2)
RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH (RRC
CONNECTION SETUP Message Optimization
Switch) Whether optimization of the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. When
this switch is turned on, optimization of the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. If the IE
RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message contains the same
information as that under SRB2, the RNC replaces the
IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 with the IE same as
RB:0x2(2) to shorten the length of the message. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not replace the
IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message. 3)
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH (Switch
for Simultaneous PS Service Setup F2D and Cell
Update Procedures) During the PS service setup, the
RNC undoes a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D for
short) procedure when it receives a Cell Update message
with the cause value "cell reselection" during the F2D
procedure. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
temporarily does not send the
RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message to the
CN after the F2D procedure is undone and waits until
the Cell Update message is processed and the PS service
is set up successfully. When this switch is turned off,
the RNC directly responds to the CN with a
RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message with
the cause value "failure-in-the-radio-interfaceprocedure" after the F2D procedure is undone,
indicating that the PS service fails to be set up. 4)
TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH (Switch for
WRFD010510
WRFD020304
WRFD0106090
2
WRFD0204000
2
WRFD020303
WRFD020305
WRFD020306
WRFD010101
WRFD140205
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and One
PS
Service
Inter
System
Direct
Retry
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

379
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Coverag
e
Throughput Increase in the Case of Simultaneous uplink

and downlink Transmissions) This switch is turned on
to increase the total throughput in the uplink and
downlink only when uplink and downlink HSPA data
is transmitted simultaneously. In other scenarios, you
are advised to turn off the switch. When this switch is
turned on, the function of increasing the total throughput
in the case of simultaneous uplink and downlink
transmissions takes effect. When this switch is turned
off, the function of increasing the total throughput in the
case of simultaneous uplink and downlink
transmissions does not take effect. 5)
PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
Reestablishments During the Physical Channel
Reconfiguration) When this switch is turned on, a UE
sends the RNC a Cell Update message with the cause
value "Radio Link Failure" and the RNC reestablishes
the radio link for the UE under the following conditions:
The UE has not responded to the Physical Channel
Reconfiguration message. The RNC detects interrupted
downlink transmission on SRB2 or the NodeB reports
that all radio links of the UE are out of synchronization.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
reestablish the radio link for the UE under the preceding
conditions. 6) IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Iur RL
Reestablishment Switch) When this switch is turned on,
the RNC deletes the existing Iur radio links for the UE
during the RNC performing radio link reestablishment.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not delete
the existing Iur radio links during the RNC performing
radio link reestablishment. 7)
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
Reestablishment or Cell Update During an RB Setup)
When this switch is turned on and the RNC is waiting
for a UE's response during a radio bearer (RB) setup
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure: The
RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE if the
RNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset at
layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out of
synchronization upon expiration of the RL Restore
timer. For the RL reestablishment triggered by SRB
reset detected by RNC, the switch
under "PROCESSSWITCH2" in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command should be turned on.
The RNC performs a cell update if the RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value of RL
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Service
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Voice
Service
Experie
nce
Improve
ment for
Weak
Receptio
n Ues
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

380
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
FAILURE, RLC UNRECOVERABLE ERROR, or

REENTERED SERVICE AREA. When this switch is
turned off and the RNC is waiting for a UE's response
during an RB setup D2D procedure, the RNC does not
perform an RL reestablishment or cell update even if the
trigger conditions are met. 8)
RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITC
H (The CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state (F2D)
transition switch by TRB reset) When the RNC receives
a TRB reset request from a UE in the CELL_FACH
state, the RNC cannot respond to the UE with a confirm
message if the FACH is congested. The
H parameter specifies whether a UE performs an F2D
transition if the number of TRB reset requests from the
UE to the RNC reaches a specified threshold. If the
switch is turned on, the UE moves from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. If the
switch is turned off, the UE does not move from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. This
function helps to reduce the number of call drops caused
by the RNC not responding to the TRB reset requests
during FACH congestion. 9)
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH (MM NULL Message
Switch) Whether the RNC sends an MM NULL
message to the CS CN. If the switch
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH2 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH
command is turned on, testing the interworking between
the RNC and the CN is required. If the CN needs to
verify the serial number of direct transfer messages, turn
on this switch. The RNC rather than the CS CN sends
an IDENTITY REQUEST message to a UE to obtain
its IMEI. Upon receiving an IDENTITY RESPONSE
message from the UE: The RNC sends an MM NULL
message to the CS CN if this switch is turned on. The
RNC does not send an MM NULL message to the CS
CN if this switch is turned off. 10)
FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH CS paging
message processing switch for UEs in the CELL_PCH
or URA_PCH state that support fast dormancy on the
drift radio network controller (DRNC) side. When this
switch is turned on,the SRNC instructs these UEs to
transition to the CELL_DCH state and to establish CS
services when these UEs receive a CS paging message.
When this switch is turned off,the SRNC releases the
connection of these UEs when these UEs receive a CS
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

381
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
paging message. 11)

CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the connection of a UE in a
state other than CELL_DCH when the T314/T315 timer
in the cell update message received by the UE expires.
When this switch is turned on,the RNC continues with
the cell update processing when the T314/T315 timer in
the cell update message expires. When this switch is
turned off,the RNC abnormally releases the connection
of the UE when the T314/T315 timer in the cell update
message expires. 12)
CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for CS HHO) When this switch is
turned on, the RNC does not put the activation time
information element (IE) in the hard handover
configuration message for CS services. After receiving
the message, the UE immediately activates the
configuration. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
puts the activation time IE in the hard handover
the message, the UE activates the configuration at the
specified activation time. 13)
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for PS HHO) When this switch is
configuration message for PS services. After receiving
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for Iur HHO) When this switch is
configuration message across the Iur interface. After
receiving the message, the UE immediately activates the
receiving the message, the UE activates the
configuration at the specified activation time. 15)
R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH (Switch for
Preferentially Allocating DPUe Resources to UEs That
Comply with 3GPP Release 8 or Later) When this
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

382
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
switch is turned on, the RNC preferentially allocates

DPUe resources in any subrack to UEs that comply with
3GPP Release 8 or later. When this switch is turned off,
the RNC preferentially allocates DPU resources in the
subrack that the UEs access to UEs that comply with
3GPP Release 8 or later. The RNC allocates DPU
resources in other subracks only when the amount of
consumed DPU resources in this subrack exceeds a
preset threshold for inter-subrack resource sharing. 16)
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Switch
for Optimized Data Transmission before a State
Transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
URA_PCH) Whether the RNC queries the RLC state
before and after a UE moves from the CELL_FACH
state to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event
4B. A UE in the CELL_FACH state can move to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state even when there is
downlink data transmission for the UE. When this
occurs, data packets are suspended on the RNC side.
This switch is introduced to solve this problem. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC queries the RLC state
before a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event 4B. If the
state query fails, the UE does not perform the state
transition. If the state query succeeds, the UE continues
with the state transition. The RNC queries the RLC state
again after the state transition is complete and before the
L2 link is deactivated. If there is SRB3, SRB4, or TRB
data to be transmitted to the UE on the RLC, the paging
procedure is triggered. When this switch is turned off,
the original state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH is used. This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service Center for technical support.
17)IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(Switch for RL Reestablishments During the inter-RAT
Handover) When this switch is turned on, the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE during a interRAT Handover procedure if the RNC detects a signaling
radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs
for the UE are out of synchronization upon expiration
of the RL Restore timer after the RNC sends UE a
HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND message
or a CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN
message and UE fails to receive these two messages.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

383
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
conditions. 18)TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(Switch for RL Reestablishments Triggered by TRB
RESET) When this switch is turned on, the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE if the RNC
detects a traffic radio bearer (TRB) reset at layer 2 (L2)
under the following conditions: UE is in CELL_DCH
state and UE is not in any signaling procedure. UE has
only one PS RAB. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not reestablish the radio link for the UE under
the preceding conditions. 19)
RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for RL
Reestablishments During a PS RB Release) When this
switch is turned on, the RNC reestablishes a radio link
(RL) for the UE during a PS radio bearer (RB) release
procedure under the following conditions: The RNC
detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2
(L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out of
timer or UE has no response to RNC after RNC sends
UE a RADIO BEARER RELEASE message. The UE
has both CS RAB and PS RAB. The UE is in
CELL_DCH state. When this switch is turned off, the
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(Switch for Enhanced RL Reestablishments During an
RB setup) When this switch is turned on, the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE during a radio
bearer (RB) setup CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D)
timer and the UE has received the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message. The UE has no response to the RNC
after the RNC sends UE a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message. The switch
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
conditions. 21)
RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH Whether to
correct the methods for measuring the counters related
to RAB setup or reconfiguration failures of UEs in the
CELL_FACH state. The RAB setup or reconfiguration
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

384
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
is triggered by the F2F or F2D state transition. This

switch is turned off by default. When this switch is
turned off, the measurement methods of these counters
remain unchanged. When this switch is turned on, the
measurement methods of these counters are corrected
based on the measurement points. 22)
FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWIT
CH Whether a UMTS/LTE UE performs fast cell
reselection. This switch is turned off. The UE does not
perform fast cell reselection. This switch is turned on.
If the best cell is configured with a neighboring LTE
cell and its priority is lower than the priority of the
neighboring LTE cell, the UE performs fast cell
reselection. 23)
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE transits from CELL_DCH
to CELL_PCH or from CELL_DCH to the idle mode
when an inactivity timer expires. The inactivity timer is
specified by the PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch parameter
in the SET UPSINACTTIMER command. This switch
is turned off. The UMTS/LTE UE transits from the
CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH when the inactivity timer
expires. This switch is turned on. The UMTS/LTE UE
transits from CELL_DCH to the idle mode when the
inactivity timer expires. 24)
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether to preferentially process a CELL UPDATE
message when physical channel reconfiguration is in
progress. The RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message
from a UE with a cause value of "radio link failure",
"RLC unrecoverable error", or "re-entering service
area" when expecting a response from the UE to the
physical channel reconfiguration process. In this
scenario, the RNC preferentially processes the CELL
UPDATE message if the switch is turned on. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not preferentially
process the CELL UPDATE message in the preceding
scenario. This parameter takes effect only when the
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH check
box under the "PROCESSSWITCH4" parameter in the
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected. 25)
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether to
preferentially process a CELL UPDATE message when
RB reconfiguration is in progress. The RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message from a UE with a cause value
of "radio link failure", "RLC unrecoverable error", or
"re-entering service area" when expecting a response
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

385
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
from the UE to the RB reconfiguration process. In this

RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH check box under
the "OptimizationSwitch" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected. 26)
SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH Whether to stop RLC
entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2) for
security-mode-enabled UEs whose user signaling
(except cell-related signaling) is processed by their
overflow RNCs due to load sharing and that are in the
security mode. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
stops RLC entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2)
for such UEs. This prevents call drops that are caused
by the ciphering activation time inconsistency between
the UEs and RNC. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC suspends RLC entities (except RLC entities used
by SRB2) for such UEs. 27)
GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWIT
CH Whether the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU
RELEASE COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP
PDU SN during the release procedure initiated by the
UTRAN of the PS domain. When this switch is turned
on, the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU RELEASE
COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP PDU SN. For
details, see 3GPP TS 25.413. When this switch is turned
off, the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU RELEASE
COMPLETE message does not carry the IE GTP PDU
SN. 28)CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH
Whether to allow the compatibility processing of
reordering the GTP-U DL transmission if the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message carries the IE
Delivery Order with the value of delivery-orderrequested. When this switch is turned on, the GTP-U
DL transmission is not reordered. When this switch is
turned off, the GTP-U DL transmission uses the DL
GTP PDU SN carried by the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message as the first SN for reordering. 29)
DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH Whether not to
immediately process a TRB RESET message if the
corresponding TRB resets when an RRC-related
process is in progress. Note that the RRC-related
process is a process that is initiated after the UE in
question has set up a service. When the switch is turned
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

386
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
on, the RNC processes the message after the RRCrelated process is complete. When the switch is turned
off, the RNC immediately processes the message,
releases the RAB of the UE, and notifies the CN that the
release is an abnormal release. 30)
RRC_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SW
ITCH Whether to trigger a CELL_FACH-toCELL_DCH state transition for a UE not performing
any RRC-related process if the RNC detects a TRB
reset. When this switch is turned on, the RNC triggers
a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition for
such a UE upon detecting a TRB reset. When this switch
is turned off, the RNC directly releases the service of
the UE and notifies the CN that the release is an
abnormal release. 31)
RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH
Whether to allow data transmission when the RNC
receives a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
that carries the transport layer information after the PS
service has been established. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC reconfigures the transport layer
information and continues with data transmission. For
off, the RNC does not reconfigure the transport layer
information and data cannot be transmitted.
GUI Value Range:
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH,
AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH,
IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH,
TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH,
H, SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH,
FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH,
CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH,
CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH,
R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH,
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

387
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH,
CH,
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH,
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH,
CH, CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH,
DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH,
ITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH,
CH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

388
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
ITCH,
Default Value:
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH-0&AMR
_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH-0&PHY_REC
FG_REEST_SWITCH-0&IUR_RL_REEST_SWITC
H-0&RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&RRC_C
ONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH-0&TCP_ACK_ACCE
LERATOR_SWITCH-0&RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_R
ESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH-0&SEND_MSG_NULL_
SWITCH-0&FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH-0&
CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH0&CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH-0&PS_HHO
_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH-0&IUR_HHO_ASYNC_
CTRL_SWITCH-0&R8_UE_SEL_DPUE_SWITCH0&F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH-0&IR
ATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&TR
B_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&RB_REL_RL_
REEST_SWITCH-0&RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_
REEST_SWITCH-0&RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX
_SWITCH-0&FAST_RETURN_LTE_BY_CELL_SE
LECT_SWITCH-0&UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_O
R_D2I_SWITCH-0&PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_RE
EST_SWITCH-0&RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_S
WITCH-0&SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH-1&GTP_S
N_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRAN_SWITCH-1&
CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH-0&DL_TR
B_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH-0&RRC_CELLFACH_
DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH-0&RAB_ASS
_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITCH-1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

389
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Process
Switch4
BSC691
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD020302
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Meaning: 1)
AMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH (Hard
Handover Failure Rollback Switch for CS AMR Speech
Services) When this switch is turned on, the RNC
supports rollback caused by failed hard handovers of CS
AMR speech services. It is recommended that the timer
T312 be set to 1 second (SET UCONNMODETIMER:
T312=1;) before turning on this switch. If the timer
T312 is not set to 1 second, AMR noise will occur on
some UEs.If the AMRC feature is enabled, the RNC
supports the hard handover failure rollback of only for
12.2 kbit/s narrowband AMR services. When this
switch is turned off, the RNC does not support rollback
caused by failed hard handovers of CS AMR speech
services, leading to call drops. 2)
RRC_CONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH (RRC
CONNECTION SETUP Message Optimization
Switch) Whether optimization of the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. When
this switch is turned on, optimization of the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message takes effect. If the IE
RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message contains the same
information as that under SRB2, the RNC replaces the
IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 with the IE same as
RB:0x2(2) to shorten the length of the message. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not replace the
IE RLC info under SRB3 or SRB4 in the RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message. 3)
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH (Switch
for Simultaneous PS Service Setup F2D and Cell
Update Procedures) During the PS service setup, the
RNC undoes a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH (F2D for
short) procedure when it receives a Cell Update message
with the cause value "cell reselection" during the F2D
procedure. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
temporarily does not send the
RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message to the
CN after the F2D procedure is undone and waits until
the Cell Update message is processed and the PS service
is set up successfully. When this switch is turned off,
the RNC directly responds to the CN with a
RANAP_RAB_ASSIGNMENT_RESP message with
the cause value "failure-in-the-radio-interfaceprocedure" after the F2D procedure is undone,
indicating that the PS service fails to be set up. 4)
TCP_ACK_ACCELERATOR_SWITCH (Switch for
WRFD010510
WRFD020304
WRFD0106090
2
WRFD0204000
2
WRFD020303
WRFD020305
WRFD020306
WRFD010101
WRFD140205
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and One
PS
Service
Inter
System
Direct
Retry
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

390
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Coverag
e
Throughput Increase in the Case of Simultaneous uplink

and downlink Transmissions) This switch is turned on
to increase the total throughput in the uplink and
downlink only when uplink and downlink HSPA data
is transmitted simultaneously. In other scenarios, you
are advised to turn off the switch. When this switch is
turned on, the function of increasing the total throughput
in the case of simultaneous uplink and downlink
transmissions takes effect. When this switch is turned
off, the function of increasing the total throughput in the
case of simultaneous uplink and downlink
transmissions does not take effect. 5)
PHY_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
Reestablishments During the Physical Channel
Reconfiguration) When this switch is turned on, a UE
sends the RNC a Cell Update message with the cause
value "Radio Link Failure" and the RNC reestablishes
the radio link for the UE under the following conditions:
The UE has not responded to the Physical Channel
Reconfiguration message. The RNC detects interrupted
downlink transmission on SRB2 or the NodeB reports
that all radio links of the UE are out of synchronization.
conditions. 6) IUR_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Iur RL
Reestablishment Switch) When this switch is turned on,
the RNC deletes the existing Iur radio links for the UE
during the RNC performing radio link reestablishment.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not delete
the existing Iur radio links during the RNC performing
radio link reestablishment. 7)
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH (Switch for RL
Reestablishment or Cell Update During an RB Setup)
When this switch is turned on and the RNC is waiting
for a UE's response during a radio bearer (RB) setup
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D) procedure: The
RNC reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE if the
RNC detects a signaling radio bearer (SRB) reset at
layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs for the UE are out of
timer. For the RL reestablishment triggered by SRB
reset detected by RNC, the switch
under "PROCESSSWITCH2" in the "SET
The RNC performs a cell update if the RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value of RL
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Service
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Voice
Service
Experie
nce
Improve
ment for
Weak
Receptio
n Ues
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

391
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
FAILURE, RLC UNRECOVERABLE ERROR, or

REENTERED SERVICE AREA. When this switch is
turned off and the RNC is waiting for a UE's response
during an RB setup D2D procedure, the RNC does not
perform an RL reestablishment or cell update even if the
trigger conditions are met. 8)
H (The CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state (F2D)
transition switch by TRB reset) When the RNC receives
a TRB reset request from a UE in the CELL_FACH
state, the RNC cannot respond to the UE with a confirm
message if the FACH is congested. The
H parameter specifies whether a UE performs an F2D
transition if the number of TRB reset requests from the
UE to the RNC reaches a specified threshold. If the
switch is turned on, the UE moves from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. If the
switch is turned off, the UE does not move from the
CELL_FACH state to the CELL_DCH state. This
function helps to reduce the number of call drops caused
by the RNC not responding to the TRB reset requests
during FACH congestion. 9)
SEND_MSG_NULL_SWITCH (MM NULL Message
Switch) Whether the RNC sends an MM NULL
message to the CS CN. If the switch
RNC_CS_QUERY_UE_IMEI_SWITCH under
PROCESSSWITCH2 in the SET URRCTRLSWITCH
command is turned on, testing the interworking between
the RNC and the CN is required. If the CN needs to
verify the serial number of direct transfer messages, turn
on this switch. The RNC rather than the CS CN sends
an IDENTITY REQUEST message to a UE to obtain
its IMEI. Upon receiving an IDENTITY RESPONSE
message from the UE: The RNC sends an MM NULL
message to the CS CN if this switch is turned on. The
RNC does not send an MM NULL message to the CS
CN if this switch is turned off. 10)
FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH CS paging
message processing switch for UEs in the CELL_PCH
or URA_PCH state that support fast dormancy on the
drift radio network controller (DRNC) side. When this
switch is turned on,the SRNC instructs these UEs to
transition to the CELL_DCH state and to establish CS
services when these UEs receive a CS paging message.
When this switch is turned off,the SRNC releases the
connection of these UEs when these UEs receive a CS
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

392
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
paging message. 11)

CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC releases the connection of a UE in a
state other than CELL_DCH when the T314/T315 timer
in the cell update message received by the UE expires.
When this switch is turned on,the RNC continues with
the cell update processing when the T314/T315 timer in
the cell update message expires. When this switch is
turned off,the RNC abnormally releases the connection
of the UE when the T314/T315 timer in the cell update
message expires. 12)
CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for CS HHO) When this switch is
PS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for PS HHO) When this switch is
IUR_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH(Asynchronous
Reconfigure Switch for Iur HHO) When this switch is
receiving the message, the UE immediately activates the
receiving the message, the UE activates the
configuration at the specified activation time. 15)
F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Switch
for Optimized Data Transmission before a State
Transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

393
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
URA_PCH) Whether the RNC queries the RLC state

before and after a UE moves from the CELL_FACH
state to the CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event
4B. A UE in the CELL_FACH state can move to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state even when there is
downlink data transmission for the UE. When this
occurs, data packets are suspended on the RNC side.
This switch is introduced to solve this problem. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC queries the RLC state
before a UE moves from the CELL_FACH state to the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state due to event 4B. If the
state query fails, the UE does not perform the state
transition. If the state query succeeds, the UE continues
with the state transition. The RNC queries the RLC state
again after the state transition is complete and before the
L2 link is deactivated. If there is SRB3, SRB4, or TRB
data to be transmitted to the UE on the RLC, the paging
procedure is triggered. When this switch is turned off,
the original state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH is used. This parameter is an
advanced parameter. To modify this parameter, contact
Huawei Customer Service Center for technical support.
16)IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(Switch for RL Reestablishments During the inter-RAT
Handover) When this switch is turned on, the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE during a interRAT Handover procedure if the RNC detects a signaling
radio bearer (SRB) reset at layer 2 (L2) or all uplink RLs
for the UE are out of synchronization upon expiration
of the RL Restore timer after the RNC sends UE a
HANDOVER FROM UTRAN COMMAND message
or a CELL CHANGE ORDER FROM UTRAN
message and UE fails to receive these two messages.
conditions. 17)TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(Switch for RL Reestablishments Triggered by TRB
RESET) When this switch is turned on, the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE if the RNC
detects a traffic radio bearer (TRB) reset at layer 2 (L2)
under the following conditions: UE is in CELL_DCH
state and UE is not in any signaling procedure. UE has
only one PS RAB. When this switch is turned off, the
RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH(Switch for RL
Reestablishments During a PS RB Release) When this
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

394
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
switch is turned on, the RNC reestablishes a radio link

(RL) for the UE during a PS radio bearer (RB) release
timer or UE has no response to RNC after RNC sends
UE a RADIO BEARER RELEASE message. The UE
has both CS RAB and PS RAB. The UE is in
CELL_DCH state. When this switch is turned off, the
RB_SETUP_ENHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH
(Switch for Enhanced RL Reestablishments During an
RB setup) When this switch is turned on, the RNC
reestablishes a radio link (RL) for the UE during a radio
bearer (RB) setup CELL_DCH-to-CELL_DCH (D2D)
timer and the UE has received the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message. The UE has no response to the RNC
after the RNC sends UE a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message. The switch
RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH under
conditions. 20)
RAB_SETUPMOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH Whether to
correct the methods for measuring the counters related
to RAB setup or reconfiguration failures of UEs in the
CELL_FACH state. The RAB setup or reconfiguration
is triggered by the F2F or F2D state transition. This
switch is turned off by default. When this switch is
turned off, the measurement methods of these counters
remain unchanged. When this switch is turned on, the
measurement methods of these counters are corrected
based on the measurement points. 21)
CH Whether a UMTS/LTE UE performs fast cell
reselection. This switch is turned off. The UE does not
perform fast cell reselection. This switch is turned on.
If the best cell is configured with a neighboring LTE
cell and its priority is lower than the priority of the
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

395
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
neighboring LTE cell, the UE performs fast cell

reselection. 22)
UL_DUAL_MODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH
Whether a UMTS/LTE UE transits from CELL_DCH
to CELL_PCH or from CELL_DCH to the idle mode
when an inactivity timer expires. The inactivity timer is
specified by the PsInactTmrForFstDrmDch parameter
in the SET UPSINACTTIMER command. This switch
is turned off. The UMTS/LTE UE transits from the
CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH when the inactivity timer
expires. This switch is turned on. The UMTS/LTE UE
transits from CELL_DCH to the idle mode when the
inactivity timer expires. 23)
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether to preferentially process a CELL UPDATE
message when physical channel reconfiguration is in
progress. The RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message
from a UE with a cause value of "radio link failure",
"RLC unrecoverable error", or "re-entering service
area" when expecting a response from the UE to the
physical channel reconfiguration process. In this
PHYCHRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH check
box under the "PROCESSSWITCH4" parameter in the
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected. 24)
RBRECFG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH Whether to
preferentially process a CELL UPDATE message when
RB reconfiguration is in progress. The RNC receives a
CELL UPDATE message from a UE with a cause value
of "radio link failure", "RLC unrecoverable error", or
"re-entering service area" when expecting a response
from the UE to the RB reconfiguration process. In this
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH check box under
the "OptimizationSwitch" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is selected. 25)
SMC_STOP_RLC_SWITCH Whether to stop RLC
entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2) for
security-mode-enabled UEs whose user signaling
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

396
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
(except cell-related signaling) is processed by their

overflow RNCs due to load sharing and that are in the
security mode. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
stops RLC entities (except RLC entities used by SRB2)
for such UEs. This prevents call drops that are caused
by the ciphering activation time inconsistency between
the UEs and RNC. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC suspends RLC entities (except RLC entities used
by SRB2) for such UEs. 26)
CH Whether the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU
RELEASE COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP
PDU SN during the release procedure initiated by the
UTRAN of the PS domain. When this switch is turned
on, the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU RELEASE
COMPLETE message carries the IE GTP PDU SN. For
off, the RAB RELEASE REQUEST or IU RELEASE
COMPLETE message does not carry the IE GTP PDU
SN. 27)CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWITCH
Whether to allow the compatibility processing of
reordering the GTP-U DL transmission if the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message carries the IE
Delivery Order with the value of delivery-orderrequested. When this switch is turned on, the GTP-U
DL transmission is not reordered. When this switch is
turned off, the GTP-U DL transmission uses the DL
GTP PDU SN carried by the RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST message as the first SN for reordering. 28)
DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH Whether not to
immediately process a TRB RESET message if the
corresponding TRB resets when an RRC-related
process is in progress. Note that the RRC-related
process is a process that is initiated after the UE in
question has set up a service. When the switch is turned
on, the RNC processes the message after the RRCrelated process is complete. When the switch is turned
off, the RNC immediately processes the message,
releases the RAB of the UE, and notifies the CN that the
release is an abnormal release. 29)
ITCH Whether to trigger a CELL_FACH-toCELL_DCH state transition for a UE not performing
any RRC-related process if the RNC detects a TRB
reset. When this switch is turned on, the RNC triggers
a CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH state transition for
such a UE upon detecting a TRB reset. When this switch
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

397
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
is turned off, the RNC directly releases the service of

the UE and notifies the CN that the release is an
abnormal release. 30)
Whether to allow data transmission when the RNC
receives a RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message
that carries the transport layer information after the PS
service has been established. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC reconfigures the transport layer
information and continues with data transmission. For
off, the RNC does not reconfigure the transport layer
information and data cannot be transmitted.
GUI Value Range:
CH,
ITCH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

398
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
ITCH,
Default Value:
PS_F2D_OVERLAP_CELLUPT_SWITCH-0&AMR
_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH-0&PHY_REC
FG_REEST_SWITCH-0&IUR_RL_REEST_SWITC
H-0&RB_SETUP_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&RRC_C
ONN_SETUP_OPT_SWITCH-0&TCP_ACK_ACCE
LERATOR_SWITCH-0&RRC_CELLFACH_TRB_R
ESET_TO_F2D_SWITCH-0&SEND_MSG_NULL_
SWITCH-0&FD_PCH_IUR_CS_OPT_SWITCH-0&
CELLUPT_T314_T315_TIMEOUT_OPT_SWITCH0&CS_HHO_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH-0&PS_HHO
_ASYNC_CTRL_SWITCH-0&IUR_HHO_ASYNC_
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

399
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CTRL_SWITCH-0&F2P_DATATRANS_OPTIMIZE
_SWITCH-0&IRATHO_HOCANCEL_RL_REEST_
SWITCH-0&TRB_RESET_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0
&RB_REL_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&RB_SETUP_E
NHANCE_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&RAB_SETUP
MOD_CNT_FIX_SWITCH-0&FAST_RETURN_LT
E_BY_CELL_SELECT_SWITCH-0&UL_DUAL_M
ODE_UE_D2P_OR_D2I_SWITCH-0&PHYCHREC
FG_ENH_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&RBRECFG_EN
H_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&SMC_STOP_RLC_SWI
TCH-1&GTP_SN_IN_RAB_REL_INIT_BY_UTRA
N_SWITCH-1&CMP_IU_QOS_GTP_PDU_SN_SWI
TCH-0&DL_TRB_RESET_BUFF_SWITCH-0&RRC
_CELLFACH_DL_TRB_RESET_TO_F2D_SWITC
H-0&RAB_ASS_MOD_TNL_ADDR_SUP_SWITC
H-1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

400
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch12
BSC690
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

401
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT1-0&RESERVED_S
WITCH_12_BIT2-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BI
2_BIT6-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT7-0&RES
CH_12_BIT9-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT100&RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT11-0&RESERVE
D_SWITCH_12_BIT12-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_1
2_BIT13-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT14-0&R
ESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT15-0&RESERVED_S
WITCH_12_BIT16-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_12_B
IT17-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT18-0&RESE
RVED_SWITCH_12_BIT19-0&RESERVED_SWIT
CH_12_BIT20-0&RESERVED_SWITCH_12_BIT21
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

402
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

403
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch12
BSC691
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

404
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

405
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

406
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch10
BSC690
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

407
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

408
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

409
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch10
BSC691
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

410
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

411
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

412
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Improve
mentSwi
tch
BSC690
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD010801
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Meaning: 1)
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH
Whether to convert a specific cause value in the Cause
IE in a RELOCATION FAILURE message into "No
Radio Resources Available in Target cell (53)" if an
incoming SRNS relocation fails due to insufficient code
or CE resources in the target UMTS cell. The original
cause value can be "Requested Maximum Bit Rate not
Available(20)", "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for DL
not Available(33)", "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for
UL not Available(34)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit
Rate not Available(21)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit
Rate for DL not Available(35)", or "Requested
Guaranteed Bit Rate for UL not Available(36)." When
this switch is turned on, the RNC converts the cause
value in the preceding scenario and sends the CN a
RELOCATION FAILURE message. When this switch
is turned off, the RNC sends the CN a RELOCATION
FAILUR message with the original cause value. 2)
DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH
Whether to immediately process an SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message when expecting a RADIO
BEARER RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE
message from a UE. The RNC is expecting the RADIO
message because the RNC is performing RB
reconfiguration of a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
state transition for the UE. When the switch is turned
on, the RNC immediately process the SRNS
CONTEXT REQUEST message. When the switch is
turned off, the RNC does not immediately process the
SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST message. Instead, the
RNC continues to wait for the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message. 3)
DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH Whether to
enable the DRNC to delay releasing code resources
when Iur links are set up. When this switch is turned on,
the DRNC delays releasing code resources and the delay
is 100 ms or x, whichever is smaller. x equals the sum
of 35 ms and the unidirectional Iub-interface FP delay.
When this switch is turned off, the DRNC releases code
resources when required. 4)
ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH
Whether to enable the RNC to select a CN node based
on the "Routing parameter" IE included in the INITIAL
DIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged every time
a CS service is set up for CS+PS combined services
WRFD010802
WRFD021101
WRFD010510
WRFD011402
WRFD010651
WRFD0106150
2
WRFD0106150
4
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
Encrypti
on
HSDPA
over Iur
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and Two
PS
Services
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and
Three
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

413
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
11 Parameters
Feature
Name
Description
PS
Services
when Iu Flex is applied. When this switch is turned on,

the RNC selects a CN node in the preceding way. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC selects a CN node
based on the "Routing parameter" IE included in the
INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged
the first time a CS service is set up for CS+PS combined
services if Iu Flex is applied. 5)
COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of specific counters by
one when the RNC receives an IU RELEASE
COMMAND message from the CS domain and an interRAT handover for CS+PS combined services is in
progress. These counters are VS.CS.Erlang.RNC,
VS.AMR.Erlang.BestCell, VS.RB.AMR.UL.4.75, and
VS.RB.AMR.DL.4.75. When this switch is turned on,
the values of the previously mentioned counters are
increased by one in the preceding scenario. When the
switch is turned off, the values of these counters are
increased by one when the RNC receives an IU
RELEASE COMMAND message from the CS and PS
domains of the CN and an inter-RAT handover for CS
+PS combined services is in progress. 6)
SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to send a UE CAPABILITY
ENQUIRY message to a UE that is not in the
CELL_DCH state and is performing an incoming SRNS
relocation. When this switch is turned on, the RNC does
not send the message to the UE. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC sends the message to the UE. 7)
REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH
Whether to immediately release the data of a UE from
an Iur common channel if the UE initiates the DSCR
process. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
immediately releases the data of a UE from an Iur
common channel if the UE initiates the DSCR process.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC releases the
data of the UE from the Iur common channel after the
UE completes the DSCR process. 8)
RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to initiate the serving RNS relocation
procedure for Blackberry UEs that are in the
CELL_DCH state and in the ciphering pending state.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC does not initiate
the procedure for such UEs. When this switch is turned
off, the RNC initiates the procedure for such UEs. 9)
COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH Whether to
increase the values of service setup attempt-related

414
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
counters by one in special scenarios. These counters are

VS.RAB.AttEstab.AMR,
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.AMRWB, and
VS.RAB.AttEstCS.Conv.64. The special scenarios are
as follows: Scenario 1: If the RNC receives a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN after
initiating the SRNS relocation procedure, the RNC
responds with a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE
message instead of processing the RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. Scenario 2: The
MBDR algorithm is activated. The RNC receives two
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST messages from the
same domain of the CN before receiving an interfrequency or inter-RAT measurement report from the
UE in question. In this case, the RNC responds to the
first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message with a
RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message instead of
processing the first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message. Scenario 3: Upon receiving a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message where the values
of key IEs are incorrect or key IEs do not exist, the RNC
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. When this switch
is turned on, the values of the counters that are related
to service setup attempts are increased by one in any of
the preceding special scenarios. When this switch is
turned off, the values of the counters that are related to
service setup attempts remain unchanged in any of the
preceding special scenarios. This parameter is a
professional parameter and therefore you must
configure this parameter under the instruction of
Huawei technical support. 10)
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of the
VS.DCCC.D2P.Att, VS.DCCC.D2P. Succ,
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Att, and
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Succ counters on a per
PS RAB basis. When this switch is turned on, the values
of these counters are increased on a per PS RAB basis.
When this switch is turned off, the values of these
counters are increased on a per UE basis. 11)
DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH Whether to
enable the RNC to delay sending a MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC starts the T1 timer after receiving a RADIO
BEARER SETUP COMPLETE message. If the RNC
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

415
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
receives an ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT

message before T1 expires, the RNC stops T1, starts the
T2 timer, and responds with an ACTIVATE PDP
CONTEXT ACCEPT message. After T2 expires, the
RNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message
to the UE in question. After T1 expires, the RNC sends
a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC immediately
sends the UE a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message
after receiving a RADIO BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE message. Note that T1 is controlled by the
"DelaySndMeaCtrlT1" parameter in the "SET
USTATETIMER" command and T2 is controlled by the
USTATETIMER" command. 12)
TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH Whether to
refuse to include an activation time to a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message when the DRD process is in
progress. When this switch is turned on, an activation
time is not included to a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message if the DRD process is in progress. When this
switch is turned off, an activation time is included to a
RADIO BEARER SETUP message if the DRD process
is in progress. 13)CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing if the
UE does not respond within 3 seconds after receiving a
DIRECT TRANSFER message from the CN during a
CS call release. The value of the IE Message Type in
the DIRECT TRANSFER message is Disconnect.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC creates a
DIRECT TRANSFER message and sends it to the CN.
The value of the IE Message Type in the DIRECT
TRANSFER message is Release. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not create the DIRECT
TRANSFER message. 14)
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH 1:
for a UE when both of the following conditions are met:
- The RNC is waiting for the UE's response in an RB
reconfiguration procedure in cases other than DCCC. The RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset or the NodeB
reports that all RLs for the UE are out of
synchronization. If the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value "RL FAILURE" or "RLC
UNRECOVERABLE ERROR" while waiting for the
UE's response, the RNC performs a cell update. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish an
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

416
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
RL for the UE in the preceding scenario. 15)

SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH 1: This switch is turned
on. When the RNC is waiting for a UE's response in the
security mode procedure, the RL for the UE is
reestablished if the RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset
or if the NodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are out
of synchronization. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not reestablish an RL for the UE in the
preceding scenario.
GUI Value Range:
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH,
DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH,
DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH,
ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH,
COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH,
SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH,
REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH,
RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH,
COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH,
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH,
DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH,
TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH,
CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH,
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Default Value:
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH-0&D
EAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH-0&
DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH-0&ROUT_I
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

417
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
DT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH-0&COUNT_
CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH-0&SEND_UE_
CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH-0&REL_IUR_
CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH-0&RELOC_CIPH
ER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH-0&COUNT_S
PECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH-0
&COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH-0
&DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH-0
&TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH-0&CS_DI
SCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH-0&NON_DCCC_RBR
ECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&SMC_RL_REEST_
SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

418
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Improve
mentSwi
tch
BSC691
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD010801
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Meaning: 1)
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH
Whether to convert a specific cause value in the Cause
IE in a RELOCATION FAILURE message into "No
Radio Resources Available in Target cell (53)" if an
incoming SRNS relocation fails due to insufficient code
or CE resources in the target UMTS cell. The original
cause value can be "Requested Maximum Bit Rate not
Available(20)", "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for DL
not Available(33)", "Requested Maximum Bit Rate for
UL not Available(34)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit
Rate not Available(21)", "Requested Guaranteed Bit
Rate for DL not Available(35)", or "Requested
Guaranteed Bit Rate for UL not Available(36)." When
this switch is turned on, the RNC converts the cause
value in the preceding scenario and sends the CN a
RELOCATION FAILURE message. When this switch
is turned off, the RNC sends the CN a RELOCATION
FAILUR message with the original cause value. 2)
DEAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH
Whether to immediately process an SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message when expecting a RADIO
message from a UE. The RNC is expecting the RADIO
message because the RNC is performing RB
reconfiguration of a CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH
state transition for the UE. When the switch is turned
on, the RNC immediately process the SRNS
CONTEXT REQUEST message. When the switch is
turned off, the RNC does not immediately process the
SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST message. Instead, the
RNC continues to wait for the RADIO BEARER
RECONFIGURATION COMPLETE message. 3)
DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH Whether to
enable the DRNC to delay releasing code resources
when Iur links are set up. When this switch is turned on,
the DRNC delays releasing code resources and the delay
is 100 ms or x, whichever is smaller. x equals the sum
of 35 ms and the unidirectional Iub-interface FP delay.
When this switch is turned off, the DRNC releases code
resources when required. 4)
ROUT_IDT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH
Whether to enable the RNC to select a CN node based
on the "Routing parameter" IE included in the INITIAL
DIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged every time
a CS service is set up for CS+PS combined services
WRFD010802
WRFD021101
WRFD010510
WRFD011402
WRFD010651
WRFD0106150
2
WRFD0106150
4
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
Encrypti
on
HSDPA
over Iur
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and Two
PS
Services
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and
Three
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

419
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
11 Parameters
Feature
Name
Description
PS
Services
when Iu Flex is applied. When this switch is turned on,

the RNC selects a CN node in the preceding way. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC selects a CN node
based on the "Routing parameter" IE included in the
INITIAL DIRECT TRANSFER message exchanged
the first time a CS service is set up for CS+PS combined
services if Iu Flex is applied. 5)
COUNT_CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of specific counters by
one when the RNC receives an IU RELEASE
COMMAND message from the CS domain and an interRAT handover for CS+PS combined services is in
progress. These counters are VS.CS.Erlang.RNC,
VS.AMR.Erlang.BestCell, VS.RB.AMR.UL.4.75, and
VS.RB.AMR.DL.4.75. When this switch is turned on,
the values of the previously mentioned counters are
increased by one in the preceding scenario. When the
switch is turned off, the values of these counters are
increased by one when the RNC receives an IU
RELEASE COMMAND message from the CS and PS
domains of the CN and an inter-RAT handover for CS
+PS combined services is in progress. 6)
SEND_UE_CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to send a UE CAPABILITY
ENQUIRY message to a UE that is not in the
CELL_DCH state and is performing an incoming SRNS
relocation. When this switch is turned on, the RNC does
not send the message to the UE. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC sends the message to the UE. 7)
REL_IUR_CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH
Whether to immediately release the data of a UE from
an Iur common channel if the UE initiates the DSCR
process. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
immediately releases the data of a UE from an Iur
common channel if the UE initiates the DSCR process.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC releases the
data of the UE from the Iur common channel after the
UE completes the DSCR process. 8)
RELOC_CIPHER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH
Whether to refuse to initiate the serving RNS relocation
procedure for Blackberry UEs that are in the
CELL_DCH state and in the ciphering pending state.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC does not initiate
the procedure for such UEs. When this switch is turned
off, the RNC initiates the procedure for such UEs. 9)
COUNT_SPECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH Whether to
increase the values of service setup attempt-related

420
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
counters by one in special scenarios. These counters are

VS.RAB.AttEstab.AMR,
VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.AMRWB, and
VS.RAB.AttEstCS.Conv.64. The special scenarios are
as follows: Scenario 1: If the RNC receives a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message from the CN after
initiating the SRNS relocation procedure, the RNC
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. Scenario 2: The
MBDR algorithm is activated. The RNC receives two
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST messages from the
same domain of the CN before receiving an interfrequency or inter-RAT measurement report from the
UE in question. In this case, the RNC responds to the
first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message with a
RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message instead of
processing the first RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST
message. Scenario 3: Upon receiving a RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message where the values
of key IEs are incorrect or key IEs do not exist, the RNC
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. When this switch
is turned on, the values of the counters that are related
to service setup attempts are increased by one in any of
the preceding special scenarios. When this switch is
turned off, the values of the counters that are related to
service setup attempts remain unchanged in any of the
preceding special scenarios. This parameter is a
professional parameter and therefore you must
configure this parameter under the instruction of
Huawei technical support. 10)
COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH
Whether to increase the values of the
VS.DCCC.D2P.Att, VS.DCCC.D2P. Succ,
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Att, and
VS.DCCC.FastDormUe.DF2P.Succ counters on a per
PS RAB basis. When this switch is turned on, the values
of these counters are increased on a per PS RAB basis.
When this switch is turned off, the values of these
counters are increased on a per UE basis. 11)
DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH Whether to
enable the RNC to delay sending a MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC starts the T1 timer after receiving a RADIO
BEARER SETUP COMPLETE message. If the RNC
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

421
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
receives an ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT ACCEPT

message before T1 expires, the RNC stops T1, starts the
T2 timer, and responds with an ACTIVATE PDP
CONTEXT ACCEPT message. After T2 expires, the
RNC sends a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message
to the UE in question. After T1 expires, the RNC sends
a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message to the UE.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC immediately
sends the UE a MEASUREMENT CONTROL message
after receiving a RADIO BEARER SETUP
COMPLETE message. Note that T1 is controlled by the
USTATETIMER" command and T2 is controlled by the
USTATETIMER" command. 12)
TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH Whether to
refuse to include an activation time to a RADIO
BEARER SETUP message when the DRD process is in
progress. When this switch is turned on, an activation
time is not included to a RADIO BEARER SETUP
message if the DRD process is in progress. When this
switch is turned off, an activation time is included to a
RADIO BEARER SETUP message if the DRD process
is in progress. 13)CS_DISCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing if the
UE does not respond within 3 seconds after receiving a
DIRECT TRANSFER message from the CN during a
CS call release. The value of the IE Message Type in
the DIRECT TRANSFER message is Disconnect.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC creates a
DIRECT TRANSFER message and sends it to the CN.
The value of the IE Message Type in the DIRECT
TRANSFER message is Release. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not create the DIRECT
TRANSFER message. 14)
NON_DCCC_RBRECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH 1:
for a UE when both of the following conditions are met:
- The RNC is waiting for the UE's response in an RB
reconfiguration procedure in cases other than DCCC. The RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset or the NodeB
reports that all RLs for the UE are out of
synchronization. If the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value "RL FAILURE" or "RLC
UNRECOVERABLE ERROR" while waiting for the
UE's response, the RNC performs a cell update. 0: This
switch is turned off. The RNC does not reestablish an
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

422
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
RL for the UE in the preceding scenario. 15)

SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH 1: This switch is turned
on. When the RNC is waiting for a UE's response in the
security mode procedure, the RL for the UE is
reestablished if the RNC detects a timeout or SRB reset
or if the NodeB reports that all RLs for the UE are out
of synchronization. 0: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not reestablish an RL for the UE in the
preceding scenario.
GUI Value Range:
SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
SMC_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Default Value:
CONVERT_RELOC_FAIL_CAUSE_SWITCH-0&D
EAL_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_FIRST_SWITCH-0&
DELAY_DRNC_CODE_REL_SWITCH-0&ROUT_I
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

423
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
DT_BY_ROUTING_PARA_SWITCH-0&COUNT_
CS_REC_IU_REL_CMD_SWITCH-0&SEND_UE_
CAP_ENQ_RELOC_CCH_SWITCH-0&REL_IUR_
CCH_BEFORE_DSCR_SWITCH-0&RELOC_CIPH
ER_PENDING_COMPATI_SWITCH-0&COUNT_S
PECIAL_RAB_ATT_SWITCH-0
&COUNT_STATE_CHG_BY_RAB_SWITCH-0
&DELAY_SEND_MEACTRL_SWITCH-0
&TAKE_ACTIVE_TIME_DRD_SWITCH-0&CS_DI
SCONNECT_OPT_SWITCH-0&NON_DCCC_RBR
ECFG_RL_REEST_SWITCH-0&SMC_RL_REEST_
SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

424
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PerfEnh
anceSwi
tch2
BSC690
0
SET
UCORR
MPARA
WRFD0106090
2
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and One
PS
Service
Meaning: 1.
PERFENH_RCS_PS_DL_ON_DCH_SWITCH:
Whether the PS service in the RCS-e service is carried
on the DCH in the downlink. When this switch is turned
off, the channel bearer and downlink rate of the PS
service in the RCS-e service in the downlink are
unlimited. When this switch is turned on, the PS service
in the RCS-e service can only be carried on the DCH in
the downlink and the downlink rate cannot exceed the
maximum downlink rate of the PS service in the RCSe service. For the maximum downlink rate of the PS
service in the RCS-e service, see "PsRcsDlDchRate" in
the "SET UFRC" command. 2.
PERFENH_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_HRETRY_LMT_S
WITCH: Whether the RNC prevents HSPA retry when
the NodeB reports that a cell does not support HSUPA
due to high CPU load on the DSP. This switch is turned
off by default. When this switch is turned off, and when
the NodeB reports that the cell does not support HSUPA
services, the RNC does not trigger retry to the HSPA
channel in the following scenarios:The current cell
support the channel retry from the DCH to the EDCH.The current cell support channel retries from DCH
to the E-DCH and the HSDSCH. When this switch is
turned on, and when the NodeB reports that the cell does
not support HSUPA services, the RNC does not trigger
retry to the HSPA channel during the DCH to E-DCH
channel retry. 3.
PERFENH_MC_OPT_AFTER_RETRANS_CHG_S
WITCH: Policy used when the RNC receives a request
for changing the target number of retransmissions
during an E-DCH-to-DCH (E2D) channel migration.
When this switch is turned on, upon receiving the
request for changing the target number of
retransmissions, the RNC continues the channel
migration procedure and then updates measurement
control. When this switch is turned off, upon receiving
the request for changing the target number of
retransmissions, the RNC instantly updates
measurement control and then performs the channel
migration. However, this increases the call drop rate. 4.
PERFENH_CSOVERH_H2D_RBID_CHG_SWITCH
: Whether the RNC changes the radio bearer identity
when CS services are handed over from E-DCHs or HSDSCHs to DCHs. This switch is turned off by default.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC changes the
radio bearer identity. When this switch is turned off, the
WRFD020400
WRFD021400
WRFD021101
WRFD020134
WRFD020203
WRFD010612
WRFD0106140
3
WRFD020503
WRFD010610
WRFD010619
WRFD0204000
3
WRFD020303
WRFD020306
WRFD140218
WRFD150220
WRFD150217
WRFD020129
DRD
Introduc
tion
Package
Direct
Signalin
g
Connect
ion Reestablish
ment
(DSCR)
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
Push to
Talk
Inter
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
HSUPA
Introduc
tion
Package
HSUPA
2ms TTI
Outer
Loop
Power
Control
HSDPA
Introduc
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

425
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
tion
Package
RNC does not change the radio bearer identity. For

details, see section 8.6.4.2 in 3GPP TS 25.331 V8.4.0.
5.
PERFENH_RRC_DRD_FAILED_RED_GSM_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC carries the information about the
configured neighboring GSM cells in the RRC
CONNECTION REJECT message when neighboring
GSM cells are configured during an RRC inter-RAT
redirection based on admission failures. For UEs of
3GPP Release 6 or a later version, when this switch is
turned on, the RNC carries the information about the
CONNECTION REJECT message. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not carry the information
about the configured neighboring GSM cells in the RRC
CONNECTION REJECT message. 6.
PERFENH_IRAT_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITC
H: Whether high-priority neighboring cells or
frequencies are preferred during coverage-based interRAT handovers. When this switch is turned on, highpriority neighboring cells or frequencies are preferred.
If neighboring cells or frequencies have the same
priority, those with better signal quality are preferred. If
their signal quality is the same, the first selected
neighboring cell or frequency is the target cell or
frequency. For UMTS-to-GSM handovers, the
neighboring cell with a smaller value of the "HOPrio"
parameter in the "ADD U2GNCELL" command is
preferentially selected as the target cell. For UMTS-toLTE redirections, the frequency with a greater value of
the "NPriority" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO" command is
preferentially selected as the target frequency. When
this switch is turned off, only signal quality is
considered. For UMTS-to-GSM handovers, the
neighboring cell with better signal quality is
preferentially selected as the target cell. For UMTS-toLTE redirections, the frequency with better quality is
preferentially selected as the target frequency. 7.
PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the list for measured neighboring
LTE cells in the measurement control message. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC filters out the list for
measured neighboring LTE cells according to the RNClevel parameters, cell capability, and UE capabilities in
handovers and redirections to the LTE network. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not filter out the
CS voice
over
HSPA/
HSPA+
Inter
System
Redirect
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
PS
Service
Redirect
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

426
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
11 Parameters
Feature
Name
Description
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
list for measured neighboring LTE cells. 8.

PERFENH_GSM_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
Scope for matching the neighboring cells in
measurement reports during handovers to GSM cells
when there are multiple cells in the active set and the
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH switch is
turned on. In case of neighboring combination, when
this switch is turned on, the RNC matches the
neighboring cells in measurement reports with
neighboring cells of all cells in the current active set.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC matches the
neighboring cells in measurement reports only with the
best cell's neighboring cells. 9.
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_BASED_FREQ_OPT_SWI
TCH: Whether to select the best target frequency during
a frequency-based redirection from UMTS to LTE.
When this switch is turned on, the selected target
frequency is used as the best frequency if the
measurement report contains multiple neighboring cells
that work at the same frequency.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_RCS_PS_DL_ON_DCH_SWITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
,
CH,
H, PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_GSM_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
,
CH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

427
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
TCH
Default Value:
PERFENH_RCS_PS_DL_ON_DCH_SWITCH-0&
WITCH-0&PERFENH_MC_OPT_AFTER_RETRA
NS_CHG_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_CSOVERH_H2D
_RBID_CHG_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_RRC_DRD_
FAILED_RED_GSM_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_IRA
T_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITCH-0&PERFENH
_LTE_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_
GSM_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_
U2L_REDIR_BASED_FREQ_OPT_SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

428
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PerfEnh
anceSwi
tch2
BSC691
0
SET
UCORR
MPARA
WRFD0106090
2
Combin
ation of
One CS
Service
and One
PS
Service
Meaning: 1.
PERFENH_RCS_PS_DL_ON_DCH_SWITCH:
Whether the PS service in the RCS-e service is carried
on the DCH in the downlink. When this switch is turned
off, the channel bearer and downlink rate of the PS
service in the RCS-e service in the downlink are
unlimited. When this switch is turned on, the PS service
in the RCS-e service can only be carried on the DCH in
the downlink and the downlink rate cannot exceed the
maximum downlink rate of the PS service in the RCSe service. For the maximum downlink rate of the PS
service in the RCS-e service, see "PsRcsDlDchRate" in
the "SET UFRC" command. 2.
WITCH: Whether the RNC prevents HSPA retry when
the NodeB reports that a cell does not support HSUPA
due to high CPU load on the DSP. This switch is turned
off by default. When this switch is turned off, and when
the NodeB reports that the cell does not support HSUPA
services, the RNC does not trigger retry to the HSPA
channel in the following scenarios:The current cell
support the channel retry from the DCH to the EDCH.The current cell support channel retries from DCH
to the E-DCH and the HSDSCH. When this switch is
turned on, and when the NodeB reports that the cell does
not support HSUPA services, the RNC does not trigger
retry to the HSPA channel during the DCH to E-DCH
channel retry. 3.
WITCH: Policy used when the RNC receives a request
for changing the target number of retransmissions
during an E-DCH-to-DCH (E2D) channel migration.
When this switch is turned on, upon receiving the
request for changing the target number of
retransmissions, the RNC continues the channel
migration procedure and then updates measurement
control. When this switch is turned off, upon receiving
the request for changing the target number of
retransmissions, the RNC instantly updates
measurement control and then performs the channel
migration. However, this increases the call drop rate. 4.
: Whether the RNC changes the radio bearer identity
when CS services are handed over from E-DCHs or HSDSCHs to DCHs. This switch is turned off by default.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC changes the
radio bearer identity. When this switch is turned off, the
WRFD020400
WRFD021400
WRFD021101
WRFD020134
WRFD020203
WRFD010612
WRFD0106140
3
WRFD020503
WRFD010610
WRFD010619
WRFD0204000
3
WRFD020303
WRFD020306
WRFD140218
WRFD150220
WRFD150217
WRFD020129
DRD
Introduc
tion
Package
Direct
Signalin
g
Connect
ion Reestablish
ment
(DSCR)
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
Push to
Talk
Inter
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
HSUPA
Introduc
tion
Package
HSUPA
2ms TTI
Outer
Loop
Power
Control
HSDPA
Introduc
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

429
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
tion
Package
RNC does not change the radio bearer identity. For

details, see section 8.6.4.2 in 3GPP TS 25.331 V8.4.0.
5.
CH: Whether the RNC carries the information about the
CONNECTION REJECT message when neighboring
GSM cells are configured during an RRC inter-RAT
redirection based on admission failures. For UEs of
3GPP Release 6 or a later version, when this switch is
turned on, the RNC carries the information about the
CONNECTION REJECT message. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not carry the information
about the configured neighboring GSM cells in the RRC
CONNECTION REJECT message. 6.
H: Whether high-priority neighboring cells or
frequencies are preferred during coverage-based interRAT handovers. When this switch is turned on, highpriority neighboring cells or frequencies are preferred.
If neighboring cells or frequencies have the same
priority, those with better signal quality are preferred. If
their signal quality is the same, the first selected
neighboring cell or frequency is the target cell or
frequency. For UMTS-to-GSM handovers, the
neighboring cell with a smaller value of the "HOPrio"
parameter in the "ADD U2GNCELL" command is
preferentially selected as the target cell. For UMTS-toLTE redirections, the frequency with a greater value of
the "NPriority" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLNFREQPRIOINFO" command is
preferentially selected as the target frequency. When
this switch is turned off, only signal quality is
considered. For UMTS-to-GSM handovers, the
neighboring cell with better signal quality is
preferentially selected as the target cell. For UMTS-toLTE redirections, the frequency with better quality is
preferentially selected as the target frequency. 7.
PERFENH_LTE_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to optimize the list for measured neighboring
LTE cells in the measurement control message. When
this switch is turned on, the RNC filters out the list for
measured neighboring LTE cells according to the RNClevel parameters, cell capability, and UE capabilities in
handovers and redirections to the LTE network. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not filter out the
CS voice
over
HSPA/
HSPA+
Inter
System
Redirect
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
PS
Service
Redirect
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

430
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
11 Parameters
Feature
Name
Description
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
list for measured neighboring LTE cells. 8.

PERFENH_GSM_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH:
Scope for matching the neighboring cells in
measurement reports during handovers to GSM cells
when there are multiple cells in the active set and the
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH switch is
turned on. In case of neighboring combination, when
this switch is turned on, the RNC matches the
neighboring cells in measurement reports with
neighboring cells of all cells in the current active set.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC matches the
neighboring cells in measurement reports only with the
best cell's neighboring cells. 9.
TCH: Whether to select the best target frequency during
a frequency-based redirection from UMTS to LTE.
When this switch is turned on, the selected target
frequency is used as the best frequency if the
measurement report contains multiple neighboring cells
that work at the same frequency.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
,
CH,
TCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
WITCH,
,
CH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

431
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
TCH
Default Value:
PERFENH_RCS_PS_DL_ON_DCH_SWITCH-0&
WITCH-0&PERFENH_MC_OPT_AFTER_RETRA
NS_CHG_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_CSOVERH_H2D
_RBID_CHG_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_RRC_DRD_
FAILED_RED_GSM_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_IRA
T_COV_HO_NCELL_PRE_SWITCH-0&PERFENH
_LTE_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_
GSM_NCELL_SEL_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_
U2L_REDIR_BASED_FREQ_OPT_SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

432
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PsSwitc
h
BSC690
0
SET
UCORR
MALG
OSWIT
CH
WRFD021101
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
Meaning: PS rate negotiation switch group. 1.

PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, access at a rate of 0 kbit/s or on
the FACH is determined according to the current
connection state of the RRC if the PS BE admission and
the later preemption and queuing fail. 2.
PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the initial rate of the service
should be dynamically configured according to the
value of Ec/No reported by the UE when the PS BE
service is established. 3.
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the switch is
on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS
BE service if Alternative RAB Parameter Values IE is
present in the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST or RELOCATION REQUEST message. 4.
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: When the switch
is on and the RAB downsizing license is activated, the
initial speed is determined on the basis of cell resources.
Downsizing is implemented for BE services. 5.
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied
to the PS STREAM service if Alternative RAB
Parameter Values IE is present in the RANAP RAB
ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or RELOCATION
REQUEST message. 6.
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the strict Iu QoS Negotiation function
is applied to the PS BE service,RNC select Iu max bit
rate based on UE capacity,cell capacity,max bitrate and
alternative RAB parameter values in RANAP RAB
REQUEST message. When the switch is not on, the
loose Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS
BE service,RNC select Iu max bit rate based on UE
capacity,max bitrate and alternative RAB parameter
values in RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or
RELOCATION REQUEST message,not consider cell
capacity,this can avoid Iu QoS Renegotiation between
different cell.The switch is valid when
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to ON. 7.
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH (HSPA
typical traffic rate adaptation switch): When this switch
is turned on, the RNC can calculate the actual maximum
traffic rate of PS BE services over HSPA channels based
on the MBR assigned by the CN, if the license
WRFD030004
WRFD010507
Adaptiv
e
Configu
ration of
Typical
HSPA
Rate
Rate
Negotiat
ion at
Admissi
on
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

433
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
controlling the Adaptive Configuration of Typical

HSPA Rate feature is activated.
GUI Value Range:
PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH,
PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH,
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH,
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH,
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH0&PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH
-0&PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-0&PS_RAB_
DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-1&PS_STREAM_IU_QO
S_NEG_SWITCH-0&PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NE
G_SWITCH-0&HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_S
WITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

434
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PsSwitc
h
BSC691
0
SET
UCORR
MALG
OSWIT
CH
WRFD021101
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
Meaning: PS rate negotiation switch group. 1.

PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, access at a rate of 0 kbit/s or on
the FACH is determined according to the current
connection state of the RRC if the PS BE admission and
the later preemption and queuing fail. 2.
PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the initial rate of the service
should be dynamically configured according to the
value of Ec/No reported by the UE when the PS BE
service is established. 3.
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the switch is
on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS
BE service if Alternative RAB Parameter Values IE is
present in the RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST or RELOCATION REQUEST message. 4.
PS_RAB_DOWNSIZING_SWITCH: When the switch
is on and the RAB downsizing license is activated, the
initial speed is determined on the basis of cell resources.
Downsizing is implemented for BE services. 5.
PS_STREAM_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied
to the PS STREAM service if Alternative RAB
Parameter Values IE is present in the RANAP RAB
REQUEST message. 6.
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the strict Iu QoS Negotiation function
is applied to the PS BE service,RNC select Iu max bit
rate based on UE capacity,cell capacity,max bitrate and
alternative RAB parameter values in RANAP RAB
REQUEST message. When the switch is not on, the
loose Iu QoS Negotiation function is applied to the PS
BE service,RNC select Iu max bit rate based on UE
capacity,max bitrate and alternative RAB parameter
values in RANAP RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST or
RELOCATION REQUEST message,not consider cell
capacity,this can avoid Iu QoS Renegotiation between
different cell.The switch is valid when
PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH is set to ON. 7.
HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_SWITCH (HSPA
typical traffic rate adaptation switch): When this switch
is turned on, the RNC can calculate the actual maximum
traffic rate of PS BE services over HSPA channels based
on the MBR assigned by the CN, if the license
WRFD030004
WRFD010507
Adaptiv
e
Configu
ration of
Typical
HSPA
Rate
Rate
Negotiat
ion at
Admissi
on
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

435
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
controlling the Adaptive Configuration of Typical

HSPA Rate feature is activated.
GUI Value Range:
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
PS_BE_EXTRA_LOW_RATE_ACCESS_SWITCH0&PS_BE_INIT_RATE_DYNAMIC_CFG_SWITCH
-0&PS_BE_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH-0&PS_RAB_
DOWNSIZING_SWITCH-1&PS_STREAM_IU_QO
S_NEG_SWITCH-0&PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NE
G_SWITCH-0&HSPA_ADPTIVE_RATE_ALGO_S
WITCH-0
SibCfgB
itMap
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
SIBSWI
TCH
MOD
UCELL
SIBSWI
TCH
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
WRFD010401
WRFD020126
System
Informat
ion
Broadca
sting
Meaning: Whether certain system information blocks

are broadcast in a cell. If a system information block is
selected, this block is broadcast in the cell.
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Unit: None
GUI Value Range: SIB2, SIB4, SIB12, SIB18, SIB19,

SIB11BIS
Actual Value Range: SIB2, SIB4, SIB12, SIB18,
SIB19, SIB11BIS
Default Value:
SIB2-0&SIB4-0&SIB12-0&SIB18-0&SIB19-0&SIB1
1BIS-0

436
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
SibCfgB
itMap
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
SIBSWI
TCH
WRFD010401
System
Informat
ion
Broadca
sting
Meaning: Whether certain system information blocks

are broadcast in a cell. If a system information block is
selected, this block is broadcast in the cell.
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Unit: None
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Meaning: Absolute priority level of the serving cell

when a UE performs cell reselection. The UE compares
the absolute priority level of the serving cell with that
of neighboring frequencies, and specifies the target
frequency based on the comparison result. That is,
When the priority level of the serving cell is smaller than
that of the neighboring frequency, the UE measures the
neighboring frequency. If the signal of cells on the
neighboring frequency satisfies relevant requirements,
the UE initiates the cell reselection. When the priority
level of the serving cell is larger than that of the
neighboring frequency, the UE measures the
neighboring frequency only when the signal of the
serving cell is weak. If the signal of cells on the
the UE initiates the cell reselection. The value of this
parameter is set during network planning. For details
about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
WRFD020126
MOD
UCELL
SIBSWI
TCH
SPriorit
y
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010801
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD140226
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
GUI Value Range: SIB2, SIB4, SIB12, SIB18, SIB19,

SIB11BIS
Actual Value Range: SIB2, SIB4, SIB12, SIB18,
SIB19, SIB11BIS
Default Value:
SIB2-0&SIB4-0&SIB12-0&SIB18-0&SIB19-0&SIB1
1BIS-0

Unit: None
Default Value: 4
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

437
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
SPriorit
y
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010801
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD140226
Meaning: Absolute priority level of the serving cell

when a UE performs cell reselection. The UE compares
the absolute priority level of the serving cell with that
of neighboring frequencies, and specifies the target
frequency based on the comparison result. That is,
When the priority level of the serving cell is smaller than
that of the neighboring frequency, the UE measures the
neighboring frequency. If the signal of cells on the
the UE initiates the cell reselection. When the priority
level of the serving cell is larger than that of the
neighboring frequency, the UE measures the
neighboring frequency only when the signal of the
serving cell is weak. If the signal of cells on the
the UE initiates the cell reselection. The value of this
parameter is set during network planning. For details
about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: None
Default Value: 4
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

438
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
NPriorit
y
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter specifies the absolute priority

level of the E-UTRA frequency. The UE compares the
value of this parameter with the absolute priority level
of the serving cell, and specifies the target frequency
based on the comparison result. That is, when the value
of this parameter is greater than the priority level of the
serving cell, the UE measures the neighboring
frequency. If the signal of cells on the neighboring
frequency satisfies relevant requirements, the UE
initiates the cell reselection. When the value of this
parameter is smaller than the priority level of the serving
cell, the UE measures the neighboring frequency only
when the signal of the serving cell is weak. If the signal
of cells on the neighboring frequency satisfies relevant
requirements, the UE initiates the cell reselection. The
value of this parameter is set during network planning.
The greater the value of this parameter is, the easier the
UE reselects a cell on this frequency, the smaller the
value of this parameter is, the harder the UE reselects a
cell on this frequency. For details on this parameter, see
3GPP TS 25.304.
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020129
WRFD150219
WRFD140226
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: None
Default Value: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

439
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
NPriorit
y
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter specifies the absolute priority

level of the E-UTRA frequency. The UE compares the
value of this parameter with the absolute priority level
of the serving cell, and specifies the target frequency
based on the comparison result. That is, when the value
of this parameter is greater than the priority level of the
serving cell, the UE measures the neighboring
frequency. If the signal of cells on the neighboring
frequency satisfies relevant requirements, the UE
initiates the cell reselection. When the value of this
parameter is smaller than the priority level of the serving
cell, the UE measures the neighboring frequency only
when the signal of the serving cell is weak. If the signal
of cells on the neighboring frequency satisfies relevant
requirements, the UE initiates the cell reselection. The
value of this parameter is set during network planning.
The greater the value of this parameter is, the easier the
UE reselects a cell on this frequency, the smaller the
value of this parameter is, the harder the UE reselects a
cell on this frequency. For details on this parameter, see
3GPP TS 25.304.
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020129
WRFD150219
WRFD140226
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: None
Default Value: None
Qrxlevm
in
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010801
WRFD010802
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Meaning: The minimum required quality threshold

corresponding to CPICH RSCP. When the measured
CPICH RSCP is larger than the value of this parameter,
the cell meets the S criteria of RX level for cell selection/
reselection. The RNC decides whether the UE can camp
on the cell according to the cell selection/reselection
criteria. The setting of Qrxlevmin should be related to
Qqualmin. For details about this parameter, see section
10.3.2.3 in 3GPP TS 25.331.
Unit: 2dBm
Default Value: -58
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

440
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Qrxlevm
in
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010801
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update

corresponding to CPICH RSCP. When the measured
CPICH RSCP is larger than the value of this parameter,
the cell meets the S criteria of RX level for cell selection/
reselection. The RNC decides whether the UE can camp
on the cell according to the cell selection/reselection
criteria. The setting of Qrxlevmin should be related to
Qqualmin. For details about this parameter, see section
10.3.2.3 in 3GPP TS 25.331.
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010802
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update

Unit: 2dBm
Default Value: -58
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

441
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
ThdPrio
ritySear
ch1
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010801
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Meaning: CPICH RSCP threshold for determining

whether a UE performs measurements of low-priority
frequencies and how often a UE performs
measurements of high-priority frequencies. CPICH
stands for Common Pilot Channel and RSCP stands for
received signal code power. A UE performs
measurements of low-priority and high-priority
frequencies under either of the following conditions:
SrxlevServingCell <= Sprioritysearch1
SqualServingCell <= Sprioritysearch2 where,
SrxlevServingCell equals RSCP measured in the
serving cell minus the minimum access level.
Sprioritysearch1 equals the value of this parameter.
SqualServingCell equals Ec/No measured in the serving
cell minus the minimum signal quality.
Sprioritysearch2 equals the value of ThdPrioritySearch2. A UE performs measurements of higherpriority frequencies at a minimum interval of
Thigher_priority_search when the following conditions
are met: SrxlevServingCell > Sprioritysearch1
SqualServingCell > Sprioritysearch2 As defined in
3GPP TS 25.133, Thigher_priority_search equals (60 x
Nlayers) seconds. Nlayers is the total number of
configured higher-priority E-UTRA, UTRA FDD and
UTRA TDD carrier frequencies and is increased by one
if one or more groups of GSM frequencies are
configured with a higher priority. For details about this
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 2
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

442
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
ThdPrio
ritySear
ch1
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010801
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Meaning: CPICH RSCP threshold for determining

measurements of high-priority frequencies. CPICH
stands for Common Pilot Channel and RSCP stands for
received signal code power. A UE performs
measurements of low-priority and high-priority
frequencies under either of the following conditions:
SrxlevServingCell <= Sprioritysearch1
Sprioritysearch1 equals the value of this parameter.
SqualServingCell equals Ec/No measured in the serving
cell minus the minimum signal quality.
Sprioritysearch2 equals the value of ThdPrioritySearch2. A UE performs measurements of higherpriority frequencies at a minimum interval of
SqualServingCell > Sprioritysearch2 As defined in
3GPP TS 25.133, Thigher_priority_search equals (60 x
Nlayers) seconds. Nlayers is the total number of
configured higher-priority E-UTRA, UTRA FDD and
UTRA TDD carrier frequencies and is increased by one
if one or more groups of GSM frequencies are
configured with a higher priority. For details about this
WRFD020126
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 2
Qqualmi
n
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010801
WRFD010802
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update

corresponding to CPICH Ec/No. When the measured
CPICH Ec/No is larger than the value of this parameter,
the cell meets the S criteria of quality level for cell
selection/reselection. The RNC decides whether the UE
can camp on the cell according to the cell selection/
reselection criteria. For details about this parameter, see
3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: dB
Default Value: -18
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

443
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Qqualmi
n
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010801
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update

corresponding to CPICH Ec/No. When the measured
CPICH Ec/No is larger than the value of this parameter,
the cell meets the S criteria of quality level for cell
selection/reselection. The RNC decides whether the UE
can camp on the cell according to the cell selection/
reselection criteria. For details about this parameter, see
3GPP TS 25.304.
WRFD010802
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update

Unit: dB
Default Value: -18
ThdPrio
ritySear
ch2
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010801
WRFD020126
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: CPICH Ec/No threshold for determining

measurements of high-priority frequencies. A UE
performs measurements of low-priority and highpriority frequencies under either of the following
conditions: SrxlevServingCell <= Sprioritysearch1
Sprioritysearch1 equals the value of ThdPrioritySearch1. SqualServingCell equals Ec/No measured in
the serving cell minus the minimum signal quality.
Sprioritysearch2 equals the value of this parameter. A
UE performs measurements of higher-priority
frequencies at a minimum interval of
SqualServingCell > Sprioritysearch2
Unit: dB
Default Value: 2
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

444
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
ThdPrio
ritySear
ch2
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010801
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Meaning: CPICH Ec/No threshold for determining

measurements of high-priority frequencies. A UE
performs measurements of low-priority and highpriority frequencies under either of the following
conditions: SrxlevServingCell <= Sprioritysearch1
Sprioritysearch1 equals the value of ThdPrioritySearch1. SqualServingCell equals Ec/No measured in
the serving cell minus the minimum signal quality.
Sprioritysearch2 equals the value of this parameter. A
UE performs measurements of higher-priority
frequencies at a minimum interval of
SqualServingCell > Sprioritysearch2
WRFD020126
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

Unit: dB
Default Value: 2
EQrxlev
min
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter indicates the minimum

required RSRP of the cell on the target frequency.
During cell reselection decision, the Srxlev is obtained
by the RSRP of the cell on the target frequency
measured by the UE minus the value of this parameter.
If the Srxlev is greater than the parameter of the target
cell during the interval defined by Treselections, the UE
performs cell reselection to the target cell. The value of
this parameter is set during network planning. The
greater the value of this parameter is, the harder the UE
reselects a cell on this frequency, the smaller the value
of this parameter is, the easier the UE reselects a cell on
this frequency. For details on this parameter, see 3GPP
TS 25.304.
Unit: 2dBm
Actual Value Range: -140~ -44
Default Value: -70
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

445
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
EQrxlev
min
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter indicates the minimum

required RSRP of the cell on the target frequency.
During cell reselection decision, the Srxlev is obtained
by the RSRP of the cell on the target frequency
measured by the UE minus the value of this parameter.
If the Srxlev is greater than the parameter of the target
cell during the interval defined by Treselections, the UE
performs cell reselection to the target cell. The value of
this parameter is set during network planning. The
reselects a cell on this frequency, the smaller the value
of this parameter is, the easier the UE reselects a cell on
this frequency. For details on this parameter, see 3GPP
TS 25.304.
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO

Unit: 2dBm
Actual Value Range: -140~ -44
Default Value: -70
ThdToH
igh
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter specifies the RSRP above

which the UE performs cell reselection from the serving
cell to a cell on the target frequency when the absolute
priority level of the target frequency is greater than that
of the serving cell. The UE measures cells on the target
frequency for cell reselection. Within the interval
defined by Treselections, if the RSRP of the cell on the
target frequency is greater than the value of this
parameter, the UE performs cell reselection. The value
of this parameter is set during network planning. The
reselects a cell on the target frequency, the smaller the
value of this parameter is, the easier the UE reselects a
cell on the target frequency. For details on this
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 2
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

446
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
ThdToH
igh
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

priority level of the target frequency is greater than that
defined by Treselections, if the RSRP of the cell on the
target frequency is greater than the value of this
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO

Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 2
Treselec
tions
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010801
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD021200
WRFD010802
WRFD020126
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
HCS
(Hierarc
hical
Cell
Structur
e)
Meaning: Cell reselection delay time. If the signal

quality of a neighboring cell is better than that of the
serving cell during the specified time of this parameter,
the UE reselects the neighboring cell. This parameter is
used to avoid ping-pong reselection between different
cells. The value 0 corresponds to the default value 1s
defined in the protocol. For details about this parameter,
see 3GPP TS 25.304.
Unit: s
Default Value: 1
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

447
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Treselec
tions
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010801
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD021200
Meaning: Cell reselection delay time. If the signal

quality of a neighboring cell is better than that of the
serving cell during the specified time of this parameter,
the UE reselects the neighboring cell. This parameter is
used to avoid ping-pong reselection between different
cells. The value 0 corresponds to the default value 1s
defined in the protocol. For details about this parameter,
see 3GPP TS 25.304.
WRFD010802
WRFD020126
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
HCS
(Hierarc
hical
Cell
Structur
e)

Unit: s
Default Value: 1
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
InterRat
TreselSc
alingFac
tor
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010801
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
Meaning: Inter-RAT reselection delay scaling factor.

Multiply this parameter by its reselection delay to
increase the inter-RAT reselection time. This parameter
is not configured when its value is 255. For details about
this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
GUI Value Range: 4~19;255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~4.75, 255, step:0.25
Default Value: 255
InterRat
TreselSc
alingFac
tor
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010801
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Meaning: Inter-RAT reselection delay scaling factor.

Multiply this parameter by its reselection delay to
increase the inter-RAT reselection time. This parameter
is not configured when its value is 255. For details about
this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.304.
GUI Value Range: 4~19;255
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 1~4.75, 255, step:0.25
Default Value: 255
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

448
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
ThdToL
ow
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

priority level of the target frequency is smaller than that
defined by Treselections, if the RSRP of the serving cell
is smaller than the parameter of RSRP threshold of lowprio-freq reselection, whereas the RSRP of the cell on
the target frequency is greater than the value of this
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO

Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 2
ThdToL
ow
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

priority level of the target frequency is smaller than that
defined by Treselections, if the RSRP of the serving cell
is smaller than the parameter of RSRP threshold of lowprio-freq reselection, whereas the RSRP of the cell on
the target frequency is greater than the value of this
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 2
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

449
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
ThdServ
ingLow
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010801
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Meaning: CPICH RSCP value of the serving cell below

which the UE initiates cell reselection to a cell on the
frequency with lower priority level. The UE measures
cells on the target frequency for cell reselection. Within
the interval defined by Treselections, if the CPICH
RSCP of the serving cell is smaller than the value of this
parameter whereas the CPICH RSCP of the cell on the
low-priority frequency is high, the UE performs cell
reselection. For details about this parameter, see 3GPP
TS 25.304.
WRFD020126
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 1
ThdServ
ingLow
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
MOD
UCELL
SELRE
SEL
WRFD010801
WRFD020126
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: CPICH RSCP value of the serving cell below

which the UE initiates cell reselection to a cell on the
frequency with lower priority level. The UE measures
cells on the target frequency for cell reselection. Within
the interval defined by Treselections, if the CPICH
RSCP of the serving cell is smaller than the value of this
parameter whereas the CPICH RSCP of the cell on the
low-priority frequency is high, the UE performs cell
reselection. For details about this parameter, see 3GPP
TS 25.304.
Unit: 2dB
Default Value: 1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

450
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PsInactT
mrForIn
t
BSC690
0
SET
UPSIN
ACTTI
MER
WRFD010510
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
Meaning: When detecting that the Ps' Interactive User

had no data to transfer for a long time which longer than
this timer, the PDCP layer would request the RRC layer
to release this Radio Access Bear.
WRFD010202
WRFD010301
WRFD010302
WRFD010801
WRFD010802
WRFD010901
WRFD010902

Unit: s
Default Value: 20
UE State
in
Connect
ed Mode
(CELLDCH,
CELLPCH,
URAPCH,
CELLFACH)
Paging
UE in
Idle,
CELL_P
CH,
URA_P
CH State
(Type 1)
Paging
UE in
CELL_F
ACH,
CELL_
DCH
State
(Type 2)
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

451
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Intra
RNC
URA
Update
Inter
RNC
URA
Update
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

452
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PsInactT
mrForIn
t
BSC691
0
SET
UPSIN
ACTTI
MER
WRFD010510
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
Meaning: When detecting that the Ps' Interactive User

WRFD010202
WRFD010301
WRFD010302
WRFD010801
WRFD010802
WRFD010901
WRFD010902

Unit: s
Default Value: 20
UE State
in
Connect
ed Mode
(CELLDCH,
CELLPCH,
URAPCH,
CELLFACH)
Paging
UE in
Idle,
CELL_P
CH,
URA_P
CH State
(Type 1)
Paging
UE in
CELL_F
ACH,
CELL_
DCH
State
(Type 2)
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

453
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Intra
RNC
URA
Update
Inter
RNC
URA
Update
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

454
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PsInactT
mrForB
ac
BSC690
0
SET
UPSIN
ACTTI
MER
WRFD010510
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
Meaning: When detecting that the Ps' Background User

WRFD010202
WRFD010301
WRFD010302
WRFD010801
WRFD010802
WRFD010901
WRFD010902

Unit: s
Default Value: 20
UE State
in
Connect
ed Mode
(CELLDCH,
CELLPCH,
URAPCH,
CELLFACH)
Paging
UE in
Idle,
CELL_P
CH,
URA_P
CH State
(Type 1)
Paging
UE in
CELL_F
ACH,
CELL_
DCH
State
(Type 2)
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

455
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Intra
RNC
URA
Update
Inter
RNC
URA
Update
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

456
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PsInactT
mrForB
ac
BSC691
0
SET
UPSIN
ACTTI
MER
WRFD010510
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
Meaning: When detecting that the Ps' Background User

WRFD010202
WRFD010301
WRFD010302
WRFD010801
WRFD010802
WRFD010901
WRFD010902

Unit: s
Default Value: 20
UE State
in
Connect
ed Mode
(CELLDCH,
CELLPCH,
URAPCH,
CELLFACH)
Paging
UE in
Idle,
CELL_P
CH,
URA_P
CH State
(Type 1)
Paging
UE in
CELL_F
ACH,
CELL_
DCH
State
(Type 2)
Intra
RNC
Cell
Update
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

457
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Inter
RNC
Cell
Update
Intra
RNC
URA
Update
Inter
RNC
URA
Update
PsInactT
mrForFs
tDrmDc
h
BSC690
0
SET
UPSIN
ACTTI
MER
WRFD020500
WRFD010202
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy
UE State
in
Connect
ed Mode
(CELLDCH,
CELLPCH,
URAPCH,
CELLFACH)
Meaning: Timer for FD-enabled UEs or LTE-enabled

UEs staying in the CELL_DCH state. When UEs that
are enabled with Fast Dormancy (FD) and stay in the
CELL_DCH state do not transmit any data after this
timer expires, the RNC transits the UEs to the
CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state. When LTEenabled UEs in the CELL_DCH state do not transmit
any data after this timer expires, the RNC transits the
UEs to the CELL_PCH or IDLE state. You can set this
timer to a value other than 0 if you want to check
whether FD-enabled UEs and LTE-enabled UEs are in
the CELL_DCH state.
Unit: s
Default Value: 4
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

458
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PsInactT
mrForFs
tDrmDc
h
BSC691
0
SET
UPSIN
ACTTI
MER
WRFD020500
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy

UEs staying in the CELL_DCH state. When UEs that
CELL_DCH state do not transmit any data after this
CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH state. When LTEenabled UEs in the CELL_DCH state do not transmit
any data after this timer expires, the RNC transits the
UEs to the CELL_PCH or IDLE state. You can set this
timer to a value other than 0 if you want to check
whether FD-enabled UEs and LTE-enabled UEs are in
the CELL_DCH state.
WRFD010202
UE State
in
Connect
ed Mode
(CELLDCH,
CELLPCH,
URAPCH,
CELLFACH)

Unit: s
Default Value: 4
PsInactT
mrForFs
tDrmFac
h
BSC690
0
SET
UPSIN
ACTTI
MER
WRFD020500
WRFD010202
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy
UE State
in
Connect
ed Mode
(CELLDCH,
CELLPCH,
URAPCH,
CELLFACH)

UEs staying in the CELL_FACH state. When UEs that
CELL_FACH state do not transmit any data after this
CELL_PCH state. When LTE-enabled UEs in the
CELL_PCH or IDLE state. You can set this timer to a
value other than 0 if you want to check whether FDenabled UEs and LTE-enabled UEs are in the
CELL_FACH state.
Unit: s
Default Value: 5
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

459
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PsInactT
mrForFs
tDrmFac
h
BSC691
0
SET
UPSIN
ACTTI
MER
WRFD020500
Enhance
d Fast
Dorman
cy

UEs staying in the CELL_FACH state. When UEs that
CELL_PCH state. When LTE-enabled UEs in the
CELL_PCH or IDLE state. You can set this timer to a
value other than 0 if you want to check whether FDenabled UEs and LTE-enabled UEs are in the
CELL_FACH state.
WRFD010202
UE State
in
Connect
ed Mode
(CELLDCH,
CELLPCH,
URAPCH,
CELLFACH)

Unit: s
Default Value: 5
DlBeTra
ffInitBit
rate
DlBeTra
ffInitBit
rate
BSC690
0
SET
UFRC
WRFD021101
WRFD010507
BSC691
0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
SET
UFRC
WRFD021101
WRFD010507
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
Meaning: DL initial access rate of PS background or

interactive service. When DCCC function is enabled,
the downlink initial access rate will be set to this value
if the downlink maximum rate is higher than the initial
access rate.
Rate
Negotiat
ion at
Admissi
on
Control
Unit: kbit/s
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
Meaning: DL initial access rate of PS background or

interactive service. When DCCC function is enabled,
the downlink initial access rate will be set to this value
if the downlink maximum rate is higher than the initial
access rate.
Rate
Negotiat
ion at
Admissi
on
Control
Unit: kbit/s

D256, D384
Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384
Default Value: D64

D256, D384
Actual Value Range: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 144, 256, 384
Default Value: D64

460
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTEArf
cn
BSC690
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter specifies the downlink

frequency used by an LTE cell. For detailed description
of the parameter, see 3GPP TS 36.104.
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
LTEArf
cn
BSC691
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
EARFC
N
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
WRFD020126
WRFD020129
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

Unit: None
Default Value: None
Meaning: This parameter specifies the downlink

frequency used by an LTE cell. For detailed description
of the parameter, see 3GPP TS 36.104.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
Meaning: FDL = FDL_low + 0.1(NDL x NOffs-DL),EUTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
RMV
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

461
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
EARFC
N
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: FDL = FDL_low + 0.1(NDL x NOffs-DL),EUTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number.
Unit: None
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
Default Value: None
RMV
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
EUTRA
NSHIN
D
BSC690
0
ADD
UTYPR
ABBAS
IC
WRFD020126
WRFD020129
MOD
UTYPR
ABBAS
IC
EUTRA
NSHIN
D
BSC691
0
ADD
UTYPR
ABBAS
IC
MOD
UTYPR
ABBAS
IC
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
WRFD020126
WRFD020129
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter specifies whether to allow the

service-based handover of UEs from UMTS to LTE.
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter specifies whether to allow the

service-based handover of UEs from UMTS to LTE.
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
GUI Value Range:

HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHOULD_BE_PERFORM,
HO_TO_EUTRAN_SHALL_NOT_BE_PERFORM
Actual Value Range:
Default Value:
GUI Value Range:

Actual Value Range:
Default Value:

462
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
HoSwitc
h
BSC690
0
SET
UCORR
MALG
OSWIT
CH
WRFD010610
HSDPA
Introduc
tion
Package
Meaning: 1.
HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the RNC evaluates the UE's moving speed
in the HCS and initiates fast intra-layer or slow interlayer handover. 2.
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the LDR inter-frequency handover is
allowed during soft handover. 3.
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH: When the switch
is on, the UE requires that the redirection strategy be
used for frequency layer convergence. 4.
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH: When the switch
is on, the associated receiving and mobility algorithms
of the overlay network are used. When the switch is not
on, the associated algorithms are not used. Overlay
network is an UTRAN network covering present
network, it supports HSPA, MBMS and other new
features. To satisfy new requirements of operator and
restrictions of present network, overlay network realizes
operation distribution and load sharing between new
network and present network, also gives special
handling for mobility management of network verge. 5.
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate interfrequency measure control or the load-based interfrequency hard handover upon the handover decision on
inter-frequency load. 6.
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable service-based PS handover from
UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
can send LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL message
based on service and initiate service-based PS handover
from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC cannot initiate service-based PS handover from
UMTS to LTE. 7.
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate inter-RAT
measure control and the CS inter-RAT hard handover
from the 3G network to the 2G network. 8.
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_S
WITCH: When the switch is on, the NACC function is
supported during the PS inter-RAT handover from the
3G network to the 2G network in the cell change order
process. When the switch is not on, the NACC function
is not supported. When
HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION_SWIT
CH is ON, this switch is useless. When the NACC
WRFD0106100
6
WRFD010612
WRFD0106120
4
WRFD020103
WRFD020201
WRFD020202
WRFD020203
WRFD020301
WRFD020302
WRFD020303
WRFD020304
WRFD020305
WRFD020306
WRFD020308
WRFD0203080
1
WRFD0203080
2
WRFD020309
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
HSDPA
Mobility
Manage
ment
HSUPA
Introduc
tion
Package
HSUPA
Mobility
Manage
ment
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Intra
Node B
Softer
Handov
er
Intra
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Inter
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Intra
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov

463
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
WRFD021200
er Based
on
Coverag
e
function is supported, the UE skips the reading

procedure as the SI/PSI of the target cell is provided
after the UE accesses the 2G cell. Thus, the delay of
inter-cell handover is reduced. 9.
CH: When the switch is on, the PS inter-RAT handover
from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in
the relocation process. When the switch is not on, the
PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G network to the 2G
network is performed in the cell change order process.
10. HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH: When the
measure control and the PS inter-RAT hard handover
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the attributes of inter-RAT
handover of the services are based on the configuration
of RNC parameters. When the switch is not on, the
attributes are set on the basis of the CN. If no
information is provided by the CN, the attributes are
then based on the RNC parameters. 12.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET_SWI
TCH: When the switch is on, the cells in the detected
set from which the RNC receives their valid event
reports can be added to the active set. The cells allowed
to be added to the active set must be the neighboring
cells of the cells in the active set. 13.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the intra-frequency measurement
reports of the detected set can be reported by UE. 14.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate the intrafrequency hard handover. 15.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the event 1J is included in the delivery of
intra-frequency measurement control if the UE version
is R6 or later versions. 16.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, the cells under the RNC support soft
handovers. Upon receiving event 1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D
after delivering an intra-frequency measurement control
message to the UE, the RNC initiates associated
addition, removal, and replacement of target cell of the
soft handover. 17.
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the neighboring cell whose
frequency band is beyond the UE's capabilities can also
WRFD020129
WRFD070005
WRFD070006
WRFD070007
WRFD020106
WRFD140102
WRFD070004
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020310
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
WRFD140226
MRFD211402
WRFD021301
MRFD211401
MRFD211403
MRFD211404
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Service
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
InterRAT
Handov
er Phase
2
NACC
(Networ
k
Assisted
Cell
Change)
PS
Handov
er
Between
UMTS

464
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
and
GPRS
be delivered in the inter-frequency measurement list.

18. HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the neighboring cell combined
algorithm is used during the delivery of the objects to
be measured. When the switch is not on, the optimal cell
algorithm is used. 19.
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, intra-frequency handover is allowed
over the Iur interface if the UE has only signaling. 20.
HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH: When the switch is on,
quality measurement on the active set is delivered after
signaling setup but before service setup. If the UE is at
the cell verge or receives weak signals after accessing
the network, the RNC can trigger inter-frequency or
inter-RAT handover when the UE sets up the RRC. 21.
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the RNC controls the UEs in the connected
state based on the configurations on the CN. The UEs
can only access and move in authorized cells. 22.
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: Whether to enable
handover from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC can send LTE MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message and initiate PS handover or
redirection from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC cannot perform the preceding
procedures. 23.
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: Whether to
enable service-based redirection from UMTS to LTE.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC can send LTE
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message based on
service and initiate service-based PS redirection from
UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
cannot initiate service-based PS redirection from
UMTS to LTE. 24. HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH :This
bit is a Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC)
switch for the VoIP service that is handed over to
GERAN. SRVCC ensures the continuity of voice
services that are handed over between the CS domain
and the IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS).The meaning
of the bit is as follows: When it is set to "ON", it
indicates that the VoIP service can be handed over to
GERAN through SRVCC procedure.When it is set to
"OFF", it indicates that the VoIP service cannot be
handed over to GERAN through SRVCC procedure. 25.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH:
This switch controls which event to be preferentially
processed when both an intra- frequency measurement
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
HCS
(Hierarc
hical
Cell
Structur
e)
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
NACC
Procedu
re
Optimiz
ation
Based
on Iur-g
GSM
and
UMTS
Load
Balancin
g Based
on Iur-g
GSM
and
UMTS
Traffic
Steering
Based
on Iur-g
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

465
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
CS
Fallback
Guarant
ee for
LTE
Emerge
ncy
Calls
report event and event 2D or 2F need to be processed.

Turning on this switch allows the intra-frequency
measurement report event to be preferentially
processed. Turning off this switch allows event 2D or
2F to be preferentially processed. 26.
HO_CIO_1D_USED: Whether the RNC instructs the
UE to use the cell individual offset (CIO) parameter
when reporting event 1D. If this field is selected, the
RNC instructs the UE to use the CIO parameter when
reporting event 1D. If this field is not selected, the RNC
does not instruct the UE to use the CIO parameter when
reporting event 1D. The call drop rate will increase if
the switch is opened when the CIO is configured to a
big value. 27.
HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH: Whether
the RNC determines the initial speed state of a UE based
on the enUeMobilityStateInd information element (IE)
sent by the UE. If this switch is turned on, the initial UE
speed state is determined by this IE carried in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ or
RRC_CELL_UPDATE message. If this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the UE mobility state
as before based on how frequently the UE sends an event
1D measurement report. 28.
HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH: Whether to activate
CS Fall Back. When this switch is turned on, CS Fall
Back is activated. When this switch is turned off, CS
Fall Back is deactivated. 29.
release. This parameter is configured at the RNC. When
RELEASE message. 30.
HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the RNC sends periodical
inter-frequency and intra-frequency measurement
control messages, and includes the information element
(IE) measurementIdentiy in the inter-frequency
measurement control message to instruct a UE to report
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
3G/2G
Commo
n Load
Manage
ment
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

466
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
signal quality in an active set cell in a periodical interfrequency measurement report. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC sends only a periodical interfrequency measurement control message without this
IE. 31.
HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_COV_PARA_SWITC
H (Algorithm Switch for Coverage-based Interfrequency or inter-RAT Handover Parameters
Dedicated to CS and PS Combined Services): Whether
handover parameters dedicated to combined services
are set. When this switch is turned on, the handover
parameters dedicated to CS and PS combined services
are used when CS and PS combined services are
processed. The handover parameters dedicated to CS
and PS combined services are set by the "SET
UMULTIRABHOCOV" command. When this switch
is turned off, the upper threshold for the handover
parameters between the CS and PS services is used
when CS and PS combined services are processed.
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
MBSC
Load
Balancin
g
Shared
Network
Support
in
Connect
ed Mode
NACC
Procedu
re
Optimiz
ation
MBSC
Service
Distribut
ion
MBSC
Handov
er based
on Load
Enhance
ment
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters
GUI Value Range:

HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH,
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH, HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH,
TCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH,
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH,
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH,
HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH,
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH,
HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH,

467
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH,
HO_CIO_1D_USED,
HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH,
HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH,
HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETURN_SWITCH,
HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH,
H
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
TCH,
HO_CIO_1D_USED,
H
Default Value:
HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH-0&HO_A
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

468
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
LGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH-1&HO_ALGO
_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH-0&HO_ALGO_OVERLAY
_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWI
TCH-0&HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITC
H-0&HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_
INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWIT
CH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION
_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH
-1&HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITC
H-0&HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET
_SWITCH-1&HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_
SWITCH-1&HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWIT
CH-1&HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH-0&
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1&HO_M
C_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH-0&HO_M
C_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH-1&HO_MC_SIGN
AL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH-0&HO_MC_SIGNAL_S
WITCH-0&HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITC
H-0&HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0&HO_LTE_SE
RVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0&HO_H2G_SRVCC_S
WITCH-0&HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F
_SWITCH-0&HO_CIO_1D_USED-0&HO_HCS_SP
D_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH-0&HO_L2U_EMGCAL
L_SWITCH-0&HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETU
RN_SWITCH-0&HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_
MR_SWITCH-0&HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_CO
V_PARA_SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

469
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
HoSwitc
h
BSC691
0
SET
UCORR
MALG
OSWIT
CH
WRFD010610
HSDPA
Introduc
tion
Package
Meaning: 1.
HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the RNC evaluates the UE's moving speed
in the HCS and initiates fast intra-layer or slow interlayer handover. 2.
HO_ALGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the LDR inter-frequency handover is
allowed during soft handover. 3.
HO_ALGO_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH: When the switch
is on, the UE requires that the redirection strategy be
used for frequency layer convergence. 4.
HO_ALGO_OVERLAY_SWITCH: When the switch
is on, the associated receiving and mobility algorithms
of the overlay network are used. When the switch is not
on, the associated algorithms are not used. Overlay
network is an UTRAN network covering present
network, it supports HSPA, MBMS and other new
features. To satisfy new requirements of operator and
restrictions of present network, overlay network realizes
operation distribution and load sharing between new
network and present network, also gives special
handling for mobility management of network verge. 5.
HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate interfrequency measure control or the load-based interfrequency hard handover upon the handover decision on
inter-frequency load. 6.
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable service-based PS handover from
UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
can send LTE MEASUREMENT CONTROL message
based on service and initiate service-based PS handover
from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC cannot initiate service-based PS handover from
UMTS to LTE. 7.
HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH: When the
measure control and the CS inter-RAT hard handover
WITCH: When the switch is on, the NACC function is
supported during the PS inter-RAT handover from the
3G network to the 2G network in the cell change order
process. When the switch is not on, the NACC function
is not supported. When
CH is ON, this switch is useless. When the NACC
WRFD0106100
6
WRFD010612
WRFD0106120
4
WRFD020103
WRFD020201
WRFD020202
WRFD020203
WRFD020301
WRFD020302
WRFD020303
WRFD020304
WRFD020305
WRFD020306
WRFD020308
WRFD0203080
1
WRFD0203080
2
WRFD020309
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
HSDPA
Mobility
Manage
ment
HSUPA
Introduc
tion
Package
HSUPA
Mobility
Manage
ment
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Intra
Node B
Softer
Handov
er
Intra
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Inter
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Intra
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov

470
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
WRFD021200
er Based
on
Coverag
e
function is supported, the UE skips the reading

procedure as the SI/PSI of the target cell is provided
after the UE accesses the 2G cell. Thus, the delay of
inter-cell handover is reduced. 9.
CH: When the switch is on, the PS inter-RAT handover
from the 3G network to the 2G network is performed in
the relocation process. When the switch is not on, the
PS inter-RAT handover from the 3G network to the 2G
network is performed in the cell change order process.
10. HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH: When the
measure control and the PS inter-RAT hard handover
HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the attributes of inter-RAT
handover of the services are based on the configuration
of RNC parameters. When the switch is not on, the
attributes are set on the basis of the CN. If no
information is provided by the CN, the attributes are
then based on the RNC parameters. 12.
TCH: When the switch is on, the cells in the detected
set from which the RNC receives their valid event
reports can be added to the active set. The cells allowed
to be added to the active set must be the neighboring
cells of the cells in the active set. 13.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the intra-frequency measurement
reports of the detected set can be reported by UE. 14.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the RNC is allowed to initiate the intrafrequency hard handover. 15.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the event 1J is included in the delivery of
intra-frequency measurement control if the UE version
is R6 or later versions. 16.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, the cells under the RNC support soft
handovers. Upon receiving event 1A, 1B, 1C, or 1D
after delivering an intra-frequency measurement control
message to the UE, the RNC initiates associated
addition, removal, and replacement of target cell of the
soft handover. 17.
HO_MC_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the neighboring cell whose
frequency band is beyond the UE's capabilities can also
WRFD020129
WRFD070005
WRFD070006
WRFD070007
WRFD020106
WRFD140102
WRFD070004
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020310
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
WRFD140226
MRFD211402
WRFD021301
MRFD211401
MRFD211403
MRFD211404
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Service
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
InterRAT
Handov
er Phase
2
NACC
(Networ
k
Assisted
Cell
Change)
PS
Handov
er
Between
UMTS

471
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
and
GPRS
be delivered in the inter-frequency measurement list.

18. HO_MC_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, the neighboring cell combined
algorithm is used during the delivery of the objects to
be measured. When the switch is not on, the optimal cell
algorithm is used. 19.
HO_MC_SIGNAL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH: When
the switch is on, intra-frequency handover is allowed
over the Iur interface if the UE has only signaling. 20.
HO_MC_SIGNAL_SWITCH: When the switch is on,
quality measurement on the active set is delivered after
signaling setup but before service setup. If the UE is at
the cell verge or receives weak signals after accessing
the network, the RNC can trigger inter-frequency or
inter-RAT handover when the UE sets up the RRC. 21.
HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the RNC controls the UEs in the connected
state based on the configurations on the CN. The UEs
can only access and move in authorized cells. 22.
HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: Whether to enable
handover from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC can send LTE MEASUREMENT
CONTROL message and initiate PS handover or
redirection from UMTS to LTE. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC cannot perform the preceding
procedures. 23.
HO_LTE_SERVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH: Whether to
enable service-based redirection from UMTS to LTE.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC can send LTE
MEASUREMENT CONTROL message based on
service and initiate service-based PS redirection from
UMTS to LTE. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
cannot initiate service-based PS redirection from
UMTS to LTE. 24. HO_H2G_SRVCC_SWITCH :This
bit is a Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC)
switch for the VoIP service that is handed over to
GERAN. SRVCC ensures the continuity of voice
services that are handed over between the CS domain
and the IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS).The meaning
of the bit is as follows: When it is set to "ON", it
indicates that the VoIP service can be handed over to
GERAN through SRVCC procedure.When it is set to
"OFF", it indicates that the VoIP service cannot be
handed over to GERAN through SRVCC procedure. 25.
HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F_SWITCH:
This switch controls which event to be preferentially
processed when both an intra- frequency measurement
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
HCS
(Hierarc
hical
Cell
Structur
e)
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
NACC
Procedu
re
Optimiz
ation
Based
on Iur-g
GSM
and
UMTS
Load
Balancin
g Based
on Iur-g
GSM
and
UMTS
Traffic
Steering
Based
on Iur-g
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

472
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
CS
Fallback
Guarant
ee for
LTE
Emerge
ncy
Calls
report event and event 2D or 2F need to be processed.

Turning on this switch allows the intra-frequency
measurement report event to be preferentially
processed. Turning off this switch allows event 2D or
2F to be preferentially processed. 26.
HO_CIO_1D_USED: Whether the RNC instructs the
UE to use the cell individual offset (CIO) parameter
when reporting event 1D. If this field is selected, the
RNC instructs the UE to use the CIO parameter when
reporting event 1D. If this field is not selected, the RNC
does not instruct the UE to use the CIO parameter when
reporting event 1D. The call drop rate will increase if
the switch is opened when the CIO is configured to a
big value. 27.
HO_HCS_SPD_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH: Whether
the RNC determines the initial speed state of a UE based
on the enUeMobilityStateInd information element (IE)
sent by the UE. If this switch is turned on, the initial UE
speed state is determined by this IE carried in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ or
RRC_CELL_UPDATE message. If this switch is
turned off, the RNC determines the UE mobility state
as before based on how frequently the UE sends an event
1D measurement report. 28.
HO_L2U_EMGCALL_SWITCH: Whether to activate
CS Fall Back. When this switch is turned on, CS Fall
Back is activated. When this switch is turned off, CS
Fall Back is deactivated. 29.
release. This parameter is configured at the RNC. When
RELEASE message. 30.
HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_MR_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the RNC sends periodical
inter-frequency and intra-frequency measurement
control messages, and includes the information element
(IE) measurementIdentiy in the inter-frequency
measurement control message to instruct a UE to report
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
3G/2G
Commo
n Load
Manage
ment
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

473
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
signal quality in an active set cell in a periodical interfrequency measurement report. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC sends only a periodical interfrequency measurement control message without this
IE. 31.
H (Algorithm Switch for Coverage-based Interfrequency or inter-RAT Handover Parameters
Dedicated to CS and PS Combined Services): Whether
handover parameters dedicated to combined services
are set. When this switch is turned on, the handover
parameters dedicated to CS and PS combined services
are used when CS and PS combined services are
processed. The handover parameters dedicated to CS
and PS combined services are set by the "SET
UMULTIRABHOCOV" command. When this switch
is turned off, the upper threshold for the handover
parameters between the CS and PS services is used
when CS and PS combined services are processed.
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
MBSC
Load
Balancin
g
Shared
Network
Support
in
Connect
ed Mode
NACC
Procedu
re
Optimiz
ation
MBSC
Service
Distribut
ion
MBSC
Handov
er based
on Load
Enhance
ment
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters
GUI Value Range:

WITCH,
TCH,

474
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
HO_CIO_1D_USED,
H
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
TCH,
HO_CIO_1D_USED,
H
Default Value:
HO_ALGO_HCS_SPEED_EST_SWITCH-0&HO_A
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

475
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
LGO_LDR_ALLOW_SHO_SWITCH-1&HO_ALGO
_MBMS_FLC_SWITCH-0&HO_ALGO_OVERLAY
_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWI
TCH-0&HO_LTE_SERVICE_PSHO_OUT_SWITC
H-0&HO_INTER_RAT_CS_OUT_SWITCH-1&HO_
INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_CELLCHG_NACC_SWIT
CH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_3G2G_RELOCATION
_SWITCH-0&HO_INTER_RAT_PS_OUT_SWITCH
-1&HO_INTER_RAT_RNC_SERVICE_HO_SWITC
H-0&HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_INTO_ACTSET
_SWITCH-1&HO_INTRA_FREQ_DETSET_RPRT_
SWITCH-1&HO_INTRA_FREQ_HARD_HO_SWIT
CH-1&HO_INTRA_FREQ_RPRT_1J_SWITCH-0&
HO_INTRA_FREQ_SOFT_HO_SWITCH-1&HO_M
C_MEAS_BEYOND_UE_CAP_SWITCH-0&HO_M
C_NCELL_COMBINE_SWITCH-1&HO_MC_SIGN
AL_IUR_INTRA_SWITCH-0&HO_MC_SIGNAL_S
WITCH-0&HO_MC_SNA_RESTRICTION_SWITC
H-0&HO_LTE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0&HO_LTE_SE
RVICE_PS_OUT_SWITCH-0&HO_H2G_SRVCC_S
WITCH-0&HO_INTRA_FREQ_HIGHPRIOR_2D2F
_SWITCH-0&HO_CIO_1D_USED-0&HO_HCS_SP
D_INI_BSD_UE_SWITCH-0&HO_L2U_EMGCAL
L_SWITCH-0&HO_UMTS_TO_LTE_FAST_RETU
RN_SWITCH-0&HO_HHO_WITH_INTRA_FREQ_
MR_SWITCH-0&HO_MULTIRAB_CSPS_HO_CO
V_PARA_SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

476
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
SuppPS
HOFlag
BSC690
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter specifies whether an LTE cell

supports PS handover. When this parameter is set to
SUPPORT, the RNC support the PS handover from
UMTS to LTE. Before selection, it must be confirmed
that CN NEs, and the LTE cell both support the
handover flow. When this parameter is set to NOT
SUPPORT, not all of the RNC, CN NEs, and the LTE
cell support the PS handover from UMTS to LTE.
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020129
WRFD140218
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
GUI Value Range: NotSupport(NotSupport), Support

(Support)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NotSupport, Support
Default Value: NotSupport(NotSupport)
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

477
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

478
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
SuppPS
HOFlag
BSC691
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter specifies whether an LTE cell

supports PS handover. When this parameter is set to
SUPPORT, the RNC support the PS handover from
UMTS to LTE. Before selection, it must be confirmed
that CN NEs, and the LTE cell both support the
handover flow. When this parameter is set to NOT
SUPPORT, not all of the RNC, CN NEs, and the LTE
cell support the PS handover from UMTS to LTE.
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020129
WRFD140218
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
GUI Value Range: NotSupport(NotSupport), Support

(Support)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NotSupport, Support
Default Value: NotSupport(NotSupport)
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

479
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
UMTS
to LTE
HOPrio
BSC690
0
ADD
U2GNC
ELL
WRFD020303
MOD
U2GNC
ELL
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Meaning: Priority of the neighboring cell as a target cell

for a handover. Value 0 indicates the highest priority
and value 7 indicates the lowest priority. When this
parameter takes effect, the RNC preferentially selects
the cell with the highest priority as the target cell. If two
or more cells have the same priority, the RNC selects a
target cell with the best signal quality.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
HOPrio
BSC691
0
ADD
U2GNC
ELL
WRFD020303
MOD
U2GNC
ELL
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Meaning: Priority of the neighboring cell as a target cell

for a handover. Value 0 indicates the highest priority
and value 7 indicates the lowest priority. When this
parameter takes effect, the RNC preferentially selects
the cell with the highest priority as the target cell. If two
or more cells have the same priority, the RNC selects a
target cell with the best signal quality.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
BestCell
TrigLTE
MeasSw
itch
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020504
WRFD020129
WRFD140218
Inner
Loop
Power
Control
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

Unit: None
Default Value: OFF

480
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
BestCell
TrigLTE
MeasSw
itch
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020504
Inner
Loop
Power
Control

WRFD020129
WRFD140218
RsvU32
Para0
BSC690
0
SET
UCELL
ALGOR
SVPAR
A
None
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
None
interface.

Default Value: OFF

Unit: None
Default Value: 0
RsvU32
Para0
BSC691
0
SET
UCELL
ALGOR
SVPAR
A
None
None
interface.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

481
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTEMe
asTypOf
3C
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter specifies the type of

measurement result that a UE needs to carry in an eventtriggered or periodical measurement report. When this
parameter is set to Measurementquantity, the parameter
value is the same as that of "Measurement Quantity for
Event 3C Measurement of LTE". When this parameter
is set to Both, the UE needs to report measurement
results of both the types: Reference Signal Received
Power (RSRP) and Reference Signal Receiving Quality
(RSRQ).
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020129
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
GUI Value Range: MeasurementQuantity

(MeasurementQuantity), Both(Both)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: MeasurementQuantity, Both
Default Value: MeasurementQuantity(MeasurementQuantity)
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

482
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTEMe
asTypOf
3C
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

(RSRQ).
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020129
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: None
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

483
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTEMe
asQuan
Of3C
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: This parameter specifies the measurement

quantity of a handover target LTE system in an event
3C measurement report sent by a UE during a handover
that is not based on coverage. This parameter can be set
to RSRP or RSRQ. Note that what specific
measurement results are reported depends on the setting
of "Report Type of LTE Measurement", as is specified
in 3GPP TS 25.331. RSRP is the average power of
signals received on all resource elements (REs) that
carry reference signals within a certain symbol. RSRQ
is defined as the ratio of RSRP to RSSI (RSRQ = N x
RSRP/RSSI). The coefficient N is introduced to adjust
possible bandwidth difference in both types of
measurement.
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD140218
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
GUI Value Range: RSRP(Reference Signal Receiving

Power), RSRQ(Reference Signal Receiving Quality)
Unit: None
Default Value: RSRP(Reference Signal Receiving
Power)

484
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTEMe
asQuan
Of3C
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

measurement.
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD140218
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

Unit: None
Power)

485
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
U2LTE
MeasTi
me
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: s
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD150216
WRFD150217

Default Value: 15
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
U2LTE
MeasTi
me
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020129
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: s

Default Value: 15
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

486
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
InterPlm
nHoAllo
wedInter
Rat
BSC690
0
SET
UOPER
ATORS
HARIN
GMOD
E
WRFD0213040
3
Mobility
Control
and
Service
Differen
tiation
Meaning: Whether inter-RAT inter-PLMN handovers

are allowed.
Dedicate
d Carrier
for Each
Operator
Default Value: YES
WRFD0213040
1
WRFD021311
WRFD0213110
3
WRFD021304
GUI Value Range: NO, YES

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NO, YES
MOCN
Introduc
tion
Package
MOCN
Mobility
Manage
ment
RAN
Sharing
Introduc
tion
Package
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

487
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
InterPlm
nHoAllo
wedInter
Rat
BSC691
0
SET
UOPER
ATORS
HARIN
GMOD
E
WRFD0213040
3
Mobility
Control
and
Service
Differen
tiation
Meaning: Whether inter-RAT inter-PLMN handovers

are allowed.
Dedicate
d Carrier
for Each
Operator
Default Value: YES
WRFD0213040
1
WRFD021311
WRFD0213110
3
WRFD021304
GUI Value Range: NO, YES

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NO, YES
MOCN
Introduc
tion
Package
MOCN
Mobility
Manage
ment
RAN
Sharing
Introduc
tion
Package
SupCnO
pGrpInd
ex
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Whether the CN operator group index is used.

If this parameter is set to TRUE, the CN Operator Group
Index parameter must be configured, and the frequency
information in a measurement control message sent to
UEs is filtered based on operator information. If this
parameter is set to FALSE, the frequency information
in the measurement control message is not filtered.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

488
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
SupCnO
pGrpInd
ex
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Whether the CN operator group index is used.

If this parameter is set to TRUE, the CN Operator Group
Index parameter must be configured, and the frequency
information in a measurement control message sent to
UEs is filtered based on operator information. If this
parameter is set to FALSE, the frequency information
in the measurement control message is not filtered.
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO

Unit: None
CnOpGr
pIndex
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
WRFD020129
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
CnOpGr
pIndex
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
MOD
UCELL
NFREQ
PRIOIN
FO
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Index of an operator group.
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Index of an operator group.

Unit: None
Default Value: None

Unit: None
Default Value: None

489
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
U2LTE
FilterCo
ef
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: This parameter specifies the layer 3 filter

coefficient for the LTE measurement. Layer 3 filter
coefficient is sent to the UE and the UE performs
filtering of the measurements according to the following
formula: Fn=(1-a)*Fn-1 + a*Mn The variables in the
formula are defined as follows: a=1/(2^(k/2)), where k
is this parameter. Fn-1 is the old filtered measurement
result. Mn is the latest received measurement result
from physical layer measurements. Fn is the updated
filtered measurement result. For detailed description of
the parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
U2LTE
FilterCo
ef
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020129
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
15, 17, 19
Default Value: D3
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit: None
15, 17, 19
Default Value: D3

490
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TargetR
atThdRS
RP
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: RSRP threshold for event 3C for LTE cell

measurements during a non-coverage-based handover.
If RSRP is used as the measurement quantity for event
3C, event 3C can be triggered only when the signal
quality of the target cell is greater than the threshold.
For details, see 3GPP TS 25.331.
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
TargetR
atThdRS
RP
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020129
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

491
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TargetR
atThdRS
RQ
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: RSRQ threshold for event 3C for LTE cell

If RSRQ is used as the measurement quantity for event
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD140218
Unit: dB
Default Value: 20
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

492
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TargetR
atThdRS
RQ
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD140218
Unit: dB
Default Value: 20
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

493
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Hystfor3
C
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: This parameter specifies the hysteresis for a

UE to report event 3C. For detailed description of the
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD140218

Unit: 0.5dB
Default Value: 4
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

494
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Hystfor3
C
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD140218

Unit: 0.5dB
Default Value: 4
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

495
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TrigTim
e3C
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: This parameter specifies the interval time

between detection of event 3C and sending of the
measurement report. How to set this parameter is related
to slow fading. For detailed description of the
MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD140218
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280,
D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D0
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

496
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TrigTim
e3C
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

MOD
UCELL
U2LTE
HONCO
V
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD140218
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280,
D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D0
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

497
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
U2LTE
MeasTi
me
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: s
WRFD150216
WRFD150217

Default Value: 15
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
U2LTE
MeasTi
me
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020129
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: s

Default Value: 15
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

498
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch4
BSC690
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

499
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

500
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_4_BIT32-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

501
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch4
BSC691
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

502
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

503
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_4_BIT32-0
HsdpaC
MPermi
ssionInd
BSC690
0
SET
UCMCF
WRFD0106120
4
WRFD020306
HSUPA
Mobility
Manage
ment
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Meaning: Whether the compressed mode (CM) can be

activated when an HSDPA service is in progress and
whether an HSDPA service can be set up when the CM
is active. If this parameter is set to TRUE: 1. the RNC
can enable the CM for HSDPA services. 2. The HSDPA
services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this
parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSDPA
services can be enabled only after the H2D (HS-DSCH
to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSDPA services cannot
be enabled when the CM is enabled. This switch is used
for the compatibility of the HSDPA terminals that do
not support CM when HSDPA is enabled.
GUI Value Range: FALSE(Forbidden), TRUE(Permit)
Unit: None
Default Value: TRUE(Permit)
HsdpaC
MPermi
ssionInd
BSC691
0
SET
UCMCF
WRFD0106120
4
WRFD020306
HSUPA
Mobility
Manage
ment
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

activated when an HSDPA service is in progress and
whether an HSDPA service can be set up when the CM
can enable the CM for HSDPA services. 2. The HSDPA
services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If this
parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSDPA
services can be enabled only after the H2D (HS-DSCH
to DCH) channel switch. 2. The HSDPA services cannot
be enabled when the CM is enabled. This switch is used
for the compatibility of the HSDPA terminals that do
not support CM when HSDPA is enabled.
Unit: None
Default Value: TRUE(Permit)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

504
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
EHSPA
CMPer
missionI
nd
BSC690
0
SET
UCMCF
WRFD020303
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e

activated when an HSPA+ service is in progress and
whether an HSPA+ service can be set up when the CM
can enable the CM for HSPA+ services. 2. The HSPA
+ services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If
this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSPA+
services can be enabled only after the uplink and
downlink H2D (HS-DSCH to DCH) channel switch. 2.
The HSPA+ services cannot be enabled when the CM
is enabled. This switch is used for the compatibility of
the HSPA+ terminals that do not support CM when
HSPA+ is enabled.
WRFD020302
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e

Unit: None
Default Value: FALSE(Forbidden)
EHSPA
CMPer
missionI
nd
BSC691
0
SET
UCMCF
WRFD020303
WRFD020302
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e

activated when an HSPA+ service is in progress and
whether an HSPA+ service can be set up when the CM
can enable the CM for HSPA+ services. 2. The HSPA
+ services can be enabled when the CM is enabled. If
this parameter is set to FALSE: 1. the CM for HSPA+
services can be enabled only after the uplink and
downlink H2D (HS-DSCH to DCH) channel switch. 2.
The HSPA+ services cannot be enabled when the CM
is enabled. This switch is used for the compatibility of
the HSPA+ terminals that do not support CM when
HSPA+ is enabled.
Unit: None
Default Value: FALSE(Forbidden)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

505
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch1
BSC690
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

506
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

507
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_1_BIT32-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

508
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvSwit
ch1
BSC691
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RA
None
None

interface.
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

509
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value:
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

510
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H_1_BIT32-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

511
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PerfEnh
anceSwi
tch3
BSC690
0
SET
UCORR
MPARA
WRFD020701
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Meaning: 1.
PERFENH_COMM_PLMN_HO_ALLOWED_SWIT
CH: Whether a handover to a target cell, whose operator
list has only common operators, is allowed during an
inter-PLMN handover. When this switch is turned off
and the operator list of the target cell has only the
common operators and the inter-PLMN handover
switch is turned off, the handover to the target cell is not
allowed. When this switch is turned on and the operator
list of the target cell has only the common operators and
the inter-PLMN handover switch is turned off, the
handover to the target cell is allowed. 2.
PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
Whether to support missing neighboring cell detection
when no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT
neighboring cells are configured. When this switch is
turned on and the inter-frequency and inter-RAT
missing neighboring cell detection switch is turned on
by running "ADD UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT",
the missing neighboring cell detection function in case
of no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT neighboring
cells can be enabled. When this switch is turned off, the
missing neighboring cell detection function does not
take effect. 3. PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the Video Telephony Fallback to
Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO function. When this
switch is turned on, VP services fall back to speech
(AMR) before inter-RAT handovers are performed.
When this switch is turned off, VP services do not fall
back to speech (AMR) and inter-RAT handovers are
directly performed. 4.
PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH: TFI
configuration method carried in the RRC_TFC_CTRL
message for the uplink Adaptive Multi-rate Control
(AMRC) rate adjustment. When this switch is turned on
and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries the maximum data
rate mode and all available data rate modes under the
maximum data rate mode. When this switch is turned
off and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries only the 0 kbit/s data
rate mode, SID rate mode, and maximum rate mode. 5.
PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH: How the
MR AGPS measurement control message is released.
When this switch is turned on, in the MR AGPS
measurement control message, the RNC defines the IE
"Measurement validity" as "all states". After a UE
WRFD020803
WRFD020402
WRFD150232
WRFD140226
WRFD010202
WRFD020103
WRFD010510
WRFD020201
WRFD020202
WRFD020203
WRFD020302
WRFD020303
A-GPS
Based
LCS
Measure
ment
Based
Direct
Retry
Multiba
nd
Direct
Retry
Based
on UE
Location
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
UE State
in
Connect
ed Mode
(CELLDCH,
CELLPCH,
URAPCH,
CELLFACH)
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

512
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
transits from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH, the RNC

actively delivers an MR AGPS measurement release
message (RRC_MEAS_CTRL) message to the UE.
When this switch is turned off, in the MR AGPS
measurement control message, the RNC defines the
information element (IE) "Measurement validity" as
"CELL_DCH". After a UE transits from CELL_DCH
to CELL_FACH, the RNC does not release MR AGPS
measurements. However, as specified in 3GPP TS
25.331, if the IE "Measurement validity" is defined as
"CELL_DCH", some UEs buffer MR AGPS
measurements when they transit from CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH. Then, the
UEs resume the measurements after they switch back to
CELL_DCH. If a UE on a network resets unexpectedly
after the UE resumes MR AGPS measurements, it is
recommended that this switch be turned on. 6.
PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC responds to rate adjustment requests from the core
network when AMRC is disabled. When this switch is
turned off and AMRC is disabled, the RNC does not
respond to rate adjustment requests from the core
network. When this switch is turned on and AMRC is
disabled, the RNC sends to the core network a rate
adjustment failure message after receiving rate
adjustment requests from the core network. 7.
PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC allows UEs to perform blind-handover-based
DRDs after the current cell resource admission fails
when the measurement-based DRD function is enabled
and DRDs are not allowed in a non-periodic retry
procedure such as RAB setup, RAB modification,
DCCC channel reconfiguration, or P2D. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC allows UEs to perform
blind-handover-based DRDs. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not allow UEs to perform
blind-handover-based DRDs. 8.
PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the optimized inter-frequency
measurement control function in the measurementbased DRD. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
filters out inter-frequency neighboring cells that do not
meet the requirements for periodic retry according to the
HSPA+ and SPG priorities during the delivery of
measurement control messages. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not filter out inter-frequency
neighboring cells that do not meet the requirements. 9.
Intra
Node B
Softer
Handov
er
Intra
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Inter
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

513
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC filters DRD cells in high frequency
bands if the current cell is in a low frequency band and
the RSCP value cannot be measured or cannot be
obtained through measurements or it expires the validity
of measurement reports when the location-based
multiband DRD algorithm is enabled. When this switch
is turned off, the RNC filters out all DRD cells in high
frequency bands. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC does not filter DRD cells in high frequency bands.
10. PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
information about LTE frequencies if the UE keeps the
PS connection after terminating the CS service. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not release the
RRC connection if a CS fallback UE keeps the PS
connection after terminating the CS service. 11.
PERFENH_FORCE_AMR_INTER_RAT_OUT_SWI
TCH: Whether to reject access of any CS services to the
UMTS network. When this switch is turned off, CS
services normally access the UMTS network. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC performs inter-RAT DRDs
to transfer the narrowband AMR services assigned by
the CN through the CS domain to the current best cell's
neighboring GSM cells for blind handovers. If the CN
assigns other services through the CS domain, the RNC
directly rejects such services. 12.
PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH: Whether the
UE inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm takes
effect. F2P transition is short for the transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH. If the
RNC detects that all uplink and downlink services of a
UE in the CELL_FACH state have no data to transmit
within the period specified by the "InactF2PStateTransTimer" parameter ("SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER"), it triggers the F2P state transition. When this
switch is turned off, the UE inactivity-based F2P state
transition algorithm does not take effect. When this
switch is turned on, the UE inactivity-based F2P state
transition algorithm takes effect and replaces the
original event 4B-based state transition algorithm. 13.
PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC extends the narrowband uplink
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

514
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
AMRC rate set. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not extend the narrowband uplink AMRC rate set,
and the narrowband uplink AMRC rate set is {initial
rate, guaranteed rate, SID rate, 0 bit/s rate}. When this
switch is turned on, if the core network assigns AMR
rate set A and the rate set includes other rates, except
SID rate and 0 bit/s rate, the extended rate set is
determined in the following ways: If rate set A contains
less than or equal to four types of rates, rate set A is
considered as the extended rate set. If rate set A contains
more than four types of rates, the intersection between
the rate set A and the five types of rates (4.75 kbit/s, 5.9
kbit/s, 7.4 kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, and 12.2 kbit/s) is
considered as rate set B. In this situation, if the rate set
B contains less than or equal to four types of rates, rate
set B is considered as the extended rate set. If rate set B
contains more than four types of rates, the extended rate
set is generated after the rate 7.95 kbit/s is deleted from
rate set B. 14.
PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether non-flexible DC cells are ranked based on the
user number of a single cell during the load balancing.
When this switch is turned off, non-flexible DC cells
are ranked based on the user number of the carrier group
during the load balancing. When this switch is turned
on, non-flexible DC cells are ranked based on the user
number of a single cell during the load balancing. 15.
PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH: Whether
the RNC changes the contents of the information
elements (IEs) "UL-AddReconfTransChInformation"
and "rb-MappingInfo" in the RRC RB SETUP and RRC
RB RECFG messages. When the content of the sub-IE
"tfs-SignallingMode" in the IE "DL-AddReconfTransChInformation" is the same as that of the sub-IE
"transportFormatSet" in the IE "UL-AddReconfTransChInformation", the sub-IE "tfs-SignallingMode" can
be defined as "SameAsULTrCH", which reduces the
sizes of the RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB RECFG
messages. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
defines the IE "LogicalChannelList" as "Configured"
and the IE "rlc-Size-List" as "allSizes". When this
switch is turned on, the RNC defines the IE
"LogicalChannelList" as "allSizes" and the sub-IE "rlcSize-List" in the IE "rb-MappingInfo" as "Configured".
The uplink TFS is the same as the downlink TFS. 16.
PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH: Whether
the RRC RB SETUP message contains the information
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

515
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
element (IE) "RB mapping info" if the transport channel

and rate of a signaling radio bearer (SRB) remain
unchanged. If the RRC SETUP REQ message has
contained the IE "RB mapping info", the RRC RB
SETUP message does not need to contain the IE, which
shortens the transmission delay of the RRC RB SETUP
message. When this switch is turned off, in the
preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP message
contains the IE. When this switch is turned on, in the
preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP message does
not contain the IE. 17.
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_S
WITCH: Whether the blacklisted cell list is carried in
the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message during a
redirection to LTE. When this switch is turned on, the
blacklisted cell list is carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message. When this switch
is turned off, the blacklisted cell list is not carried in the
RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message. 18.
PERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL_SRV_CELL_CHG_SWIT
CH: Whether to check the quality of the target cell when
the serving cell in the active set changes because uplink
synchronization fails. When this switch is turned on, the
quality of the target cell is checked. If the target cell is
not out of synchronization, the quality of the target cell
is good and the serving cell is changed. Otherwise, the
quality of the target cell is not good, the serving cell is
not changed and the radio link is not deleted. When this
switch is turned off, the serving cell is changed because
uplink synchronization fails, regardless of the quality of
the target cell. 19.
PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL: Whether
to allow single signaling handovers for RRC connection
setup request messages indicating that no services are
initiated. This switch is turned on based on other
establishment causes rather than the following causes.
The RNC considers that services need to be set up when
the Establishment cause IE(3GPP TS 25.331) in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ message is set to any of
the following values: Originating Conversational Call,
Originating Streaming Call, Originating Interactive
Call, Originating Background Call, Originating
Subscribed traffic Call, Terminating Conversational
Call, Terminating Streaming Call, Terminating
Interactive Call, Terminating Background Call,
Originating High Priority Signalling, and Terminating
High Priority Signalling. When this switch is turned on,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

516
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
single signaling handovers are not allowed for RRC

connection setup request messages indicating that no
services are initiated. When this switch is turned off,
single signaling handovers are allowed for all UEs. 20.
PERFENH_PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITC
H: Whether UEs under weak coverage in the downlink
can initiate DCCC-based rate increasing and HSPA
retries. If the RNC receives event 2D measurement
reports but does not receive similar event 2F
measurement reports, UEs are considered to be under
weak coverage in the downlink. When this switch is
turned on, UEs under weak coverage in the downlink
cannot initiate rate increasing after the timer for starting
compressed mode expires. When this switch is turned
off, UEs can directly initiate rate increasing after the
timer for starting compressed mode expires.This
parameter is not used at present. 21.
PERFENH_SPEC_PRD_HHO_DELAY_TIME_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC immediately triggers
handovers upon receiving a periodic inter-frequency or
inter-RAT measurement report indicating that the signal
meets handover triggering requirements, when the time
delay for triggering handovers based on periodical interfrequency measurement reports/periodical inter-RAT
measurement reports is set to 0. When this switch is
turned on, inter-frequency or inter-RAT handovers are
triggered immediately. When this switch is turned off,
inter-frequency or inter-RAT handovers are triggered
only after the timer (200 ms) for delaying in triggering
handovers expires.This parameter is not used at present.
22.
PERFENH_BASE_COV_BE_E2D_10MS_OFF_SWI
TCH: Whether the coverage-based BE service E2D
algorithm is invalid for HSUPA 10 ms TTI users in
weak coverage. Under weak coverage, HSUPA 10 ms
TTI users do not switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned on, and HSUPA 10
ms TTI users can switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned off. 23.
PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_SWIT
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the E-DCH during
the RRC connection setup when the NodeB sends to the
RNC through the private Iub interface a messages
indicating that a cell does not support HSUPA due to
the high DSP CPU load. When this switch is turned on,
the SRBs cannot be carried on the E-DCH during the
RRC connection setup. When this switch is turned off,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

517
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
the SRBs can be carried on the E-DCH during the RRC

connection setup. 24.
PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHG_SWIT
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH
during the RRC connection setup when the NodeB
sends to the RNC through the private Iub interface a
message indicating that a cell does not support HSDPA
due to high DSP CPU load. When this switch is turned
on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the HS-DSCH during
the RRC connection setup. When this switch is turned
off, the SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH during
the RRC connection setup. 25.
PERFENH_CELL_TTI2MS_CAP_CHG_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the services with a maximum uplink data
rate greater than 2048 kbit/s can be carried on the EDCH during the RAB setup when the NodeB sends to
the RNC through the private Iub interface a message
indicating that a cell does not support HSUPA TTI 2 ms
on, the services can be carried on the E-DCH in the
uplink. When this switch is turned off, the services
cannot be carried on the E-DCH in the uplink. 26.
PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the target SIR adjustment in OLPC
during the physical channel reconfiguration procedure.
When this switch is turned on, the target SIR adjustment
in OLPC is not enabled for frames if the UE uses the
following transport format (TF): TB size is 0, TB
number is not 0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0. When this switch
is turned off, the target SIR adjustment in OLPC is
enabled for frames if the UE use the following TF: TB
size is 0, TB number is not 0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
GUI Value Range:
CH,
PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH, PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

518
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CH,
PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH, PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
CH, PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

519
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
Default Value:
CH-0&PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWI
TCH-0&PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH-1&PE
RFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH-0&PERFENH
_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_AMRC
_NACK_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_S
WITCH-0&PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWI
TCH-1&PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH
-1&PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH
-0&PERFENH_FORCE_AMR_INTER_RAT_OUT_
SWITCH-0&PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH0&PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_S
WITCH-0&PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT
_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWIT
CH-0&PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH-0
&PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_
SWITCH-1&PERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL_SRV_CELL
_CHG_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCE
NE_CTRL-0&PERFENH_PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LI
MIT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_SPEC_PRD_HHO_D
ELAY_TIME_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_BASE_COV
_BE_E2D_10MS_OFF_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_RR
C_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_SWITCH-1&PERFE
NH_RRC_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHG_SWITCH-1&
CH-1&PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH
-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

520
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PerfEnh
anceSwi
tch3
BSC691
0
SET
UCORR
MPARA
WRFD020701
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Meaning: 1.
CH: Whether a handover to a target cell, whose operator
list has only common operators, is allowed during an
inter-PLMN handover. When this switch is turned off
and the operator list of the target cell has only the
common operators and the inter-PLMN handover
switch is turned off, the handover to the target cell is not
allowed. When this switch is turned on and the operator
list of the target cell has only the common operators and
the inter-PLMN handover switch is turned off, the
handover to the target cell is allowed. 2.
PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
Whether to support missing neighboring cell detection
when no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT
neighboring cells are configured. When this switch is
turned on and the inter-frequency and inter-RAT
missing neighboring cell detection switch is turned on
by running "ADD UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT",
the missing neighboring cell detection function in case
of no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT neighboring
cells can be enabled. When this switch is turned off, the
missing neighboring cell detection function does not
take effect. 3. PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the Video Telephony Fallback to
Speech (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO function. When this
switch is turned on, VP services fall back to speech
(AMR) before inter-RAT handovers are performed.
When this switch is turned off, VP services do not fall
back to speech (AMR) and inter-RAT handovers are
directly performed. 4.
PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH: TFI
configuration method carried in the RRC_TFC_CTRL
message for the uplink Adaptive Multi-rate Control
(AMRC) rate adjustment. When this switch is turned on
and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries the maximum data
rate mode and all available data rate modes under the
maximum data rate mode. When this switch is turned
off and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries only the 0 kbit/s data
rate mode, SID rate mode, and maximum rate mode. 5.
PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH: How the
MR AGPS measurement control message is released.
When this switch is turned on, in the MR AGPS
measurement control message, the RNC defines the IE
"Measurement validity" as "all states". After a UE
WRFD020803
WRFD020402
WRFD150232
WRFD140226
WRFD010202
WRFD020103
WRFD010510
WRFD020201
WRFD020202
WRFD020203
WRFD020302
WRFD020303
A-GPS
Based
LCS
Measure
ment
Based
Direct
Retry
Multiba
nd
Direct
Retry
Based
on UE
Location
Fast
Return
from
UMTS
to LTE
UE State
in
Connect
ed Mode
(CELLDCH,
CELLPCH,
URAPCH,
CELLFACH)
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
3.4/6.8/1
3.6/27.2
Kbps
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

521
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RRC
Connect
ion and
Radio
Access
Bearer
Establis
hment
and
Release
transits from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH, the RNC

actively delivers an MR AGPS measurement release
message (RRC_MEAS_CTRL) message to the UE.
When this switch is turned off, in the MR AGPS
measurement control message, the RNC defines the
information element (IE) "Measurement validity" as
"CELL_DCH". After a UE transits from CELL_DCH
to CELL_FACH, the RNC does not release MR AGPS
measurements. However, as specified in 3GPP TS
25.331, if the IE "Measurement validity" is defined as
"CELL_DCH", some UEs buffer MR AGPS
measurements when they transit from CELL_DCH to
CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH. Then, the
UEs resume the measurements after they switch back to
CELL_DCH. If a UE on a network resets unexpectedly
after the UE resumes MR AGPS measurements, it is
recommended that this switch be turned on. 6.
PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC responds to rate adjustment requests from the core
network when AMRC is disabled. When this switch is
turned off and AMRC is disabled, the RNC does not
respond to rate adjustment requests from the core
network. When this switch is turned on and AMRC is
disabled, the RNC sends to the core network a rate
adjustment failure message after receiving rate
adjustment requests from the core network. 7.
PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
RNC allows UEs to perform blind-handover-based
DRDs after the current cell resource admission fails
when the measurement-based DRD function is enabled
and DRDs are not allowed in a non-periodic retry
procedure such as RAB setup, RAB modification,
DCCC channel reconfiguration, or P2D. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC allows UEs to perform
blind-handover-based DRDs. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not allow UEs to perform
blind-handover-based DRDs. 8.
PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the optimized inter-frequency
measurement control function in the measurementbased DRD. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
filters out inter-frequency neighboring cells that do not
meet the requirements for periodic retry according to the
HSPA+ and SPG priorities during the delivery of
measurement control messages. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not filter out inter-frequency
neighboring cells that do not meet the requirements. 9.
Intra
Node B
Softer
Handov
er
Intra
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Inter
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Inter
Frequen
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on
Coverag
e
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

522
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC filters DRD cells in high frequency
bands if the current cell is in a low frequency band and
the RSCP value cannot be measured or cannot be
obtained through measurements or it expires the validity
of measurement reports when the location-based
multiband DRD algorithm is enabled. When this switch
is turned off, the RNC filters out all DRD cells in high
frequency bands. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC does not filter DRD cells in high frequency bands.
10. PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
information about LTE frequencies if the UE keeps the
PS connection after terminating the CS service. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC does not release the
RRC connection if a CS fallback UE keeps the PS
connection after terminating the CS service. 11.
TCH: Whether to reject access of any CS services to the
UMTS network. When this switch is turned off, CS
services normally access the UMTS network. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC performs inter-RAT DRDs
to transfer the narrowband AMR services assigned by
the CN through the CS domain to the current best cell's
neighboring GSM cells for blind handovers. If the CN
assigns other services through the CS domain, the RNC
directly rejects such services. 12.
PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH: Whether the
UE inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm takes
effect. F2P transition is short for the transition from
CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH. If the
RNC detects that all uplink and downlink services of a
UE in the CELL_FACH state have no data to transmit
within the period specified by the "InactF2PStateTransTimer" parameter ("SET UUESTATETRANSTIMER"), it triggers the F2P state transition. When this
switch is turned off, the UE inactivity-based F2P state
transition algorithm does not take effect. When this
switch is turned on, the UE inactivity-based F2P state
transition algorithm takes effect and replaces the
original event 4B-based state transition algorithm. 13.
CH: Whether the RNC extends the narrowband uplink
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

523
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
AMRC rate set. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not extend the narrowband uplink AMRC rate set,
and the narrowband uplink AMRC rate set is {initial
rate, guaranteed rate, SID rate, 0 bit/s rate}. When this
switch is turned on, if the core network assigns AMR
rate set A and the rate set includes other rates, except
SID rate and 0 bit/s rate, the extended rate set is
determined in the following ways: If rate set A contains
less than or equal to four types of rates, rate set A is
considered as the extended rate set. If rate set A contains
more than four types of rates, the intersection between
the rate set A and the five types of rates (4.75 kbit/s, 5.9
kbit/s, 7.4 kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, and 12.2 kbit/s) is
considered as rate set B. In this situation, if the rate set
B contains less than or equal to four types of rates, rate
set B is considered as the extended rate set. If rate set B
contains more than four types of rates, the extended rate
set is generated after the rate 7.95 kbit/s is deleted from
rate set B. 14.
PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether non-flexible DC cells are ranked based on the
user number of a single cell during the load balancing.
When this switch is turned off, non-flexible DC cells
are ranked based on the user number of the carrier group
during the load balancing. When this switch is turned
on, non-flexible DC cells are ranked based on the user
number of a single cell during the load balancing. 15.
PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH: Whether
the RNC changes the contents of the information
elements (IEs) "UL-AddReconfTransChInformation"
and "rb-MappingInfo" in the RRC RB SETUP and RRC
RB RECFG messages. When the content of the sub-IE
"tfs-SignallingMode" in the IE "DL-AddReconfTransChInformation" is the same as that of the sub-IE
"transportFormatSet" in the IE "UL-AddReconfTransChInformation", the sub-IE "tfs-SignallingMode" can
be defined as "SameAsULTrCH", which reduces the
sizes of the RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB RECFG
messages. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
defines the IE "LogicalChannelList" as "Configured"
and the IE "rlc-Size-List" as "allSizes". When this
switch is turned on, the RNC defines the IE
"LogicalChannelList" as "allSizes" and the sub-IE "rlcSize-List" in the IE "rb-MappingInfo" as "Configured".
The uplink TFS is the same as the downlink TFS. 16.
PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH: Whether
the RRC RB SETUP message contains the information
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

524
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
element (IE) "RB mapping info" if the transport channel

and rate of a signaling radio bearer (SRB) remain
unchanged. If the RRC SETUP REQ message has
contained the IE "RB mapping info", the RRC RB
SETUP message does not need to contain the IE, which
shortens the transmission delay of the RRC RB SETUP
message. When this switch is turned off, in the
preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP message
contains the IE. When this switch is turned on, in the
preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP message does
not contain the IE. 17.
WITCH: Whether the blacklisted cell list is carried in
the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message during a
redirection to LTE. When this switch is turned on, the
blacklisted cell list is carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message. When this switch
is turned off, the blacklisted cell list is not carried in the
RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message. 18.
CH: Whether to check the quality of the target cell when
the serving cell in the active set changes because uplink
synchronization fails. When this switch is turned on, the
quality of the target cell is checked. If the target cell is
not out of synchronization, the quality of the target cell
is good and the serving cell is changed. Otherwise, the
quality of the target cell is not good, the serving cell is
not changed and the radio link is not deleted. When this
switch is turned off, the serving cell is changed because
uplink synchronization fails, regardless of the quality of
the target cell. 19.
PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL: Whether
to allow single signaling handovers for RRC connection
setup request messages indicating that no services are
initiated. This switch is turned on based on other
establishment causes rather than the following causes.
The RNC considers that services need to be set up when
the Establishment cause IE(3GPP TS 25.331) in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ message is set to any of
the following values: Originating Conversational Call,
Originating Streaming Call, Originating Interactive
Call, Originating Background Call, Originating
Subscribed traffic Call, Terminating Conversational
Call, Terminating Streaming Call, Terminating
Interactive Call, Terminating Background Call,
Originating High Priority Signalling, and Terminating
High Priority Signalling. When this switch is turned on,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

525
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
single signaling handovers are not allowed for RRC

connection setup request messages indicating that no
services are initiated. When this switch is turned off,
single signaling handovers are allowed for all UEs. 20.
H: Whether UEs under weak coverage in the downlink
can initiate DCCC-based rate increasing and HSPA
retries. If the RNC receives event 2D measurement
reports but does not receive similar event 2F
measurement reports, UEs are considered to be under
weak coverage in the downlink. When this switch is
turned on, UEs under weak coverage in the downlink
cannot initiate rate increasing after the timer for starting
compressed mode expires. When this switch is turned
off, UEs can directly initiate rate increasing after the
timer for starting compressed mode expires.This
parameter is not used at present. 21.
TCH: Whether the RNC immediately triggers
handovers upon receiving a periodic inter-frequency or
inter-RAT measurement report indicating that the signal
meets handover triggering requirements, when the time
delay for triggering handovers based on periodical interfrequency measurement reports/periodical inter-RAT
measurement reports is set to 0. When this switch is
turned on, inter-frequency or inter-RAT handovers are
triggered immediately. When this switch is turned off,
inter-frequency or inter-RAT handovers are triggered
only after the timer (200 ms) for delaying in triggering
handovers expires.This parameter is not used at present.
22.
TCH: Whether the coverage-based BE service E2D
algorithm is invalid for HSUPA 10 ms TTI users in
weak coverage. Under weak coverage, HSUPA 10 ms
TTI users do not switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned on, and HSUPA 10
ms TTI users can switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned off. 23.
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the E-DCH during
the RRC connection setup when the NodeB sends to the
RNC through the private Iub interface a messages
indicating that a cell does not support HSUPA due to
the high DSP CPU load. When this switch is turned on,
the SRBs cannot be carried on the E-DCH during the
RRC connection setup. When this switch is turned off,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

526
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
the SRBs can be carried on the E-DCH during the RRC

connection setup. 24.
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH
during the RRC connection setup when the NodeB
sends to the RNC through the private Iub interface a
message indicating that a cell does not support HSDPA
on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the HS-DSCH during
the RRC connection setup. When this switch is turned
off, the SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH during
the RRC connection setup. 25.
CH: Whether the services with a maximum uplink data
rate greater than 2048 kbit/s can be carried on the EDCH during the RAB setup when the NodeB sends to
the RNC through the private Iub interface a message
indicating that a cell does not support HSUPA TTI 2 ms
on, the services can be carried on the E-DCH in the
uplink. When this switch is turned off, the services
cannot be carried on the E-DCH in the uplink. 26.
PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the target SIR adjustment in OLPC
during the physical channel reconfiguration procedure.
When this switch is turned on, the target SIR adjustment
in OLPC is not enabled for frames if the UE uses the
following transport format (TF): TB size is 0, TB
number is not 0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0. When this switch
is turned off, the target SIR adjustment in OLPC is
enabled for frames if the UE use the following TF: TB
size is 0, TB number is not 0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
GUI Value Range:
CH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

527
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

528
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
Default Value:
CH-0&PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWI
TCH-0&PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH-1&PE
RFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH-0&PERFENH
_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_AMRC
_NACK_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_S
WITCH-0&PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWI
TCH-1&PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH
-1&PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH
-0&PERFENH_FORCE_AMR_INTER_RAT_OUT_
SWITCH-0&PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH0&PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_S
WITCH-0&PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT
_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWIT
CH-0&PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH-0
&PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_
SWITCH-1&PERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL_SRV_CELL
_CHG_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCE
NE_CTRL-0&PERFENH_PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LI
MIT_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_SPEC_PRD_HHO_D
ELAY_TIME_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_BASE_COV
_BE_E2D_10MS_OFF_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_RR
C_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_SWITCH-1&PERFE
NH_RRC_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHG_SWITCH-1&
CH-1&PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH
-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

529
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PerfEnh
anceSwi
tch
BSC690
0
SET
UNBMP
ARA
WRFD020101
Admissi
on
Control
Meaning: 1.
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH
(R99CellBroadcastHspaCapSwitch): When this switch
is turned on, R99 cells broadcast HSPA capability of
neighboring cells in a system information message. 2.
PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH(Fach
User Select Switch): This switch is configurable in the
current version.The RNC, however,does not use this
switch any longer.Later versions will not support this
switch.Therefore,users are not advised to use this
switch. 3.
PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH
(Optimized MBDR Load Calculation Algorithm
Switch): When this switch is turned on, the DL transmit
power in a cell is calculated using the following
formula:Percentage of the DL transmit power in a cell
= Percentage of the non-HSPA transmit power +
Percentage of the HSDPA guaranteed bit power (GBP)
+ Reserved power coefficient for DL common channels
+ Reserved power factor for DL MBMS services +
Reserved power factor for DL HSUPA users.If UL or
DL load in a neighboring cell exceeds the value of
InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshold or InterFreqDlMbdrTrigThreshold (in the ADD UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ command), handover to this neighboring cell
cannot be performed. When this switch is turned off, the
percentage of the HSDPA GBP is not considered during
the calculation of the DL transmit power in a cell, and
the original algorithm is used for selecting a neighboring
cell using MBDR. 4.
PERFENH_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_S
WITCH: Whether to optimize the calculation results of
equivalent HSUPA UEs. When this switch is turned on,
the optimized calculation results can accurately reflect
the uplink cell load.Turn on this switch only when the
HSUPA guaranteed bit rate (GBR) is greater than 750
kbit/s. If the HSUPA GBR is less than or equal to 750
kbit/s and this switch is turned on, the algorithm for
calculating the number of equivalent HSUPA UEs will
not be optimized. 5.
PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER:
Whether to allow resource preemption of common users
for HSUPA common channels to ensure that the code
resources are allocated to the left. 6.
PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RLS CE-based admission
optimization algorithm. When this switch is turned on,
WRFD020402
WRFD010612
WRFD010401
WRFD150222
WRFD020131
Measure
ment
Based
Direct
Retry
HSUPA
Introduc
tion
Package
System
Informat
ion
Broadca
sting
HSUPA
Time
Division
Scheduli
ng
Optimiz
ation of
R99 and
HSUPA
Users
Fairness
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

530
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
a local cell group consumes an RLS CE if multiple RLs

occupy more than one local cell group, no matter
whether the UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a NodeB.
When this switch is turned off, all local cell groups
consume an RLS CE if multiple RLs occupy more than
one local cell group, no matter whether the UE uses the
DCH or EDCH under a NodeB. 7.
PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on and DTCHs are
congested, the RNC transits UEs that are in the
CELL_DCH state and do not process services to the idle
mode. This parameter is an advanced parameter. To
modify this parameter, contact Huawei Customer
Service Center for technical support. 8.
PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_SWIT
CH: Whether not to send HSPA capability indication
messages in SIB5. 9.
PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends system information in a cell at
a 64-frame scheduling period to improve the scheduling
efficiency. When this switch is turned on, the 64-frameperiod scheduling is used. When this switch is turned
off, the 64-frame-period scheduling is not used. 10.
PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether SIB7 and MIB are combined when the RNC
sends system information in a cell. When this switch is
turned on, SIB7 and MIB transmitted from the cell are
combined to one system information to save air
interface resources and improve scheduling efficiency.
When this switch is turned off, SIB7 and MIB
transmitted from the cell are two independent messages.
11.
PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether channel codes for HSPA services are preallocated during cell setup. When this switch is turned
on, channel codes are allocated for the HS-SCCH, EAGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH immediately after the
cell is set up.When this switch is turned off, channel
codes are allocated only when HSPA services are
established. 12.
PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_SWIT
CH: Whether the R99 and HSUPA fairness algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of only the users whose both
uplink and downlink services are carried on R99
channels. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of users whose uplink
services are carried on R99 channels and downlink
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

531
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
services are carried on R99 or HSDPA channels. When

this switch is turned on, the algorithm reduces the BE
service rate of only the users whose uplink and downlink
services are carried on R99 channels. 13.
PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEALLOC_SWITC
H:
H: Whether the last vacant SF16 code is used as the HSPDSCH code when HSDPA has been activated. When
this switch is turned on and HSDPA has been activated,
no matter whether the last SF16 code is vacant, the RNC
repeatedly attempts to allocate this code to the HSPDSCH This improves the SF spreading code usage. If
the HS-PDSCH setup fails, the RNC allocates the last
vacant SF16 code to the HS-PDSCH. When this switch
is turned off and HSDPA has been activated, the RNC
allocates the last vacant SF16 code first to the HSPDSCH. This improves the HSDPA activation
efficiency. 14.
PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to prohibit the DCCC-triggered state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH (F2D for short)
when a cell is in the overload control (OLC) state. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC allows the DCCCtriggered F2D state transition. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC does not support the DCCCtriggered F2D state transition. 15.
PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
Whether the background noise one-time quick update
algorithm is enabled. When this switch is turned on,
upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC updates the
background noise value based on the common
measurement report if no UEs in the CELL_DCH state
are served by the cell. When this switch is turned off,
upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC does not
update the background noise value based on the
command measurement report that is reported when the
Uu interface carries no load. 16.
PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether HRNTI
adopts an optimized algorithm. When this switch is
turned on, the hamming distance between the HRNTI
identifiers distributed by the RNC is equal to or larger
than 4, which effectively avoids incorrect
demodulation. When this switch is turned off, the
hamming distance between the HRNTI identifiers
distributed by the RNC is equal to or larger than 1. 17.
PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWITC
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

532
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H: Whether the fault recovery function is available for

F-DPCH codes. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
checks the usage of F-DPCH codes periodically or when
SF code resource allocation fails and releases the
unexpectedly used F-DPCH codes. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not check the usage of FDPCH codes and restores the abnormal F-DPCH codes.
18. PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
Whether the channel codes released by a common
channel are reserved during reestablishment of the
common channel so that the reestablished common
channel can use the same channel codes after cell setup.
When this switch is turned on, the channel codes
released by a common channel are reserved during
reestablishment of the common channel. That is, the
reestablished common channel uses the same channel
codes after cell setup. When this switch is turned off,
the channel codes released by a common channel are not
reserved during reestablishment of the common
channel. That is, the reestablished common channel
uses different channel codes after cell setup. 19.
PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_ADM_SW
ITCH: Whether the RNC makes an admission decision
on RAB setup when the resources required by RAB
setup for a low-rate PS user do not outnumber the
resources used for RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC makes an admission
decision on RAB setup. See the [CMD]ADD
UCELLCAC[/CMD] command For details about
relevant thresholds. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not make an admission decision on RAB
setup. That is, the RNC always accepts the RAB setup
requests. A low-rate PS user is a user whose SF
corresponding to RAB setup is equal to or larger than
the SF reserved for a handover. The SF reserved for a
handover can be configured by the UlHoCeResvSf and
DlHoCeCodeResvSf parameters in the [CMD]ADD
UCELLACAC[/CMD] command. 20.
PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_ADM_OPT_SWITCH
: Whether the HSDPA power increment is considered
during downlink power admission for HSDPA users.
The HSDPA power increment is considered during
downlink power admission for HSDPA users only when
this switch is turned off and the HSDPA_GBP_MEAS
switch under the "NBMCacAlgoSwitch" parameter in
the "ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH" is turned on. When
this switch is turned on, the HSDPA power increment
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

533
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
is always considered during downlink power admission

for HSDPA users. 21.
PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT: Whether
alignment using chip offset configurations for HSUPA
time division scheduling takes effect in the RRC
connection setup phase. OFF: This switch is turned off.
Alignment using chip offset configurations for HSUPA
time division scheduling does not take effect in the RRC
connection setup phase. ON: This switch is turned on.
connection setup phase. 22.
PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
Whether to reserve the cell measurement set after
deactivating a cell. 0: This switch is turned off. The cell
measurement set is deleted after cell deactivation. 1:
This switch is turned on. After cell deactivation, the cell
measurement set is reserved and the unavailable
duration for the cell caused by deactivation is measured
by the VS.Cell.UnavailTime counter. 23.
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
Accuracy at which the RNC calculates the background
noise. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC calculates
background noise at a high accuracy. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC calculates background noise at a
low accuracy. 24.
PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_S
WITCH: Whether to admit UEs in LDR status after
incoming inter-RAT handovers. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC admits UEs in LDR status after incoming
inter-RAT handovers. 2: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not admit UEs in LDR status after incoming
inter-RAT handovers. 25.
PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CAC_OPT_IN_LDR_SWIT
CH: Whether the cell LDR status is considered during
a CSFB user admission. 1: This switch is turned on. The
cell LDR status is not considered during a CSFB user
admission. 2: This switch is turned off. The cell LDR
status is considered during a CSFB user
admission.PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITC
H will be replaced with FACH_60_USER_SWITCH
(CacSwitch:FACH_60_USER_SWITCH)(SET
UCACALGOSWITCH) in later versions. The
configuration interface in this version supports delivery
of the settings of both this parameter and
FACH_60_USER_SWITCH
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

534
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
UCACALGOSWITCH). If the setting of only this

parameter is delivered, the system automatically
replaces this parameter with
FACH_60_USER_SWITCH
UCACALGOSWITCH) and the setting takes effect. If
the setting of SET UCACALGOSWITCH
UCACALGOSWITCH) is delivered, the setting of only
SET UCACALGOSWITCH
UCACALGOSWITCH) takes effect in the system.
Therefore, this parameter is not recommended.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH,
PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER,
PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH,
CH, PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH,
PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
H, PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH,
H, PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH,
ITCH,
, PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT,
PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

535
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Actual Value Range:

WITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
CH
Default Value:
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH-0&PERF
ENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH-0&PERFENH
_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFEN
H_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_SWITCH-0
&PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER1&PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH0&PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH
-0&PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_S
WITCH-0&PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWIT
CH-0&PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH0&PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITC
H-0&PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_
SWITCH-0&PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEAL
LOC_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCC
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

536
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
C_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UP
T_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH1&PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWI
TCH-1&PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWI
TCH-1&PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_A
DM_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_AD
M_OPT_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC
_EFFECT-0&PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SW
ITCH-0&PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_S
WITCH-1&PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_
IN_LDR_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CA
C_OPT_IN_LDR_SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

537
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
PerfEnh
anceSwi
tch
BSC691
0
SET
UNBMP
ARA
WRFD020101
Admissi
on
Control
Meaning: 1.
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH
(R99CellBroadcastHspaCapSwitch): When this switch
is turned on, R99 cells broadcast HSPA capability of
neighboring cells in a system information message. 2.
PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH(Fach
User Select Switch): This switch is configurable in the
current version.The RNC, however,does not use this
switch any longer.Later versions will not support this
switch.Therefore,users are not advised to use this
switch. 3.
PERFENH_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH
(Optimized MBDR Load Calculation Algorithm
Switch): When this switch is turned on, the DL transmit
power in a cell is calculated using the following
formula:Percentage of the DL transmit power in a cell
= Percentage of the non-HSPA transmit power +
Percentage of the HSDPA guaranteed bit power (GBP)
+ Reserved power coefficient for DL common channels
+ Reserved power factor for DL MBMS services +
Reserved power factor for DL HSUPA users.If UL or
DL load in a neighboring cell exceeds the value of
InterFreqUlMbdrTrigThreshold or InterFreqDlMbdrTrigThreshold (in the ADD UCELLMBDRINTERFREQ command), handover to this neighboring cell
cannot be performed. When this switch is turned off, the
percentage of the HSDPA GBP is not considered during
the calculation of the DL transmit power in a cell, and
the original algorithm is used for selecting a neighboring
cell using MBDR. 4.
WITCH: Whether to optimize the calculation results of
equivalent HSUPA UEs. When this switch is turned on,
the optimized calculation results can accurately reflect
the uplink cell load.Turn on this switch only when the
HSUPA guaranteed bit rate (GBR) is greater than 750
kbit/s. If the HSUPA GBR is less than or equal to 750
kbit/s and this switch is turned on, the algorithm for
calculating the number of equivalent HSUPA UEs will
not be optimized. 5.
PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER:
Whether to allow resource preemption of common users
for HSUPA common channels to ensure that the code
resources are allocated to the left. 6.
PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to activate the RLS CE-based admission
optimization algorithm. When this switch is turned on,
WRFD020402
WRFD010612
WRFD010401
WRFD150222
WRFD020131
Measure
ment
Based
Direct
Retry
HSUPA
Introduc
tion
Package
System
Informat
ion
Broadca
sting
HSUPA
Time
Division
Scheduli
ng
Optimiz
ation of
R99 and
HSUPA
Users
Fairness
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

538
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
a local cell group consumes an RLS CE if multiple RLs

occupy more than one local cell group, no matter
whether the UE uses the DCH or EDCH under a NodeB.
When this switch is turned off, all local cell groups
consume an RLS CE if multiple RLs occupy more than
one local cell group, no matter whether the UE uses the
DCH or EDCH under a NodeB. 7.
PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on and DTCHs are
congested, the RNC transits UEs that are in the
CELL_DCH state and do not process services to the idle
mode. This parameter is an advanced parameter. To
modify this parameter, contact Huawei Customer
Service Center for technical support. 8.
CH: Whether not to send HSPA capability indication
messages in SIB5. 9.
PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends system information in a cell at
a 64-frame scheduling period to improve the scheduling
efficiency. When this switch is turned on, the 64-frameperiod scheduling is used. When this switch is turned
off, the 64-frame-period scheduling is not used. 10.
PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH:
Whether SIB7 and MIB are combined when the RNC
sends system information in a cell. When this switch is
turned on, SIB7 and MIB transmitted from the cell are
combined to one system information to save air
interface resources and improve scheduling efficiency.
When this switch is turned off, SIB7 and MIB
transmitted from the cell are two independent messages.
11.
PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether channel codes for HSPA services are preallocated during cell setup. When this switch is turned
on, channel codes are allocated for the HS-SCCH, EAGCH, E-RGCH, and E-HICH immediately after the
cell is set up.When this switch is turned off, channel
codes are allocated only when HSPA services are
established. 12.
CH: Whether the R99 and HSUPA fairness algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of only the users whose both
uplink and downlink services are carried on R99
channels. When this switch is turned off, the algorithm
reduces the BE service rate of users whose uplink
services are carried on R99 channels and downlink
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

539
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
services are carried on R99 or HSDPA channels. When

this switch is turned on, the algorithm reduces the BE
service rate of only the users whose uplink and downlink
services are carried on R99 channels. 13.
H:
H: Whether the last vacant SF16 code is used as the HSPDSCH code when HSDPA has been activated. When
this switch is turned on and HSDPA has been activated,
no matter whether the last SF16 code is vacant, the RNC
repeatedly attempts to allocate this code to the HSPDSCH This improves the SF spreading code usage. If
the HS-PDSCH setup fails, the RNC allocates the last
vacant SF16 code to the HS-PDSCH. When this switch
is turned off and HSDPA has been activated, the RNC
allocates the last vacant SF16 code first to the HSPDSCH. This improves the HSDPA activation
efficiency. 14.
PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCCC_SWITCH:
Whether to prohibit the DCCC-triggered state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_DCH (F2D for short)
when a cell is in the overload control (OLC) state. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC allows the DCCCtriggered F2D state transition. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC does not support the DCCCtriggered F2D state transition. 15.
PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UPT_SWITCH:
Whether the background noise one-time quick update
algorithm is enabled. When this switch is turned on,
upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC updates the
background noise value based on the common
measurement report if no UEs in the CELL_DCH state
are served by the cell. When this switch is turned off,
upon receiving the RTWP report, the RNC does not
update the background noise value based on the
command measurement report that is reported when the
Uu interface carries no load. 16.
PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH: Whether HRNTI
adopts an optimized algorithm. When this switch is
turned on, the hamming distance between the HRNTI
identifiers distributed by the RNC is equal to or larger
than 4, which effectively avoids incorrect
demodulation. When this switch is turned off, the
hamming distance between the HRNTI identifiers
distributed by the RNC is equal to or larger than 1. 17.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

540
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
H: Whether the fault recovery function is available for

F-DPCH codes. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
checks the usage of F-DPCH codes periodically or when
SF code resource allocation fails and releases the
unexpectedly used F-DPCH codes. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC does not check the usage of FDPCH codes and restores the abnormal F-DPCH codes.
18. PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWITCH:
Whether the channel codes released by a common
channel are reserved during reestablishment of the
common channel so that the reestablished common
channel can use the same channel codes after cell setup.
When this switch is turned on, the channel codes
released by a common channel are reserved during
reestablishment of the common channel. That is, the
reestablished common channel uses the same channel
codes after cell setup. When this switch is turned off,
the channel codes released by a common channel are not
reserved during reestablishment of the common
channel. That is, the reestablished common channel
uses different channel codes after cell setup. 19.
ITCH: Whether the RNC makes an admission decision
on RAB setup when the resources required by RAB
setup for a low-rate PS user do not outnumber the
resources used for RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC makes an admission
decision on RAB setup. See the [CMD]ADD
UCELLCAC[/CMD] command For details about
relevant thresholds. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not make an admission decision on RAB
setup. That is, the RNC always accepts the RAB setup
requests. A low-rate PS user is a user whose SF
corresponding to RAB setup is equal to or larger than
the SF reserved for a handover. The SF reserved for a
handover can be configured by the UlHoCeResvSf and
DlHoCeCodeResvSf parameters in the [CMD]ADD
UCELLACAC[/CMD] command. 20.
: Whether the HSDPA power increment is considered
during downlink power admission for HSDPA users.
The HSDPA power increment is considered during
downlink power admission for HSDPA users only when
this switch is turned off and the HSDPA_GBP_MEAS
switch under the "NBMCacAlgoSwitch" parameter in
the "ADD UCELLALGOSWITCH" is turned on. When
this switch is turned on, the HSDPA power increment
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

541
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
is always considered during downlink power admission

for HSDPA users. 21.
PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC_EFFECT: Whether
alignment using chip offset configurations for HSUPA
connection setup phase. OFF: This switch is turned off.
time division scheduling does not take effect in the RRC
connection setup phase. ON: This switch is turned on.
connection setup phase. 22.
PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SWITCH:
Whether to reserve the cell measurement set after
deactivating a cell. 0: This switch is turned off. The cell
measurement set is deleted after cell deactivation. 1:
This switch is turned on. After cell deactivation, the cell
measurement set is reserved and the unavailable
duration for the cell caused by deactivation is measured
by the VS.Cell.UnavailTime counter. 23.
PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
Accuracy at which the RNC calculates the background
noise. 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC calculates
background noise at a high accuracy. 0: This switch is
turned off. The RNC calculates background noise at a
low accuracy. 24.
WITCH: Whether to admit UEs in LDR status after
incoming inter-RAT handovers. 1: This switch is turned
on. The RNC admits UEs in LDR status after incoming
inter-RAT handovers. 2: This switch is turned off. The
RNC does not admit UEs in LDR status after incoming
inter-RAT handovers. 25.
CH: Whether the cell LDR status is considered during
a CSFB user admission. 1: This switch is turned on. The
cell LDR status is not considered during a CSFB user
admission. 2: This switch is turned off. The cell LDR
status is considered during a CSFB user
admission.PERFENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITC
H will be replaced with FACH_60_USER_SWITCH
UCACALGOSWITCH) in later versions. The
configuration interface in this version supports delivery
of the settings of both this parameter and
FACH_60_USER_SWITCH
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

542
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
UCACALGOSWITCH). If the setting of only this

parameter is delivered, the system automatically
replaces this parameter with
FACH_60_USER_SWITCH
UCACALGOSWITCH) and the setting takes effect. If
the setting of SET UCACALGOSWITCH
UCACALGOSWITCH) is delivered, the setting of only
SET UCACALGOSWITCH
UCACALGOSWITCH) takes effect in the system.
Therefore, this parameter is not recommended.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
CH
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

543
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Actual Value Range:

WITCH,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
CH
Default Value:
PERFENH_R99_BRDCSTHSPA_SWITCH-0&PERF
ENH_FACH_USER_NUM_SWITCH-0&PERFENH
_MBDR_LOADCOND_OPT_SWITCH-0&PERFEN
H_CALALGO_FOR_HSUPAENU_OPT_SWITCH-0
&PERFENH_HSUPA_CCH_PREEMPT_USER1&PERFENH_CE_RLS_ADM_OPT_SWITCH0&PERFENH_DTCH_FACH_CONG_D2I_SWITCH
-0&PERFENH_HSPA_CAPABLITY_NOT_BRD_S
WITCH-0&PERFENH_SYSINFO_64FRAME_SWIT
CH-0&PERFENH_SIB7MIB_COMBINE_SWITCH0&PERFENH_HSPA_CODE_ALLOC_OPT_SWITC
H-0&PERFENH_R99UPA_FAIRNESS_USR_SEL_
SWITCH-0&PERFENH_HSPDSCH_SF_FORCEAL
LOC_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_OLC_REJ_F2DDCC
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

544
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
C_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_BGNOISE_QUICK_UP
T_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_HRNTI_OPT_SWITCH1&PERFENH_FDPCH_FAULTY_RECOVER_SWI
TCH-1&PERFENH_CCH_DLCODE_RESERV_SWI
TCH-1&PERFENH_SMALL_RATE_PS_FORCE_A
DM_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_HSDPA_DLPWR_AD
M_OPT_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_TD_ALIGN_RRC
_EFFECT-0&PERFENH_DEACELL_PFMRSV_SW
ITCH-0&PERFENH_BGNOISE_UPT_OPTIMIZE_S
WITCH-1&PERFENH_INTERRATHO_CAC_OPT_
IN_LDR_SWITCH-0&PERFENH_CSFBUSER_CA
C_OPT_IN_LDR_SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

545
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvdPar
a1
BSC690
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: 1) NAS_QOS_MOD_SWITCH (QoS

Change Switch for NAS) When the switch is turned on,
for UEs whose HS-DSCH category is smaller than 13,
if the maximum downlink rate specified in the PDP
activation requests from the UEs exceeds 16 Mbit/s, the
requests are sent to the CN after the rate is changed to
16 Mbit/s. When the switch is turned off, the PDP
activation requests are sent to the CN without changing
the maximum downlink rate. 2)
SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH(Switch for Permit
Incoming CS Inter-RAT Handovers) When this switch
is turned on, CS Inter-RAT Handovers are permitted.
GUI Value Range: RSVDBIT1_BIT1,
NAS_QOS_MOD_SWITCH, RSVDBIT1_BIT3,
RSVDBIT1_BIT4, RSVDBIT1_BIT5,
RSVDBIT1_BIT16,
SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH,
RSVDBIT1_BIT32
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: This parameter is set to 0 or 1
according to the related domains.
Default Value:
RSVDBIT1_BIT1-0&NAS_QOS_MOD_SWITCH-0
&RSVDBIT1_BIT3-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT4-0&RSVD
BIT1_BIT5-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT6-0&RSVDBIT1_BI
T7-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT8-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT9-0&R
SVDBIT1_BIT10-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT11-0&RSVDB
IT1_BIT12-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT13-0&RSVDBIT1_B
IT14-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT15-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT16-0
&SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH-1&RSVDBIT1
_BIT18-1&RSVDBIT1_BIT19-1&RSVDBIT1_BIT2
0-1&RSVDBIT1_BIT21-1&RSVDBIT1_BIT22-1&R
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

546
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
&RSVDBIT1_BIT30-1&RSVDBIT1_BIT31-0&RSV
DBIT1_BIT32-1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

547
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvdPar
a1
BSC691
0
SET
URRCT
RLSWI
TCH
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: 1) NAS_QOS_MOD_SWITCH (QoS

Change Switch for NAS) When the switch is turned on,
for UEs whose HS-DSCH category is smaller than 13,
if the maximum downlink rate specified in the PDP
activation requests from the UEs exceeds 16 Mbit/s, the
requests are sent to the CN after the rate is changed to
16 Mbit/s. When the switch is turned off, the PDP
activation requests are sent to the CN without changing
the maximum downlink rate. 2)
SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH(Switch for Permit
Incoming CS Inter-RAT Handovers) When this switch
is turned on, CS Inter-RAT Handovers are permitted.
GUI Value Range: RSVDBIT1_BIT1,
NAS_QOS_MOD_SWITCH, RSVDBIT1_BIT3,
RSVDBIT1_BIT16,
SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH,
RSVDBIT1_BIT32
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: This parameter is set to 0 or 1
according to the related domains.
Default Value:
RSVDBIT1_BIT1-0&NAS_QOS_MOD_SWITCH-0
&RSVDBIT1_BIT3-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT4-0&RSVD
BIT1_BIT5-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT6-0&RSVDBIT1_BI
T7-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT8-0&RSVDBIT1_BIT9-0&R
&SYSHO_CSIN_PERMIT_SWITCH-1&RSVDBIT1
_BIT18-1&RSVDBIT1_BIT19-1&RSVDBIT1_BIT2
0-1&RSVDBIT1_BIT21-1&RSVDBIT1_BIT22-1&R
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

548
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
&RSVDBIT1_BIT30-1&RSVDBIT1_BIT31-0&RSV
DBIT1_BIT32-1
RelocAn
otherTm
r
BSC690
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD010101
WRFD150215
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
SRVCC
from
LTE to
UMTS
with PS
Handov
er
Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for another relocation

request in relocation procedure. Note: The value range
of "RelocAnotherTmr" is 1 to 10000 in the current
version. In a later version, the value range changes into
100 to 10000. In the current version, if you enter a value
within the range of 1 to 100 including 1, this value can
still be synchronized and issued but the system regards
the value as 5000, the recommended value. Therefore,
you are advised not to enter a value smaller than 100.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 5000
RelocAn
otherTm
r
BSC691
0
SET
USTAT
ETIME
R
WRFD010101
WRFD150215
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
SRVCC
from
LTE to
UMTS
with PS
Handov
er
Meaning: A timer to RNC wait for another relocation

request in relocation procedure. Note: The value range
of "RelocAnotherTmr" is 1 to 10000 in the current
version. In a later version, the value range changes into
100 to 10000. In the current version, if you enter a value
within the range of 1 to 100 including 1, this value can
still be synchronized and issued but the system regards
the value as 5000, the recommended value. Therefore,
you are advised not to enter a value smaller than 100.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 5000
RsvU32
Para1
BSC690
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RAPHY
None
None
Meaning: RRM Device-Oriented algorithm reserved

U32 para 2. The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further
change request use. Disuse statement: This parameter is
used temporarily in patch versions and will be replaced
with a new parameter in later versions. The new
parameter ID reflects the parameter function. Therefore,
this parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

549
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
RsvU32
Para1
BSC691
0
SET
UALGO
RSVPA
RAPHY
None
None
Meaning: RRM Device-Oriented algorithm reserved

U32 para 2. The 32-bit parameter is reserved for further
change request use. Disuse statement: This parameter is
used temporarily in patch versions and will be replaced
with a new parameter in later versions. The new
parameter ID reflects the parameter function. Therefore,
this parameter is not recommended for the configuration
interface.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
TargetR
atThdRS
RP
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020129
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

550
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TargetR
atThdRS
RP
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

551
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TargetR
atThdRS
RQ
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD140218
Unit: dB
Default Value: 20
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

552
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TargetR
atThdRS
RQ
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD140218
Unit: dB
Default Value: 20
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
NodeBP
rotclVer
BSC690
0
ADD
UNODE
B
MOD
UNODE
B
WRFD010101
WRFD02012
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: Protocol version supported by the NodeB.

This parameter is modified based on the actual protocol
version of the NodeB when the NodeB protocol version
upgrade, otherwise it will cause features supported by
the new protocol version unavailable.
GUI Value Range: R99, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: R99, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9
Default Value: R9
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

553
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
NodeBP
rotclVer
BSC691
0
ADD
UNODE
B
WRFD010101
3GPP
R9
Specific
ations
Meaning: Protocol version supported by the NodeB.

This parameter is modified based on the actual protocol
version of the NodeB when the NodeB protocol version
upgrade, otherwise it will cause features supported by
the new protocol version unavailable.
MOD
UNODE
B
WRFD02012
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
GUI Value Range: R99, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9

Unit: None
Actual Value Range: R99, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9
Default Value: R9
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

554
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTECell
Index
BSC690
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter specifies the index that

uniquely identifies an LTE cell.
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
RMV
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020129
WRFD140218
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD150219
WRFD150220

Unit: None
Default Value: None
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

555
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

556
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTECell
Index
BSC691
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
RMV
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020129
WRFD140218
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD150219
WRFD150220

Unit: None
Default Value: None
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

557
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
UMTS
to LTE
LTECell
Name
BSC690
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
LTECell
Name
BSC691
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
EUTRA
NCELLI
D
BSC690
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
WRFD020126
WRFD020129
WRFD020126
WRFD020129
WRFD020126
WRFD020129
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter specifies the cell name that

PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Actual Value Range: 1~64 characters
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter specifies the cell name that

PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Actual Value Range: 1~64 characters
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter is used to uniquely identify an

LTE cell in the PLMN. EutranCellId consists of
eNodeBID of 20 bits and CellID of 8 bits, that is
EutranCellId=eNodeBID x 256 + CellID. For details
about the parameter description, see 3GPP TS 36.300.
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
GUI Value Range: 1~64 characters

Unit: None
Default Value: None
GUI Value Range: 1~64 characters

Unit: None
Default Value: None
Unit: None
Default Value: None

558
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
EUTRA
NCELLI
D
BSC691
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter is used to uniquely identify an

LTE cell in the PLMN. EutranCellId consists of
eNodeBID of 20 bits and CellID of 8 bits, that is
EutranCellId=eNodeBID x 256 + CellID. For details
about the parameter description, see 3GPP TS 36.300.
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter uniquely identifies the

country that an LTE cell belongs to.
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
MCC
BSC690
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
MCC
BSC691
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
WRFD020129
WRFD020126
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
WRFD020126
WRFD020129
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
Default Value: None
GUI Value Range: Numeric string of three digits in the

range of zero to nine
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Numeric string of three digits in
the range of zero to nine
Default Value: None

country that an LTE cell belongs to.
GUI Value Range: Numeric string of three digits in the
range of zero to nine
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Numeric string of three digits in
the range of zero to nine
Default Value: None

559
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
MNC
BSC690
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

network that an LTE cell belongs to.
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
MNC
BSC691
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
TAC
BSC690
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
WRFD020126
WRFD020129
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
WRFD020126
WRFD020129
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
GUI Value Range: Numeric string of two or three digits

in the range of zero to nine
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Numeric string of two or three
digits in the range of zero to nine
Default Value: None

network that an LTE cell belongs to.
GUI Value Range: Numeric string of two or three digits
in the range of zero to nine
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: Numeric string of two or three
digits in the range of zero to nine
Default Value: None
Meaning: This parameter specifies Tracking Area Code

(TAC) of a cell. In principle, base stations in an area are
managed by an MME in specialized charge of the area.
The TAC of each cell under these base stations is
recorded in the MME. "TAC" in this area should be
configured within the value range.For details, see 3GPP
TS 23.003.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

560
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TAC
BSC691
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter specifies Tracking Area Code

(TAC) of a cell. In principle, base stations in an area are
managed by an MME in specialized charge of the area.
The TAC of each cell under these base stations is
recorded in the MME. "TAC" in this area should be
configured within the value range.For details, see 3GPP
TS 23.003.
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: None
Default Value: None
CnOpGr
pIndex
BSC690
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
CnOpGr
pIndex
BSC691
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
WRFD020126
WRFD020129
WRFD020126
WRFD020129
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: Index of the operator group that serves a LTE

cell.
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: Index of the operator group that serves a LTE

cell.
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: None
Default Value: None

Unit: None
Default Value: None

561
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
CellPH
YID
BSC690
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter specifies the physical cell

identity of an LTE cell. For detailed description of the
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
CellPH
YID
BSC691
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
WRFD020126
WRFD020129
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: None
Default Value: None
Meaning: This parameter specifies the physical cell

identity of an LTE cell. For detailed description of the
Unit: None
Default Value: None

562
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTEBan
d
BSC690
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter specifies the frequency band

that an LTE cell is on. For detailed description about
this parameter, see 3GPP TS 36.104. Band1 to Band31
is Fdd Band. Band33 to Band43 is Tdd Band. Band1:
Down Link Frequency range (0-599) Band2: Down
Link Frequency range (600-1199) Band3: Down Link
Frequency range (1200-1949) Band4: Down Link
Frequency range (43590-45589).
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

563
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

564
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTEBan
d
BSC691
0
ADD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1
Meaning: This parameter specifies the frequency band

that an LTE cell is on. For detailed description about
this parameter, see 3GPP TS 36.104. Band1 to Band31
is Fdd Band. Band33 to Band43 is Tdd Band. Band1:
Down Link Frequency range (0-599) Band2: Down
Link Frequency range (600-1199) Band3: Down Link
Frequency range (43590-45589).
MOD
ULTEC
ELL
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

565
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Default Value: None

RNCId
BSC690
0
ADD
ULTEN
CELL
None
None
Meaning: ID of an RNC
Unit: None
MOD
ULTEN
CELL

Default Value: None
RMV
ULTEN
CELL
RNCId
BSC691
0
ADD
ULTEN
CELL
None
None
Meaning: ID of an RNC
Unit: None
MOD
ULTEN
CELL

Default Value: None
RMV
ULTEN
CELL
CellId
BSC690
0
ADD
ULTEN
CELL
None
None
Meaning: Unique ID of a cell

Unit: None
MOD
ULTEN
CELL

Default Value: None
RMV
ULTEN
CELL
CellId
BSC691
0
ADD
ULTEN
CELL
MOD
ULTEN
CELL
None
None
Meaning: Unique ID of a cell

Unit: None
Default Value: None
RMV
ULTEN
CELL
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

566
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTECell
Index
BSC690
0
ADD
ULTEN
CELL
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
MOD
ULTEN
CELL
RMV
ULTEN
CELL
WRFD020129
WRFD140218
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD150219
WRFD150220

Unit: None
Default Value: None
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

567
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

568
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTECell
Index
BSC691
0
ADD
ULTEN
CELL
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
MOD
ULTEN
CELL
RMV
ULTEN
CELL
WRFD020129
WRFD140218
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD150219
WRFD150220

Unit: None
Default Value: None
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

569
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
UMTS
to LTE
LTERep
ortMode
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
WRFD020129
WRFD140218
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

see 3GPP TS 25.331.
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

trigger)
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: None
EVENT_TRIGGER
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

570
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTERep
ortMode
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

see 3GPP TS 25.331.
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

trigger)
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WRFD150220
WRFD020129
WRFD140218
Unit: None
EVENT_TRIGGER
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
UsedFre
qThdRS
CP
BSC690
0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

25.331.
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107

571
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UsedFre
qThdRS
CP
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

25.331.
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

25.331.
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

25.331.
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
UsedFre
qThdEc
No
UsedFre
qThdEc
No
BSC690
0
BSC691
0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150220
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
Unit: dBm
Default Value: -107
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13
Unit: dB
Default Value: -13

572
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTEMe
asQuan
Of3A
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

25.331.
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
LTEMe
asQuan
Of3A
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Hystfor3
A
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

Unit: None
Default Value: RSRP
25.331.
Unit: None
Default Value: RSRP
Unit: 0.5dB
Default Value: 4

573
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Hystfor3
A
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
TrigTim
e3A
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
TrigTim
e3A
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

Unit: 0.5dB
Default Value: 4
D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280,
D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D0

D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280,
D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D0

574
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
U2LTE
FilterCo
ef
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WRFD150220
WRFD140218
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
U2LTE
FilterCo
ef
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
WRFD140218
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit: None
15, 17, 19
Default Value: D3

D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit: None
15, 17, 19
Default Value: D3

575
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
U2LTE
MeasTi
me
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WRFD150220
WRFD140218
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: s
Default Value: 30
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
U2LTE
MeasTi
me
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
WRFD140218
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: s
Default Value: 30
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

576
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TargetR
atThdRS
RP
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

25.331.
WRFD150220
WRFD140218
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
TargetR
atThdRS
RP
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
WRFD140218
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36

25.331.
Unit: dBm
Default Value: 36

577
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TargetR
atThdRS
RQ
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

25.331.
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: dB
Default Value: 20
TargetR
atThdRS
RQ
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

25.331.
Unit: dB
Default Value: 20
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

578
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTEPeri
odRepor
tInterval
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

D1000(D1000), D2000(D2000), D3000(D3000),
D4000(D4000), D6000(D6000), D8000(D8000),
D12000(D12000), D16000(D16000), D20000
(D20000), D24000(D24000), D28000(D28000),
D32000(D32000), D64000(D64000)
Unit: ms
250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000,
16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
LTEPeri
odRepor
tInterval
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

D1000(D1000), D2000(D2000), D3000(D3000),
D4000(D4000), D6000(D6000), D8000(D8000),
D12000(D12000), D16000(D16000), D20000
(D20000), D24000(D24000), D28000(D28000),
D32000(D32000), D64000(D64000)
Unit: ms
250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000,
16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000, 64000
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

579
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Hystfor
PeriodL
TE
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: 0.5dB
Default Value: 4
Hystfor
PeriodL
TE
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHOCO
V
WRFD150219
WRFD150220
Coverag
e Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: 0.5dB
Default Value: 4
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

580
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTEMe
asTypOf
3C
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

(RSRQ).
WRFD020129
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: None
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

581
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTEMe
asTypOf
3C
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020126
Mobility
Between
UMTS
and LTE
Phase 1

(RSRQ).
WRFD020129
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: None
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

582
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
U2LTE
FilterCo
ef
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WRFD150216
WRFD150217
U2LTE
FilterCo
ef
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020129
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
15, 17, 19
Default Value: D3
D8, D9, D11, D13, D15, D17, D19
Unit: None
15, 17, 19
Default Value: D3

583
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTEMe
asQuan
Of3C
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

measurement.
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD140218
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

Unit: None
Power)

584
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LTEMe
asQuan
Of3C
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

measurement.
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD140218
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

Unit: None
Power)

585
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Hystfor3
C
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD140218

Unit: 0.5dB
Default Value: 4
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

586
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
Hystfor3
C
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD140218

Unit: 0.5dB
Default Value: 4
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

587
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TrigTim
e3C
BSC690
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD140218
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280,
D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D0
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

588
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
TrigTim
e3C
BSC691
0
SET
UU2LT
EHONC
OV
WRFD020129
PS
Service
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD140218
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640, D1280,
D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D0
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
ServiceBased
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
UlLdrTr
igThd
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDM
MOD
UCELL
LDM
WRFD020106
WRFD020102
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Load
Measure
ment
Meaning: Threshold for triggering uplink LDR. If the

ratio of the uplink load to the uplink capacity is higher
than or equal to this threshold for a duration longer than
that specified by the "UlLdTrnsHysTime" parameter,
uplink LDR (preliminary congestion state) is triggered
and LDR actions are performed to reduce the cell load.
The recommended value difference between
"UlLdrRelThd" and "UlLdrTrigThd" is higher than
10% because the load fluctuates. Otherwise, a cell
frequently enters and leaves the preliminary congestion
state.
Unit: %
Default Value: 55
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

589
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrTr
igThd
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDM
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Threshold for triggering uplink LDR. If the

ratio of the uplink load to the uplink capacity is higher
than or equal to this threshold for a duration longer than
that specified by the "UlLdTrnsHysTime" parameter,
uplink LDR (preliminary congestion state) is triggered
and LDR actions are performed to reduce the cell load.
The recommended value difference between
"UlLdrRelThd" and "UlLdrTrigThd" is higher than
10% because the load fluctuates. Otherwise, a cell
state.
MOD
UCELL
LDM
WRFD020102
Load
Measure
ment

Unit: %
Default Value: 55
DlLdrTr
igThd
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDM
MOD
UCELL
LDM
WRFD020106
WRFD020102
WRFD020117
WRFD020122
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Load
Measure
ment
MultiCarrier
Switch
off
Based
on
Traffic
Load
MultiCarrier
Switch
off
Based
on QoS
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Meaning: Threshold for triggering downlink LDR. If

the ratio of the downlink load to the downlink capacity
is higher than or equal to this threshold for a duration
longer than that specified by the "DlLdTrnsHysTime"
parameter, downlink LDR (preliminary congestion
state) is triggered and LDR actions are performed to
reduce the cell load. The recommended value difference
between "DlLdrRelThd" and "DlLdrTrigThd" is higher
than 10% because the load fluctuates. Otherwise, a cell
state.
Unit: %
Default Value: 70

590
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrTr
igThd
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDM
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Threshold for triggering downlink LDR. If

the ratio of the downlink load to the downlink capacity
is higher than or equal to this threshold for a duration
longer than that specified by the "DlLdTrnsHysTime"
parameter, downlink LDR (preliminary congestion
state) is triggered and LDR actions are performed to
reduce the cell load. The recommended value difference
between "DlLdrRelThd" and "DlLdrTrigThd" is higher
than 10% because the load fluctuates. Otherwise, a cell
state.
MOD
UCELL
LDM
WRFD020102
WRFD020117
WRFD020122
UlLdrB
ERateRe
duction
RabNu
m
UlLdrB
ERateRe
duction
RabNu
m
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
BSC691
0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD021101
WRFD020106
WRFD021101
Load
Measure
ment
MultiCarrier
Switch
off
Based
on
Traffic
Load

Unit: %
MultiCarrier
Switch
off
Based
on QoS
Default Value: 70
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR BE

traffic rate reduction.
Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
Unit: None
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR BE

Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
Unit: None

Default Value: 1

Default Value: 1

591
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrPs
RTQosR
enegRab
Num
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR

uncontrolled real-time traffic QoS renegotiation. The
target users of this parameter are the PS domain realtime users. The setting of this parameter is similar to the
setting of BE service rate reduction user number.
Considering the scenario where the candidate users
selected for DL LDR do not meet the QoS renegotiation
conditions, you need to leave some margin when setting
this parameter to ensure the success of LDR.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD010506
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface

Unit: None
Default Value: 1
UlLdrPs
RTQosR
enegRab
Num
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD010506
Load
Reshuffl
ing
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR

setting of BE service rate reduction user number.
Considering the scenario where the candidate users
selected for DL LDR do not meet the QoS renegotiation
conditions, you need to leave some margin when setting
this parameter to ensure the success of LDR.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
UlCSInt
erRatSh
ouldBe
HOUeN
um
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020306
Load
Reshuffl
ing
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Meaning: Number of users selected in a UL LDR CS

domain inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover. The
target users of this parameter are the CS domain users
for whom "SHInd" is handover to GSM should be
performed.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

592
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlCSInt
erRatSh
ouldBe
HOUeN
um
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Number of users selected in a UL LDR CS

performed.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020306
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

Unit: None
Default Value: 3
UlPSInt
erRatSh
ouldBe
HOUeN
um
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020306
Load
Reshuffl
ing
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Meaning: Number of users selected in a UL LDR PS

target users of this parameter are the PS domain users
performed.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
UlPSInt
erRatSh
ouldBe
HOUeN
um
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020306
Load
Reshuffl
ing
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

performed.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
UlLdrA
MRRate
Reducti
onRabN
um
BSC690
0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020701
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR AMR

AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Unit: None

Default Value: 1

593
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrA
MRRate
Reducti
onRabN
um
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a UL LDR AMR

AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Unit: None
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Number of users selected in a DL LDR CS

domain inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover.
The target users of this parameter are the CS domain
users for whom "SHInd" is handover to GSM should not
be performed.
UlCSInt
erRatSh
ouldNot
HOUeN
um
MOD
UCELL
LDR
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020701
WRFD020106
WRFD020306
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

Default Value: 1

Unit: None
Default Value: 3
UlCSInt
erRatSh
ouldNot
HOUeN
um
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020306
Load
Reshuffl
ing
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

be performed.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
UlPSInt
erRatSh
ouldNot
HOUeN
um
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020306
Load
Reshuffl
ing
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

The target users of this parameter are the PS domain
be performed.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

594
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlPSInt
erRatSh
ouldNot
HOUeN
um
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

be performed.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020306
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

Unit: None
Default Value: 1
UlInterF
reqHoC
ellLoad
SpaceTh
d
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020103
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Meaning: Cell UL load remaining space limit for loadbased inter-frequency handovers. In the load-based
inter-frequency handovers involved in LDR triggered
by basic congestions in the uplink, the inter-frequency
neighboring cell can be selected as the target cell of the
handover only when the uplink load remaining space of
the cell is larger than this parameter value.
Unit: %
Default Value: 20
UlInterF
reqHoC
ellLoad
SpaceTh
d
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020103
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Meaning: Cell UL load remaining space limit for loadbased inter-frequency handovers. In the load-based
inter-frequency handovers involved in LDR triggered
by basic congestions in the uplink, the inter-frequency
handover only when the uplink load remaining space of
the cell is larger than this parameter value.
Unit: %
Default Value: 20
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

595
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlInterF
reqHoC
ellLoad
SpaceTh
d
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Cell DL load remaining space limit for loadbased inter-frequency handovers. In a load-based interfrequency handover with LDR triggered by basic
congestions in the uplink, the inter-frequency
handover only when the DL load remaining space of the
cell is larger than the value of this parameter.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020103
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance

Unit: %
Default Value: 20
DlInterF
reqHoC
ellLoad
SpaceTh
d
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020103
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Meaning: Cell DL load remaining space limit for loadbased inter-frequency handovers. In a load-based interfrequency handover with LDR triggered by basic
congestions in the uplink, the inter-frequency
handover only when the DL load remaining space of the
cell is larger than the value of this parameter.
Unit: %
Default Value: 20
UlInterF
reqHoB
WThd
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD140217
WRFD020103
Load
Reshuffl
ing
InterFrequen
cy Load
Balancin
g Based
on
Configu
rable
Load
Threshol
d
Meaning: Upper UL bandwidth limit for load-based

inter-frequency handovers. The UE can be selected to
perform load-based inter-frequency handovers only
when its bandwidth is less than this threshold.
Unit: bit/s
Default Value: 200000
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

596
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlInterF
reqHoB
WThd
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Upper UL bandwidth limit for load-based

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD140217
WRFD020103
InterFrequen
cy Load
Balancin
g Based
on
Configu
rable
Load
Threshol
d

Unit: bit/s
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
DlInterF
reqHoB
WThd
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD140217
WRFD020103
Load
Reshuffl
ing
InterFrequen
cy Load
Balancin
g Based
on
Configu
rable
Load
Threshol
d
Meaning: Upper DL bandwidth limit for load-based

Unit: bit/s
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

597
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlInterF
reqHoB
WThd
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Upper DL bandwidth limit for load-based

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD140217
WRFD020103
InterFrequen
cy Load
Balancin
g Based
on
Configu
rable
Load
Threshol
d

Unit: bit/s
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
MbmsD
ecPower
RabThd
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Reshuffl
ing
MBMS
Load
Control
Meaning: When the priority of the RAB of MBMS

services exceeds this threshold, reconfigure the MBMS
power to the minimum power. The MBMS service at
each rate is set on the basis of two power levels. The
power set for an MBMS service is determined according
to cell load during the service access. In addition, the
FACH power of the MBMS service must be decreased
as required in the duration of cell congestion. a part of
services with high priority, for example the disaster prealert, however, do not need the coverage shrink caused
by cell load. In such a case, you can adjust the service
priority threshold to protect the services with high
priority against the impact of the service access failure
and the load control algorithm.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

598
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
MbmsD
ecPower
RabThd
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: When the priority of the RAB of MBMS

services exceeds this threshold, reconfigure the MBMS
power to the minimum power. The MBMS service at
each rate is set on the basis of two power levels. The
power set for an MBMS service is determined according
to cell load during the service access. In addition, the
FACH power of the MBMS service must be decreased
as required in the duration of cell congestion. Services
with high priority, for example the disaster pre-alert,
however, do not need the coverage shrink caused by cell
load. In such a case, you can adjust the service priority
threshold to protect the services with high priority
against the impact of the service access failure and the
load control algorithm.
MOD
UCELL
LDR

Unit: None
Default Value: 1
CellLdr
SfResTh
d
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020108
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Threshold for reserved SF in a cell. This

parameter is used to determine whether the code load
reshuffling (LDR) is allowed.
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
GUI Value Range: SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16),

SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256
(SF256)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256
Default Value: SF8(SF8)
CellLdr
SfResTh
d
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020108
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Threshold for reserved SF in a cell. This

parameter is used to determine whether the code load
reshuffling (LDR) is allowed.
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256
(SF256)
Unit: None
SF128, SF256
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

599
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
LdrCode
PriUseIn
d
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Code priority indication for LDR. If this

parameter is set to TRUE, the codes with a high priority,
that is the subtree with a large code number, are reserved
during the code reshuffling. This facilitates code
resource dynamic sharing for HSDPA services. If this
parameter is set to FALSE, the subtree with a minimum
number of users is selected from the candidate subtrees.
If there are multiple subtrees with a minimum number
of users, the subtree with the maximum code number is
selected for code reshuffling.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020108
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
GUI Value Range: FALSE(FALSE), TRUE(TRUE)

Unit: None
Default Value: FALSE(FALSE)
LdrCode
PriUseIn
d
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020108
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Meaning: Code priority indication for LDR. If this

parameter is set to TRUE, the codes with a high priority,
that is the subtree with a large code number, are reserved
during the code reshuffling. This facilitates code
resource dynamic sharing for HSDPA services. If this
parameter is set to FALSE, the subtree with a minimum
number of users is selected from the candidate subtrees.
If there are multiple subtrees with a minimum number
of users, the subtree with the maximum code number is
selected for code reshuffling.
Unit: None
MaxUse
rNumCo
deAdj
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020108
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Meaning: Maximum number of users selected in code

reshuffling. Code reshuffling is triggered only when the
number of users on a code is less than or equal to this
threshold. Code reshuffling has a severe impact on the
QoS. In addition, the reshuffled users occupy two code
resources during code reshuffling. Therefore, the
parameter value 1 is recommended.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

600
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
MaxUse
rNumCo
deAdj
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Maximum number of users selected in code

reshuffling. Code reshuffling is triggered only when the
number of users on a code is less than or equal to this
threshold. Code reshuffling has a severe impact on the
QoS. In addition, the reshuffled users occupy two code
resources during code reshuffling. Therefore, the
parameter value 1 is recommended.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020108
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment

Unit: None
Default Value: 1
UlLdrCr
editSfRe
sThd
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020103
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Meaning: Reserved SF threshold in uplink credit LDR.

The uplink credit LDR could be triggered only when the
SF factor corresponding to the uplink remaining credit
is higher than the uplink or downlink credit SF reserved
threshold.
GUI Value Range: 8*SF4(8*SF4), 7*SF4(7*SF4),
6*SF4(6*SF4), 5*SF4(5*SF4), 4*SF4(4*SF4), 3*SF4
(3*SF4), 2*SF4(2*SF4), SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16
(SF16), SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128),
SF256(SF256)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 8*SF4, 7*SF4, 6*SF4, 5*SF4,
4*SF4, 3*SF4, 2*SF4, SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256
UlLdrCr
editSfRe
sThd
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020103
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Meaning: Reserved SF threshold in uplink credit LDR.

The uplink credit LDR could be triggered only when the
SF factor corresponding to the uplink remaining credit
is higher than the uplink or downlink credit SF reserved
threshold.
GUI Value Range: 8*SF4(8*SF4), 7*SF4(7*SF4),
6*SF4(6*SF4), 5*SF4(5*SF4), 4*SF4(4*SF4), 3*SF4
(3*SF4), 2*SF4(2*SF4), SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16
(SF16), SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128),
SF256(SF256)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 8*SF4, 7*SF4, 6*SF4, 5*SF4,
4*SF4, 3*SF4, 2*SF4, SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64,
SF128, SF256
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

601
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrCr
editSfRe
sThd
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Reserved SF threshold in DL credit LDR. DL

credit LDR is triggered when the SF value
corresponding to the DL remaining credit is greater than
this threshold.
MOD
UCELL
LDR

SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256
(SF256)
Unit: None
SF128, SF256
DlLdrCr
editSfRe
sThd
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
MOD
UCELL
LDR
Meaning: Reserved SF threshold in DL credit LDR. DL

credit LDR is triggered when the SF value
corresponding to the DL remaining credit is greater than
this threshold.
SF32(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256
(SF256)
Unit: None
SF128, SF256
LdrCode
UsedSpa
ceThd
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020103
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Meaning: Code resource usage difference threshold.

Inter-frequency handovers are triggered when the
difference between the resource usage of the current cell
and that of the target cell is greater than this threshold.
Unit: %
Default Value: 13
LdrCode
UsedSpa
ceThd
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020103
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Meaning: Code resource usage difference threshold.

Inter-frequency handovers are triggered when the
difference between the resource usage of the current cell
and that of the target cell is greater than this threshold.
Unit: %
Default Value: 13
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

602
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
CodeCo
ngSelInt
erFreqH
oInd
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Whether an inter-frequency handover is

selected in code resource congestion. If this parameter
is set to TRUE(TRUE), the inter-frequency handover is
is set to FALSE(FALSE), the inter-frequency handover
is not selected in code resource congestion. This
parameter is set based on the network resource usage.
In the case of multi-frequency coverage, if code
resources present a bottleneck, such as indoor
environment, the parameter is recommended to be set
to TRUE(TRUE).
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020103
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance

Unit: None
CodeCo
ngSelInt
erFreqH
oInd
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020103
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Meaning: Whether an inter-frequency handover is

is set to TRUE(TRUE), the inter-frequency handover is
is set to FALSE(FALSE), the inter-frequency handover
is not selected in code resource congestion. This
parameter is set based on the network resource usage.
In the case of multi-frequency coverage, if code
resources present a bottleneck, such as indoor
environment, the parameter is recommended to be set
to TRUE(TRUE).
Unit: None
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

603
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
GoldUse
rLoadCo
ntrolSwi
tch
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Whether gold users involve in the congestion

control. According to the policy set for gold users by
operators, if service quality of gold users should be
guaranteed even in resource congestion, the switch
should be turned off. If this switch is turned on, LDR
such as rate reduction and handover also occurs on gold
users even in cell resource congestion, which impacts
user service quality. If this switch is disabled, no action
is performed on gold users.
GoldUse
rLoadCo
ntrolSwi
tch
MOD
UCELL
LDR
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020131
WRFD140217
WRFD020106
WRFD020131
WRFD140217
Optimiz
ation of
R99 and
HSUPA
Users
Fairness
InterFrequen
cy Load
Balancin
g Based
on
Configu
rable
Load
Threshol
d
GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Whether gold users involve in the congestion

control. According to the policy set for gold users by
operators, if service quality of gold users should be
guaranteed even in resource congestion, the switch
should be turned off. If this switch is turned on, LDR
such as rate reduction and handover also occurs on gold
users even in cell resource congestion, which impacts
user service quality. If this switch is disabled, no action
is performed on gold users.
Optimiz
ation of
R99 and
HSUPA
Users
Fairness
InterFrequen
cy Load
Balancin
g Based
on
Configu
rable
Load
Threshol
d
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF(OFF)
GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)

Unit: None
Default Value: OFF(OFF)

604
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
InterFre
qLdHoF
orbiden
TC
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Forbidden traffic classes when interfrequency handovers are performed. This parameter is
used to prevent the LDR action from disarranging the
original service steering sequence.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020103
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
GUI Value Range: R99_CONVERSATIONAL(R99

Conversational), R99_STREAMING(R99 Streaming),
R99_BE(R99 BE), HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL
(HSDPA Conversational), HSDPA_STREAMING
(HSDPA Streaming), HSDPA_BE(HSDPA BE),
HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL(HSPA Conversational),
HSPA_STREAMING(HSPA Streaming), HSPA_BE
(HSPA BE)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: R99_CONVERSATIONAL,
R99_STREAMING, R99_BE, HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL, HSDPA_STREAMING, HSDPA_BE,
HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL, HSPA_STREAMING,
HSPA_BE
Default Value:
R99_CONVERSATIONAL-0&R99_STREAMING-0
&R99_BE-0&HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL-0&HS
DPA_STREAMING-0&HSDPA_BE-0&HSPA_CON
VERSATIONAL-0&HSPA_STREAMING-0&HSPA
_BE-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

605
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
InterFre
qLdHoF
orbiden
TC
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Forbidden traffic classes when interfrequency handovers are performed. This parameter is
used to prevent the LDR action from disarranging the
original service steering sequence.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020103
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
GUI Value Range: R99_CONVERSATIONAL(R99

Conversational), R99_STREAMING(R99 Streaming),
R99_BE(R99 BE), HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL
(HSDPA Conversational), HSDPA_STREAMING
(HSDPA Streaming), HSDPA_BE(HSDPA BE),
HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL(HSPA Conversational),
HSPA_STREAMING(HSPA Streaming), HSPA_BE
(HSPA BE)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: R99_CONVERSATIONAL,
R99_STREAMING, R99_BE, HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL, HSDPA_STREAMING, HSDPA_BE,
HSPA_CONVERSATIONAL, HSPA_STREAMING,
HSPA_BE
Default Value:
R99_CONVERSATIONAL-0&R99_STREAMING-0
&R99_BE-0&HSDPA_CONVERSATIONAL-0&HS
DPA_STREAMING-0&HSDPA_BE-0&HSPA_CON
VERSATIONAL-0&HSPA_STREAMING-0&HSPA
_BE-0
UlTtiCr
editSfRe
sThd
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
None
None
Meaning: The threshold of the reserved SF is used for

judging the uplink credit state for TTI switchover
decision. When uplink credit is lower than the threshold,
the credit state of TTI switchover algorithm is set to
restricted. The smaller the parameter value is, the easier
the credit state is set to restricted. The threshold of the
reserved SF is converted to credit by DCH consumption
law.
GUI Value Range: 8SF4(8SF4), 7SF4(7SF4), 6SF4
(6SF4), 5SF4(5SF4), 4SF4(4SF4), 3SF4(3SF4), 2SF4
(2SF4), SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16), SF32
(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 8SF4, 7SF4, 6SF4, 5SF4, 4SF4,
3SF4, 2SF4, SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128,
SF256
Default Value: 4SF4(4SF4)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

606
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlTtiCr
editSfRe
sThd
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
None
None
Meaning: The threshold of the reserved SF is used for

judging the uplink credit state for TTI switchover
decision. When uplink credit is lower than the threshold,
the credit state of TTI switchover algorithm is set to
restricted. The smaller the parameter value is, the easier
the credit state is set to restricted. The threshold of the
reserved SF is converted to credit by DCH consumption
law.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
GUI Value Range: 8SF4(8SF4), 7SF4(7SF4), 6SF4

(6SF4), 5SF4(5SF4), 4SF4(4SF4), 3SF4(3SF4), 2SF4
(2SF4), SF4(SF4), SF8(SF8), SF16(SF16), SF32
(SF32), SF64(SF64), SF128(SF128), SF256(SF256)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: 8SF4, 7SF4, 6SF4, 5SF4, 4SF4,
3SF4, 2SF4, SF4, SF8, SF16, SF32, SF64, SF128,
SF256
Default Value: 4SF4(4SF4)
InterFre
qLDHO
Method
Selectio
n
InterFre
qLDHO
Method
Selectio
n
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020160
WRFD020103
WRFD020106
WRFD020160
WRFD020103
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Enhance
d
Multiba
nd
Manage
ment
GUI Value Range: BLINDHO(BLINDHO),

MEASUREHO(MEASUREHO)
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Unit: None
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Which type of inter-frequency handovers is

triggered by LDR, blind handover or measurementbased handover. The blind handover is applicable to
intra-frequency band co-coverage scenarios. The
measurement-based inter-frequency handover is
applicable to inter-frequency band co-coverage
scenarios or macro-micro inter-frequency networking.
Enhance
d
Multiba
nd
Manage
ment
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Meaning: Which type of inter-frequency handovers is

triggered by LDR, blind handover or measurementbased handover. The blind handover is applicable to
intra-frequency band co-coverage scenarios. The
measurement-based inter-frequency handover is
applicable to inter-frequency band co-coverage
scenarios or macro-micro inter-frequency networking.
Actual Value Range: BLINDHO, MEASUREHO

Default Value: BLINDHO(BLINDHO)
GUI Value Range: BLINDHO(BLINDHO),

MEASUREHO(MEASUREHO)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: BLINDHO, MEASUREHO
Default Value: BLINDHO(BLINDHO)

607
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
CodeCo
ngHoEn
hanceIn
d
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Whether the code-resource-congestiontriggered neighboring cell selection enhancement

algorithm takes effect. When this switch is turned on, a
UE can be handed over to an inter-SPU subsystem cell
through an inter-frequency handover triggered by code
resource congestion. When this switch is turned off, a
UE cannot be handed over to an inter-SPU subsystem
cell through an inter-frequency handover triggered by
code resource congestion.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020103
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance

Unit: None
CodeCo
ngHoEn
hanceIn
d
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020103
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Meaning: Whether the code-resource-congestiontriggered neighboring cell selection enhancement

algorithm takes effect. When this switch is turned on, a
UE can be handed over to an inter-SPU subsystem cell
through an inter-frequency handover triggered by code
resource congestion. When this switch is turned off, a
UE cannot be handed over to an inter-SPU subsystem
cell through an inter-frequency handover triggered by
code resource congestion.
Unit: None
DlLdrB
ERateRe
duction
RabNu
m
BSC690
0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD021101
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR BE

Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
Unit: None

Default Value: 1

608
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrB
ERateRe
duction
RabNu
m
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR BE

Dynami
c
Channel
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
Unit: None
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR

setting of BE service rate reduction user number. When
the candidate users selected for DL LDR do not meet
the QoS renegotiation conditions, the number of users
performing QoS renegotiation is smaller than the value
of this parameter. Therefore, leave some margin when
setting this parameter to ensure the success of LDR.
DlLdrPs
RTQosR
enegRab
Num
MOD
UCELL
LDR
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD021101
WRFD020106
WRFD010506
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface

Default Value: 1

Unit: None
Default Value: 1
DlLdrPs
RTQosR
enegRab
Num
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD010506
Load
Reshuffl
ing
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a DL LDR

setting of BE service rate reduction user number. When
the candidate users selected for DL LDR do not meet
the QoS renegotiation conditions, the number of users
performing QoS renegotiation is smaller than the value
of this parameter. Therefore, leave some margin when
setting this parameter to ensure the success of LDR.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

609
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlCSInt
erRatSh
ouldBe
HOUeN
um
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

performed.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020306
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

Unit: None
Default Value: 3
DlCSInt
erRatSh
ouldBe
HOUeN
um
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020306
Load
Reshuffl
ing
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

performed.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
DlPSInt
erRatSh
ouldBe
HOUeN
um
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020306
Load
Reshuffl
ing
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Meaning: Number of users selected in a DL LDR PS

performed.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
DlPSInt
erRatSh
ouldBe
HOUeN
um
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020306
Load
Reshuffl
ing
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

performed.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

610
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrA
MRRate
Reducti
onRabN
um
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a DL LDRAMR voice service rate reduction.
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Unit: None
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: Number of RABs selected in a DL LDRAMR voice service rate reduction.
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Unit: None
Load
Reshuffl
ing

be performed.
DlLdrA
MRRate
Reducti
onRabN
um
DlCSInt
erRatSh
ouldNot
HOUeN
um
MOD
UCELL
LDR
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020701
WRFD020106
WRFD020701
WRFD020106
WRFD020306
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

Default Value: 1

Default Value: 1

Unit: None
Default Value: 3
DlCSInt
erRatSh
ouldNot
HOUeN
um
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020306
Load
Reshuffl
ing
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

be performed.
Unit: None
Default Value: 3
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

611
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlPSInt
erRatSh
ouldNot
HOUeN
um
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

be performed.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020306
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

Unit: None
Default Value: 1
DlPSInt
erRatSh
ouldNot
HOUeN
um
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
WRFD020306
Load
Reshuffl
ing
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load

be performed.
Unit: None
Default Value: 1
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

612
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrFi
rstActio
n
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: NOACT: No load reshuffling action is taken.

INTERFREQLDHO: The inter-frequency load
handover is performed. BERATERED: Channels are
reconfigured for the BE service. QOSRENEGO: The
renegotiation on the QoS of the uncontrollable real-time
service is performed. CSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover of the
CS domain is performed. PSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT SHOULDBE load handover
of the PS domain is performed. AMRRATERED (AMR
service rate decreasing): The setting of the TFC subset
and the negotiation of the service rate can be performed
for the AMR voice service. MBMSDECPOWER
(MBMS power limiting): The MBMS service is
configured with the minimum power. CODEADJ (code
tree reshuffling): The fragments of the downlink code
tree are arranged. CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover
of the CS domain is performed. PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the PS domain is
performed. The LDR takes the actions in the preset
sequence and judges whether each action is successful.
If an action is unsuccessful, the LDR turns to the next
action. If an action is successful, a parameter is set to
NOACT, or all the preceding actions are taken, the
downlink LDR is finished, and the system waits for the
next triggering of the LDR. Because each action is
performed by its algorithm module, the LDR algorithm
only selects users and delivers control messages, the
execution result of each action can be obtained after a
delay, and the LDR algorithm cannot wait for a long
time, so the LDR can only judge whether the actions
succeed by whether candidate users are found. The
inter-frequency load handover has no impact on the QoS
of users and can balance the cell load, so the interfrequency load handover usually serves as the first
action. The BE service rate reduction is effective only
when the DCCC algorithm is enabled.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020108
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action), InterFreqLDHO

(inter-freq load handover), BERateRed(BE traff rate
reduction), QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff
Qos re-negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS
domain inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),

613
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
11 Parameters
Feature
Name
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
MBMSDecPower(MBMS descend power), CodeAdj

(Code adjust), CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS
domain inter-rat should not be load handover),
PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat
should not be load handover), PSInterU2LLDHO
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO,
PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
MBMSDecPower, CodeAdj, CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO,
PSInterU2LLDHO
Default Value: CodeAdj(Code adjust)
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

614
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrFi
rstActio
n
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

for the AMR voice service. MBMSDECPOWER
(MBMS power limiting): The MBMS service is
configured with the minimum power. CODEADJ (code
tree reshuffling): The fragments of the downlink code
tree are arranged. CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load handover
of the CS domain is performed. PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
action. The BE service rate reduction is effective only
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020108
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)


615
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
11 Parameters
Feature
Name
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)

RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Default Value: CodeAdj(Code adjust)
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

616
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrSe
condAct
ion
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
Meaning: This parameter has the same content as

DlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Default Value: InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load
handover)
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

617
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

618
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrSe
condAct
ion
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
handover)
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

619
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

620
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrTh
irdActio
n
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Default Value: BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction)
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

621
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

622
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrTh
irdActio
n
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

623
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

624
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrFo
urthActi
on
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Default Value: NoAct(no action)
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

625
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

626
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrFo
urthActi
on
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

627
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

628
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrFi
fthActio
n
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

629
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

630
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrFi
fthActio
n
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

631
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

632
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrSi
xthActio
n
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

633
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

634
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrSi
xthActio
n
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

635
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

636
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrSe
venthAc
tion
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

637
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

638
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrSe
venthAc
tion
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

639
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

640
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrEi
ghthActi
on
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

641
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

642
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrEi
ghthActi
on
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

643
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

644
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrNi
nthActio
n
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

645
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

646
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrNi
nthActio
n
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

647
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

648
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrTe
nthActio
n
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

649
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

650
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrTe
nthActio
n
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

651
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

652
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrEl
eventhA
ction
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD150216
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Meaning: Action different from that specified by

DlLdrFirstAction.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD150217
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

653
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
DlLdrEl
eventhA
ction
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD150216
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

DlLdrFirstAction.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD150217
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

Unit: None
PSInterU2LLDHO
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

654
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrFi
rstActio
n
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

for the AMR voice service. CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load
handover of the CS domain is performed.
PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
action. The BE service rate decreasing is effective only
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain inter-rat
should not be load handover), PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should not be load
handover), PSInterU2LLDHO

655
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
11 Parameters
Feature
Name
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
Unit: None
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface

CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterU2LLDHO
handover)
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

656
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrFi
rstActio
n
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

for the AMR voice service. CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT SHOULDNOTBE load
handover of the CS domain is performed.
PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
action. The BE service rate decreasing is effective only
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)


657
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
11 Parameters
Feature
Name
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
Unit: None
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface

handover)
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

658
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrSe
condAct
ion
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

UlLdrFirstAction. The selected actions, however,
should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Unit: None
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

659
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

660
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrSe
condAct
ion
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Unit: None
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

661
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

662
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrTh
irdActio
n
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Unit: None
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

663
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

664
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrTh
irdActio
n
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Unit: None
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

665
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

666
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrFo
urthActi
on
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Unit: None
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

667
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

668
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrFo
urthActi
on
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Unit: None
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

669
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

670
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrFi
fthActio
n
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Unit: None
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

671
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

672
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrFi
fthActio
n
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Unit: None
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

673
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

674
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrSi
xthActio
n
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Unit: None
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

675
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

676
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrSi
xthActio
n
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Unit: None
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

677
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

678
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrSe
venthAc
tion
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Unit: None
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

679
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

680
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrSe
venthAc
tion
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Unit: None
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

681
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

682
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrEi
ghthActi
on
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Unit: None
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

683
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

684
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrEi
ghthActi
on
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing

should be unique.
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Unit: None
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
WRFD020103
WRFD020108
WRFD021101
WRFD010506
WRFD020701
WRFD0106160
3
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Inter
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Code
Resourc
e
Manage
ment
Dynami
c
Channel
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

685
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
Configu
ration
Control
(DCCC)
RAB
Quality
of
Service
Renegot
iation
over Iu
Interface
AMR/
WBAMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MBMS
Load
Control
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

686
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrNi
nthActio
n
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

UlLdrFirstAction.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: None
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

687
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
UlLdrNi
nthActio
n
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD070004
Load
Based
GSM
and
UMTS
Handov
er
Enhance
ment
Based
on Iur-g

UlLdrFirstAction.
MOD
UCELL
LDR
WRFD020306
WRFD150216
WRFD150217
InterRAT
Handov
er Based
on Load
Load
Based
PS
Redirect
ion from
UMTS
to LTE

Unit: None
Load
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

688
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
NBMLd
cAlgoS
witch
BSC690
0
ADD
UCELL
ALGOS
WITCH
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
MOD
UCELL
ALGOS
WITCH
WRFD020104
Meaning: Whether to enable the algorithms related to

cell load control. Selecting a switch enables the
corresponding algorithm and clearing a switch disables
the corresponding algorithm. 1.
INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB: Whether to enable the
cell breathing algorithm. This algorithm adjusts PCPICH transmit power of a cell based on the downlink
TCP load to achieve load balancing between intrafrequency cells. This algorithm automatically becomes
invalid when the load-based dynamic P-CPICH
transmit power adjustment algorithm (controlled by the
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH
switch) takes effect. 2. PUC: Whether to enable the
Potential User Control (PUC) algorithm. This algorithm
adjusts cell selection and reselection parameters based
on the cell load to enable UEs to reselect lightly loaded
cells. 3. UL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the uplink
overload control (OLC) algorithm. When the uplink
power is overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates
the uplink load by using quick transport format (TF)
restriction, distributing best effort (BE) service to
common channels, or releasing UEs. 4. DL_UU_OLC:
Whether to enable the downlink OLC algorithm. When
the downlink power is overloaded in a cell, this
algorithm alleviates the downlink load by using quick
TF restriction, distributing BE services to common
channels, releasing UEs, or reconfiguring the maximum
transmit power of FACHs. 5. UL_UU_LDR: Whether
to enable the uplink load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm.
When the uplink load is heavy in a cell, this algorithm
alleviates the uplink load by using load-based interfrequency handovers, BE service rate reduction,
uncontrollable real-time service QoS renegotiation,
load-based CS/PS inter-RAT handovers, and AMR
service rate reduction. 6. DL_UU_LDR: Whether to
enable the downlink LDR algorithm. When the
downlink load is heavy in a cell, this algorithm
alleviates the downlink load by using load-based interfrequency handovers, BE service rate reduction,
load-based CS/PS inter-RAT handovers, AMR service
rate reduction, and MBMS power restriction. 7.
OLC_EVENTMEAS: Whether to enable OLC event
measurement. 8. CELL_CODE_LDR: Whether to
enable cell code reshuffling algorithm. In the event of
code resource overuse, this algorithm alleviates the code
resource overuse by using BE service rate reduction,
WRFD020102
WRFD020105
WRFD020107
WRFD140217
WRFD150236
WRFD140223
Load
Measure
ment
Intra
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Potential
User
Control
Overloa
d
Control
InterFrequen
cy Load
Balancin
g Based
on
Configu
rable
Load
Threshol
d
Load
Based
Dynami
c
Adjustm
ent of
PCPICH
MOCN
Cell
Resourc
e
Demarc
ation
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

689
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
code tree reshuffling, and load-based inter-frequency

handovers. 9. CELL_CREDIT_LDR: Whether to
enable the cell credit reshuffling algorithm. In the event
of cell credit overuse, this algorithm alleviates the credit
overuse by using load-based inter-frequency handovers,
BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time
service QoS renegotiation, and load-based CS/PS interRAT handovers. 10.
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB: Whether to enable
RTWP-based intra-frequency load balancing algorithm.
This algorithm adjusts P-CPICH transmit power of a
cell based on the RTWP load to achieve load balancing
between intra-frequency cells. This algorithm
automatically becomes invalid when the load-based
dynamic P-CPICH transmit power adjustment
algorithm (controlled by the
switch) takes effect. 11. UL_UU_CLB: Whether to
enable the uplink load-based CLB algorithm. This
algorithm determines whether a cell enters the CLB
state by the uplink load on the air interface. If a cell is
in the CLB state, measurement-based inter-frequency
handovers are triggered periodically to achieve load
balancing between inter-frequency cells. 12.
DL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the downlink loadbased CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
whether a cell enters the CLB state by the downlink load
on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
between inter-frequency cells. 13. CELL_CODE_CLB:
Whether to enable code resource-based CLB algorithm.
This algorithm determines whether a cell enters the CLB
state by the code resource usage. If a cell is in the CLB
state, measurement-based inter-frequency handovers
are triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
between inter-frequency cells. 14.
CELL_CREDIT_CLB: Whether to enable credit-based
CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines whether a
cell enters the CLB state by the credit resource usage.
If a cell is in the CLB state, measurement-based interfrequency handovers are triggered periodically to
achieve load balancing between inter-frequency cells.
15.
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH:
Whether to enable downlink load-based dynamic
primary common pilot channel (P-CPICH) power
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

690
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
adjustment algorithm. This algorithm adjusts the PCPICH transmit power by the downlink non-HSPA
power load to reduce the downlink non-HSPA power
load. If this algorithm takes effect, other enabled
algorithms for intra-frequency load balancing (based on
TCP or RTWP) automatically become invalid.
GUI Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC,
DL_UU_OLC, OLC_EVENTMEAS,
CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB, UL_UU_CLB,
DL_UU_CLB, CELL_CODE_CLB,
CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
Default Value:
INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB-0&PUC-0&UL_UU_L
DR-0&DL_UU_LDR-0&UL_UU_OLC-0&DL_UU_
OLC-0&OLC_EVENTMEAS-0&CELL_CODE_LD
R-0&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-0&UL_INTRA_FREQU
ENCY_ULB-0&UL_UU_CLB-0&DL_UU_CLB-0&
CELL_CODE_CLB-0&CELL_CREDIT_CLB-0&DL
LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

691
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
NBMLd
cAlgoS
witch
BSC691
0
ADD
UCELL
ALGOS
WITCH
WRFD020106
Load
Reshuffl
ing
MOD
UCELL
ALGOS
WITCH
WRFD020104
Meaning: Whether to enable the algorithms related to

cell load control. Selecting a switch enables the
corresponding algorithm and clearing a switch disables
the corresponding algorithm. 1.
INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB: Whether to enable the
cell breathing algorithm. This algorithm adjusts PCPICH transmit power of a cell based on the downlink
TCP load to achieve load balancing between intrafrequency cells. This algorithm automatically becomes
invalid when the load-based dynamic P-CPICH
transmit power adjustment algorithm (controlled by the
switch) takes effect. 2. PUC: Whether to enable the
Potential User Control (PUC) algorithm. This algorithm
adjusts cell selection and reselection parameters based
on the cell load to enable UEs to reselect lightly loaded
cells. 3. UL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the uplink
overload control (OLC) algorithm. When the uplink
power is overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates
the uplink load by using quick transport format (TF)
restriction, distributing best effort (BE) service to
common channels, or releasing UEs. 4. DL_UU_OLC:
Whether to enable the downlink OLC algorithm. When
the downlink power is overloaded in a cell, this
algorithm alleviates the downlink load by using quick
TF restriction, distributing BE services to common
channels, releasing UEs, or reconfiguring the maximum
transmit power of FACHs. 5. UL_UU_LDR: Whether
to enable the uplink load reshuffling (LDR) algorithm.
When the uplink load is heavy in a cell, this algorithm
alleviates the uplink load by using load-based interfrequency handovers, BE service rate reduction,
load-based CS/PS inter-RAT handovers, and AMR
service rate reduction. 6. DL_UU_LDR: Whether to
enable the downlink LDR algorithm. When the
downlink load is heavy in a cell, this algorithm
alleviates the downlink load by using load-based interfrequency handovers, BE service rate reduction,
load-based CS/PS inter-RAT handovers, AMR service
rate reduction, and MBMS power restriction. 7.
OLC_EVENTMEAS: Whether to enable OLC event
measurement. 8. CELL_CODE_LDR: Whether to
enable cell code reshuffling algorithm. In the event of
code resource overuse, this algorithm alleviates the code
resource overuse by using BE service rate reduction,
WRFD020102
WRFD020105
WRFD020107
WRFD140217
WRFD150236
WRFD140223
Load
Measure
ment
Intra
Frequen
cy Load
Balance
Potential
User
Control
Overloa
d
Control
InterFrequen
cy Load
Balancin
g Based
on
Configu
rable
Load
Threshol
d
Load
Based
Dynami
c
Adjustm
ent of
PCPICH
MOCN
Cell
Resourc
e
Demarc
ation
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

692
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
code tree reshuffling, and load-based inter-frequency

handovers. 9. CELL_CREDIT_LDR: Whether to
enable the cell credit reshuffling algorithm. In the event
of cell credit overuse, this algorithm alleviates the credit
overuse by using load-based inter-frequency handovers,
BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time
service QoS renegotiation, and load-based CS/PS interRAT handovers. 10.
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB: Whether to enable
RTWP-based intra-frequency load balancing algorithm.
This algorithm adjusts P-CPICH transmit power of a
cell based on the RTWP load to achieve load balancing
between intra-frequency cells. This algorithm
automatically becomes invalid when the load-based
dynamic P-CPICH transmit power adjustment
algorithm (controlled by the
switch) takes effect. 11. UL_UU_CLB: Whether to
enable the uplink load-based CLB algorithm. This
algorithm determines whether a cell enters the CLB
state by the uplink load on the air interface. If a cell is
in the CLB state, measurement-based inter-frequency
handovers are triggered periodically to achieve load
balancing between inter-frequency cells. 12.
DL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the downlink loadbased CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
whether a cell enters the CLB state by the downlink load
on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
between inter-frequency cells. 13. CELL_CODE_CLB:
Whether to enable code resource-based CLB algorithm.
This algorithm determines whether a cell enters the CLB
state by the code resource usage. If a cell is in the CLB
state, measurement-based inter-frequency handovers
are triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
between inter-frequency cells. 14.
CELL_CREDIT_CLB: Whether to enable credit-based
CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines whether a
cell enters the CLB state by the credit resource usage.
If a cell is in the CLB state, measurement-based interfrequency handovers are triggered periodically to
achieve load balancing between inter-frequency cells.
15.
DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH:
Whether to enable downlink load-based dynamic
primary common pilot channel (P-CPICH) power
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

693
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
adjustment algorithm. This algorithm adjusts the PCPICH transmit power by the downlink non-HSPA
power load to reduce the downlink non-HSPA power
load. If this algorithm takes effect, other enabled
algorithms for intra-frequency load balancing (based on
TCP or RTWP) automatically become invalid.
GUI Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
Default Value:
INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB-0&PUC-0&UL_UU_L
DR-0&DL_UU_LDR-0&UL_UU_OLC-0&DL_UU_
OLC-0&OLC_EVENTMEAS-0&CELL_CODE_LD
R-0&CELL_CREDIT_LDR-0&UL_INTRA_FREQU
ENCY_ULB-0&UL_UU_CLB-0&DL_UU_CLB-0&
CELL_CODE_CLB-0&CELL_CREDIT_CLB-0&DL
LOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH-0
ImsChlT
ype
BSC690
0
SET
UFRCC
HLTYP
EPARA
WRFD010618
IMS
Signalin
g over
HSPA
Meaning: Channel type of IMS signaling. - DCH: Both

uplink and downlink are preferably carried on the DCH.
- HSDPA: Uplink is preferably carried on the DCH, and
downlink is preferably carried on the HS-DSCH. HSPA: Uplink is preferably carried on the E-DCH, and
downlink is preferably carried on the HS-DSCH.
GUI Value Range: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH),
HSDPA(UL_DCH,DL_HSDSCH), HSPA
(UL_EDCH,DL_HSDSCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DCH, HSDPA, HSPA
Default Value: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

694
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
ImsChlT
ype
BSC691
0
SET
UFRCC
HLTYP
EPARA
WRFD010618
IMS
Signalin
g over
HSPA
Meaning: Channel type of IMS signaling. - DCH: Both

uplink and downlink are preferably carried on the DCH.
- HSDPA: Uplink is preferably carried on the DCH, and
downlink is preferably carried on the HS-DSCH. HSPA: Uplink is preferably carried on the E-DCH, and
downlink is preferably carried on the HS-DSCH.
GUI Value Range: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH),
HSDPA(UL_DCH,DL_HSDSCH), HSPA
(UL_EDCH,DL_HSDSCH)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: DCH, HSDPA, HSPA
Default Value: DCH(UL_DCH,DL_DCH)
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

695
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
CmpSwi
tch
BSC690
0
SET
UCORR
MALG
OSWIT
CH
WRFD0106100
6
HSDPA
Mobility
Manage
ment
Meaning: 1.
CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the IMS signaling assigned by
the CN undergoes compatibility processing as an
ordinary PS service. When the switch is not on, no
special processing is performed. 2.
CMP_IU_QOS_ASYMMETRY_IND_COMPAT_S
WITCH: When the Iu QoS Negotiation function is
active and the switch is on, IE RAB Asymmetry
Indicator is Symmetric bidirectional, The uplink and
downlink RNC negotiation rate is asymmetric, "RNC"
select the bigger rate as Iu QoS negotiation rate. When
the switch is OFF, "RNC" select the less rate as Iu QoS
negotiation rate. 3.
CMP_IU_SYSHOIN_CMP_IUUP_FIXTO1_SWITC
H: When the switch is on, the IUUP version can be
rolled back to R99 when complete configurations are
applied during inter-RAT handover. 4.
CMP_IUR_H2D_FOR_LOWR5_NRNCCELL_SWIT
CH: When the switch is on, H2D is performed before a
neighboring RNC cell whose version is earlier than R5
is added to the active set; E2D is performed before a
is added to the active set. If the DRNC is of a version
earlier than R5, DL services cannot be mapped on the
HS-DSCH. If the DRNC is of a version earlier than R6,
DL services cannot be mapped on the HS-EDCH. 5.
CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the diversity combination over the Iur
interface is configured on the basis of that of the local
RNC. When the switch is not on, the diversity
combination over the Iur interface is configured on the
basis of services. The flag of diversity combination over
the Iur interface can be set to MUST (for BE services)
or MAY (for other services). 6.
CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC activates the compressed mode
before initiating an inter-frequency measurement on a
DC-HSDPA or DB-HSDPA UE. When this parameter
is set to ON, the RNC initiates the inter-frequency
measurement without activating the compressed mode
if both the UE and EARFCN support the noncompressed inter-frequency measurement. When this
parameter is set to OFF, the RNC activates the
compressed mode before initiating the inter-frequency
measurement. This switch takes effect only in nonflexible DC cells and DB cells. 7.
WRFD0106120
4
WRFD020202
WRFD020203
WRFD021200
WRFD010696
WRFD010202
WRFD150207
WRFD150209
WRFD150223
WRFD150227
HSUPA
Mobility
Manage
ment
Intra
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Inter
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
HCS
(Hierarc
hical
Cell
Structur
e)
DCHSDPA
UE State
in
Connect
ed Mode
(CELLDCH,
CELLPCH,
URAPCH,
CELLFACH)
4CHSDPA
DBHSDPA
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

696
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
MCHSDPA
+MIMO
CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_COMPAT_SWITCH:
This parameter specifies to enable AMR through DRD
two-step procedure function. When SRB is set up on
DCH, and "RNC" decides to setup the AMR through
DRD procedure, When the switch is enabled, "RNC"
will execute blind handover to the target cell, and then
setup the AMR RBs on the target cell, When the switch
is disabled, "RNC" will setup the AMR RBs on the
target cell directly. 8.
CMP_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_CFG_SWITCH: For
narrowband AMR services, when the switch is on, the
SID frame is always configured; when the switch is not
on, the SID frame is configured on the basis of CN
assignment. 9.
CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH: When the
switch is OFF, if the information element that indicates
the F-DPCH capability of UE exists in the message
"RRC_CONNECT_REQ" or
"RRC_CONNECT_SETUP_CMP", the F-DPCH
capability depends on that indicator. In other case, it
means UE does not support F-DPCH. When the switch
is ON, if the information element that indicates the FDPCH capability of UE exists in the message
capability depends on that indicator. If that information
element does not exist, UE supports F-DPCH when all
the conditions meets: a) the version of UE is Release 6.
b) UE supports HS-PDSCH. 10.
CMP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC_CAP_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the RAB assignment request and
the subsequent RB setup procedure proceed if the RLC
AM capabilities of the UE fail to meet the minimum
RLC TX/RX window buffer requirement of the RAB to
be setup. When the switch is not on, the RAB
assignment request is rejected. 11.
CMP_UU_INTRA_FREQ_MC_BESTCELL_CIO_S
WITCH: When this switch is on, the cell individual
offset (CIO) of the best cell is always set to 0 in the
INTRA-FREQUENCY MEASUREMENT
CONTROL messages. Otherwise, the CIO information
of the best cell is not carried in the INTRAFREQUENCY MEASUREMENT CONTROL
messages. 12.
CMP_UU_IOS_CELL_SYNC_INFO_REPORT_SWI
TCH: When the switch is on, the cell synchronization
information traced by the IOS need to be reported during
DBHSDPA
+MIMO
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

697
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
the RRC measurement period. 13.

CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_ASU_SWIT
CH: When the switch is on, the active set update is in
the same procedure as the change of the serving cell.
When the switch is not on, the serving cell is changed
after the UE updates the active set and delivers
reconfiguration of physical channels. This switch is
applicable only to R6 or aboveUEs. 14.
CMP_UU_SERV_CELL_CHG_WITH_RB_MOD_S
WITCH: When the switch is on, channel transition is in
after the UE performs channel transition and delivers
reconfiguration of physical channels. 15.
CMP_UU_VOIP_UP_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_S
WITCH: By default, the switch is on. In this case, the
Alternative E-bit is not configured for L2. 16.
CMP_F2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH:
When the switch is set to ON, only uplink RLC or
downlink RLC can be re-established during the state
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_FACH (F2F for
short). 17.
CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH:
transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F for
short). 18. CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH:
When the switch is set to ON, the service with RAB ID
5 can be configured with the Robust Header
Compression (ROHC) function. When the switch is set
to OFF, the service with RAB ID 5 cannot be configured
with the ROHC function. 19.
CMP_RAB_6_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH: When the
switch is set to ON, the service with RAB ID 6 can be
configured with the ROHC function. When the switch
is set to OFF, the service with RAB ID 6 cannot be
configured with the ROHC function. 20.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

698
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description

CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW_MUL_SWITCH:
When the switch is set to ON, MAC-d flow can be
multiplexed without any restrictions. When the switch
is set to OFF, only MAC-d flows whose scheduling
priority is lower than that of the current MAC-d flow
can be multiplexed. 24.
CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH: If the
Client Type of a positioning request is Emergency
Services, PLMN Operator Services, PLMN Operator broadcast services, PLMN Operator - O&M, PLMN
Operator - anonymous statistics or PLMN Operator Target MS service support, the positioning result is
reported by using the Ellipsoid point with uncertainty
circle type. For other client types, the positioning result
is reported by using the Ellipsoid Arc type. 25.
CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
Switch for optimizing the procedure for the
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_PCH-or-URA_PCH state
transition. When this switch is turned on, the algorithm
for optimizing the procedure for the CELL_FACH-toCELL_PCH-or-URA_PCH state transition is activated.
26.
CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_SWITCH:
Whether to carry parameters related to events 1A and
1D in system information block type 11 (SIB 11) and
SIB 12.If the switch of deferred measurement control
reading is turned on, the UE cannot promptly read
parameters related to events 1A and 1D for intrafrequency neighboring cells from SIB 11 or SIB12. As
a result, the UE cannot perform soft handovers in
advance. The switch is set using DeferMcReadInd in the
ADD/MOD UCELLMEAS command.
GUI Value Range:
CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH,
WITCH,
H,
CH, CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_COMPAT_SWITCH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

699
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
CMP_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_CFG_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC_CAP_SWITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
CH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_SWITCH,
CMP_F2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH,
CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH,
CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH,
CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW_MUL_SWITCH,
CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
H,
WITCH,
TCH,
CH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

700
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
WITCH,
WITCH,
CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_SWITCH
Default Value:
CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH
-0&CMP_IU_QOS_ASYMMETRY_IND_COMPAT
_SWITCH-0&CMP_IU_SYSHOIN_CMP_IUUP_FI
XTO1_SWITCH-0&CMP_IUR_H2D_FOR_LOWR5
_NRNCCELL_SWITCH-0&CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVC
TRL_SWITCH-0&CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_C
M_SWITCH-0&CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_COM
PAT_SWITCH-1&CMP_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_CF
G_SWITCH-0&CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWI
TCH-0&CMP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC_CAP_SWIT
CH-1&CMP_UU_INTRA_FREQ_MC_BESTCELL_
CIO_SWITCH-0&CMP_UU_IOS_CELL_SYNC_IN
FO_REPORT_SWITCH-0&CMP_UU_SERV_CELL
_CHG_WITH_ASU_SWITCH-0&CMP_UU_SERV_
CELL_CHG_WITH_RB_MOD_SWITCH-1&CMP_
UU_VOIP_UP_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH
-1&CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH-0&CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_SWI
TCH-0&CMP_F2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SW
ITCH-0&CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_S
WITCH-0&CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH-0
&CMP_RAB_6_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH-0&CMP_R
AB_7_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH-0&CMP_RAB_8_CF
G_ROHC_SWITCH-0&CMP_RAB_9_CFG_ROHC_
SWITCH-0&CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW_MUL_
SWITCH-0&CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_S
WITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

701
WCDMA RAN
Description
11 Parameters
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
CmpSwi
tch
BSC691
0
SET
UCORR
MALG
OSWIT
CH
WRFD0106100
6
HSDPA
Mobility
Manage
ment
Meaning: 1.
CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the IMS signaling assigned by
the CN undergoes compatibility processing as an
ordinary PS service. When the switch is not on, no
special processing is performed. 2.
WITCH: When the Iu QoS Negotiation function is
active and the switch is on, IE RAB Asymmetry
Indicator is Symmetric bidirectional, The uplink and
downlink RNC negotiation rate is asymmetric, "RNC"
select the bigger rate as Iu QoS negotiation rate. When
the switch is OFF, "RNC" select the less rate as Iu QoS
negotiation rate. 3.
H: When the switch is on, the IUUP version can be
rolled back to R99 when complete configurations are
applied during inter-RAT handover. 4.
CH: When the switch is on, H2D is performed before a
is added to the active set; E2D is performed before a
is added to the active set. If the DRNC is of a version
earlier than R5, DL services cannot be mapped on the
HS-DSCH. If the DRNC is of a version earlier than R6,
DL services cannot be mapped on the HS-EDCH. 5.
CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVCTRL_SWITCH: When the
switch is on, the diversity combination over the Iur
interface is configured on the basis of that of the local
RNC. When the switch is not on, the diversity
combination over the Iur interface is configured on the
basis of services. The flag of diversity combination over
the Iur interface can be set to MUST (for BE services)
or MAY (for other services). 6.
CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_CM_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC activates the compressed mode
before initiating an inter-frequency measurement on a
DC-HSDPA or DB-HSDPA UE. When this parameter
is set to ON, the RNC initiates the inter-frequency
measurement without activating the compressed mode
if both the UE and EARFCN support the noncompressed inter-frequency measurement. When this
parameter is set to OFF, the RNC activates the
compressed mode before initiating the inter-frequency
measurement. This switch takes effect only in nonflexible DC cells and DB cells. 7.
WRFD0106120
4
WRFD020202
WRFD020203
WRFD021200
WRFD010696
WRFD010202
WRFD150207
WRFD150209
WRFD150223
WRFD150227
HSUPA
Mobility
Manage
ment
Intra
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
Inter
RNC
Soft
Handov
er
HCS
(Hierarc
hical
Cell
Structur
e)
DCHSDPA
UE State
in
Connect
ed Mode
(CELLDCH,
CELLPCH,
URAPCH,
CELLFACH)
4CHSDPA
DBHSDPA
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

702
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
Description
MCHSDPA
+MIMO
CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_COMPAT_SWITCH:
This parameter specifies to enable AMR through DRD
two-step procedure function. When SRB is set up on
DCH, and "RNC" decides to setup the AMR through
DRD procedure, When the switch is enabled, "RNC"
will execute blind handover to the target cell, and then
setup the AMR RBs on the target cell, When the switch
is disabled, "RNC" will setup the AMR RBs on the
target cell directly. 8.
CMP_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_CFG_SWITCH: For
narrowband AMR services, when the switch is on, the
SID frame is always configured; when the switch is not
on, the SID frame is configured on the basis of CN
assignment. 9.
CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWITCH: When the
switch is OFF, if the information element that indicates
the F-DPCH capability of UE exists in the message
capability depends on that indicator. In other case, it
means UE does not support F-DPCH. When the switch
is ON, if the information element that indicates the FDPCH capability of UE exists in the message
capability depends on that indicator. If that information
element does not exist, UE supports F-DPCH when all
the conditions meets: a) the version of UE is Release 6.
b) UE supports HS-PDSCH. 10.
CMP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC_CAP_SWITCH:
When the switch is on, the RAB assignment request and
the subsequent RB setup procedure proceed if the RLC
AM capabilities of the UE fail to meet the minimum
RLC TX/RX window buffer requirement of the RAB to
be setup. When the switch is not on, the RAB
assignment request is rejected. 11.
WITCH: When this switch is on, the cell individual
offset (CIO) of the best cell is always set to 0 in the
INTRA-FREQUENCY MEASUREMENT
CONTROL messages. Otherwise, the CIO information
of the best cell is not carried in the INTRAFREQUENCY MEASUREMENT CONTROL
messages. 12.
TCH: When the switch is on, the cell synchronization
information traced by the IOS need to be reported during
DBHSDPA
+MIMO
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
11 Parameters

703
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
the RRC measurement period. 13.

CH: When the switch is on, the active set update is in
after the UE updates the active set and delivers
reconfiguration of physical channels. This switch is
applicable only to R6 or aboveUEs. 14.
WITCH: When the switch is on, channel transition is in
after the UE performs channel transition and delivers
reconfiguration of physical channels. 15.
WITCH: By default, the switch is on. In this case, the
Alternative E-bit is not configured for L2. 16.
CMP_F2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH:
transition from CELL_FACH to CELL_FACH (F2F for
short). 17.
CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SWITCH:
transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH (D2F for
short). 18. CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH:
When the switch is set to ON, the service with RAB ID
5 can be configured with the Robust Header
Compression (ROHC) function. When the switch is set
to OFF, the service with RAB ID 5 cannot be configured
with the ROHC function. 19.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

704
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description

CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW_MUL_SWITCH:
When the switch is set to ON, MAC-d flow can be
multiplexed without any restrictions. When the switch
is set to OFF, only MAC-d flows whose scheduling
priority is lower than that of the current MAC-d flow
can be multiplexed. 24.
CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH: If the
Client Type of a positioning request is Emergency
Services, PLMN Operator Services, PLMN Operator broadcast services, PLMN Operator - O&M, PLMN
Operator - anonymous statistics or PLMN Operator Target MS service support, the positioning result is
reported by using the Ellipsoid point with uncertainty
circle type. For other client types, the positioning result
is reported by using the Ellipsoid Arc type. 25.
CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWITCH:
Switch for optimizing the procedure for the
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_PCH-or-URA_PCH state
transition. When this switch is turned on, the algorithm
for optimizing the procedure for the CELL_FACH-toCELL_PCH-or-URA_PCH state transition is activated.
26.
CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_SWITCH:
Whether to carry parameters related to events 1A and
1D in system information block type 11 (SIB 11) and
SIB 12.If the switch of deferred measurement control
reading is turned on, the UE cannot promptly read
parameters related to events 1A and 1D for intrafrequency neighboring cells from SIB 11 or SIB12. As
a result, the UE cannot perform soft handovers in
advance. The switch is set using DeferMcReadInd in the
ADD/MOD UCELLMEAS command.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH,
H,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

705
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
WITCH,
TCH,
CH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_SWITCH,
CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
H,
WITCH,
TCH,
CH,
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

706
WCDMA RAN
Description
Parame
ter ID
NE
MML
Comma
nd
Feature
ID
Feature
Name
11 Parameters
Description
WITCH,
WITCH,
CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_SWITCH,
CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_SWITCH
Default Value:
CMP_IU_IMS_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH
-0&CMP_IU_QOS_ASYMMETRY_IND_COMPAT
_SWITCH-0&CMP_IU_SYSHOIN_CMP_IUUP_FI
XTO1_SWITCH-0&CMP_IUR_H2D_FOR_LOWR5
_NRNCCELL_SWITCH-0&CMP_IUR_SHO_DIVC
TRL_SWITCH-0&CMP_UU_ADJACENT_FREQ_C
M_SWITCH-0&CMP_UU_AMR_DRD_HHO_COM
PAT_SWITCH-1&CMP_UU_AMR_SID_MUST_CF
G_SWITCH-0&CMP_UU_FDPCH_COMPAT_SWI
TCH-0&CMP_UU_IGNORE_UE_RLC_CAP_SWIT
CH-1&CMP_UU_INTRA_FREQ_MC_BESTCELL_
CIO_SWITCH-0&CMP_UU_IOS_CELL_SYNC_IN
FO_REPORT_SWITCH-0&CMP_UU_SERV_CELL
_CHG_WITH_ASU_SWITCH-0&CMP_UU_SERV_
CELL_CHG_WITH_RB_MOD_SWITCH-1&CMP_
UU_VOIP_UP_PROC_AS_NORMAL_PS_SWITCH
-1&CMP_F2P_PROCESS_OPTIMIZATION_SWIT
CH-0&CMP_UU_SIB11_SIB12_WITH_1A1D_SWI
TCH-0&CMP_F2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_SW
ITCH-0&CMP_D2F_RLC_ONESIDE_REBUILD_S
WITCH-0&CMP_RAB_5_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH-0
&CMP_RAB_6_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH-0&CMP_R
AB_7_CFG_ROHC_SWITCH-0&CMP_RAB_8_CF
G_ROHC_SWITCH-0&CMP_RAB_9_CFG_ROHC_
SWITCH-0&CMP_HSUPA_MACD_FLOW_MUL_
SWITCH-0&CMP_SMLC_RSLT_MODE_TYPE_S
WITCH-0
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

707
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
12
Counters
Table 12-1 Counter description

Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73423386
VS.U2LTEHO.
AttOutPS.Servi
ce
Number of
Service-Based
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handover
Attempts for
Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
73423387
VS.U2LTEHO.
SuccOutPS.Ser
vice
Number of
Successful
Service-Based
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
73423408
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailOutPS.NoR
eply
Number of
Failed UMTSto-LTE PS
Handovers Due
to Iu Release
Command
Timeout for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

708
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73423409
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailOutPS.Cfg
UnSupp
Number of
Handovers for
Cell
(Configuration
Unsupported)
BSC6900
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73423410
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailOutPS.Phy
ChFail
Number of
Handovers for
Cell (Physical
Channel
Failure)
BSC6900
WRFD-140218
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73423411
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailOutPS.Abor
t
Number of
Abnormally
Terminated
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-140218
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

709
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73423412
VS.U2LTEHO.
AttRelocPrepOutPS
Number of
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handover
Preparation
Attempts for
Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73423413
VS.U2LTEHO.
SuccRelocPrepOutPS
Number of
Successful
Preparations for
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-140218
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73423414
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailRelocPrepO
utPS.NoResAva
il
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Number of
Failed
Preparations for
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell (No
Resource
Available)
BSC6900
WRFD-140218
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217

Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
710
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73423415
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailRelocPrepO
utPS.TgtFail
Number of
Failed
Preparations for
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
(Relocation
Failure in Target
CN/RNC or
Target System)
BSC6900
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Number of
Failed
Preparations for
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
(Relocation not
supported in
Target RNC or
Target system)
BSC6900
Number of
Failed
Preparations for
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell (Traffic
Load In The
Target Cell
Higher Than In
The Source
Cell)
BSC6900
73423416
73423417
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailRelocPrepO
utPS.ReloUnSu
pp
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailRelocPrepO
utPS.TgtHighL
oad
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
WRFD-140218
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
WRFD-140218
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217

Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
711
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73423418
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailRelocPrepO
utPS.UnKnowR
NC
Number of
Failed
Preparations for
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
(Unknown
Target RNC)
BSC6900
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73423419
VS.U2LTEHO.
RRCRelease.Se
rvice
Number of
Service-Based
Redirection to
LTE Through
RRC
Connection
Release for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-020129
Service-Based
PS Service
Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
73423420
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailRelocPrepO
utPS.TAlExp
Number of
Failed
Preparations for
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
(TRELOCalloc
expiry)
BSC6900
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Number of LTEto-UMTS PS
Handover
Attempts
Caused by the
CSFB of an LTE
Emergency Call
for RNC
BSC6900
73424356
VS.L2U.AttRel
ocPrepInPS.Em
erg.RNC
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
WRFD-140102

CS Fallback
Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls
712
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73424357
VS.L2U.SuccR
elocInPS.Emerg
.RNC
Number of
Successful LTEto-UMTS PS
Handovers
Caused by the
CSFB of an LTE
Emergency Call
for RNC
BSC6900
WRFD-140102
CS Fallback
Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls
73425819
VS.U2LTEHO.
RRCRelease.Se
vice.Blind
Number of
Service-based
UMTS to LTE
PS Blind
Redirections for
Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
73425820
VS.SRVCC.L2
U.AttRelocPrepInCSPS
Number of
Preparation
Attempts for
Incoming LTEto-UMTS CS
+PS Handovers
Triggered by
SRVCC for
VoIP Services
for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-150215
SRVCC from
LTE to UMTS
with PS
Handover
73425821
VS.SRVCC.L2
U.SuccRelocPre
pInCSPS
Number of
Successful
Preparations for
+PS Handovers
Triggered by
SRVCC for
VoIP Services
for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-150215
SRVCC from
LTE to UMTS
with PS
Handover
73425822
VS.SRVCC.L2
U.AttInCSPS
Number of
+PS Handover
Attempts
Triggered by
SRVCC for
VoIP Services
for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-150215
SRVCC from
LTE to UMTS
with PS
Handover
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

713
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73425823
VS.SRVCC.L2
U.SuccInCSPS
Number of
Successful
+PS Handovers
Triggered by
SRVCC for
VoIP Services
for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-150215
SRVCC from
LTE to UMTS
with PS
Handover
73425851
VS.U2LHO.Att
OutPS.Coverag
e
Number of
Measurementbased UMTSto-LTE PS
Handover
Attempts
Triggered by
Poor Coverage
for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-150220
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
73425852
VS.U2LHO.Suc
cOutPS.Covera
ge
Number of
Successful
Handovers
Triggered by
Poor Coverage
for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-150220
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
73425853
VS.U2LHO.Att
RelocPrepOutP
S.Coverage
Number of
Preparation
Attempts for
Outgoing
Coveragetriggered
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-150220
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
73425854
VS.U2LHO.Suc
cRelocPrepOut
PS.Coverage
Number of
Successful
Preparations for
Outgoing
Coveragetriggered
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-150220
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

714
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73425855
VS.U2LTEHO.
RRCRelease.Co
verage
Number of
Coverage-based
UMTS to LTE
PS Redirections
for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-150219
Coverage Based
PS Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
73425856
VS.U2LTEHO.
RRCRelease.Co
verage.EmergBlind
Number of
Coverage-based
UMTS to LTE
PS Emergency
Blind
Redirections for
Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-150219
Coverage Based
PS Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
73425857
VS.U2LTEHO.
AttOutPS.Load
Number of
LDR-triggered
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handover
Attempts for
Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-150217
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73425858
VS.U2LTEHO.
SuccOutPS.Loa
d
Number of
Successful
LDR-triggered
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-150217
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73425859
VS.U2LTEHO.
RRCRelease.Lo
ad
Number of
Load-based
UMTS to LTE
PS Redirections
for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-150216
Load Based PS
Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
73425860
VS.U2LTEHO.
RRCRelease.Lo
ad.Blind
Number of
Load-based
UMTS to LTE
PS Blind
Redirections for
Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-150216
Load Based PS
Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
73426146
VS.L2U.AttRel
ocPrepInPS.CS.
CELL
Number of
Attempts at
Incoming PS
LTE-to-UMTS
Handovers
Triggered by
CSFB for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-140102
CS Fallback
Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

715
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73426147
VS.L2U.SuccR
elocInPS.CS.CE
LL
Number of
Successful
Incoming PS
LTE-to-UMTS
Handovers
Triggered by
CSFB for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-140102
CS Fallback
Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls
73426148
VS.L2U.SuccR
elocPrepInPS.C
S.CELL
Number of
Successful
Preparations for
Incoming PS
LTE-to-UMTS
Handovers
Triggered by
CSFB for Cell
BSC6900
WRFD-140102
CS Fallback
Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls
73426204
VS.L2U.SuccR
elocPrepInPS.E
merg.RNC
Number of
Handover
Preparations
Caused by the
CSFB of LTE
Emergency
Calls for RNC
BSC6900
WRFD-140102
CS Fallback
Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls
73426323
VS.IU.RIM.L2
U.Load.Req
Number of RIM
Requests from
the eNodeB to
the RNC (Load
Information)
BSC6900
WRFD-150231
RIM Based
UMTS Target
Cell Selection
for LTE
73426324
VS.IU.RIM.L2
U.Load.Resp
Number of RIM
Response
Messages from
the RNC to the
eNodeB (Load
Information)
BSC6900
WRFD-150231
RIM Based
UMTS Target
Cell Selection
for LTE
73426325
VS.IU.RIM.L2
U.Load.Update
Number of RIM
Update
Messages from
the RNC to the
eNodeB (Load
Information)
BSC6900
WRFD-150231
RIM Based
UMTS Target
Cell Selection
for LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

716
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73426326
VS.IU.RIM.L2
U.Load.Update.
ACK
Number of RIM
Acknowledgem
ent Messages
from the
eNodeB to the
RNC (Load
Information)
BSC6900
WRFD-150231
RIM Based
UMTS Target
Cell Selection
for LTE
73423386
VS.U2LTEHO.
AttOutPS.Servi
ce
Number of
Service-Based
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handover
Attempts for
Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
73423387
VS.U2LTEHO.
SuccOutPS.Ser
vice
Number of
Successful
Service-Based
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
73423408
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailOutPS.NoR
eply
Number of
Handovers Due
to Iu Release
Command
Timeout for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73423409
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailOutPS.Cfg
UnSupp
Number of
Handovers for
Cell
(Configuration
Unsupported)
BSC6910
WRFD-140218
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

717
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73423410
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailOutPS.Phy
ChFail
Number of
Handovers for
Cell (Physical
Channel
Failure)
BSC6910
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73423411
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailOutPS.Abor
t
Number of
Abnormally
Terminated
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-140218
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73423412
VS.U2LTEHO.
AttRelocPrepOutPS
Number of
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handover
Preparation
Attempts for
Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-140218
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

718
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73423413
VS.U2LTEHO.
SuccRelocPrepOutPS
Number of
Successful
Preparations for
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73423414
73423415
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailRelocPrepO
utPS.NoResAva
il
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailRelocPrepO
utPS.TgtFail
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
Number of
Failed
Preparations for
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell (No
Resource
Available)
BSC6910
Number of
Failed
Preparations for
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
(Relocation
Failure in Target
CN/RNC or
Target System)
BSC6910
WRFD-140218
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
WRFD-140218
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217

Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
719
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73423416
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailRelocPrepO
utPS.ReloUnSu
pp
Number of
Failed
Preparations for
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
(Relocation not
supported in
Target RNC or
Target system)
BSC6910
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Number of
Failed
Preparations for
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell (Traffic
Load In The
Target Cell
Higher Than In
The Source
Cell)
BSC6910
Number of
Failed
Preparations for
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
(Unknown
Target RNC)
BSC6910
Number of
Service-Based
Redirection to
LTE Through
RRC
Connection
Release for Cell
BSC6910
73423417
73423418
73423419
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailRelocPrepO
utPS.TgtHighL
oad
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailRelocPrepO
utPS.UnKnowR
NC
VS.U2LTEHO.
RRCRelease.Se
rvice
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
WRFD-140218
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
WRFD-140218
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
WRFD-020129

Service-Based
PS Service
Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
720
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73423420
VS.U2LTEHO.
FailRelocPrepO
utPS.TAlExp
Number of
Failed
Preparations for
Outgoing
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
(TRELOCalloc
expiry)
BSC6910
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
WRFD-150220
WRFD-150217
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73424356
VS.L2U.AttRel
ocPrepInPS.Em
erg.RNC
Number of LTEto-UMTS PS
Handover
Attempts
Caused by the
CSFB of an LTE
Emergency Call
for RNC
BSC6910
WRFD-140102
CS Fallback
Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls
73424357
VS.L2U.SuccR
elocInPS.Emerg
.RNC
Number of
Handovers
Caused by the
CSFB of an LTE
Emergency Call
for RNC
BSC6910
WRFD-140102
CS Fallback
Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls
73425819
VS.U2LTEHO.
RRCRelease.Se
vice.Blind
Number of
Service-based
UMTS to LTE
PS Blind
Redirections for
Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-140218
Service-Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
73425820
VS.SRVCC.L2
U.AttRelocPrepInCSPS
Number of
Preparation
Attempts for
+PS Handovers
Triggered by
SRVCC for
VoIP Services
for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-150215
SRVCC from
LTE to UMTS
with PS
Handover
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

721
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73425821
VS.SRVCC.L2
U.SuccRelocPre
pInCSPS
Number of
Successful
Preparations for
+PS Handovers
Triggered by
SRVCC for
VoIP Services
for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-150215
SRVCC from
LTE to UMTS
with PS
Handover
73425822
VS.SRVCC.L2
U.AttInCSPS
Number of
+PS Handover
Attempts
Triggered by
SRVCC for
VoIP Services
for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-150215
SRVCC from
LTE to UMTS
with PS
Handover
73425823
VS.SRVCC.L2
U.SuccInCSPS
Number of
Successful
+PS Handovers
Triggered by
SRVCC for
VoIP Services
for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-150215
SRVCC from
LTE to UMTS
with PS
Handover
73425851
VS.U2LHO.Att
OutPS.Coverag
e
Number of
Handover
Attempts
Triggered by
Poor Coverage
for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-150220
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

722
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73425852
VS.U2LHO.Suc
cOutPS.Covera
ge
Number of
Successful
Handovers
Triggered by
Poor Coverage
for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-150220
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
73425853
VS.U2LHO.Att
RelocPrepOutP
S.Coverage
Number of
Preparation
Attempts for
Outgoing
Coveragetriggered
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-150220
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
73425854
VS.U2LHO.Suc
cRelocPrepOut
PS.Coverage
Number of
Successful
Preparations for
Outgoing
Coveragetriggered
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-150220
Coverage Based
PS Handover
from UMTS to
LTE
73425855
VS.U2LTEHO.
RRCRelease.Co
verage
Number of
Coverage-based
UMTS to LTE
PS Blind
Redirections for
Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-150219
Coverage Based
PS Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
73425856
VS.U2LTEHO.
RRCRelease.Co
verage.EmergBlind
Number of
Coverage-based
UMTS to LTE
PS Emergency
Blind
Redirections for
Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-150219
Coverage Based
PS Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

723
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73425857
VS.U2LTEHO.
AttOutPS.Load
Number of
LDR-triggered
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handover
Attempts for
Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-150217
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73425858
VS.U2LTEHO.
SuccOutPS.Loa
d
Number of
Successful
LDR-triggered
UMTS-to-LTE
PS Handovers
for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-150217
Load Based PS
Handover from
UMTS to LTE
73425859
VS.U2LTEHO.
RRCRelease.Lo
ad
Number of
Load-based
UMTS to LTE
PS Redirections
for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-150216
Load Based PS
Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
73425860
VS.U2LTEHO.
RRCRelease.Lo
ad.Blind
Number of
Load-based
UMTS to LTE
PS Blind
Redirections for
Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-150216
Load Based PS
Redirection
from UMTS to
LTE
73426146
VS.L2U.AttRel
ocPrepInPS.CS.
CELL
Number of
Attempts at
Incoming PS
LTE-to-UMTS
Handovers
Triggered by
CSFB for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-140102
CS Fallback
Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls
73426147
VS.L2U.SuccR
elocInPS.CS.CE
LL
Number of
Successful
Incoming PS
LTE-to-UMTS
Handovers
Triggered by
CSFB for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-140102
CS Fallback
Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

724
WCDMA RAN
Description
12 Counters
Counter ID
Counter Name
Counter
Description
NE
Feature ID
Feature Name
73426148
VS.L2U.SuccR
elocPrepInPS.C
S.CELL
Number of
Successful
Preparations for
Incoming PS
LTE-to-UMTS
Handovers
Triggered by
CSFB for Cell
BSC6910
WRFD-140102
CS Fallback
Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls
73426204
VS.L2U.SuccR
elocPrepInPS.E
merg.RNC
Number of
Handover
Preparations
Caused by the
CSFB of LTE
Emergency
Calls for RNC
BSC6910
WRFD-140102
CS Fallback
Guarantee for
LTE Emergency
Calls
73426323
VS.IU.RIM.L2
U.Load.Req
Number of RIM
Requests from
the eNodeB to
the RNC (Load
Information)
BSC6910
WRFD-150231
RIM Based
UMTS Target
Cell Selection
for LTE
73426324
VS.IU.RIM.L2
U.Load.Resp
Number of RIM
Response
Messages from
the RNC to the
eNodeB (Load
Information)
BSC6910
WRFD-150231
RIM Based
UMTS Target
Cell Selection
for LTE
73426325
VS.IU.RIM.L2
U.Load.Update
Number of RIM
Update
Messages from
the RNC to the
eNodeB (Load
Information)
BSC6910
WRFD-150231
RIM Based
UMTS Target
Cell Selection
for LTE
73426326
VS.IU.RIM.L2
U.Load.Update.
ACK
Number of RIM
Acknowledgem
ent Messages
from the
eNodeB to the
RNC (Load
Information)
BSC6910
WRFD-150231
RIM Based
UMTS Target
Cell Selection
for LTE
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

725
WCDMA RAN
Description
13 Glossary
13
Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

726
WCDMA RAN
Description
14
14 Reference Documents
Reference Documents
1.
3GPP TS 25.133, "Requirements for support of radio resource management (FDD)"
2.
3GPP TS 25.304, "User Equipment (UE) procedures in idle mode and procedures for cell
reselection in connected mode"
3.
3GPP TS 25.331, "Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification"
4.
3GPP TS 23.122, "Non-Access-Stratum (NAS) functions related to Mobile Station (MS)

in idle mode"
5.
3GPP TS 25.413, "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN); S1

Application Protocol (S1AP)"
6.
3GPP TS 36.413, "Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN); S1

Application Protocol (S1AP)"
7.
3GPP TS 23.216, "Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC); Stage 2"
8.
3GPP TS 48.018, "General Packet Radio Service (GPRS); Base Station System (BSS) Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN); BSS GPRS protocol (BSSGP)"
9.
Load Control Feature Parameter Description for RAN
10. Overload Control Feature Parameter Description for RAN

11. Idle Mode Feature Parameter Description for eRAN
12. Mobility Management in Connected Mode Feature Parameter Description for eRAN
13. CS Fallback Feature Parameter Description for eRAN
14. UE Behaviors in Idle Mode Feature Parameter Description for RAN
15. Enhanced Fast Dormancy Feature Parameter Description for RAN
16. Handover Feature Parameter Description for RAN
17. Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description for RAN
18. License Management Feature Parameter Description for RAN
19. SRVCC Feature Parameter Description for eRAN
20. MLB Feature Parameter Description for eRAN
Issue 11 (2014-11-08)

727

Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE (RAN15.0 - 11) PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Interoperability Between UMTS and LTE (RAN15.0 - 11) PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

WCDMA RAN

Interoperability Between UMTS and

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2015. All rights reserved.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Huawei Industrial Base

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

3 Cell Reselection Between UMTS and LTE.............................................................................29

4 PS Redirections and Handovers Between UMTS and LTE.................................................39

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

5.2 UMTS-to-LTE Fast Return..........................................................................................................................................77

7 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE.................................................................89

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

8.5.3 Impacted Features......................................................................................................................................................94

9 Impact on the Network...............................................................................................................97

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

9.8.2 Network Performance..............................................................................................................................................100

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

10.5.6 Parameter Optimization.........................................................................................................................................162

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

1 About This Document

About This Document

WRFD-020126 Mobility Between UMTS and LTE Phase 1

WRFD-140226 Fast Return from UMTS to LTE

WRFD-020129 Service-Based PS Service Redirection from UMTS to LTE

WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

WRFD-150219 Coverage Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE

WRFD-150220 Coverage Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

WRFD-150216 Load Based PS Redirection from UMTS to LTE

WRFD-150217 Load Based PS Handover from UMTS to LTE

WRFD-140102 CS Fallback Guarantee for LTE Emergency Calls

WRFD-150215 SRVCC from LTE to UMTS with PS Handover

WRFD-150231 RIM Based UMTS Target Cell Selection for LTE

This document applies to the following NE types.

3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

1 About This Document

1.2 Intended Audience

Need to understand the features described herein

Work with Huawei products

1.3 Change History

Optimized descriptions in this document.

Optimized descriptions of anti-ping-pong measures to be taken

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

1 About This Document

Added descriptions of anti-ping-pong measures to be taken

Added descriptions about the interval at which the UMTS cell

Added descriptions of the method of identifying CS fallback

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

1 About This Document

Revised the document structure and descriptions.

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

1 About This Document

Modified descriptions about the causes that trigger

4.3.3 Service-based UMTS-to-LTE PS Redirections

Huawei Proprietary and Confidential

1 About This Document

Added descriptions about the cell-level switch and related

UE Redirections or Handovers to LTE

Added descriptions of the principle and related

10.6 WRFD-140218 Service-Based PS Handover from